Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Diversified / Northern Trust

Northern Trust

ntrs · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker ntrs
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Diversified
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Northern Trust
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Northern
 Trust 

Annual Report on Form 10-K 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020 

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION

50 SOUTH LA SALLE STREET \ CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60603

N O RT H E R N T RU ST. CO M

 
C O N S O L I D A T E D   F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

2020 

2019 

PERCENT CHANGE1 

For the Year Ended December 31 ($ in millions) 

Revenues (Fully Taxable Equivalent Basis2) 
Net Income 
Dividends Declared on Common Stock 
Dividends Declared on Preferred Stock3 

Per Common Share 

Net Income — Basic 
Net Income — Diluted 
Cash Dividends Declared per Common Share 
Book Value — End of Period 
Market Value — End of Period 

At Year-End ($ in millions) 

Earning Assets 
Total Assets 
Deposits 
Stockholders’ Equity 

Average Balances ($ in millions) 

Earning Assets 
Total Assets 
Deposits 
Stockholders’ Equity 

Client Assets at Year-End ($ in billions) 

Assets Under Custody / Administration 
Assets Under Custody 
     Global Custody Assets 
Assets Under Management 

Financial Ratios and Metrics 

Return on Average Common Equity 
Return on Average Assets 
Dividend Payout Ratio 
Net Interest Margin (Fully Taxable Equivalent Basis2) 

$ 

$ 

6,135.2 
1,209.3 
592.0 
56.2 

5.48 
5.46 
2.80 
51.87 
93.14 

$  158,531.6 
170,003.9 
143,878.0 
11,688.3 

$  124,132.9 
136,811.1 
108,511.1 
11,192.6 

$ 

14,532.5 
11,262.8 
7,424.5 
1,405.3 

$ 

$ 

6,105.9 
1,492.2 
565.9 
46.4 

6.66 
6.63 
2.60 
46.82 
106.24 

$  125,236.6 
 136,828.4 
 109,120.6 
  11,091.0 

$  107,109.4 
  117,551.4 
  89,786.0 
  10,648.4 

$  12,050.4 
9,233.5 
5,894.6 
1,231.3 

11.2% 
0.88 
51.3 
1.19 

14.9%
1.27
39.2
1.60

—%

(19)
5
21

(18)%
(18)
8
11
(12)

27%
24
32
5

16%
16
21
5

21%
22
26
14

CAPITAL RATIOS 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital 
Tier 1 Capital 
Total Capital 
Tier 1 Leverage 
Supplementary Leverage 

DECEMBER 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

Standardized 
Approach 

Advanced 
Approach 

Standardized 
Approach 

Advanced
Approach

12.8% 
13.9 
15.6 
7.6 
N/A 

13.4% 
14.5 
15.9 
7.6 
8.6 

12.7% 
14.5 
16.3 
8.7 
N/A 

13.2%
15.0
16.8
8.7
7.6 

1 Percentage change calculations are based on actual balances rather than the rounded amounts presented. 

2  Revenues and Net Interest Margin are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis, a non-generally accepted accounting principle financial measure that facilitates the analysis of asset yields.  

A reconciliation of these measures prepared in accordance with GAAP to those presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis is available in the enclosed Annual Report on Form 10-K for the  

year ended December 31, 2020.

3  Dividends on Preferred Stock in 2020 includes $11.5 million related to the difference between the redemption amount of the Corporation’s Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,  

which was redeemed in the first quarter of 2020, and its carrying value.

The 2020 Northern Trust Corporation Annual Report is printed on 10% recycled paper  

made from fiber sourced from well-managed forests and is independently certified to the  

Forest Stewardship Council®(FSC) standards.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 
____________________________________________________________ 

FORM 10-K 

____________________________________________________________ 

☒  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 
OR 

☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from 

to 
Commission File No. 001-36609 
____________________________________________________________ 

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION 

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 
____________________________________________________________ 

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

36-2723087 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

50 South La Salle Street 
Chicago,  Illinois 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

60603 
(Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (312) 630-6000 
____________________________________________________________ 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of Each Class 
Common Stock, $1.66 2/3 Par Value 

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a 
share of Series E Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock 

Trading Symbol 
NTRS 

NTRSO 

Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered 

The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 
____________________________________________________________ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  ☒  No  ☐ 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  ☐  No  ☒ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  ☒  No  ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of 
Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).  Yes  ☒  No  ☐ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an 
emerging  growth  company.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company,”  and  “emerging  growth 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer 

☒ 
☐ 

Accelerated filer 
Smaller reporting company 

☐ 
☐ 

Emerging growth company 

☐ 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new 
or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐ 
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  filed  a  report  on  and  attestation  to  its  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  its  internal 
control  over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C.  7262(b))  by  the  registered  public  accounting  firm  that 
prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).  Yes ☐  No  ☒ 
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock as of June 30, 2020 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second 
quarter), based upon the last sale price of the common stock at June 30, 2020 as reported by The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC, held by non-affiliates was 
approximately $16.4 billion. Determination of stock ownership by non-affiliates was made solely for the purpose of responding to this requirement and 
the registrant is not bound by this determination for any other purpose. 

At January 31, 2021, 208,314,381 shares of common stock, $1.66 2/3 par value, were outstanding. 

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                        
                         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
  
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
    
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION 
FORM 10-K 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

PART I 

Business 
Item 1 
Risk Factors 
Item 1A 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Item 1B 
Properties 
Item 2 
Legal Proceedings 
Item 3 
Item 4 
Mine Safety Disclosures 
Supplemental Item  Information About Our Executive Officers 

PART II 

Item 5 

Item 6 
Item 7 
Item 7A 
Item 8 
Item 9 
Item 9A 
Item 9B 

PART III 

Item 10 
Item 11 
Item 12 

Item 13 
Item 14 

PART IV 

Item 15 
Item 16 

Signatures 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases 
of Equity Securities 
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 
Form 10-K Summary 

Page 

1 
12 
25 
25 
25 
26 
26 

28 

30 
31 
87 
87 
169 
169 
171 

171 
171 
171 

171 
171 

172 
175 

176 

i 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
PART  I 

ITEM  1  –  BUSINESS 

Northern Trust Corporation 
Northern Trust Corporation (Corporation) is a leading provider of wealth management, asset servicing, asset management 
and  banking  solutions  to  corporations,  institutions,  families  and  individuals.  The  Corporation  is  a  financial  holding 
company  conducting  business  through  various  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  subsidiaries,  including  The  Northern  Trust  Company 
(Bank). 

The  Bank  is  an  Illinois  banking  corporation  headquartered  in  Chicago  and  the  Corporation’s  principal  subsidiary. 
Founded in 1889, the Bank conducts its business through its U.S. operations and its various U.S. and non-U.S. branches 
and  subsidiaries.  At  December  31,  2020,  the  Bank  had  consolidated  assets  of  $169.6  billion  and  common  bank  equity 
capital of $10.8 billion. 

The Corporation was formed as a holding company for the Bank in 1971. The Corporation has a network of offices in 
22  U.S.  states  and  Washington,  D.C.,  and  across  22  locations  in  Canada,  Europe,  the  Middle  East  and  the  Asia-Pacific 
region. At December 31, 2020, the Corporation had consolidated total assets of $170.0 billion and stockholders’ equity of 
$11.7 billion. 

The  Corporation  expects  that  the  Bank  will  continue  in  the  foreseeable  future  to  be  the  major  source  of  the 
Corporation’s  consolidated  assets,  revenues,  and  net  income.  Except  where  the  context  otherwise  requires,  references  to 
“Northern  Trust,”  “we,”  “us,”  “our,”  “its,”  or  similar  terms  mean  Northern  Trust  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  on  a 
consolidated basis. 

Business Overview 
Northern  Trust  focuses  on  managing  and  servicing  client  assets  through  its  two  client-focused  reporting  segments: 
Corporate & Institutional Services (C&IS) and Wealth Management. Asset management and related services are provided 
to C&IS and Wealth Management clients primarily by the Asset Management business. The revenue and expenses of Asset 
Management  and  certain  other  support  functions  are  allocated  fully  to  C&IS  and  Wealth  Management.  Northern  Trust 
reports  certain  income  and  expense  items  not  allocated  to  C&IS  and  Wealth  Management  in  a  third  reporting  segment, 
Treasury and Other. 

CORPORATE & INSTITUTIONAL SERVICES 

C&IS  is  a  leading  global  provider  of  asset  servicing  and  related  services  to  corporate  and  public  retirement  funds, 
foundations, endowments, fund managers, insurance companies, sovereign wealth funds, and other institutional investors 
around the globe. Asset servicing and related services encompass a full range of capabilities including, but not limited to: 
custody; fund administration; investment operations outsourcing; investment management; investment risk and analytical 
services;  employee  benefit  services;  securities  lending;  foreign  exchange;  treasury  management;  brokerage  services; 
transition management services; banking; and cash management. Client relationships are managed through the Bank and 
the  Bank’s  and  the  Corporation’s  other  subsidiaries,  including  support  from  locations  in  North  America,  Europe,  the 
Middle East, and the Asia-Pacific region. At December 31, 2020, total C&IS assets under custody/administration, assets 
under custody, and assets under management were $13.65 trillion, $10.39 trillion, and $1.06 trillion, respectively. 

WEALTH MANAGEMENT 

Wealth Management focuses on high-net-worth individuals and families, business owners, executives, professionals, 
retirees,  and  established  privately-held  businesses  in  its  target  markets.  The  business  also  includes  the  Global  Family 
Office, which provides customized services to meet the complex financial needs of individuals and family offices in the 
United  States  and  throughout  the  world  with  assets  typically  exceeding  $200  million.  In  supporting  these  targeted 
segments,  Wealth  Management  provides  trust,  investment  management,  custody,  and  philanthropic  services;  financial 
consulting;  guardianship  and  estate  administration;  family  business  consulting;  family  financial  education;  brokerage 
services; and private and business banking. 

Wealth  Management  is  one  of  the  largest  providers  of  advisory  services  in  the  United  States,  with  assets  under 
custody/administration, assets under custody, and assets under management of $879.4 billion, $875.1 billion, and $347.8 
billion, respectively, at December 31, 2020. Wealth Management services are delivered by multidisciplinary teams through 
a network of offices in 19 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., as well as offices in London, Guernsey, and Abu Dhabi. 

ASSET MANAGEMENT 

Asset  Management,  through  the  Corporation’s  various  subsidiaries,  supports  the  C&IS  and  Wealth  Management 
reporting  segments  by  providing  a  broad  range  of  asset  management  and  related  services  and  other  products  to  clients 
around the world. Investment solutions are delivered through separately managed accounts, bank common and collective 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
funds,  registered  investment  companies,  exchange  traded  funds,  non-U.S.  collective  investment  funds,  and  unregistered 
private  investment  funds.  Asset  Management’s  capabilities  include  active  and  passive  equity;  active  and  passive  fixed 
income; cash management; multi-asset and alternative asset classes (such as private equity and hedge funds of funds); and 
multi-manager advisory services and products. Asset Management’s activities also include overlay services and other risk 
management services. Asset Management operates internationally through subsidiaries and distribution arrangements and 
its  revenue  and  expense  are  fully  allocated  to  C&IS  and  Wealth  Management.  As  discussed  above,  Northern  Trust 
managed $1.41 trillion in assets as of December 31, 2020, including $1.06 trillion for C&IS clients and $347.8 billion for 
Wealth Management clients. 

Competition 

Northern  Trust  faces  intense  competition  in  all  aspects  and  areas  of  its  business.  Competition  comes  from  both 
regulated and unregulated financial services organizations, whose products and services span the local, national, and global 
markets in which Northern Trust conducts operations. Our competitors include a broad range of financial institutions and 
service  companies,  including  other  custodial  banks,  deposit-taking  institutions,  asset  management  firms,  benefits 
consultants,  trust  companies,  investment  banking  firms,  insurance  companies,  investment  counseling  firms,  and  various 
financial technology companies, including software providers and data services firms. As our businesses grow and markets 
evolve, we may encounter increasing and new forms of competition around the world. 

Northern  Trust’s  business  strategy  is  to  provide  quality  financial  services  to  targeted  market  segments  in  which  it 
believes it has a competitive advantage and favorable growth prospects. As part of this strategy, Northern Trust seeks to 
differentiate itself from its competitors with premier, holistic solutions and exceptional experiences tailored to meet clients’ 
needs. In addition, Northern Trust emphasizes the development and growth of recurring sources of fee-based income and 
continual  productivity  improvements.  Northern  Trust  also  seeks  to  maintain  its  foundational  strength  with  a  strong, 
conservative balance sheet and a globally respected brand. 

Economic Conditions And Government Policies 

The earnings of Northern Trust are affected by numerous external influences. Chief among these are general economic 
conditions, both domestic and international, and actions that governments and their central banks take in managing their 
economies.  These  general  conditions  affect  all  of  Northern  Trust’s  businesses,  as  well  as  the  quality,  value,  and 
profitability of its loan and investment portfolios. 

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board) implements monetary policy through 
its open market operations in United States Government securities, its setting of the discount rate at which member banks 
may borrow from Federal Reserve Banks, and its changes in the reserve requirements for deposits. The policies adopted by 
the Federal Reserve Board directly affect interest rates and therefore what banks earn on their loans and investments and 
what they pay on their savings and time deposits and other purchased funds. 

Supervision and Regulation 

Northern Trust is subject to extensive regulation under state and federal laws in the United States and in each of the 
jurisdictions in which it does business. The discussion below outlines significant elements of selected laws and regulations 
applicable to Northern Trust. Changes in laws or regulations applicable to Northern Trust may have a material effect on its 
businesses and results of operations. 

FINANCIAL HOLDING COMPANY REGULATION 

Under U.S. law, the Corporation is a bank holding company that has elected to be a financial holding company subject 
to the supervision, examination, and regulation of the Federal Reserve Board. A financial holding company is permitted to 
engage in a broader range of financial activities than a bank holding company. To maintain the Corporation’s status as a 
financial  holding  company,  the  Bank  and  the  Corporation  must  remain  “well-capitalized”  and  “well-managed,”  and  the 
Bank  must  have  received  at  least  a  “satisfactory”  rating  in  its  most  recent  Community  Reinvestment  Act  (CRA) 
examination. Failure to meet one or more of these requirements may result in restrictions on the Corporation’s ability to 
exercise  powers  granted  to  financial  holding  companies,  to  engage  in  new  activities,  to  continue  current  activities,  or  to 
make acquisitions. 

SUBSIDIARY REGULATION 

The  Bank  is  a  member  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System,  with  deposits  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance 
Corporation  (FDIC),  and  is  subject  to  regulation  by  both  agencies.  As  an  Illinois  banking  corporation,  the  Bank  is  also 
subject to Illinois state laws and regulations and to examination and supervision by the Division of Banking of the Illinois 
Department  of  Financial  and  Professional  Regulation.  The  Bank  is  also  registered  as  a  transfer  agent  with  the  Federal 
Reserve  Board  and  is  registered  provisionally  as  a  swap  dealer  with  the  U.S.  Commodity  Futures  Trading  Commission 

2  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
(CFTC) under the Commodity Exchange Act. As a result, the Bank is subject to supervision, examination and enforcement 
by certain other regulatory bodies, including the CFTC and the National Futures Association (NFA). 

The  Corporation’s  nonbanking  affiliates  are  subject  to  examination  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  and,  in  certain 
circumstances,  other  functional  regulators.  The  Corporation’s  broker-dealer  subsidiary  is  a  member  of  the  Financial 
Industry  Regulatory  Authority  (FINRA),  is  registered  with  the  U.S.  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (SEC)  as  a 
broker-dealer,  investment  adviser,  and  municipal  securities  dealer,  and  is  subject  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  these 
bodies.  Certain  nonbanking  affiliates  are  registered  with  the  CFTC  as  commodity  trading  advisors  and  commodity  pool 
operators  and  subject  to  supervision  and  regulation  by  the  CFTC  and  NFA.  Other  subsidiaries  of  the  Corporation  are 
registered with the SEC as investment advisers and are subject to regulation by the SEC. Subsidiaries may also be regulated 
by state regulators in various states. 

THE DODD-FRANK ACT, AS AMENDED 

The  following  items  provide  a  brief  description  of  certain  provisions  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and 
Consumer  Protection  Act  (Dodd-Frank  Act),  as  implemented  through  final  rules  promulgated  by  the  Federal  Reserve 
Board  and  other  agencies  and  amended  by  the  Economic  Growth,  Regulatory  Relief,  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  (the 
Regulatory Relief Act), most relevant to the Corporation and its subsidiaries, including the Bank. 

Enhanced Prudential Standards. The Dodd-Frank Act, as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board through various 
rulemakings and amended by the Regulatory Relief Act, generally imposes enhanced prudential requirements on U.S. bank 
holding  companies  with  at  least  $100  billion  in  total  consolidated  assets,  including  the  Corporation.  The  enhanced 
prudential  standards  include  more  stringent  risk-based  capital,  leverage,  liquidity,  risk  management,  and  stress  testing 
requirements  and  single  counterparty  credit  limits  for  large  bank  holding  companies,  including  the  Corporation.  The 
Federal Reserve Board also has the discretion to require these large U.S. bank holding companies to limit their short-term 
debt, to issue contingent capital instruments, and to provide enhanced public disclosures. 

In October 2019, the Federal Reserve Board finalized a proposed rule implementing changes made by the Regulatory 
Relief  Act.  This  rule  introduced  a  new  four-category  framework  to  determine  which  enhanced  prudential  standards  and 
other  requirements  are  applicable  to  institutions  with  total  consolidated  assets  of  at  least  $100  billion,  based  on  asset 
thresholds and other risk-based factors. Under the new rules, the Corporation is classified as a Category II institution. 

The  requirements  under  the  new  framework  that  apply  to  the  Corporation  are  largely  unchanged  as  a  result  of  the 
Federal Reserve Board’s final tailoring rule for enhanced prudential standards. The Corporation must submit annual capital 
plans to the Federal Reserve Board, conduct supervisory and internal periodic stress tests to evaluate capital adequacy in 
adverse economic conditions, maintain enhanced risk management procedures, comply with a liquidity risk management 
framework (discussed below in “Liquidity Standards”) and aggregate credit exposure limits, conduct liquidity stress tests, 
and hold a buffer of liquid assets estimated to meet funding needs during a financial stress event. The Corporation is not 
subject  to  the  total  loss-absorbing  capacity  requirement,  capital  surcharge,  enhanced  supplementary  leverage  ratio,  or 
aggregate  credit  exposure  limit  that  apply  to  U.S.  bank  holding  companies  that  are  global  systemically  important  bank 
holding companies. 

Resolution  Planning.  As  required  by  Section  165(d)  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act,  the  Corporation  is  required  to  submit 
periodically to regulators a resolution plan for its rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or 
failure. In addition, under an FDIC rule (the CIDI Resolution Plan Rule) the Bank must submit to the FDIC periodic plans 
for resolution in the event of its failure. 

On  March  29,  2019,  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  and  the  FDIC  provided  joint  written  feedback  to  the  Corporation 
regarding  the  resolution  plan  submitted  by  the  Corporation  in  December  2017,  pursuant  to  Section  165(d)  of  the  Dodd-
Frank  Act  (the  2017  165(d)  Plan).  The  joint  written  feedback  stated  that  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  and  FDIC  did  not 
identify shortcomings or deficiencies in the 2017 165(d) Plan. The Corporation is required to submit its next Section 165(d) 
resolution plan by December 17, 2021, and it must address the informational content specified in a guidance letter issued 
by the Federal Reserve Board and FDIC in December 2020. 

In addition, on June 27, 2018, the Bank submitted its resolution plan (the 2018 CIDI Plan) to the FDIC under the CIDI 
Resolution Plan Rule. To date, no formal written feedback or guidance has been received regarding the 2018 CIDI Plan. 
On January 19, 2021, the FDIC announced that it will resume requiring resolution plan submissions for insured depository 
institutions with $100 billion or more in assets. The FDIC announcement indicated that no firm will be required to submit a 
resolution plan without at least 12 months advance notice provided to the firm. To date, the Bank has not received notice 
from the FDIC indicating its next resolution plan submission date. 

Separately, the European Union Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD), was adopted for European Union 
credit institutions, including certain of the Bank’s subsidiaries and branches, effective January 1, 2015. In accordance with 
applicable Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier (CSSF) guidance, a Simplified Recovery Plan for Northern 
Trust  Global  Services  SE,  a  Luxembourg-registered  indirect  subsidiary  of  the  Bank,  has  been  established  and  will  be 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
reviewed and filed with the CSSF at least biennially. CSSF regulations also require institutions to submit resolution-related 
data on an annual basis, a requirement for which Northern Trust Global Services SE has an established process. 

Orderly Liquidation Authority. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, certain financial companies, such as the Corporation and 
certain of its covered subsidiaries, can be subjected to an orderly liquidation authority if in default or danger of default and 
their  resolution  under  the  U.S.  Bankruptcy  Code  would  have  serious  adverse  effects  on  financial  stability  in  the  United 
States, among other requirements set by statute. If the Corporation were subject to orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC 
would  be  appointed  as  its  receiver,  which  would  give  the  FDIC  considerable  powers  to  resolve  the  Corporation.  Absent 
such actions, the Corporation, as a bank holding company, would remain subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. 

The  Volcker  Rule.  The  Volcker  Rule  bans  proprietary  trading  subject  to  exceptions  for  market-making,  hedging, 
certain trading activities in U.S. and foreign sovereign debt, certain trading activities of non-U.S. banking entities trading 
outside the United States, certain customer-driven matched swaps, and trading activities related to liquidity management. 
The Volcker Rule also imposes significant restrictions on sponsoring or investing in certain “covered funds,” such as hedge 
funds  or  private  equity  funds,  again  subject  to  exceptions.  Northern  Trust  maintains  an  enterprise-wide  compliance 
program to comply with the Volcker Rule. 

Swaps and Other Derivatives. The Dodd-Frank Act imposed a regulatory structure on the over-the-counter derivatives 
market,  including  requirements  for  clearing,  exchange  trading,  capital,  margin,  trade  reporting,  and  recordkeeping.  The 
Dodd-Frank Act also requires certain entities to register as a “major swap participant,” a “swap dealer,” a “major-security-
based swap participant” or a “security-based swap dealer.” The Bank is required to register as a swap dealer and its swap 
dealer activities are subject to the CFTC’s rules and regulations, including rules regarding internal and external business 
conduct  standards,  reporting  and  recordkeeping,  mandatory  clearing  for  certain  swaps,  trade  documentation  and 
confirmation requirements, and cross-border swap activities. The Bank is also subject to Federal Reserve Board regulations 
regarding mandatory posting and collection of margin by certain swap counterparties. Several of the SEC’s requirements 
for security-based swap dealers came into effect on April 6, 2020. Under those requirements, persons or entities must begin 
counting  security-based  swap  activities  on  August  6,  2021,  and  may  be  required  to  register  with  the  SEC  as  a  security-
based swap dealer after October 6, 2021. The Corporation does not expect that it, or any of its affiliates, will be required to 
register as a security-based swap dealer with the SEC. 

HOLDING COMPANY SUPPORT UNDER THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE ACT 

The  Dodd-Frank  Act  amended  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Act  (FDIA)  to  obligate  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  to 
require bank holding companies, such as the Corporation, to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength for any 
subsidiary  depository  institution.  Under  this  requirement,  the  Corporation  in  the  future  could  be  required  to  provide 
financial assistance to the Bank should the Bank experience financial distress. 

PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS 

The Corporation may pay dividends, repurchase stock, and make other capital distributions only in accordance with 
the  capital  plan  rules  and  capital  adequacy  standards  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board,  including  the  stress  capital  buffer 
requirement, discussed further at “—Capital Adequacy Requirements” below. Dividends from the Bank are a significant 
source of funds for the Corporation, and the Corporation’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock therefore depends 
on the ability of the Bank to pay sufficient dividends to the Corporation. 

Various other federal and state laws and regulations limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by the Bank to the 
Corporation without regulatory consent. The Bank may not pay any dividends if it is undercapitalized, or if the payment of 
the dividend would cause it to become undercapitalized. In general, the amount of dividends that may be paid in a calendar 
year is limited to its “recent earnings” (the current year’s net income combined with the retained net income of the two 
preceding years), or its “undivided profits” (generally, accumulated net profits that have not been paid out as dividends or 
transferred to surplus), whichever is less. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Corporation may also be affected 
by the capital adequacy standards applicable to the Bank (discussed further below), which include minimum requirements 
and buffers. 

CAPITAL PLANNING AND STRESS TESTING 

The Corporation’s capital distributions are subject to the Federal Reserve Board’s capital plan rules, which require the 

Corporation to submit annual capital plans to the Federal Reserve Board for review. 

The major components of that oversight are the Federal Reserve Board’s Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review 
(CCAR)  and  Dodd-Frank  Act  stress  tests  (DFAST).  These  requirements  involve  both  company-run  and  supervisory-run 
testing of capital under various scenarios, including baseline and severely adverse scenarios provided by the appropriate 
banking  regulator.  Results  from  the  Corporation’s  and  the  Bank’s  annual  company-run  stress  tests  are  reported  to  the 
appropriate regulators and made publicly available. 

The Corporation submitted its capital plan for the Federal Reserve Board’s 2020 CCAR exercise in April 2020 and, in 
November  2020,  resubmitted  the  plan  at  the  Federal  Reserve  Board’s  request  to  reflect  stresses  from  the  COVID-19 

4  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
pandemic.  On  June  25,  2020,  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  imposed  restrictions  that  were  designed  to  cause  large  bank 
holding  companies  to  preserve  capital,  including  suspending  share  repurchases,  capping  dividend  payments,  and  only 
allowing  common  stock  dividends  according  to  a  formula  based  on  recent  income.  On  December  18,  2020,  the  Federal 
Reserve Board extended a portion of these restrictions to limit share repurchases and dividend payments based on recent 
income. These restrictions apply for the first quarter of 2021 and may be extended further. 

Under the DFAST regulations, the Corporation is required to undergo regulatory stress tests conducted by the Federal 
Reserve Board annually. The Bank also is required to conduct its own annual internal stress test (although it is permitted to 
combine  certain  reporting  and  disclosure  of  its  stress  test  results  with  the  results  of  the  Corporation).  Results  from  the 
Corporation’s and the Bank’s annual company-run stress tests are reported to the appropriate regulators and made publicly 
available. Northern Trust published the results of its company-run stress tests on June 25, 2020. 

CAPITAL ADEQUACY REQUIREMENTS 

The Corporation, as a bank holding company, is subject to risk-based and leverage capital guidelines implemented by 
the Federal Reserve Board that are based on industry-standard guidelines published by the International Basel Committee 
on Banking Supervision (Basel Committee), known as Basel III. The Bank, as an FDIC-insured depository institution, is 
also  required  to  meet  risk-based  and  leverage  capital  guidelines  established  by  regulators  which  are  generally  similar  to 
those established by the Federal Reserve Board for bank holding companies. 

Under the final Basel III rules, the Corporation, with the Bank, is a “core” banking organization that is required to use 
the  advanced  approaches  methodologies  to  calculate  and  disclose  publicly  its  risk-based  capital  ratios.  The  Corporation 
also is subject to a capital floor that is based on the Basel III standardized approach to calculating risk-based capital ratios. 
The  Corporation  is  therefore  required  to  calculate  its  risk-based  capital  ratios  under  both  the  standardized  and  advanced 
approaches, and is subject to the more stringent of the two in the assessment of its capital adequacy. 

The Bank’s risk-based and leverage capital ratios at December 31, 2020, were well above the regulatory requirements 
established  by  U.S.  banking  regulators.  The  risk-based  and  leverage  capital  ratios  for  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank, 
together with the regulatory minimum ratios and the ratios required for classification as “well-capitalized,” are provided in 
the following chart. 

TABLE 1: RISK-BASED AND LEVERAGE CAPITAL RATIOS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 

COMMON EQUITY 

TIER 

 1 CAPITAL 

TIER 

 1 CAPITAL 

TOTAL CAPITAL 

TIER 

 1 LEVERAGE 

STANDARDIZED  ADVANCED  STANDARDIZED  ADVANCED  STANDARDIZED  ADVANCED  STANDARDIZED  ADVANCED 
APPROACH  APPROACH 

APPROACH  APPROACH 

APPROACH  APPROACH 

APPROACH  APPROACH 

12.8 % 

13.4 % 

13.9 % 

14.5 % 

15.6 % 

15.9 % 

 7.6 % 

 7.6 % 

13.0 % 

13.8 % 

13.0 % 

13.8 % 

14.5 % 

15.0 % 

 7.0 % 

 7.0 % 

 4.5 % 

 4.5 % 

 6.0 % 

 6.0 % 

 8.0 % 

 8.0 % 

 4.0 % 

 4.0 % 

SUPPLEMENTARY 
LEVERAGE(1)

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

 8.6 % 

 7.7 % 

 3.0 % 

N/A 

N/A 

 6.0 % 

 6.0 % 

10.0 % 

10.0 % 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

 6.5 % 

 6.5 % 

 8.0 % 

 8.0 % 

10.0 % 

10.0 % 

 5.0 % 

 5.0 % 

 3.0 % 

Northern 
Corporation 

Trust 

Northern 

 The 
Company 

Trust 

Minimum 
ratio 

required

“Well-capitalized”
minimum 
 as 
applicable 

ratios, 

Northern 
Corporation 

Trust 

 The 
Northern 
Trust Company 

(1) In November 2019, the Federal Reserve and other U.S. federal banking agencies adopted a final rule that established a deduction for central bank deposits from the total 
leverage exposures of custodial banking organizations, including Northern Trust Corporation and The Northern Trust Company, equal to the lesser of (i) the total amount of 
funds the custodial banking organization and its consolidated subsidiaries have on deposit at qualifying central banks and (ii) the total amount of client funds on deposit at the 
custodial banking organization that are linked to fiduciary or custodial and safekeeping accounts. The rule became effective on April 1, 2020. 

Further,  on  April  1,  2020,  the  Federal  Reserve  issued  an  interim  final  rule  that  requires  bank  holding  companies,  including  Northern  Trust  Corporation,  to  deduct,  on  a 
temporary basis, deposits with the Federal Reserve and investments in U.S. Treasury securities from their total leverage exposure. The U.S. Treasury securities deduction is 
applied in addition to the central bank deposits relief referred to above. This rule became effective on April 1, 2020 and will remain in effect through the first quarter of 2021. 
On May 15, 2020, the U.S. federal banking agencies released an interim final rule that permits insured depository institutions of bank holding companies also to temporarily 
exclude deposits with the Federal Reserve and investments in U.S. Treasury securities from their total leverage exposure. The Northern Trust Company did not elect to take this 
deduction. 

The supplementary leverage ratios at December 31, 2020 for the Northern Trust Corporation and The Northern Trust Company reflect the impact of these final rules. 

Advanced  approaches  institutions,  such  as  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank,  are  subject  to  a  minimum  supplementary 
leverage  ratio  of  3.0%.  Advanced  approaches  institutions  that  are  insured  depository  institutions,  such  as  the  Bank,  also 
must  maintain  at  least  a  3.0%  supplementary  leverage  ratio  to  be  considered  “well-capitalized.”  The  Corporation  is  also 
subject to a stress capital buffer, which integrates forward-looking stress test results with non-stress capital requirements, 
and the Bank is also subject to a capital conservation buffer, which respectively requires the Corporation and the Bank to 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
hold  a  buffer  of  common  equity  Tier  1  capital  above  the  minimum  risk-based  capital  requirements  in  order  to  avoid 
constraints  on  dividends,  equity  repurchases  and  compensation.  The  minimum  capital  buffer  requirement  for  advanced 
approaches banking organizations, such as the Corporation and the Bank, is 2.5%. 

A  “countercyclical  buffer”  of  0%  to  2.5%  of  a  banking  organization’s  total  risk-weighted  assets  for  advanced 
approaches  banking  organizations,  such  as  the  Corporation,  is  also  a  component  of  the  capital  adequacy  framework.  In 
general,  the  amount  of  the  countercyclical  capital  buffer  is  a  weighted  average  of  the  countercyclical  capital  buffer 
established in the various jurisdictions in which the banking organization has credit exposures.  The U.S. countercyclical 
buffer is currently set at 0%. 

As a result of the stress test results published by the Federal Reserve on June 25, 2020, the Corporation’s stress capital 
buffer requirement for the 2020 capital plan cycle was set at 2.5%. The 2020 stress capital buffer became effective October 
1, 2020, and results in a common equity tier 1 capital ratio minimum requirement of 7.0%. 

LIQUIDITY STANDARDS 

Northern  Trust  is  subject  to  the  U.S.  liquidity  coverage  ratio  (LCR)  requirement,  which  is  designed  to  ensure  that 
covered banking organizations including the Corporation and the Bank maintain an adequate level of unencumbered high-
quality  liquid  assets  equal  to  their  expected  net  cash  outflow  for  a  30-day  time  horizon  under  a  regulatorily  prescribed 
liquidity stress scenario. As of December 31, 2020, the Corporation and the Bank were in compliance with applicable LCR 
requirements. 

Basel  III  also  introduced  the  concept  of  a  net  stable  funding  ratio  (NSFR)  requirement,  designed  to  promote  more 
medium- and long-term funding of the assets and activities of banking entities over a one-year time horizon. The NSFR 
will require certain banking organizations, including the Corporation and the Bank, to maintain a stable funding profile in 
relation to the composition of their assets and off-balance sheet activities. The Federal Reserve Board adopted a final rule 
in  October  2020  implementing  the  NSFR  and  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  will  be  required  to  comply  with  the  NSFR 
requirement on July 1, 2021. 

The  enhanced  prudential  standards  imposed  by  the  Dodd-Frank  Act,  as  amended  by  the  Regulatory  Reform  Act, 
specify  certain  required  liquidity  risk  management  practices  for  large  bank  holding  companies  and  banks.  The  Federal 
Reserve  Board’s  October  2019  final  tailoring  rule  targets  certain  aspects  of  these  requirements  based  on  banking 
organizations’ business model and risk profile, as delineated into four risk-based categories. The Corporation, a Category II 
institution  under  the  final  tailoring  rule,  is  subject  to  the  liquidity  risk  management,  monthly  liquidity  stress  testing, 
liquidity buffer, and daily liquidity reporting requirements. 

PROMPT CORRECTIVE ACTION 

Federal banking regulators are required to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to a depository institution if 
that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards, and are also authorized to take appropriate action against a 
parent  bank  holding  company  of  an  under-capitalized  banking  subsidiary.  In  certain  instances,  the  Corporation  could  be 
required to guarantee the performance of a capital restoration plan for the Bank if it were under-capitalized. 

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES 

The Bank is subject to restrictions governing transactions between it and affiliated entities, including the Corporation, 
its affiliates, and its subsidiaries. These transactions must be on terms and conditions that are, or in good faith would be, 
offered to nonaffiliated companies (i.e., on terms not less favorable to the Bank than market terms). Further, extensions of 
credit  must  be  secured  fully  with  qualifying  collateral  and  are  limited  to  10%  of  the  Bank’s  capital  and  surplus  for 
transactions with a single affiliate and to 20% of the Bank’s capital and surplus for transactions with all affiliates. 

ANTI-MONEY LAUNDERING, ANTI-TERRORISM LEGISLATION, AND OFFICE OF FOREIGN ASSETS CONTROL 

The Corporation and certain of its subsidiaries are subject to the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA 
PATRIOT  Act  of  2001  and  implemented  in  the  regulation  of  the  federal  banking  regulators  and  Financial  Crimes 
Enforcement  Network,  which  contain  anti-money  laundering  (AML)  and  financial  transparency  requirements  for 
conducting  due  diligence,  verifying  client  and  beneficial  owner  identification,  and  monitoring  client  transactions  and 
detecting and reporting suspicious activities. AML laws outside the United States contain similar requirements. 

Various legal requirements prohibit Northern Trust entities from engaging in business in or with certain jurisdictions 
and  parties,  such  as  organizations  and  countries  suspected  of  aiding,  harboring  or  engaging  in  terrorist  acts.  The  U.S. 
Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control publishes lists of these prohibited parties. If the Corporation 
or the Bank finds a sanctioned name or jurisdiction on any transaction or account, the Corporation or the Bank must reject 
or block such account or transaction and notify the appropriate authorities. 

Failure to comply with these requirements could result in fines, penalties, lawsuits, regulatory sanctions or difficulties 
in obtaining approvals, restrictions on their business activities or harm to reputation. Many other countries have imposed 

6  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
similar laws and regulations that apply to the Corporation’s non-U.S. offices. The Corporation has established policies and 
procedures to comply with these laws and the related regulations. 

DEPOSIT INSURANCE AND ASSESSMENTS 

The Bank accepts deposits, and eligible deposits have the benefit of FDIC insurance up to the applicable limit, which 
is currently $250,000 for each depositor account. Under the FDIA, insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC 
upon  a  finding  that  the  insured  depository  institution  has  engaged  in  unsafe  and  unsound  practices,  is  in  an  unsafe  or 
unsound condition, or has violated laws, regulations, or orders from a regulatory agency. Certain liquid assets are excluded 
from the deposit insurance assessment base of custody banks that satisfy certain institutional eligibility criteria. This has the 
effect of reducing the amount of deposit insurance fund insurance premiums payable by custody banks. The Bank qualifies 
as a custody bank for this purpose. 

COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT 

The Bank is subject to the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA). The CRA and the regulations issued thereunder are 
intended  to  encourage  banks  to  help  meet  the  credit  needs  of  their  service  areas,  including  low  and  moderate  income 
neighborhoods,  consistent  with  the  safe  and  sound  operations  of  the  banks.  The  Bank  fulfills  its  CRA  obligations  by 
making  qualified  investments  for  the  purposes  of  community  development.  The  Bank  received  an  “outstanding”  CRA 
rating from the Federal Reserve Board in its most recent CRA examination. In September 2020, the Federal Reserve Board 
issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking regarding potential changes to the regulations issued under the CRA, but 
has not taken further action to date. 

PRIVACY AND SECURITY 

Federal  law  establishes  a  minimum  federal  standard  of  financial  privacy  by,  among  other  provisions,  requiring 
financial  institutions  to  adopt  and  disclose  privacy  policies  with  respect  to  consumer  information,  setting  limitations  on 
disclosure to third parties of consumer information, setting standards for protecting client information, and requiring notice 
of data breaches in certain circumstances. Most states, the European Union (EU) and other non-U.S. jurisdictions also have 
adopted  their  own  statutes  and/or  regulations  concerning  data  privacy  and  security  and  requiring  notification  of  data 
breaches.  For  example,  a  European  data  protection  framework—the  General  Data  Protection  Regulation  (GDPR)—was 
adopted on April 8, 2016, and became effective in all European Economic Area (EEA) member states on May 25, 2018. 
GDPR is designed to harmonize data privacy laws across the EEA, to protect EEA citizens’ data privacy and to reshape the 
way organizations across the region approach data privacy. GDPR has extraterritorial effect as its scope includes all data 
controllers  and  processors  outside  the  EEA  whose  processing  activities  relate  to  the  offering  of  goods  or  services  to,  or 
monitoring the behavior of, EEA individuals. Organizations that violate certain provisions of GDPR could be fined up to 
€20  million  or  4%  of  their  annual  worldwide  revenue  for  the  preceding  fiscal  year,  whichever  is  greater.  In  the  United 
States, the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) was adopted by the State of California and became effective January 
1,  2020,  and  then  enforceable  on  July  1,  2020.  The  CCPA  substantially  increased  the  rights  of  California  residents  to 
understand how their personal data is collected and used by commercial businesses. The CCPA includes a private right of 
action (permitting lawsuits to be brought by private individuals instead of the state Attorney General or other government 
actor for breaches), and contemplates civil penalties of up to $2,500 for each violation and up to $7,500 for each intentional 
violation.  On  November  3,  2020,  the  California  Privacy  Rights  Act  of  2020  (CPRA),  which  amends  and  supersedes 
portions of the CCPA, was approved by a majority of California voters. Among other changes, the CPRA will establish the 
California Privacy Protection Agency to administer, implement, and enforce the CCPA and CPRA. The CPRA is expected 
to  be  fully  operative  beginning  in  2023,  and  will  apply  to  personal  information  collected  on  or  after  January  1,  2022. 
However, the CCPA, including its implementing regulations, remains in effect until the CPRA is operative. 

The  Corporation  has  adopted  and  disseminated  privacy  policies  and  communicates  required  information  relating  to 

financial privacy and data security in accordance with applicable law. 

CONSUMER LAWS AND REGULATIONS 

The Corporation’s banking subsidiaries are subject to certain federal and state laws and regulations designed to protect 
consumers in transactions with banks. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could lead to substantial penalties, 
operating restrictions and reputational damage to the financial institution. Consumer laws and regulations are enforced by 
the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) and other federal and state regulators. 

NON-U.S. REGULATION 

Northern Trust is subject to the laws and regulatory authorities of the jurisdictions in which its non-U.S. branches and 
subsidiaries  operate.  For  example,  branches  and  subsidiaries  conducting  banking  and  asset  servicing  businesses  in  the 
United  Kingdom  (UK)  are  authorized  to  do  so  pursuant  to  the  UK  Financial  Services  and  Markets  Act  2000.  They  are 
authorized by the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) or the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) and regulated by the 
FCA  and,  in  some  instances,  also  the  PRA.  The  PRA  and  FCA  exercise  broad  supervisory  and  disciplinary  powers  that 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
include the power to revoke temporarily or permanently authorization to conduct a regulated business upon breach of the 
relevant regulations, suspend registered employees, and impose censures and fines on both regulated businesses and their 
regulated employees. 

Northern Trust’s European branches and subsidiaries are subject to the laws and regulatory authorities of the EU and 
the member states in which they are domiciled or the UK. For example, with the establishment of Northern Trust Global 
Services SE as an EU-domiciled credit institution in Luxembourg in connection with the Corporation’s planning related to 
the UK’s departure from the EU, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” such entity is subject to the prudential supervision of 
the  European  Central  Bank  and  the  CSSF.  Moreover,  Northern  Trust’s  non-EU  branches  and  subsidiaries  conducting 
financial services activities also may be within the scope of the laws of the EU, given that some EU laws apply to the wider 
EEA,  which  includes  not  only  all  EU  member  states  but  also  the  non-EU  member  states  Iceland,  Liechtenstein  and 
Norway, and because of increasing extraterritorial effect of EU legislation. 

Effective  January  31,  2020,  the  UK  is  no  longer  a  member  of  the  EU.  EU  legislation  as  it  applied  to  the  UK  on 

December 31, 2020 is now a part of UK domestic legislation, under the control of the UK’s Parliament and Assemblies. 

The following items provide a brief description of certain recently implemented and in-progress regulatory changes in 
the EU and the UK relevant to the Corporation and its subsidiaries, in addition to the BRRD and GDPR discussed under 
“The Dodd-Frank Act, as Amended—Resolution Planning” and “Privacy and Security,” respectively, above. 

Revised  Capital  Requirements  Directive  and  revised  Capital  Requirements  Regulation.  The  EU  Capital 
Requirements  Directive  of  June  26,  2013  (CRD)  and  the  EU  Capital  Requirements  Regulation  of  June  26,  2013  (CRR) 
govern the legal framework for banking regulation in the EU, including, among other things, own fund requirements. On 
November 23, 2016, the European Commission (Commission) published a proposal for a revision of the CRD (CRD V) 
and the CRR (CRR II). EU member states were required to implement the requirements in the CRD V into their national 
law by December 28, 2020, with most of the measures to apply from December 29, 2020. Most of the CRR II will apply 
from June 28, 2021. Further, CRD V and CRR II currently contain mandates for the European Banking Authority (EBA) to 
produce  a  number  of  regulatory  technical  standards  (RTS)  and  implementing  technical  standards  (ITS),  which  remain 
under development. 

Central  Securities  Depositories  Regulation.  On  September  17,  2014,  the  EU  Central  Securities  Depositories 
Regulation  (CSDR)  entered  into  force  (subject  to  a  number  of  transitional  provisions).  The  CSDR  aims  principally  to 
ensure that transactions between buyers and sellers of dematerialized securities are settled in a safe and timely manner by 
introducing  common  securities  settlement  standards  across  the  EU.  CSDR  requires  several  “Level  2”  (or  implementing) 
measures in order for its provisions to take effect fully. A number of these “Level 2” measures were published in 2017. On 
September  13,  2018,  the  Commission  Delegated  Regulation  (EU)  2018/1229  supplementing  the  CSDR  with  regard  to 
technical standards on settlement discipline was published in the EU’s Official Journal. The EU subsequently approved the 
delay of the CSDR until February 1, 2022. Since then, the Commission’s 2021 work program and its 2020 Capital Markets 
Union  Action  Plan  announced  an  intention  to  bring  forward  a  legislative  proposal  which  would  include  simplifying  the 
CSDR  and  to  make  it  more  proportionate  and  less  burdensome  for  stakeholders.  In  December  2020,  the  Commission 
published a Consultation Paper which seeks stakeholder input into its legislative proposals to ensure the overall objectives 
of CSDR are fulfilled in a more proportionate, efficient and effective manner. 

Securities Financing Transactions and Reuse of Collateral Regulation. On November 25, 2015, the EU adopted a 
regulation on securities financing transactions and reuse of collateral (SFTR) as part of its approach to addressing shadow 
banking. The regulation includes provisions for enhanced transparency and reporting of securities financing transactions. 
The  SFTR  entered  into  force  on  January  12,  2016,  subject  to  certain  transitional  provisions.  SFTR  requires  adoption  of 
certain “Level 2” measures which were finalized in 2019. The reporting obligations under the SFTR have been phased in 
from April 11, 2020, with the final phase commencing on January 11, 2021. 

UK Criminal Finances  Act.  On  September  30,  2017,  the UK  Criminal Finances  Act (CFA)  entered  into  force.  The 
CFA  has  extra-territorial  effect,  introducing  certain  new  corporate  criminal  offenses  in  circumstances  where  a  corporate 
entity  or  partnership  (a  relevant  body)  fails  to  prevent  an  “associated  person”  (broadly  meaning  an  employee,  agent  or 
person who performs services for or on behalf of the relevant body) from criminally facilitating the evasion of tax, whether 
the  tax  evaded  is  owed  (i)  in  the  UK  or  (ii)  in  a  foreign  country  if  the  relevant  body  has  a  nexus,  or  any  conduct 
constituting part of the foreign tax evasion facilitation offense takes place, in the UK. These corporate offenses are strict 
liability  offenses,  such  that  in  circumstances  where  an  associated  person  of  a  relevant  body  criminally  facilitates  the 
evasion of tax and such relevant body has failed to prevent the associated person from committing such criminal facilitation 
of tax evasion, the relevant body will itself be guilty of a criminal offense carrying unlimited fines, unless it can show that 
it put in place reasonable prevention procedures (or by showing that it was not reasonable in all the circumstances to expect 
the relevant body to have any prevention procedures in place). 

Benchmarks  Regulation.  On  January  1,  2018,  the EU  Benchmarks  Regulation  (BMR)  became applicable in  all EU 
member  states,  subject  to  certain  transitional  provisions.  The  principal  objectives  of  the  BMR  are  to  restore  investor 

8  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
confidence in the accuracy, robustness and integrity of indices used as benchmarks in financial instruments and financial 
contracts or to measure the performance of investment funds, and the benchmark-setting process itself. The BMR aims to 
achieve these objectives by ensuring that benchmarks are not subject to conflicts of interest, are used appropriately, and 
reflect the actual market or economic reality they are intended to measure. On July 24, 2020, the Commission adopted a 
legislative proposal (COM (2020) 337 final) (2020/0154 (COD)) for a regulation amending the BMR regarding designation 
of replacement benchmarks where certain widely-used benchmarks have ceased, including the London Interbank Offered 
Rate  (LIBOR).  The  proposed  regulation  would  provide  for  a  statutory  replacement  rate  to  be  available  by  the  time  a 
benchmark ceases. The proposed regulation is working its way through the European Parliament and the Council of the EU 
and is expected to be adopted by such institutions the day following its publication in the EU’s Official Journal. 

Sustainable  Finance  Disclosure  Regulations.  On  December  29,  2019,  the  EU  Sustainable  Finance  Disclosure 
Regulations  (SFDR)  entered  into  force.  SFDR  aims  to  prevent  “greenwashing”  (conveying  a  misleading  or  false 
impression a product is more environmentally favorable than it actually is) by requiring disclosure of how sustainability 
risks and environmental, societal and governance (ESG) factors are part of the investment and business processes of asset 
managers. Mandatory disclosures are required to be published at product and manager levels in a variety of ways, including 
on  websites,  in  pre-contractual  documents  (e.g.  prospectuses)  and  in  annual  reports.  Certain  significant  provisions  apply 
from March 10, 2021. 

Taxonomy Regulation. On July 12, 2020, Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation) entered into force. The 
Taxonomy Regulations are part of the EU’s recent measures designed to encourage environmentally sustainable investment 
decision making and introduce a technical framework to ascertain how sustainable an economic activity is. The Taxonomy 
Regulations  apply  to  financial  market  participants  including  Market  in  Financial  Instruments  Directive  (MiFID)  firms, 
Undertakings  for  the  Collective  Investment  in  Transferable  Securities  (UCITS)  management  companies,  and  alternative 
investment  fund  managers,  and  will  require  them  to  make  further  pre-contractual  and  periodic  disclosures.  The 
Commission  has  delayed  the  application  of  “Level  2”  measures  and  it  is  expected  that  the  implementation  date  will  be 
delayed to January 2022. 

European Deposit Insurance Scheme. On October 11, 2017, the Commission announced that it aimed to complete all 
parts of the European Banking Union by 2018. The banking union is in place and operational except for the creation of a 
single  European  Deposit  Insurance  Scheme  (EDIS).  The  EDIS  will  apply  to  deposit  guarantee  schemes  (DGSs)  in  EU 
member states participating in the single supervisory mechanism (SSM) and credit institutions in those member states. The 
EU Council and Parliament continue to consider the legislative proposal for the EDIS regulation, which was published by 
the Commission in November 2015. The Commission proposed changes to its approach to the EDIS in its October 2017 
communication on completing the banking union but has not yet published any revisions to the text of the EDIS regulation 
to  reflect  these  changes.  The  communication  also  urged  the  European  Parliament  and  European  Council  to  adopt  these 
measures quickly to complete the banking union however this remains outstanding. 

Fifth EU Money Laundering Directive. On July 9, 2018, the Fifth EU Money Laundering Directive (MLD5) entered 
into force. MLD5 was required to be transposed into local law by EU member states by January 10, 2020 and introduces 
the  following  key  changes  to  the  current  EU  AML  regime:  (i)  EU  member  states  must  ensure  that  registers  of  ultimate 
beneficial  owners  of  companies  and  other  legal  entities  become  accessible  to  the  general  public;  (ii)  the  current  AML 
regime is extended to additional service providers, such as electronic wallet providers, virtual currency exchange service 
providers,  and  art  dealers,  and  further  specifications  regarding  the  scope  of  application  of  MLD5  with  respect  to  tax 
advisors and estate agents are provided; (iii) the threshold for identifying holders of prepaid cards is lowered to €150; and 
(iv) EU member states will be required to implement enhanced due diligence measures to monitor suspicious transactions 
involving high-risk countries more strictly. 

Shareholder  Rights  Directive.  On  May  17,  2017,  the  recast  Shareholder  Rights  Directive  (EU)  2017/828  was 
published  (SRD  II).  Member  states  of  the  EU  were  required  to  bring  into  force  the  laws,  regulations  and  administrative 
provisions  necessary  to  comply  with  the  Directive  by  June  10,  2019.  SRD  was  designed  to  establish  requirements  in 
relation  to  the  exercise  of  shareholder  rights  and,  recognizing  that  shares  are  often  held  through  complex  chains  of 
intermediaries, SRD II is designed to improve mechanisms for the identification of shareholders by companies, as well as 
improve the transmission of information along the chain of intermediaries to facilitate the exercise of shareholder rights. 
Non-EU  intermediaries  are  required  to  comply  with  the  requirements  if  they  provide  services  with  respect  to  shares  of 
companies  that  have  their  registered  office  in  the  EU.  The  Commission  Implementing  Regulation  (EU)  2018/1212  of 
September 3, 2018 set out minimum requirements for implementing SRD II, which have applied from September 3, 2020. 

Depositary  Books  &  Records.  Following  the  European  Securities  and  Markets  Authority’s  opinion  on  asset 
segregation and application of depositary delegation rules to central securities depositories published on July 20, 2017, and 
entered  into  force  on  April  1,  2020,  changes  were  introduced  by  two  EU  regulations  modifying  the  existing  Alternative 
Investment Fund Managers Directive (AIFMD) and UCITS Level 2 Regulations: Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 
No  2018/1618  relating  to  the  safe-keeping  duties  of  depositaries  of  alternative  investment  funds  and  Commission 
Delegated Regulation (EU) No 2018/1619 relating to the safe-keeping duties of depositaries of UCITS. The changes aim to 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
better  define  asset  segregation  requirements  and  to  add  additional  safeguards,  primarily  focusing  on  information  flow 
between  the  depositary  and  any  third  party  to  whom  safe-keeping  functions  have  been  delegated.  The  key  changes  (i) 
impact the frequency of reconciliations between the depositary’s internal accounts and records and those of any third party 
in the custody chain, (ii) require the depositary to maintain an independent record separate from the record maintained by 
the third party, and (iii) increase due diligence obligations where custody of assets is delegated to third parties outside of 
the  EU.  The  changes  impact  Northern  Trust’s  subsidiaries  providing  depositary  services  to  European-domiciled  fund 
clients. 

In addition to the above, the Bank’s and the Corporation’s subsidiary banks located outside the United States are subject to 
regulatory capital requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate. As of December 31, 2020, each of our non-U.S. 
banking subsidiaries had capital ratios above their specified minimum requirements. 

Human Capital Management 
Northern  Trust  recognizes  that  our  employees  are  critical  to  our  success,  which  includes  meeting  clients’  needs  and 
supporting our communities. We take our search for, and retention of, top talent seriously. To attract and retain talent, we 
manage programs to develop a diverse pipeline of future leaders and help employees advance their careers. The discussion 
below outlines Northern Trust’s human capital objectives, which include talent management, compensation, and diversity, 
equity and inclusion. 

EMPLOYEES 
Northern Trust employed approximately 20,900 full-time equivalent staff members as of December 31, 2020. The regional 
breakout of our workforce is 46% North America, 35% Asia Pacific, and 19% Europe, Middle East, and Africa. 

TALENT ACQUISITION, DEVELOPMENT, AND MANAGEMENT 

Our  employees  are  critical  to  our  success,  and  represent  one  of  our  biggest  assets.  We  pride  ourselves  in  attracting 
strong talent and have identified development of diverse talent as one of our top corporate strategic priorities. Our focus on 
work/life balance, diversity, and career mobility also contribute to our employer brand. 

Sourcing and Recruitment. We target our talent identification, sourcing methods, and recruiting strategies to specific 
locations using several channels: job boards, colleges, professional networks, associations and online social networks. We 
base  hiring  decisions  on  a  variety  of  factors  including  relevant  experience,  educational  background,  diversity,  past 
accomplishments, professional licensing, and strong evidence of integrity and ethical behavior. 

Onboarding.  Northern  Trust  is  committed  to  helping  all  new  hires  succeed.  New  employees  begin  their 
onboarding  journey  with  a  comprehensive  learning  roadmap  that  orients  them  to  our  company  story,  business,  and 
culture.  Orientation  programs  also  augment  the  onboarding  experience  by  providing  global,  regional,  and/or  local 
information along with networking activities to help connect new hires to each other and other colleagues. 

Learning  and  Development.  An  integrated  partnership  between  our  enterprise-wide  and  functional  learning  and 
development  teams  ensure  we  deliver  holistic  training  solutions.  Through  our  online  learning  portal,  all  employees  can 
access  a  curated  portfolio  of  professional  and  custom  training  solutions  specific  to  managers,  top  talent,  and  client-
servicing staff. Our Future Focused Skills offerings prepare employees to serve our clients in a digital economy. Many of 
our programs are interactive, include peer networking, and offer direct access to expert facilitators. Training is offered in 
self-paced, mobile, virtual and instructor-led formats. 

Talent Cultivation and Review. Northern Trust is committed to identifying and developing a deep pipeline of diverse, 
top  talent  at  all  levels  across  the  globe  to  meet  our  evolving  business  needs.  Annually,  managers  conduct  talent 
assessments, and business and regional leadership teams hold talent reviews focused on specific topics, such as workforce 
needs,  diversity,  top  talent,  readiness  for  promotion,  internal  movement,  and  succession  plans.  Robust  talent  review 
meetings are held with our senior management and our Board of Directors each year. 

Performance Management. Northern Trust’s annual performance management process includes goal setting, a mid-
year  review  process,  multi-rater  feedback,  and  a  year-end  review.  Priorities  are  set  by  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and 
applied  to  each  business,  department,  team  and  individual.  Managers  are  encouraged  to  provide  regular  feedback  and 
coaching to drive performance and results. 

Engagement and Recognition. Building an inclusive, connected and engaged employee culture is essential. We invite 
all  employees  to  provide  management  with  anonymous  feedback  about  their everyday  experiences  at  work  through  an 
annual  Employee  Engagement  Survey.  Survey  results  are  thoroughly  evaluated  to  identify  strengths,  progress,  and 
opportunities. If warranted, actions are identified and taken to further strengthen employee engagement. We also foster an 
“attitude  of  gratitude” through  our online  Celebrate  Great  recognition  platform  that  allows  employees  to  recognize  one 
another for everyday contributions. 

TOTAL REWARDS 

Our compensation and benefit programs are designed to be market competitive and positioned around the median of 

the local market, enabling us to attract and retain talent needed to deliver on Northern Trust’s strategy. 

10  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Compensation Programs. Our compensation programs are intended to motivate our employees to deliver the highest-
quality  service  to  our  clients  and  achieve  the  greatest  collective  business  results.  They  are  designed,  implemented  and 
communicated to promote behaviors that are consistent with Northern Trust’s desired culture, character and our values of 
service, expertise, and integrity. 

Northern Trust’s base salary programs enable us to attract and retain talent by providing a competitive level of fixed 
pay reflecting each employee’s position, experience, qualifications and tenure. Additionally, all employees are eligible for 
incentive compensation to reward performance that delivers superior team or individual results. Incentive compensation is 
linked to both financial and non-financial performance criteria, including risk considerations, as determined by our Board 
of  Directors  and  senior  management.  Select  senior  leaders  and  individual  contributors  may  receive  a  percentage  of  their 
incentive in Northern Trust stock to encourage retention of key talent and to align rewards with company performance. 

Employee  Benefits.  While  the  exact  composition  of  the  employee  benefit  package  varies  by  country,  our  benefit 
programs  are  designed  to  be  locally  competitive,  to  meet  the  needs  of  our  employees  and  their  families,  and  to  reflect 
cultural  values  of  the  organization.  Typical  programs  include  retirement  benefits,  health  care  benefits,  paid  time  off, 
income protection benefits such as disability and life insurance, leaves of absence, and access to our Employee Assistance 
Program.  In  recent  years,  we  have  expanded  our  focus  on  employee  well-being  by  providing:  additional  programs  and 
resources to improve wellness, manage stress, build resiliency, and be attuned to mental health issues; access to flexible or 
voluntary benefits; and enhancements to various parental leave offerings. 

DIVERSITY, EQUITY, AND INCLUSION (DE&I) 

Northern  Trust embraces  diversity  and  recognizes  the strength  it brings  to  our  employees,  clients,  shareholders,  and 
local communities. We are committed to building an inclusive culture in which all individuals are welcomed, respected, 
supported, and valued so that they can fully participate in, and contribute to, our success. 

Embedding DE&I. Our DE&I vision is embedded at all levels of our organization, with women and ethnic minorities 
representing half of our executive officers and more than half of our Board of Directors. Our Board, through its Corporate 
Governance Committee, also engages in active oversight of our DE&I strategies, programs, and principles. Our Head of 
Corporate  Social  Responsibility  and  Global  Diversity,  Equity  and  Inclusion  serves  as  an  Executive  Vice  President,  and 
reports directly to our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. The following table presents further detail with 
respect to the gender and ethnic diversity of our Board of Directors and executive officers. 

TABLE 2: BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS REPRESENTATION 

Board of Directors 

Executive Officers 

DECEMBER 31, 2020 

FEMALE 

MALE 

WHITE 

BLACK 

HISPANIC 

ASIAN 

23% 

33% 

77% 

67% 

61% 

83% 

23% 

17% 

8% 

—% 

8% 

—% 

Progress and Accountability. Tracking and measuring our DE&I efforts is key to a successful strategy. We utilize a 
global  DE&I  dashboard  to  track  the  organization’s  progress  and  integrate  these  metrics  as  part  of  our  overall  corporate 
strategy  and  goals.  To  drive  accountability  for  increasing  diversity  representation  across  the  organization,  we  measure 
representation in relation to our hiring, retention and promotion practices. Each business unit evaluates this data, and acts 
as needed, to improve overall diversity within their organization. Our executive leaders report their progress through the 
DE&I Executive Council co-chaired by our Chief Executive Officer and our Head of Corporate Social Responsibility and 
Global  Diversity,  Equity  and  Inclusion.  Our  Global  Executive  DE&I  Council  is  responsible  for  providing  strategic 
oversight and defining and driving accountability on the global DE&I priorities. 

Available Information 
Through the Corporation’s website at www.northerntrust.com, the Corporation makes available free of charge its Annual 
Report  on  Form  10-K,  Quarterly  Reports  on  Form  10-Q,  Current  Reports  on  Form  8-K,  and  all  other  reports  and  all 
amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 
as amended (Exchange Act), as soon as reasonably practicable after it files such material with, or furnishes such material 
to, the SEC. The contents of the Corporation’s website, the website of the SEC or any other website referenced herein are 
not a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
ITEM  1A  - RISK  FACTORS 

In the normal course of our business activities, we are exposed to a variety of risks. The following discussion sets forth the 
risk  factors  that  we  have  identified  as  being  most  significant  to  Northern  Trust.  Although  we  discuss  these  risk  factors 
primarily in the context of their potential effects on our business, financial condition or results of operations, you should 
understand that these effects can have further negative implications such as: reducing the price of our common stock and 
other  securities;  reducing  our  capital,  which  can  have  regulatory  and  other  consequences;  affecting  the  confidence  that 
clients, counterparties and/or applicable regulators have in us, with a resulting negative effect on our ability to conduct and 
grow  our  businesses;  and  reducing  the  attractiveness  of  our  securities  to  rating  agencies  and  potential  purchasers,  which 
may affect adversely our ability to raise capital and secure other funding or the cost at which we are able to do so. Further, 
additional risks beyond those discussed below, elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in other of our reports 
filed  with,  or  furnished  to,  the  SEC  also  could  affect  us  adversely.  We  cannot  assure  you  that  the  risk  factors  herein  or 
elsewhere in our other reports address all potential risks that we may face. 

These risk factors also serve to describe factors which may cause our results to differ materially from those described 
in  forward-looking  statements  included  herein  or  in  other  documents  or  statements  that  make  reference  to  this  Annual 
Report  on  Form  10-K.  Forward-looking  statements  and  other  factors  that  may  affect  future  results  are  discussed  under 
“Forward-Looking  Statements”  included  in  Item  7,  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and 
Results of Operations.” 

COVID-19 Pandemic-Related Risks 
Our  business,  results  of  operations,  and  financial  condition  generally  have  been,  and  will  continue  to  be,  adversely 
affected by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. 
The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, and governmental and societal responses thereto, have had a severe impact on global 
economic and market conditions, including heightened volatility in financial markets; global supply chain disruptions; and 
the  institution  of  social  distancing  and  shelter-in-place  requirements  that  have  resulted  in  temporary  closures  of  many 
businesses, lost revenues, and increased unemployment. 

These conditions have impacted—and/or may in the future impact—our business, results of operations, and financial 
condition negatively, including through lower net interest income resulting from lower interest rates; increased provisions 
for  credit  losses;  lower  revenue  from  certain  of  our  fee-based  businesses;  impairments  on  the  securities  we  hold;  and 
decreased  demand  for  certain  of  our  products  and  services.  Additionally,  our  liquidity  and  regulatory  capital  could  be 
adversely  impacted  by  volatility  and  disruptions  in  the  capital  and  credit  markets;  volatility  in  foreign  exchange  rates; 
deposit flows; and client draws on lines of credit. Our business operations may also be disrupted if significant portions of 
our  workforce  are  unable  to  work  effectively,  including  because  of  illness,  quarantines,  government  actions,  or  other 
restrictions  in  connection  with  the  pandemic.  Further,  work-from-home  and  other  modified  business  practices  may 
introduce  additional  operational  risks,  including  resiliency,  cybersecurity,  and  execution  risks,  which  may  result  in 
inefficiencies or delays, and may affect our ability to, or the manner in which we, conduct our business activities. 

While  governmental  authorities  have  taken  unprecedented  measures  to  provide  economic  assistance  to  individual 
households and businesses, stabilize the markets, and support economic growth, the ultimate success of these measures is 
unknown  and  they  may  not  be  sufficient  to  mitigate  fully  the  negative  impact  of  the  ongoing  pandemic.  Further,  some 
measures may have a negative impact on our business, while our participation in other measures could result in reputational 
harm, litigation, or regulatory and government actions, proceedings, or penalties. 

The  extent  to  which  the  COVID-19  pandemic  continues  to  impact  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and are difficult to predict, including, but not 
limited  to,  the  duration  and  spread  of  the  outbreak,  its  severity,  the  actions  to  contain  the  virus  or  treat  its  impact,  the 
distribution,  acceptance  and  efficacy  of  a  vaccine,  and  how  quickly  and  to  what  extent  normal  economic  and  operating 
conditions can resume. The ongoing pandemic may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in 
this section entitled “Risk Factors” and any subsequent filings with the SEC. 

Market Risks 
We  are  dependent  on  fee-based  business  for  a  majority  of  our  revenues,  which  may  be  affected  adversely  by  market 
volatility, a downturn in economic conditions, underperformance and/or negative trends in investment preferences. 
Our principal operational focus is on fee-based business, which is distinct from commercial banking institutions that earn 
most  of  their  revenues  from  loans  and  other  traditional  interest-generating  products  and  services.  Fees  for  many  of  our 
products and services are based on the market value of assets under management, custody or administration; the volume of 
transactions processed; securities lending volume and spreads; and fees for other services rendered, all of which may be 
impacted negatively by market volatility, a downturn in economic conditions, underperformance and/or negative trends in 
investment preferences. For example, downturns in equity markets and decreases in the value of debt-related investments 

12  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
resulting  from  market  disruption,  illiquidity  or  other  factors  historically  have  reduced  the  valuations  of  the  assets  we 
manage or service for others, which generally impacted our earnings negatively. Market volatility and/or weak economic 
conditions also may affect wealth creation, investment preferences, trading activities, and savings patterns, which impact 
demand for certain products and services that we provide. 

Our earnings also may be affected by poor investment returns or changes in investment preferences driven by factors 
beyond market volatility or weak economic conditions. For example, poor absolute or relative investment performance in 
funds or client accounts that we manage or in investment products that we design or provide could result in declines in the 
market  values  of  portfolios  that  we  manage  and/or  administer  and  may  affect  our  ability  to  retain  existing  assets  and  to 
attract new clients or additional assets from existing clients. Further, broader changes in investment preferences that lead to 
less  investment  in  mutual  funds  or  other  collective  funds,  such  as  the  shift  in  investor  preference  to  lower  fee  products, 
could impact our earnings negatively. 

Changes in interest rates can affect our earnings negatively. 
The direction and level of interest rates are important factors in our earnings. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the 
Federal  Reserve  Board  further  reduced  interest  rates,  which  generally  had  already  been  low  relative  to  historical  levels. 
This has had, and may continue to have, a negative impact on our net interest margin, which is the difference between what 
we  earn  on  our  assets  and  the  interest  rates  we  pay  for  deposits  and  other  sources  of  funding.  Low-interest-rate 
environments  also  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  fees  earned  on  certain  of  our  products.  For  example,  we  have  waived 
certain fees associated with money market mutual funds due to the low level of short-term interest rates. Low net interest 
margins and fee waivers each negatively impact our earnings. 

Conversely,  in  some  circumstances,  a  rise  in  interest  rates  also  may  affect  us  negatively.  For  example,  we  may  be 
impacted  negatively  if  such  an  increase  were  to  cause:  market  volatility  and  downturns  in  equity  markets,  resulting  in  a 
decrease in the valuations of the assets we manage or service for others, which generally impact our earnings negatively; 
our clients to transfer funds into investments with higher rates of return, resulting in decreased deposit levels and higher 
fund  or  account  redemptions;  our  borrowers  to  experience  difficulties  in  making  higher  interest  payments,  resulting  in 
increased credit costs, provisions for loan and lease losses and charge-offs; reduced bond and fixed income fund liquidity, 
resulting  in  lower  performance,  yields  and  fees;  a  decline  in  the  value  of  securities  held  in  our  portfolio  of  investment 
securities, resulting in decreased levels of capital and liquidity; or higher funding costs. 

Further,  although  we  have  policies  and  procedures  in  place  to  assess  and  mitigate  potential  impacts  of  interest  rate 
risks, if our assumptions about any number of variables are incorrect, these policies and procedures to mitigate risk may be 
ineffective, which could impact earnings negatively. 

Please  see  “Market  Risk”  in  the  “Risk  Management”  section  included  in  Item  7,  “Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” for a more detailed discussion of interest rate and market risks 
we face. 

Changes  in  the  monetary,  trade  and  other  policies  of  various  regulatory  authorities,  central  banks,  governments  and 
international agencies may reduce our earnings and affect our growth prospects negatively. 
The  monetary,  trade  and  other  policies  of  U.S.  and  international  governments,  agencies  and  regulatory  bodies  have  a 
significant  impact  on  economic  conditions  and  overall  financial  market  performance.  For  example,  the  Federal  Reserve 
Board regulates the supply of money and credit in the United States, and its policies determine in large part the level of 
interest rates and our cost of funds for lending and investing, which are important factors in our earnings. The actions of the 
Federal Reserve Board or other regulatory authorities also may reduce the value of financial instruments we hold. Further, 
their policies can affect our borrowers by increasing interest rates or making sources of funding less available, which may 
increase  the  risk  that  borrowers  fail  to  repay  their  loans  from  us.  Changes  in  monetary,  trade  and  other  governmental 
policies are beyond our control and can be difficult to predict, and we cannot determine the ultimate effect that any such 
changes would have upon our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

The ultimate impact on us of the United Kingdom’s withdrawal from the European Union remains uncertain. 
The  UK  ceased  to  be  a  member  state  of  the  EU  on  January  31,  2020,  and  the  transition  period  provided  for  in  the 
withdrawal agreement entered by the UK and the EU ended on December 31, 2020. In December 2020, the UK and the EU 
agreed on a trade and cooperation agreement that will apply provisionally after the end of the transition period until it is 
ratified by the parties to the agreement. On December 30, 2020, the UK passed legislation giving effect to the trade and 
cooperation  agreement,  with  the  EU  expected  to  formally  adopt  the  agreement  in  early  2021.  While  the  trade  and 
cooperation  agreement  covers  the  general  objectives  and  framework  of  the  relationship  between  the  UK  and  the  EU,  it 
generally does not address the regulation of financial services. Instead, the parties adopted a declaration of their intention to 
agree  by  March  2021  upon  a  Memorandum  of  Understanding  establishing  a  framework  for  regulatory  cooperation  on 
financial services. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
Consequently, the ultimate impact of Brexit on the Corporation and the Bank remains uncertain and will depend on the 
terms of the post-Brexit relationships that remain to be negotiated between the UK and other EU nations, particularly in the 
area  of  financial  services.  Brexit  has  contributed,  and  may  continue  to  contribute,  to  market  volatility,  particularly  the 
valuation of the Euro and British pound, and could have significant adverse effects on our businesses, financial condition 
and results of operations. In conjunction with our Brexit-related preparations, we have implemented certain changes to our 
organizational  structure,  including  the  establishment  of  an  EU-domiciled  credit  institution  in  Luxembourg.  We  have 
incurred, and may in the future continue to incur, additional costs associated with such measures while unforeseen political, 
regulatory, or other developments related to Brexit, or operational issues associated with the organizational restructuring 
related thereto, also may result in additional costs and disruption to our UK and EU businesses. 

Uncertainty about the financial stability of various regions or countries across the globe, including the risk of defaults 
on sovereign debt and related stresses on financial markets, could have a significant adverse effect on our earnings. 
Risks and concerns about the financial stability of various regions or countries across the globe could have a detrimental 
impact  on  economic  and  market  conditions  in  these  or  other  markets  across  the  world.  Foreign  market  and  economic 
disruptions  have  affected,  and  may  in  the  future  affect,  consumer  confidence  levels  and  spending,  personal  bankruptcy 
rates, levels of incurrence of and default on consumer debt, and home prices. Economic challenges faced in various foreign 
markets,  including  negative  interest  rates  in  some  jurisdictions,  or  lack  of  confidence  in  the  financial  markets  may 
adversely affect certain portions of our business, financial condition, and results of operations. 

Declines in the value of securities held in our investment portfolio can affect us negatively. 
Our  investment  securities  portfolio  represents  a  greater  proportion,  and  our  loan  and  lease  portfolios  represent  a  smaller 
proportion,  of  our  total  consolidated  assets  in  comparison  to  many  other  financial  institutions.  The  value  of  securities 
available for sale and held to maturity within our investment portfolio, which is generally determined based upon market 
values available from third-party sources, may fluctuate as a result of market volatility and economic or financial market 
conditions. Declines in the value of securities held in our investment portfolio negatively impact our levels of capital and 
liquidity.  Although  we  have  policies  and  procedures  in  place  to  assess  and  mitigate  potential  impacts  of  market  risks, 
including hedging-related strategies, those policies and procedures are inherently limited because they cannot anticipate the 
existence or future development of currently unanticipated or unknown risks. Accordingly, we could suffer adverse effects 
as a result of our failure to anticipate and manage these risks properly. 

Volatility levels and fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may affect our earnings. 
We  provide  foreign  exchange  services  to  our  clients,  primarily  in  connection  with  our  global  custody  business.  Foreign 
currency  volatility  influences  our  foreign  exchange  trading  income  as  does  the  level  of  client  activity.  Foreign  currency 
volatility and changes in client activity may result in reduced foreign exchange trading income. Fluctuations in exchange 
rates  may  raise  the  potential  for  losses  resulting  from  foreign  currency  trading  positions,  where  aggregate  obligations  to 
purchase  and  sell  a  currency  other  than  the  U.S.  dollar  do  not  offset  each  other  or  offset  each  other  in  different  time 
periods.  We  also  are  exposed  to  non-trading  foreign  currency  risk  as  a  result  of  our  holdings  of  non-U.S.  dollar 
denominated assets and liabilities, investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries, and future non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue 
and expense. 

We have policies and procedures in place to assess and mitigate potential impacts of foreign exchange risks, including 
hedging-related strategies. Any failure or circumvention of our procedures to mitigate risk may impact earnings negatively. 
Please see “Market Risk” in the “Risk Management” section included in Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” for a more detailed discussion of market risks we face. 

Changes in a number of particular market conditions can affect our earnings negatively. 
In past periods, reductions in the volatility of currency-trading markets, the level of cross-border investing activity, and the 
demand for borrowing securities or willingness to lend such securities have affected our earnings from activities such as 
foreign exchange trading and securities lending negatively. If these conditions occur in the future, our earnings from these 
activities  may  be  affected  negatively.  In  a  few  of  our  businesses,  such  as  securities  lending,  our  fee  is  calculated  as  a 
percentage of our clients’ earnings, such that market and other factors that reduce our clients’ earnings from investments or 
trading activities also reduce our revenues. 

14  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Operational  Risks 
Many  types  of  operational  risks  can  affect  our  earnings  negatively. 
We  regularly  assess  and  monitor  operational  risk  in  our  businesses.  Despite  our  efforts  to  assess  and  monitor  operational  
risk,  our  risk  management  program  may  not  be  effective  in  all  cases.  Factors  that  can  impact  operations  and  expose  us  to  
risks  varying  in  size,  scale  and  scope  include: 
• 

failures  of  technological  systems  or  breaches  of  security  measures,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  those  resulting  from  
computer  viruses  or  cyber-attacks; 
human  errors  or  omissions,  including  failures  to  comply  with  applicable  laws  or  corporate  policies  and  procedures; 
theft,  fraud  or  misappropriation  of  assets,  whether  arising  from  the  intentional  actions  of  internal  personnel  or  external  
third  parties; 
defects  or  interruptions  in  computer  or  communications  systems; 
breakdowns  in  processes,  over-reliance  on  manual  processes,  which  are  inherently  more  prone  to  error  than  automated  
processes,  breakdowns  in  internal  controls  or  failures  of  the  systems  and  facilities  that  support  our  operations; 
unsuccessful  or  difficult  implementation  of  computer  systems  upgrades; 
defects  in  product  design  or  delivery; 
difficulty  in  accurately  pricing  assets,  which  can  be  aggravated  by  market  volatility  and  illiquidity  and  lack  of  reliable  
pricing  from  third-party  vendors; 
negative   developments   in   relationships   with   key   counterparties,   third-party   vendors,   employees   or   associates   in   our  
day-to-day  operations;  and 
external  events  that  are  wholly  or  partially  beyond  our  control,  such  as  pandemics,  geopolitical  events,  political  unrest,  
natural  disasters  or  acts  of  terrorism. 

• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

While we have in place many controls and business continuity plans designed to address many of these factors, these plans 
may  not  operate  successfully  to  mitigate  these  risks  effectively.  We  also  may  fail  to  identify  or  fully  understand  the 
implications and risks associated with changes in the financial markets or our businesses—particularly as our geographic 
footprint, product pipeline and client types evolve—and consequently fail to enhance our controls and business continuity 
plans  to  address  those  changes  in  an  adequate  or  timely  fashion.  If  our  controls  and  business  continuity  plans  do  not 
address the factors noted above and operate to mitigate the associated risks successfully, such factors may have a negative 
impact  on  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.  In  addition,  an  important  aspect  of  managing  our 
operational risk is creating a risk culture in which all employees fully understand that there is risk in every aspect of our 
business  and  the  importance  of  managing  risk  as  it  relates  to  their  job  functions.  We  continue  to  enhance  our  risk 
management  program  to  support  our  risk  culture,  ensuring  that  it  is  sustainable  and  appropriate  for  our  role  as  a  major 
financial institution. Nonetheless, if we fail to provide the appropriate environment that sensitizes all of our employees to 
managing risk, our business could be impacted adversely. 

Failures of our technological systems or breaches of our security measures, including, but not limited to, those resulting 
from cyber-attacks, may result in losses. 
Any  failure,  interruption  or  breach  in  the  security  of  our  systems  could  severely  disrupt  our  operations.  Our  systems 
involve the use of clients’ and our proprietary and confidential information, and security breaches, including cyber-attacks, 
could  expose  us  to  a  risk  of  theft,  loss  or  other  misappropriation  of  this  information.  Our  security  measures  may  be 
breached due to the actions of outside parties, employee error, failure of our controls with respect to granting access to our 
systems,  malfeasance  or  otherwise,  and,  as  a  result,  an  unauthorized  party  may  obtain  access  to  our  or  our  clients’ 
proprietary  and  confidential  information,  resulting  in  the  theft,  loss,  destruction,  gathering,  monitoring,  or  other 
misappropriation of this information. Regulators globally are also introducing the potential for greater monetary fines on 
institutions that suffer from breaches leading to the misappropriation of such information. Most states, the EU and other 
non-U.S.  jurisdictions  also  have  adopted  their  own  statutes  and/or  regulations  concerning  data  privacy  and  security  and 
requiring  notification  of  data  breaches.  These  and  other  changes  in  laws  or  regulations  associated  with  the  enhanced 
protection  of  personal  and  other  types  of  information  could  greatly  increase  the  size  of  potential  fines  related  to  the 
protection of such information. 

Information  security  risks  for  large  financial  institutions  like  us  are  significant  in  part  because  of  the  evolving 
proliferation  of  new  technologies,  the  use  of  the  internet,  mobile  devices,  and  cloud  technologies  to  conduct  financial 
transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of hackers, terrorists, organized crime and other external parties, 
including foreign state actors. If we fail to continue to upgrade our technology infrastructure to ensure effective information 
security relative to the type, size and complexity of our operations, we could become more vulnerable to cyber-attack and, 
consequently,  subject  to  significant  regulatory  penalties.  Additionally,  our  computer,  communications,  data  processing, 
networks,  backup,  business  continuity  or  other  operating,  information  or  technology  systems,  including  those  that  we 
outsource  to  other  providers,  may  fail  to  operate  properly  or  become  disabled,  overloaded  or  damaged  as  a  result  of  a 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, which could have a negative effect on 
our ability to conduct our business activities. 

The third parties with which we do business also are susceptible to the foregoing risks (including regarding the third 
parties with which they are similarly interconnected or on which they otherwise rely), and our or their business operations 
and activities may therefore be affected adversely, perhaps materially, by failures, terminations, errors or malfeasance by, 
or attacks or constraints on, one or more financial, technology, infrastructure or government institutions or intermediaries 
with whom we or they are interconnected or conduct business. In addition, our clients often use their own devices, such as 
computers,  smart  phones  and  tablets,  to  manage  their  accounts,  which  may  heighten  the  risk  of  system  failures, 
interruptions or security breaches. 

In recent years, several financial services firms suffered successful cyber-attacks launched both domestically and from 
abroad, resulting in the disruption of services to clients, loss or misappropriation of sensitive or private information, and 
reputational harm. We and our clients have been, and expect to continue to be, subject to a wide variety of cyber-attacks 
and  threats,  including  computer  viruses,  ransomware  and  other  malicious  code,  distributed  denial  of  service  attacks,  and 
phishing attacks, and it is possible that we could suffer material losses resulting from a breach. Because the techniques used 
to  obtain  unauthorized  access,  disable  or  degrade  service  or  sabotage  systems  change  frequently  and  often  are  not 
recognized  until  launched  against  a  target,  we  may  be  unable  to  anticipate  these  techniques,  to  implement  adequate 
preventative measures, or to address them until they are discovered. In addition, successful cyber-attacks may persist for an 
extended  period  of  time  before  being  detected.  Because  any  investigation  of  an  information  security  incident  would  be 
inherently unpredictable, the extent of a particular information security incident and the path of investigating the incident 
may not be immediately clear. It may take a significant amount of time before such an investigation can be completed and 
full and reliable information about the incident is known. While such an investigation is ongoing, we may not necessarily 
know the extent of the harm or how best to remediate it, certain errors or actions could be repeated or compounded before 
they  are  discovered  and  remediated,  and  communication  to  the  public,  regulators,  clients  and  other  stakeholders  may  be 
inaccurate, any or all of which could further increase the costs and consequences of an information security incident. 

We could be the subject of legal claims or proceedings related to security incidents, including regulatory investigations 
and actions. Further, the market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed, our reputation 
could suffer and we could lose clients in conjunction with security incidents, each of which could have a negative effect on 
our business, financial condition and results of operations. A breach of our security also may affect adversely our ability to 
effect transactions, service our clients, manage our exposure to risk or expand our business. An event that results in the loss 
of  information  also  may  require  us  to  reconstruct  lost  data  or  reimburse  clients  for  data  and  credit  monitoring  services, 
which could be costly and have a negative impact on our business and reputation. 

Further, even if not directed at us, attacks on financial or other institutions important to the overall functioning of the 

financial system or on our counterparties could affect, directly or indirectly, aspects of our business. 

Errors, breakdowns in controls or other mistakes in the provision of services to clients or in carrying out transactions 
for our own account can subject us to liability, result in losses or have a negative effect on our earnings in other ways. 
In our asset servicing, investment management, fiduciary administration and other business activities, we effect or process 
transactions  for  clients  and  for  ourselves  that  involve  very  large  amounts  of  money.  Failure  to  manage  or  mitigate 
operational risks properly can have adverse consequences, and increased volatility in the financial markets may increase 
the magnitude of resulting losses. For example, in the third quarter of 2020 we incurred a $43.4 million charge related to a 
corporate  action  processing  error.  Given  the  high  volume  of  transactions  we  process,  errors  that  affect  earnings  may  be 
repeated or compounded before they are discovered and corrected. 

Our dependence on technology, and the need to update frequently our technology infrastructure, exposes us to risks that 
also can result in losses. 
Our businesses depend on information technology infrastructure, both internal and external, to record and process, among 
other  things,  a  large  volume  of  increasingly  complex  transactions  and  other  data,  in  many  currencies,  on  a  daily  basis, 
across  numerous  and  diverse  markets  and  jurisdictions.  Due  to  our  dependence  on  technology  and  the  important  role  it 
plays  in  our  business  operations,  we  must  constantly  improve  and  update  our  information  technology  infrastructure. 
Upgrading, replacing, and modernizing these systems can require significant resources and often involves implementation, 
integration  and  security  risks  that  could  cause  financial,  reputational  and  operational  harm.  Failure  to  ensure  adequate 
review and consideration of critical business and regulatory issues prior to and during the introduction and deployment of 
key  technological  systems  or  failure  to  align  operational  capabilities  adequately  with  evolving  client  commitments  and 
expectations  may  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  results  of  operations.  The  failure  to  respond  properly  to,  and  invest  in, 
changes  and  advancements  in  technology  could  limit  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  clients,  prevent  us  from  offering 
products and services comparable to those offered by our competitors, inhibit our ability to meet regulatory requirements or 
otherwise have a material adverse effect on our operations. 

16  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
The systems and models we employ to analyze, monitor and mitigate risks, as well as for other business purposes, are 
inherently limited, may not be effective in all cases and, in any case, cannot eliminate all risks that we face. 
We  use  various  systems  and  models  in  analyzing  and  monitoring  several  risk  categories,  as  well  as  for  other  business 
purposes. However, these systems and models are inherently limited because they involve techniques and judgments that 
cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome in the markets in which we operate, nor can they anticipate the 
specifics and timing of such outcomes. Further, these systems and models may fail to quantify accurately the magnitude of 
the  risks  we  face.  Our  measurement  methodologies  rely  on  many  assumptions  and  historical  analyses  and  correlations. 
These  assumptions  may  be  incorrect,  and  the  historical  correlations  on  which  we  rely  may  not  continue  to  be  relevant. 
Consequently,  the  measurements  that  we  make  may  not  adequately  capture  or  express  the  true  risk  profiles  of  our 
businesses or provide accurate data for other business purposes, each of which ultimately could have a negative impact on 
our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Errors  in  the  underlying  model  or  model  assumptions,  or 
inadequate  model  assumptions,  could  result  in  unanticipated  and  adverse  consequences,  including  material  loss  or 
noncompliance with regulatory requirements or expectations. 

A  failure  or  circumvention  of  our  controls  and  procedures  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business, 
financial condition and results of operations. 
We  regularly  review  and  update  our  internal  controls,  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  and  corporate  governance 
policies  and  procedures.  Any  system  of  controls,  however  well  designed  and  operated,  is  based  in  part  on  certain 
assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system will be met. Any 
failure  or  circumvention  of  our  controls  and  procedures  or  failure  to  comply  with  regulations  related  to  controls  and 
procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. If we identify 
material  weaknesses  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  or  are  otherwise  required  to  restate  our  financial 
statements, we could be required to implement expensive and time-consuming remedial measures and could lose investor 
confidence  in  the  accuracy  and  completeness  of  our  financial  reports.  In  addition,  there  are  risks  that  individuals,  either 
employees or contractors, consciously circumvent established control mechanisms by, for example, exceeding trading or 
investment management limitations, or committing fraud. 

Failure of any of our third-party vendors to perform can result in losses. 
Third-party vendors provide key components of our business operations such as data processing, recording and monitoring 
transactions, online banking interfaces and services, and network access. Our use of third-party vendors exposes us to the 
risk that such vendors may not comply with their servicing and other contractual obligations to us, including with respect to 
indemnification  and  information  security,  and  to  the  risk  that  we  may  not  satisfy  applicable  regulatory  responsibilities 
regarding  the  management  and  oversight  of  third  parties  and  outsourcing  providers.  While  we  have  established  risk 
management  processes  and  continuity  plans,  any  disruptions  in  service  from  a  key  vendor  for  any  reason  or  poor 
performance  of  services  could  have  a  negative  effect  on  our  ability  to  deliver  products  and  services  to  our  clients  and 
conduct our business. Replacing these third-party vendors or performing the tasks they perform for ourselves could create 
significant delay and expense. 

We are subject to certain risks inherent in operating globally which may affect our business adversely. 
In conducting our U.S. and non-U.S. business, we are subject to risks of loss from various unfavorable political, economic, 
legal or other developments, including social or political instability, changes in governmental policies or policies of central 
banks, expropriation, nationalization, confiscation of assets, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, unfavorable 
tax  rates  and  tax  court  rulings  and  changes  in  laws  and  regulations.  Less  mature  and  often  less  regulated  business  and 
investment environments heighten these risks in various emerging markets. Our non-U.S. operations accounted for 28% of 
our revenue in 2020. Our non-U.S. businesses are subject to extensive regulation by various non-U.S. regulators, including 
governments, securities exchanges, central banks and other regulatory bodies in the jurisdictions in which those businesses 
operate. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the financial services industry are uncertain and evolving 
and  may  be  applied  with  extra  scrutiny  to  foreign  companies.  Moreover,  the  regulatory  and  supervisory  standards  and 
expectations  in  one  jurisdiction  may  not  conform  with  standards  or  expectations  in  other  jurisdictions.  Even  within  a 
particular jurisdiction, the standards and expectations of multiple supervisory agencies exercising authority over our affairs 
may not be harmonized fully. Accordingly, it may be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in 
every  market  or  manage  our  relationships  with  multiple  regulators  in  various  jurisdictions.  Our  inability  to  remain  in 
compliance  with  local  laws  in  a  particular  market  and  manage  our  relationships  with  regulators  could  have  an  adverse 
effect not only on our businesses in that market but also on our reputation generally. The failure to mitigate properly such 
risks or the failure of our operating infrastructure to support such international activities could result in operational failures 
and regulatory fines or sanctions, which could affect our business and results of operations adversely. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
We  actively  strive  to  optimize  our  geographic  footprint.  This  optimization  may  occur  by  establishing  operations  in 
lower-cost locations or by outsourcing to third-party vendors in various jurisdictions. These efforts expose us to the risk 
that  we  may  not  maintain  service  quality,  control  or  effective  management  within  these  operations.  In  addition,  we  are 
exposed  to  the  relevant  macroeconomic,  political  and  similar  risks  generally  involved  in  doing  business  in  those 
jurisdictions. The increased elements of risk that arise from conducting certain operating processes in some jurisdictions 
could lead to an increase in reputational risk. During periods of transition, greater operational risk and client concern exist 
with respect to maintaining a high level of service delivery. 

In addition, we are subject in our global operations to rules and regulations relating to corrupt and illegal payments, 
money  laundering,  and  laws  relating  to  doing  business  with  certain  individuals,  groups  and  countries,  such  as  the  U.S. 
Foreign  Corrupt  Practices  Act,  the  USA  PATRIOT  Act,  the  UK  Bribery  Act,  and  economic  sanctions  and  embargo 
programs  administered  by  the  U.S.  Office  of  Foreign  Assets  Control  and  similar  agencies  worldwide.  While  we  have 
invested and continue to invest significant resources in training and in compliance monitoring, the geographic diversity of 
our  operations,  employees,  clients  and  customers,  as  well  as  the  vendors  and  other  third  parties  with  whom  we  deal, 
presents  the  risk  that  we  may  be  found  in  violation  of  such  rules,  regulations,  laws  or  programs  and  any  such  violation 
could subject us to significant penalties or affect our reputation adversely. 

Failure to control our costs and expenses adequately could affect our earnings negatively. 
Our  success  in  controlling  the  costs  and  expenses  of  our  business  operations  also  impacts  operating  results.  Through 
various parts of our business strategy, we aim to produce efficiencies in operations that help reduce and control costs and 
expenses,  including  the  costs  of  losses  associated  with  operating  risks  attributable  to  servicing  and  managing  financial 
assets. Failure to control these and other costs could affect our earnings negatively and reduce our competitive position. 

Pandemics, natural disasters, global climate change, acts of terrorism and global conflicts may have a negative impact 
on our business and operations. 
Pandemics, natural disasters, global climate change, acts of terrorism, global conflicts or other similar events have in the 
past,  and  may  in  the  future  have,  a  negative  impact  on  our  business  and  operations.  While  we  have  in  place  business 
continuity  plans,  such  events  may  still  damage  our  facilities,  disrupt  or  delay  the  normal  operations  of  our  business 
(including  communications  and  technology),  result  in  harm  to  or  cause  travel  limitations  on  our  employees,  and  have  a 
similar  impact  on  our  clients,  suppliers,  third-party  vendors  and  counterparties.  These  events  also  could  impact  us 
negatively  to  the  extent  that  they  result  in  reduced  capital  markets  activity,  lower  asset  price  levels,  or  disruptions  in 
general economic activity in the United States or abroad, or in financial market settlement functions. In addition, these or 
similar  events  may  impact  economic  growth  negatively,  which  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business  and 
operations,  and  may  have  other  adverse  effects  on  us  in  ways  that  we  are  unable  to  predict.  Please  see  “COVID-19 
Pandemic-Related Risks” in this “Risk Factors” section for a description of risks associated with the ongoing COVID-19 
pandemic. 

Credit Risks 
Failure to evaluate accurately the prospects for repayment when we extend credit or maintain an adequate allowance 
for credit losses can result in losses or the need to make additional provisions for credit losses, both of which reduce our 
earnings. 
We evaluate extensions of credit before we make them and then provide for credit risks based on our assessment of the 
credit  losses  inherent  in  our  loan  portfolio,  including  undrawn  credit  commitments.  This  process  requires  us  to  make 
difficult  and  complex  judgments.  Challenges  associated  with  our  credit  risk  assessments  include  identifying  the  proper 
factors  to  be  used  in  assessments  and  accurately  estimating  the  impacts  of  those  factors.  Allowances  that  prove  to  be 
inadequate may require us to realize increased provisions for credit losses or write down the value of certain assets on our 
balance sheet, which in turn would affect earnings negatively. 

Market volatility and/or weak economic conditions can result in losses or the need for additional provisions for credit 
losses, both of which reduce our earnings. 
Credit risk levels and our earnings also can be affected by market volatility and/or weakness in the economy in general and 
in the particular locales in which we extend credit, a deterioration in credit quality or a reduced demand for credit. Adverse 
changes  in  the  financial  performance  or  condition  of  our  borrowers  resulting  from  market  volatility  and/or  weakened 
economic  conditions  could  impact  the  borrowers’  abilities  to  repay  outstanding  loans,  which  could  in  turn  impact  our 
financial condition and results of operations negatively. 

18  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
The failure or perceived weakness of any of our significant counterparties could expose us to loss. 
The  financial  markets  are  characterized  by  extensive  interconnections  among  financial  institutions,  including  banks, 
broker/dealers, collective investment funds and insurance companies. As a result of these interconnections, we and many of 
our clients have counterparty exposure to other financial institutions. This counterparty exposure presents risks to us and to 
our clients because the failure or perceived weakness of any of our counterparties has the potential to expose us to risk of 
loss. Instability in the financial markets has resulted historically in some financial institutions becoming less creditworthy. 
During such periods of instability, we are exposed to increased counterparty risks, both as principal and in our capacity as 
agent for our clients. Changes in market perception of the financial strength of particular financial institutions can occur 
rapidly, are often based upon a variety of factors and can be difficult to predict. In addition, the criteria for and manner of 
governmental  support  of  financial  institutions  and  other  economically  important  sectors  remain  uncertain.  Further,  the 
consolidation of financial services firms and the failures of other financial institutions has in the past increased, and may in 
the  future  increase,  the  concentration  of  our  counterparty  risk.  These  risks  are  heightened  by  the  fact  that  our  operating 
model relies on the use of unaffiliated sub-custodians to a greater degree than certain of our competitors that have banking 
operations in more jurisdictions than we do. We are not able to mitigate all of our and our clients’ counterparty credit risk. 
If a significant individual counterparty defaults on an obligation to us, we could incur financial losses that have a material 
and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Changes  in  the  method  pursuant  to  which  LIBOR  or  other  interest  rate  benchmarks  are  determined  could  adversely 
impact our business and results of operations. 
Many  financial  markets  currently  rely  on  interbank  offered  rates  (each,  an  “IBOR”)  as  mutually  agreed  upon  reference 
rates serving as the basis for the pricing and valuation of assets, trading positions, loans and other financial transactions. 
Global regulators have signaled interest in replacing existing IBOR rates with alternative reference rates. While there are 
multiple IBORs, LIBOR is the most widely used interest rate benchmark in the world and serves as the reference rate for 
our floating-rate funding, certain of the products that we own or offer, various lending and securities transactions in which 
we  are  involved,  and  many  derivatives  that  we  use  to  manage  our  or  our  clients’  risk.  On  November  30,  2020,  ICE 
Benchmark  Administration  (“IBA”),  the  administrator  of  U.S.  Dollar  LIBOR  (“USD  LIBOR”)  and  other  IBORs, 
announced that, following required consultations, (i) it intends to cease publication of 1-week and 2-month USD LIBOR at 
the end of 2021 and (ii) subject to compliance with applicable regulations, including as to representativeness, it does not 
intend  to  cease  publication  of  the  remaining  USD  LIBOR  tenors  until  June  30,  2023.  Globally,  financial  market 
participants have begun to transition away from LIBOR and other IBORs to alternative reference rates, and following the 
IBA’s announcement, U.S. regulators, including the Federal Reserve Board, issued statements encouraging banks to stop 
entering into new USD LIBOR contracts “as soon as practicable,” and by no later than December 31, 2021. Any change in 
the availability or calculation of LIBOR or other interest rate benchmarks may affect adversely the cost or availability of 
floating-rate funding; the yield on loans or securities held by us; the amounts received and paid on derivative instruments 
we have entered into; the value of loans, securities, or derivative instruments held by us or our clients, which, in the case of 
assets held by our clients, could also negatively impact the amount of fees we earn in relation to such assets; the trading 
market for securities based on LIBOR or other benchmarks; the terms of new loans being made using different or modified 
reference rates; or our ability to use derivative instruments to manage risk effectively. While we are working to facilitate an 
orderly  transition  from  LIBOR  to  alternative  interest  rate  benchmarks  for  us  and  our  clients,  there  continues  to  be 
uncertainty regarding the effect that these developments, any discontinuance, modification or other reforms to LIBOR or 
any other interest rate benchmarks, or the establishment of alternative reference rates may have on LIBOR or other interest 
rate  benchmarks.  Further,  the  potential  transition  away  from  the  use  of  LIBOR  or  other  interest  rate  benchmarks,  or 
uncertainty  related  to  any  such  potential  transition,  may  cause  us  to  recognize  additional  costs,  experience  operational 
disruptions or result in client disputes or litigation, which may negatively impact our business, financial condition or results 
of operations. 

Liquidity Risks 
If we do not manage our liquidity effectively, our business could suffer. 
Liquidity  is  essential  for  the  operation  of  our  business.  Market  conditions,  unforeseen  outflows  of  funds  or  other  events 
could  have  a  negative  effect  on  our  level  or  cost  of  funding,  affecting  our  ongoing  ability  to  accommodate  liability 
maturities and deposit withdrawals, meet contractual obligations, and fund new business transactions at a reasonable cost 
and in a timely manner. If our access to stable and low-cost sources of funding, such as customer deposits, is reduced, we 
may  need  to  use  alternative  funding,  which  could  be  more  expensive  or  of  limited  availability.  Further  evolution  in  the 
regulatory requirements relating to liquidity and risk management also may impact us negatively. Additional regulations 
may impose more stringent liquidity requirements for large financial institutions, including the Corporation and the Bank. 
Given  the  overlap  and  complex  interactions  of  these  regulations  with  other  regulatory  changes,  the  full  impact  of  the 
adopted  and  proposed  regulations  remains  uncertain  until  their  full  implementation.  For  more  information  on  these 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
regulations and other regulatory changes, see “Supervision and Regulation—Liquidity Standards” in Item 1, “Business.” 
Any substantial, unexpected or prolonged changes in the level or cost of liquidity could affect our business adversely. 

If  the  Bank  is  unable  to  supply  the  Corporation  with  funds  over  time,  the  Corporation  could  be  unable  to  meet  its 
various obligations. 
The  Corporation  is  a  legal  entity  separate  and  distinct  from  the  Bank  and  the  Corporation’s  other  subsidiaries.  The 
Corporation relies on dividends paid to it by the Bank to meet its obligations and to pay dividends to stockholders of the 
Corporation. There are various legal limitations on the extent to which the Bank and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries 
can supply funds to the Corporation by dividend or otherwise. Dividend payments by the Bank to the Corporation in the 
future  will  require  continued  generation  of  earnings  by  the  Bank  and  could  require  regulatory  approval  under  certain 
circumstances. For more information on dividend restrictions, see “Supervision and Regulation—Payment of Dividends” in 
Item 1, “Business.” 

We  may  need  to  raise  additional  capital  in  the  future,  which  may  not  be  available  to  us  or  may  only  be  available  on 
unfavorable terms. 
We may need to raise additional capital to provide sufficient resources to meet our business needs and commitments, to 
accommodate  the  transaction  and  cash  management  needs  of  our  clients,  to  maintain  our  credit  ratings  in  response  to 
regulatory  changes,  including  capital  rules,  or  for  other  purposes.  However,  our  ability  to  access  the  capital  markets,  if 
needed, will depend on a number of factors, including the state of the financial markets. Rising interest rates, disruptions in 
financial markets, negative perceptions of our business or our financial strength, or other factors may impact our ability to 
raise additional capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us. Any diminished ability to raise additional capital, if needed, 
could subject us to liability, restrict our ability to grow, require us to take actions that would affect our earnings negatively 
or otherwise affect our business and our ability to implement our business plan, capital plan and strategic goals adversely. 

Any downgrades in our credit ratings, or an actual or perceived reduction in our financial strength, could affect our 
borrowing costs, capital costs and liquidity adversely. 
Rating  agencies  publish  credit  ratings  and  outlooks  on  our  creditworthiness  and  that  of  our  obligations  or  securities, 
including  long-term  debt,  short-term  borrowings,  preferred  stock  and  other  securities.  Our  credit  ratings  are  subject  to 
ongoing review by the rating agencies and thus may change from time to time based on a number of factors, including our 
own  financial  strength,  performance,  prospects  and  operations  as  well  as  factors  not  under  our  control,  such  as  rating-
agency-specific criteria or frameworks for our industry or certain security types, which are subject to revision from time to 
time, and conditions affecting the financial services industry generally. 

Downgrades in our credit ratings may affect our borrowing costs, our capital costs and our ability to raise capital and, 
in  turn,  our  liquidity  adversely.  A  failure  to  maintain  an  acceptable  credit  rating  also  may  preclude  us  from  being 
competitive in certain products. Additionally, our counterparties, as well as our clients, rely on our financial strength and 
stability and evaluate the risks of doing business with us. If we experience diminished financial strength or stability, actual 
or  perceived,  a  decline  in  our  stock  price  or  a  reduced  credit  rating,  our  counterparties  may  be  less  willing  to  enter  into 
transactions, secured or unsecured, with us, our clients may reduce or place limits on the level of services we provide them 
or seek other service providers, or our prospective clients may select other service providers, all of which may have other 
adverse effects on our business. 

The  risk  that  we  may  be  perceived  as  less  creditworthy  relative  to  other  market  participants  is  higher  in  a  market 
environment  in  which  the  consolidation,  and  in  some  instances  failure,  of  financial  institutions,  including  major  global 
financial  institutions,  could  result  in  a  smaller  number  of  larger  counterparties  and  competitors.  If  our  counterparties 
perceive us to be a less viable counterparty, our ability to enter into financial transactions on terms acceptable to us or our 
clients, on our or our clients’ behalf, will be compromised materially. If our clients reduce their deposits with us or select 
other service providers for all or a portion of the services we provide to them, our revenues will decrease accordingly. 

Our success with large, complex clients requires substantial liquidity. 
A significant portion of our business involves providing certain services to large, complex clients, which, by their nature, 
require  substantial  liquidity.  Our  failure  to  manage  successfully  the  liquidity  and  balance  sheet  issues  attendant  to  this 
portion of our business may have a negative impact on our ability to meet client needs and grow. 

20  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Regulatory and Legal Risks 
Failure to comply with regulations can result in penalties and regulatory constraints that restrict our ability to grow or 
even conduct our business, or that reduce earnings. 
Virtually every aspect of our business around the world is regulated, generally by governmental agencies that have broad 
supervisory  powers  and  the  ability  to  impose  sanctions.  These  regulations  cover  a  variety  of  matters,  including  required 
capital levels, prohibited activities, and privacy and data protection. Some of these requirements are directed specifically at 
protecting  depositors  of  the  Bank,  the  federal  deposit  insurance  fund  and  the  banking  system  as  a  whole,  not  our 
stockholders or other security holders. Regulatory violations or the failure to meet formal or informal commitments made 
to  regulators  could  generate  penalties,  require  corrective  actions  that  increase  costs  of  conducting  business,  result  in 
limitations on our ability to conduct business, restrict our ability to expand or impact our reputation adversely. Failure to 
obtain  necessary  approvals  from  regulatory  agencies  on  a  timely  basis  could  affect  proposed  business  opportunities  and 
results  of  operations  adversely.  Similarly,  changes  in  laws  or  failure  to  comply  with  new  requirements  or  with  future 
changes in laws or regulations may impact our results of operations and financial condition negatively. 

Changes  by  the  U.S.  and  other  governments  to  laws,  regulations  and  policies  applicable  to  the  financial  services 
industry may heighten the challenges we face and make regulatory compliance more difficult and costly. 
Various  regulatory  bodies  have  demonstrated  heightened  enforcement  scrutiny  of  financial  institutions  through  many 
regulatory initiatives. These initiatives have increased compliance costs and regulatory risks and may lead to financial and 
reputational damage in the event of a compliance violation. While we have programs in place, including policies, training 
and  various  forms  of  monitoring,  designed  to  ensure  compliance  with  legislative  and  regulatory  requirements,  these 
programs and policies may not always protect us from conduct by individual employees. Governments may take further 
actions to change significantly the way financial institutions are regulated, either through new legislation, new regulations, 
new applications of existing regulations or a combination of all of these methods. We cannot currently predict the impact, 
if  any,  of  these  changes  to  our  business.  Additionally,  governments  and  regulators  may  take  actions  that  increase 
intervention  in  the  normal  operation  of  our  businesses  and  the  businesses  of  our  competitors  in  the  financial  services 
industry, and likely would involve additional legislative and regulatory requirements imposed on banks and other financial 
services  companies.  Any  such  actions  could  increase  compliance  costs  and  regulatory  risks,  lead  to  financial  and 
reputational damage in the event of a violation, affect our ability to compete successfully, and also may impact the nature 
and  level  of  competition  in  the  industry  in  unpredictable  ways.  The  full  scope  and  impact  of  possible  legislative  or 
regulatory changes and the extent of regulatory activity is uncertain and difficult to predict. 

For  example,  we  are  unable  to  predict  what,  if  any,  changes  to  the  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to  the  financial 
services industry may be enacted by the new U.S. Congress in conjunction with the new U.S. presidential administration 
under unified party control, and what the impact of any such changes will be upon our business, financial condition, and 
results of operations. Moreover, the turnover of the U.S. presidential administration is expected to result in certain changes 
in the leadership and senior staffs of the federal banking agencies which are likely to impact the rulemaking, supervision, 
examination  and  enforcement  priorities  and  policies  of  such  agencies,  the  potential  impacts  of  which,  if  any,  we  cannot 
predict at this time. 

We  may  be  impacted  adversely  by  claims  or  litigation,  including  claims  or  litigation  relating  to  our  fiduciary 
responsibilities. 
Our businesses involve the risk that clients or others may sue us, claiming that we have failed to perform under a contract 
or  otherwise  failed  to  carry  out  a  duty  perceived  to  be  owed  to  them.  Our  trust,  custody  and  investment  management 
businesses are particularly subject to this risk. This risk is heightened when we act as a fiduciary for our clients and may be 
further  heightened  during  periods  when  credit,  equity  or  other  financial  markets  are  deteriorating  in  value  or  are 
particularly volatile, or when clients or investors are experiencing losses. In addition, regulators, tax authorities and courts 
have increasingly sought to hold financial institutions liable for the misconduct of their clients where such regulators and 
courts have determined that the financial institution should have detected that the client was engaged in wrongdoing, even 
though the financial institution had no direct knowledge of the wrongdoing. 

Claims  made  or  actions  brought  against  us,  whether  founded  or  unfounded,  may  result  in  injunctions,  settlements, 
damages, fines or penalties, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations 
or require changes to our business. Even if we defend ourselves successfully, the cost of litigation is often substantial, and 
public  reports  regarding  claims  made  against  us  may  cause  damage  to  our  reputation  among  existing  and  prospective 
clients  or  negatively  impact  the  confidence  of  counterparties,  rating  agencies  and  stockholders,  consequently  affecting 
our earnings negatively. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
We may be impacted adversely by regulatory enforcement matters. 
In  the  ordinary  course  of  our  business,  we  are  subject  to  various  supervisory,  governmental  and  enforcement  inquiries, 
examinations, investigations and subpoenas. These may be directed generally to participants in the businesses in which we 
are involved or may be directed specifically at us. In conjunction with both supervisory and enforcement matters, we may 
face limits on our ability to conduct or expand our business, be required to implement corrective actions that increase the 
costs  of  conducting  business,  or  become  subject  to  civil  or  criminal  penalties  or  other  remedial  sanctions,  any  of  which 
could result in reputational damage or otherwise have an adverse impact on us. 

We  may  fail  to  set  aside  adequate  reserves  for,  or  otherwise  underestimate  our  liability  relating  to,  pending  and 
threatened claims, with a negative effect on our earnings. 
We  estimate  our  potential  liability  for  pending  and  threatened  claims  and  record  reserves  when  appropriate  pursuant  to 
generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). The process is inherently subject to risk, including the risks that a judge 
or jury could decide a case contrary to our evaluation of the law or the facts or that a court could change or modify existing 
law on a particular issue important to the case. Our earnings will be adversely affected if our reserves are not adequate. 

If  we  fail  to  comply  with  legal  standards,  we  could  incur  liability  to  our  clients  or  lose  clients,  which  could  affect 
our earnings negatively. 
Managing  or  servicing  assets  with  reasonable  prudence  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  governing  documents  and 
applicable  laws  is  an  important  part  of  our  business.  Failure  to  comply  with  the  terms  of  governing  documents  and 
applicable laws, manage adequately the risks or manage appropriately the differing interests often involved in the exercise 
of  fiduciary  responsibilities  may  subject  us  to  liability  or  cause  client  dissatisfaction,  which  may  impact  negatively  our 
earnings and growth. 

Strategic Risks 
If we do not execute strategic plans successfully, we will not grow as we have planned and our earnings growth will be 
impacted negatively. 
Our growth depends upon successful, consistent execution of our business strategies. A failure to execute these strategies 
will  impact  growth  negatively.  A  failure  to  grow  organically  or  to  integrate  successfully  an  acquisition  could  have  an 
adverse  effect  on  our  business.  The  challenges  arising  from  generating  organic  growth  or  the  integration  of  an  acquired 
business  may  include  preserving  valuable  relationships  with  employees,  clients,  suppliers  and  other  business  partners, 
delivering enhanced products and services, as well as combining accounting, data processing and internal control systems. 
To the extent we enter into transactions to acquire complementary businesses and/or technologies, we may not achieve the 
expected benefits of such transactions, which could result in increased costs, lowered revenues, ineffective deployment of 
capital, regulatory concerns, exit costs or diminished competitive position or reputation. These risks may be increased if the 
acquired company operates internationally or in a geographic location where we do not already have significant business 
operations. 

Execution  of  our  business  strategies  also  may  require  certain  regulatory  approvals  or  consents,  which  may  include 
approvals  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  and  other  domestic  and  non-U.S.  regulatory  authorities.  These  regulatory 
authorities  may  impose  conditions  on  the  activities  or  transactions  contemplated  by  our  business  strategies  which  may 
impact  negatively  our  ability  to  realize  fully  the  expected  benefits  of  certain  opportunities.  Further,  acquisitions  we 
announce  may  not  be  completed  if  we  do  not  receive  the  required  regulatory  approvals,  if  regulatory  approvals  are 
significantly delayed or if other closing conditions are not satisfied. 

If we are not able to attract, retain and motivate key personnel, our business could be negatively affected. 
Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract new employees, retain and motivate our existing employees, and 
continue to compensate our employees competitively. Competition for the best employees in most activities in which we 
engage  can  be  intense,  and  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  successful  in  our  efforts  to  recruit  and  retain  key 
personnel. Factors that affect our ability to attract and retain talented and diverse employees include our compensation and 
benefits  programs,  our  profitability  and  our  reputation  for  rewarding  and  promoting  qualified  employees.  Our  ability  to 
attract  and  retain  key  executives  and  other  employees  may  be  hindered  as  a  result  of  existing  and  potential  regulations 
applicable to incentive compensation and other aspects of our compensation programs. These regulations may not apply to 
some of our competitors and to other institutions with which we compete for talent. The unexpected loss of services of key 
personnel,  both  in  businesses  and  corporate  functions,  could  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business  because  of 
their  skills,  knowledge  of  our  markets,  operations  and  clients,  years  of  industry  experience  and,  in  some  cases,  the 
difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. Similarly, the loss of key employees, either individually or 
as a group, could affect our clients’ perception of our abilities adversely. 

22  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
We are subject to intense competition in all aspects of our businesses, which could have a negative effect on our ability 
to maintain satisfactory prices and grow our earnings. 
We  provide  a  broad  range  of  financial  products  and  services  in  highly  competitive  markets.  We  compete  against  large, 
well-capitalized, and geographically diverse companies that are capable of offering a wide array of financial products and 
services  at  competitive  prices.  In  certain  businesses,  such  as  foreign  exchange  trading,  electronic  networks  present  a 
competitive  challenge.  Additionally,  technological  advances  and  the  growth  of  internet-based  commerce  have  made  it 
possible  for  other  types  of  institutions  to  offer  a  variety  of  products  and  services  competitive  with  certain  areas  of  our 
business.  Many  of  these  nontraditional  service  providers  have  fewer  regulatory  constraints  and  some  have  lower  cost 
structures. The same may be said for competitors based in non-U.S. jurisdictions, where legal and regulatory environments 
may  be  more  favorable  than  those  applicable  to  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  as  U.S.-domiciled  financial  institutions. 
These competitive pressures may have a negative effect on our earnings and ability to grow. Pricing pressures, as a result of 
the willingness of competitors to offer comparable or improved products or services at a lower price, also may result in a 
reduction in the price we can charge for our products and services, which could have, and in some cases has had, a negative 
effect on our ability to maintain or increase our profitability. 

Damage to our reputation could have a direct and negative effect on our ability to compete, grow and generate revenue. 
The failure to meet client expectations or fiduciary or other obligations, operational failures, litigation, regulatory actions or 
fines, the actual or alleged actions of our affiliates, vendors or other third parties with which we do business, the actual or 
alleged actions or statements of our employees or adverse publicity could materially and adversely affect our reputation as 
well as our ability to attract and retain clients or key employees. Damage to our reputation for delivery of a high level of 
service  could  undermine  the  confidence  of  clients  and  prospects  in  our  ability  to  serve  them  and  accordingly  affect  our 
earnings negatively. Damage to our reputation also could affect the confidence of rating agencies, regulators, stockholders 
and other parties in a wide range of transactions that are important to our business and the performance of our common 
stock. Failure to maintain our reputation ultimately would have an adverse effect on our ability to manage our balance sheet 
or  grow  our  business.  Actions  by  the  financial  services  industry  generally  or  by  other  members  of  or  individuals  in  the 
financial services industry also could impact our reputation negatively. Further, whereas negative public opinion once was 
driven primarily by adverse news coverage in traditional media, the proliferation of social media channels utilized by us 
and third parties, as well as the personal use of social media by our employees and others, may increase the risk of negative 
publicity, including through the rapid dissemination of inaccurate, misleading or false information, which could harm our 
reputation or have other negative consequences. 

We need to invest in innovation constantly, and the inability or failure to do so may affect our businesses and earnings 
negatively. 
Our  success  in  the  competitive  environment  in  which  we  operate  requires  consistent  investment  of  capital  and  human 
resources  in  innovation,  particularly  in  light  of  the  current  “FinTech”  environment,  in  which  financial  institutions  are 
investing  significantly  in  evaluating  new  technologies,  such  as  artificial  intelligence,  machine  learning,  blockchain  and 
other  distributed  ledger  technologies,  and  developing  potentially  industry-changing  new  products,  services  and  industry 
standards. Our investment is directed at generating new products and services, and adapting existing products and services 
to the evolving standards and demands of the marketplace. Among other things, investing in innovation helps us maintain a 
mix of products and services that keeps pace with our competitors and achieve acceptable margins. Our investment also 
focuses  on  enhancing  the  delivery  of  our  products  and  services  in  order  to  compete  successfully  for  new  clients  or  gain 
additional  business  from  existing  clients,  and  includes  investment  in  technological  innovation  as  well.  Effectively 
identifying gaps or weaknesses in our product offerings also is important to our success. Falling behind our competition in 
any of these areas could affect our business opportunities, growth and earnings adversely. There are substantial risks and 
uncertainties  associated  with  innovation  efforts,  including  an  increased  risk  that  new  and  emerging  technologies  may 
expose  us  to  increased  cybersecurity  and  other  information  technology  threats.  We  must  invest  significant  time  and 
resources  in  developing  and  marketing  new  products  and  services,  and  expected  timetables  for  the  introduction  and 
development of new products or services may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not be met. Further, 
our  revenues  and  costs  may  fluctuate  because  new  products  and  services  generally  require  start-up  costs  while 
corresponding revenues take time to develop or may not develop at all. 

Failure to understand or appreciate fully the risks associated with development or delivery of new product and service 
offerings will affect our businesses and earnings negatively. 
The  success  of  our  innovation  efforts  depends,  in  part,  on  the  successful  implementation  of  new  product  and  service 
initiatives.  Not  only  must  we  keep  pace  with  competitors  in  the  development  of  these  new  offerings,  but  we  must 
accurately  price  them  (as  well  as  existing  products)  on  a  risk-adjusted  basis  and  deliver  them  to  clients  effectively.  Our 
identification  of  risks  arising  from  new  products  and  services,  both  in  their  design  and  implementation,  and  effective 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
responses to those identified risks, including pricing, is key to the success of our efforts at innovation and investment in 
new product and service offerings. 

Our success with large, complex clients requires an understanding of the market and legal, regulatory and accounting 
standards in various jurisdictions. 
A  significant  portion  of  our  business  involves  providing  certain  services  to  large,  complex  clients  which  require  an 
understanding  of  the  market  and  legal,  regulatory  and  accounting  standards  in  various  jurisdictions.  Any  failure  to 
understand, address or comply with those standards appropriately could affect our growth prospects or affect our reputation 
negatively. We identify and manage risk through our business strategies and plans and our risk management practices and 
controls. If we fail to identify and manage significant risks successfully, we could incur financial loss, suffer damage to our 
reputation that could restrict our ability to grow or conduct business profitably, or become subject to regulatory penalties or 
constraints that could limit some of our activities or make them significantly more expensive. In addition, our businesses 
and  the  markets  in  which  we  operate  are  continuously  evolving.  We  may  fail  to  understand  fully  the  implications  of 
changes in legal or regulatory requirements, our businesses or the financial markets or fail to enhance our risk framework 
to address those changes in a timely fashion. If our risk framework is ineffective, either because it fails to keep pace with 
changes in the financial markets, legal and regulatory requirements, our businesses, our counterparties, clients or service 
providers or for other reasons, we could incur losses, suffer reputational damage or find ourselves out of compliance with 
applicable  regulatory  or  contractual  mandates  or  expectations.  These  risks  are  magnified  as  client  requirements  become 
more complex and as our increasingly global business requires end-to-end management of operational and other processes 
across multiple time zones and many inter-related products and services. 

We may take actions to maintain client satisfaction that result in losses or reduced earnings. 
We may take action or incur expenses in order to maintain client satisfaction or preserve the usefulness of investments or 
investment vehicles we manage in light of changes in security ratings, liquidity or valuation issues or other developments, 
even though we are not required to do so by law or the terms of governing instruments. The risk that we will decide to take 
actions to maintain client satisfaction that result in losses or reduced earnings is greater in periods when credit or equity 
markets are deteriorating in value or are particularly volatile and liquidity in markets is disrupted. 

Other Risks 
Changes in tax laws and interpretations and tax challenges may affect our earnings negatively. 
Both U.S. and non-U.S. governments and tax authorities, including states and municipalities, from time to time issue new, 
or modify existing, tax laws and regulations. These authorities may also issue new, or modify existing, interpretations of 
those laws and regulations. These new laws, regulations or interpretations, and our actions taken in response to, or reliance 
upon, such changes in the tax laws may impact our tax position in a manner that affects our earnings negatively. 

In the course of our business, we are sometimes subject to challenges from U.S. and non-U.S. tax authorities, including 
states and municipalities, regarding the amount of taxes due. These challenges may result in adjustments to the timing or 
amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of income among tax jurisdictions, all of which may require a 
greater provision for taxes or otherwise affect earnings negatively. 

Changes  in  accounting  standards  may  be  difficult  to  predict  and  could  have  a  material  impact  on  our  consolidated 
financial statements. 
New accounting standards, changes to existing accounting standards, or changes in the interpretation of existing accounting 
standards by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the International Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or bank 
regulatory agencies, or otherwise reflected in GAAP, potentially could have a material impact on our financial condition 
and results of operations. These changes are difficult to predict and in some cases we could be required to apply a new or 
revised standard retroactively, resulting in the revised treatment of certain transactions or activities, or even the restatement 
of consolidated financial statements for prior periods. 

Our ability to return capital to stockholders is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and may be limited by 
U.S.  banking  laws  and  regulations,  applicable  provisions  of  Delaware  law,  or  our  failure  to  pay  full  and  timely 
dividends on our preferred stock and the terms of our outstanding debt. 
Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive only such dividends and other distributions of capital as our Board of 
Directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments under Delaware law. Although we have declared 
cash dividends on shares of our common stock historically, we are not required to do so. In addition to the approval of our 
Board of Directors, our ability to take certain actions, including our ability to pay dividends, repurchase stock, and make 
other capital distributions, is dependent upon, among other things, their payment being made in accordance with the capital 
plan  rules  and  capital  adequacy  standards  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board.  On  June  25,  2020,  the  Federal  Reserve  Board 

24  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
imposed restrictions that were designed to cause large bank holding companies to preserve capital, including suspending 
share repurchases, capping dividend payments, and only allowing common stock dividends according to a formula based 
on recent income. On December 18, 2020, the Federal Reserve Board extended a portion of these restrictions to limit share 
repurchases and dividend payments based on recent income. These restrictions will apply for the first quarter of 2021 and 
may be extended further. 

A significant source of funds for the Corporation is dividends from the Bank. As a result, our ability to pay dividends 
on the Corporation’s common stock will depend on the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Corporation. There are 
various legal limitations on the extent to which the Bank and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries can supply funds to the 
Corporation  by  dividend  or  otherwise.  Dividend  payments  by  the  Bank  to  the  Corporation  in  the  future  will  require 
continued  generation  of  earnings  by  the  Bank  and  could  require  regulatory  approval  under  certain  circumstances.  If  the 
Bank is unable to pay dividends to the Corporation in the future, our ability to pay dividends on the Corporation’s common 
stock would be affected adversely. 

Our ability to declare or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, shares of our common stock or 
any of our shares that rank junior to our preferred stock as to the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of any assets 
on any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation also generally will be prohibited in the event that we do 
not declare and pay in full dividends on our Series D Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (Series D preferred stock) 
and Series E Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock (Series E preferred stock). Further, in the future if we default on 
certain of our outstanding debt or elect to defer interest payments on our Floating Rate Capital Debt we will be prohibited 
from making dividend payments on our common stock until such payments have been brought current. 

Any  reduction  or  elimination  of  our  common  stock  dividend,  or  even  our  failure  to  increase  our  common  stock 
dividend along with our competitors, likely would have a negative effect on the market price of our common stock. For 
more  information  on  dividend  restrictions,  see  “Supervision  and  Regulation—Payment  of  Dividends”  and  “Supervision 
and Regulation—Capital Planning and Stress Testing” in Item 1, “Business.” 

ITEM  1B  –  UNRESOLVED  STAFF  COMMENTS 

None. 

ITEM  2  –  PROPERTIES 

The  executive  offices  of  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  are  located  at  50  South  La  Salle  Street  in  Chicago.  This  Bank-
owned  building  is  occupied  by  various  divisions  of  Northern  Trust’s  businesses.  Adjacent  to  this  building  is  one  office 
building in which the Bank leases space principally for corporate support functions. Financial services are provided by the 
Bank and other subsidiaries of the Corporation through a network of offices in 22 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., and 
across  22  locations  in  Canada,  Europe,  the  Middle  East  and  the  Asia-Pacific  region.  The  majority  of  those  offices  are 
leased.  The  Bank’s  other  primary  U.S.  operations  are  located  in  five  facilities:  a  leased  facility  at  333  South  Wabash 
Avenue in Chicago; a leased facility in Tempe, Arizona; and one leased and two Bank-owned supplementary operations/ 
data center buildings located in the western suburbs of Chicago. A majority of the Bank’s London-based staff is located at 
a leased facility at Canary Wharf in London. Additional support and operations activity originates from four facilities in 
India, two facilities in Ireland, and one facility in the Philippines, all of which are leased. The Bank and the Corporation’s 
other subsidiaries operate from various other facilities in North America, Europe, the Asia-Pacific region, and the Middle 
East, most of which are leased. 

The  Corporation  believes  that  its  owned  and  leased  facilities  are  suitable  and  adequate  for  its  business  needs.  The 
Corporation continues to evaluate its owned and leased facilities and may determine from time to time that certain of its 
facilities are no longer necessary for its operations. There is no assurance that the Corporation will be able to dispose of any 
excess facilities or that it will not incur costs in connection with such dispositions, which could be material to its operating 
results in a given period. 

For additional information relating to properties and lease commitments, refer to Note 9, “Buildings and Equipment” 
and Note 10, “Lease Commitments,” included under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” and which 
information is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM  3  –  LEGAL  PROCEEDINGS 

The information presented under the caption “Legal Proceedings” in Note 26, “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” 
included under Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” is incorporated herein by reference. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
ITEM  4  –  MINE  SAFETY  DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

SUPPLEMENTAL  ITEM  –  INFORMATION  ABOUT  OUR  EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS 

The following sets forth certain information with regard to each executive officer of the Corporation. 

Michael G. O’Grady - Mr. O’Grady, age 55, joined Northern Trust in 2011 and has served as Chairman of the Board 
since January 2019, as Chief Executive Officer since 2018 and as President since 2017. Prior to that, Mr. O’Grady served 
as Executive Vice President and President of Corporate & Institutional Services from 2014 to 2016 and as Chief Financial 
Officer  from  2011  to  2014.  Before  joining  Northern  Trust,  Mr.  O’Grady  served  as  a  Managing  Director  in  Bank  of 
America Merrill Lynch’s Investment Banking Group. 

Lauren E. Allnutt - Ms. Allnutt, age 44, joined Northern Trust in 2008 and has served as an Executive Vice President 
since November 2020 and as Controller since May 2019. Prior to that, Ms. Allnutt served as manager of Global Financial 
Control from 2014 to April 2019 and led International Accounting Policy and Control from 2013 to 2014. 

Robert  P.  Browne  - Mr.  Browne,  age  55,  joined  Northern  Trust  in  2009  as  Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief 
Investment Officer. Before joining Northern Trust, Mr. Browne served in various senior investment-related roles at ING 
Investment Management Holdings N.V. 

Peter  B.  Cherecwich  - Mr.  Cherecwich,  age  56,  joined  Northern  Trust  in  2007  and  has  served  as  Executive  Vice 
President and President of Corporate & Institutional Services since 2017. Prior to that, Mr. Cherecwich served as Executive 
Vice President and President of Global Fund Services from 2010 to 2017 and as Chief Operating Officer of Corporate & 
Institutional  Services  from  2008  to  2014.  From  2007  to  2008,  he  served  as  Head  of  Institutional  Strategy  &  Product 
Development.  Before  joining  Northern  Trust,  Mr.  Cherecwich  served  in  several  executive  and  operational  roles  at  State 
Street Corporation. 

Steven L. Fradkin - Mr. Fradkin, age 59, joined Northern Trust in 1985 and has served as Executive Vice President 
and  President  of  Wealth  Management  since  2014.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Fradkin  served  as  President  of  Corporate  & 
Institutional Services from 2009 to 2014. From 2004 to 2009, he served as Chief Financial Officer. 

Mark C. Gossett - Mr. Gossett, age 59, joined Northern Trust in 1983 and has served as Executive Vice President and 
Chief Risk Officer since February 2020. Prior to that, Mr. Gossett served as Chief Credit Officer and Head of Market and 
Liquidity Risk from 2014 to January 2020 and as Co-Head of Global Foreign Exchange from 2012 to 2014. Mr. Gossett 
also  previously  served  as  the  Chief  Risk  Officer  of  Asset  Management  from  2009  to  2012  and  as  the  Chief  Operating 
Officer of Asset Management from 2005 to 2009. 

Susan C. Levy - Ms. Levy, age 63, joined Northern Trust in 2014 and has served as Executive Vice President and 
General Counsel since that time and as Corporate Secretary since 2018. Before joining Northern Trust, Ms. Levy served as 
Managing Partner of the law firm Jenner & Block from 2008 to 2014, where she was a partner since 1990. 

Teresa A. Parker - Ms. Parker, age 60, joined Northern Trust in 1982 and has served as Executive Vice President and 
President of Corporate & Institutional Services for Europe, Middle East and Africa since 2017. Prior to that, Ms. Parker 
served as Chief Operating Officer of Corporate & Institutional Services from 2014 to 2017. From 2009 to 2014, she served 
as Executive Vice President, Corporate & Institutional Services for the Asia-Pacific region. 

Thomas A. South - Mr. South, age 51, joined Northern Trust in 1999 and has served as Executive Vice President and 
Chief Information Officer since 2018. Prior to that, Mr. South served as Chief Business Architect from 2014 to 2018 and as 
Chief Operating Officer of Operations & Technology from 2013 to 2014. 

Joyce M. St. Clair - Ms. St. Clair, age 61, joined Northern Trust in 1992 and has served as Executive Vice President 
and Chief Human Resources Officer since 2018. Prior to that, Ms. St. Clair served as Executive Vice President and Chief 
Capital Management Officer from 2015 to 2018, as President of Enterprise Operations from 2014 to 2015, as President of 
Operations & Technology from 2011 to 2014, and as Chief Risk Officer from 2007 to 2011. 

26  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Shundrawn  A.  Thomas  - Mr.  Thomas,  age  47,  joined  Northern  Trust  in  2004  and  has  served  as  Executive  Vice 
President and President of Asset Management since 2017. Prior to that, Mr. Thomas served as Executive Vice President 
and  Head  of  the  Funds  and  Managed  Accounts  Group  from  2014  to  2017  and  as  Head  of  the  Exchange-Traded  Funds 
Group from 2010 to 2014. Mr. Thomas also previously served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Northern Trust 
Securities, Inc. from 2009 to 2010 and as Head of Corporate Strategy from 2006 to 2009. 

Jason  J.  Tyler  - Mr.  Tyler,  age  49,  joined  Northern  Trust  in  2011  and  has  served  as  Executive  Vice  President  and 
Chief  Financial  Officer  since  January  2020.  Prior  to  that,  Mr.  Tyler  served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  Wealth 
Management  from  2018  to  December  2019,  as  Global  Head  of  Asset  Management’s  Institutional  Group  from  2014  to 
2018,  and  as  Global  Head  of  Strategy  from  2011  to  2014.  Before  joining  Northern  Trust,  Mr.  Tyler  served  in  certain 
executive and operational roles at Ariel Investments and Bank One/American National Bank. 

All officers are appointed annually by the Board of Directors. Officers continue to hold office until their successors are 

duly elected or until their death, resignation or removal by the Board. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  27 

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
PART  II 

ITEM  5  –  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND  
ISSUER  PURCHASES  OF  EQUITY  SECURITIES 

Our  common  stock  is  listed  on  The  NASDAQ  Stock  Market  LLC  under  the  symbol  “NTRS.”  There  were  1,643 
shareholders of record as of January 31, 2021. 

The following table shows certain information relating to the Corporation’s purchases of common stock for the three 

months ended December 31, 2020. 

TABLE 3: REPURCHASES OF COMMON STOCK IN THE FOURTH QUARTER OF 2020 

PERIOD 

October 
 1   
November 
December 
Total 

- 31, 2020 
 1   
 1   

- 30, 2020 
- 31, 2020 
(Fourth Quarter) 

TOTAL 
 OF 

NUMBER 
SHARES 
PURCHASED 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 $ 

 $ 

AVERAGE 
PAID 

PRICE 
PER SHARE 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 OF 

TOTAL  
 OF 
PURCHASED 

NUMBER 
SHARES 
 AS 
PART 
 A 
PUBLICLY 
ANNOUNCED PLAN 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

UNDER 

SHARES 

NUMBER  

MAXIMUM 
 OF 
THAT 
 MAY YET  
 BE 
PURCHASED 
THE PLAN 
6,487,647 
6,487,647 
6,487,647 
6,487,647 

On March 16, 2020, the Corporation suspended its share repurchase program, previously announced by the Corporation on 
July  17,  2018,  under  which  the  Corporation’s  Board  of  Directors  authorized  the  Corporation  to  repurchase  up  to  25.0 
million shares of the Corporation’s common stock. The repurchase authorization approved by the Board of Directors has 
no expiration date. Beginning in the second quarter of 2020, the Federal Reserve announced certain measures to ensure that 
large financial institutions, including Northern Trust, remain resilient despite the economic uncertainty resulting from the 
ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Specifically, for the third and fourth quarters of 2020, no share repurchases were permitted 
by these institutions. On December 18, 2020, the Federal Reserve again extended its capital distribution limits into the first 
quarter of 2021 with certain modifications, which include continuing to limit dividend payments based on recent income 
and limiting share repurchases based on recent income. During the first quarter of 2021, the Corporation restarted its share 
repurchase  program  in  accordance  with  such  limitations.  For  more  information,  please  refer  to  Note  15,  “Stockholders’ 
Equity,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

28  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
COMPARISON OF FIVE-YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN 

The  following  graph  compares  the  cumulative  total  stockholder  return  on  the  Corporation’s  common  stock  to  the 
cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index and the KBW Bank Index for the five fiscal years ended December 31, 2020. 
The cumulative total stockholder return assumes the investment of $100 in the Corporation’s common stock and in each 
index on December 31, 2015 and assumes reinvestment of dividends. The KBW Bank Index is a modified-capitalization-
weighted index made up of 24 of the largest banking companies in the United States. The Corporation is included in the 
S&P 500 Index and the KBW Bank Index. 

Total Return Assumes $100 Invested on 
December 31, 2015 with Reinvestment of Dividends 

Northern Trust 

S&P 500 

KBW Bank Index 

DECEMBER 31, 

$ 

2015 

100  $ 

100 

100 

2016 

126  $ 

112 

129 

2017 

144  $ 

136 

152 

2018 

123  $ 

130 

125 

2019 

160  $ 

171 

171 

2020 

146 

203 

153 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  29 

Five-Year Cumulative Total ReturnNorthern TrustS&P 500KBW Bank Index201520162017201820192020$75$100$125$150$175$200$225 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
ITEM  6  –  SELECTED  FINANCIAL  DATA 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME ($ In Millions) 
Noninterest Income 
Net Interest Income 

Total Revenue 
Provision for Credit Losses 
Noninterest Expense 

Income before Income Taxes 
Provision for Income Taxes 

Net Income 
Preferred Stock Dividends 

Net Income Applicable to Common Stock 
PER COMMON SHARE 
Net Income – Basic 

– Diluted 

Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share 
Book Value – End of Period (EOP) 
Market Price – EOP 
SELECTED BALANCE SHEET DATA ($ In Millions) 
At Year End: 

Earning Assets 
Total Assets 
Deposits 
Senior Notes 
Long-Term Debt 
Stockholders’ Equity 

Average Balances: 

Earning Assets 
Total Assets 
Deposits 
Senior Notes 
Long-Term Debt 
Stockholders’ Equity 
CLIENT ASSETS ($ In Billions) 
Assets Under Custody/Administration(1) 
Assets Under Custody 
Assets Under Management 
SELECTED RATIOS AND METRICS 
Financial Ratios and Metrics: 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4,657.6 

1,443.2 
6,100.8 
125.0 

4,348.2 
1,627.6 

418.3 
1,209.3 

56.2 
1,153.1 

5.48 
5.46 
2.80 
51.87 
93.14 

158,531.6 
170,003.9 
143,878.0 
3,122.4 
1,189.3 
11,688.3 

124,132.9 
136,811.1 
108,511.1 
3,233.8 
1,189.2 
11,192.6 

14,532.5 
11,262.8 
1,405.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4,395.2 

$ 

4,337.5 

$ 

3,946.1 

$ 

1,677.9 
6,073.1 
(14.5) 

4,143.5 
1,944.1 

451.9 
1,492.2 

46.4 
1,445.8 

6.66 
6.63 
2.60 
46.82 
106.24 

125,236.6 
136,828.4 
109,120.6 
2,573.0 
1,148.1 
11,091.0 

107,109.4 
117,551.4 
89,786.0 
2,389.1 
1,139.0 
10,648.4 

12,050.4 
9,233.5 
1,231.3 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,622.7 
5,960.2 
(14.5) 

4,016.9 
1,957.8 

401.4 
1,556.4 

46.4 
1,510.0 

6.68 
6.64 
1.94 
43.95 
83.59 

122,847.3 
132,212.5 
104,496.8 
2,011.3 
1,112.4 
10,508.3 

113,731.0 
122,946.6 
95,103.1 
1,704.0 
1,296.8 
10,228.9 

10,125.3 
7,593.9 
1,069.4 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,429.2 
5,375.3 
(28.0) 

3,769.4 
1,633.9 

434.9 
1,199.0 

49.8 
1,149.2 

4.95 
4.92 
1.60 
41.28 
99.89 

129,656.6 
138,590.5 
112,390.8 
1,497.3 
1,449.5 
10,216.2 

111,178.3 
119,607.4 
96,504.8 
1,496.9 
1,519.4 
9,980.6 

10,722.6 
8,084.6 
1,161.0 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,726.9 

1,234.9 
4,961.8 
(26.0) 

3,470.7 
1,517.1 

484.6 
1,032.5 

23.4 
1,009.1 

4.35 
4.32 
1.48 
38.88 
89.05 

115,446.4 
123,926.9 
101,651.7 
1,496.6 
1,330.9 
9,770.4 

107,037.6 
115,570.3 
93,613.9 
1,496.6 
1,392.4 
9,085.3 

8,541.3 
6,720.5 
942.4 

Return on Average Common Equity 
Return on Average Assets 
Dividend Payout Ratio 
Average Stockholders’ Equity to Average Assets 

11.2 % 
0.88 
51.3 
8.2 

14.9 % 
1.27 
39.2 
9.1 

16.2 % 
1.27 
29.2 
8.3 

12.6 % 
1.00 
32.5 
8.3 

11.9 % 
0.89 
34.3 
7.9 

Capital Ratios: 

DECEMBER 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

DECEMBER 31, 2018 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

Common  

Equity 

 Tier 

 1 Capital 

12.8 % 

13.4 % 

12.7 % 

13.2 % 

12.9 % 

13.7 % 

 Tier 

 1 Capital 

Total Capital 

 Tier 

 1 Leverage 

Supplementary Leverage

(2) 

13.9 

15.6 

 7.6  

N/A 

14.5 

15.9 

 7.6 

 8.6 

14.5 

16.3 

 8.7 

N/A 

15.0 

16.8 

 8.7 

 7.6 

DECEMBER  

 31, 2017 

DECEMBER  

 31, 2016 

14.1 

16.1 

 8.0 

N/A 

15.0 

 16.9  

 8.0 

 7.0 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

WELL-CAPITALIZED 
RATIOS 

MINIMUM 
CAPITAL RATIOS 

Common 

Equity 

 Tier   1 Capital 

12.6  % 

13.5  % 

11.8 % 

12.4 % 

 Tier   1 Capital 

Total Capital 

 Tier   1 Leverage 

Supplementary Leverage

(2) 

13.8 

15.8 

 7.8 

N/A 

14.8 

16.7 

 7.8 

 6.8 

12.9 

14.5 

 8.0 

N/A 

13.7 

15.1 

 8.0 

 6.8 

N/A 

 6.0 

10.0 

N/A 

N/A 

 4.5 % 

 6.0 

 8.0 

 4.0 

 3.0 

(1)For  the  purposes  of  disclosing  Assets  Under  Custody/Administration,  to  the  extent  that  both  custody  and  administration  services  are  provided,  the  value  of  the  assets  is 
included only once.
(2) Effective January 1, 2018, the Corporation and Bank are subject to a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3 percent. Refer to the “Supervision and Regulation—Capital 
Adequacy Requirements” section of Item 1, “Business” for further information on the supplementary leverage ratio. 

30  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

ITEM  7  –  MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF  
OPERATIONS 

The  following  is  management’s  discussion  and  analysis  of  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  (MD&A)  of 
Northern  Trust  Corporation  (Corporation)  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020.  The  following  should  be  read  in 
conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes included in this report. Investors also should 
read the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements.” 

BUSINESS OVERVIEW 

The Corporation is a leading provider of wealth management, asset servicing, asset management and banking solutions to 
corporations,  institutions,  families  and  individuals.  The  Corporation  focuses  on  managing  and  servicing  client  assets 
through 
two  client-focused  reporting  segments:  Corporate  &  Institutional  Services  (C&IS)  and  Wealth 
Management. Asset management and related services are provided to C&IS and Wealth Management clients primarily by 
the Asset Management business. 

its 

The  Corporation  conducts  business  through  various  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  subsidiaries,  including  The  Northern  Trust 
Company  (the  Bank).  The  Corporation  was  formed  as  a  holding  company  for  the  Bank  in  1971.  The  Corporation  has  a 
global presence with offices in 22 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., and across 22 locations in Canada, Europe, the Middle 
East  and  the  Asia-Pacific  region.  Except  where  the  context  requires  otherwise,  the  terms  “Northern  Trust,”  “we,”  “us,” 
“our,” “its,” or similar terms refers to the Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. 

COVID-19 PANDEMIC AND RECENT EVENTS 

The  COVID-19  pandemic  presented  health  and  economic  challenges  on  an  unprecedented  scale  during  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2020. During this time, Northern Trust focused on the health and well-being of its workforce, meeting its 
clients’  needs  and  supporting  its  communities.  Although  planning  is  underway  to  return  to  the  office  when  conditions 
permit, the vast majority of staff is expected to continue to work remotely for some time to come. 

Workforce 
As  governments  implement  plans  to  reopen  their  respective  jurisdictions,  Northern  Trust  has  begun  its  return-to-office 
(RTO)  planning  under  the  oversight  of  its  COVID  Executive  Committee  composed  of  senior  leadership  across  various 
functions.  Plans  for  RTO  were  developed  on  a  location-by-location  basis  based  on  business  unit  needs.  Northern  Trust 
considers  site  readiness,  transportation  options,  technology  capabilities,  and  workforce  alignment,  and  has  plans  for  the 
return  of  a  small  portion  of  each  office’s  population  in  the  initial  RTO  phase  to  allow  for  optimal  social  distancing.  To 
ensure the health and well-being of Northern Trust’s workforce, clients and visitors, several social distancing elements and 
other  protective  measures  were  implemented,  such  as  temperature  screenings,  where  allowable  by  law,  distribution  of 
personal protective equipment, and workforce health self-certifications. Several offices returned portions of their workforce 
in the second half of 2020. 

Client Service 
Northern Trust offered assistance to its clients affected by the COVID-19 pandemic by lending under a government lending 
program and providing payment deferrals. The Corporation continues to assess developments in government actions meant 
to support the economy, as further discussed below. 

U.S. Small Business Administration’s Paycheck Protection Program 
During the second quarter of 2020, Northern Trust became a lender under the Paycheck Protection Program, as amended 
(PPP), which is administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA), an agency of the U.S. Department of the 
Treasury, which works with financial institutions in providing loans to small businesses. The PPP, which is meant to aid 
small businesses during the COVID-19 pandemic, was created under the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security 
(CARES) Act, which was signed into law on March 27, 2020. 

As of December 31, 2020, Northern Trust had 1,087 outstanding loans totaling $207.1 million under the PPP. 41 loans 
totaling $6.7 million underwent the loan forgiveness process, with 36 loans totaling $6.7 million being fully forgiven as of 
December 31, 2020. 

The original timeframe for PPP lending expired on June 30, 2020, when Congress acted to extend PPP lending for a 5-
week  period  to  allow  small  businesses  additional  time  to  apply  for  the  remaining  PPP  funds  allocated  by  Congress  in 
connection  with  the  CARES  Act.  Northern  Trust  continued  to  lend  under  the  PPP  through  the  new  August  8,  2020 
deadline. The Economic Aid to Hard-Hit Small Businesses, Nonprofits and Venues Act (the Economic Aid Act) amended 
the PPP by extending the authority of the SBA to guarantee loans and the ability of PPP lenders to disburse PPP loans until 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

March  31.  2021.  For  further  information  on  the  PPP,  please  refer  to  Note  6,  “Loans  and  Leases,”  provided  in  Item  8, 
“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Troubled Debt Restructuring (TDR) Relief 
Due to the economic environment arising from the COVID-19 pandemic, there have been two forms of relief provided to 
lenders exempting certain loan modifications which would otherwise be classified as TDRs from such classification. The 
first  of  these  forms  of  relief  is  provided  by  certain  interagency  guidance  from  various  banking  regulators,  including  the 
Federal  Reserve  Board,  the  FDIC,  the  National  Credit  Union  Administration,  the  Office  of  the  Comptroller  of  the 
Currency,  and  the  Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau  (Interagency  Guidance).  The  other  is  provided  under  section 
4013 of the CARES Act. Northern Trust has elected to apply each of these forms of relief, when applicable, in providing 
borrowers with qualifying loan modifications, including payment deferrals, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. For 
further information on TDRs, please refer to Note 6, “Loans and Leases,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data.” 

Community Support 

COVID-19 Relief Support 
Through December 31, 2020, Northern Trust provided $2.5 million in COVID-19 relief support to numerous organizations 
serving those most affected by the pandemic. Grantees include Americares, Doctors Without Borders, Feeding America, 
the Global FoodBanking Network, the Irish Red Cross, Meals on Wheels, NHS Charities Together, the Solidarity Response 
Fund for the World Health Organization, United Way Worldwide, World Food Program, and other COVID-19 relief funds 
in Chicago and Illinois to benefit those in need. 

Small Business Support 
Through  December  31,  2020,  Northern  Trust  provided  $110.5  million  in  low-cost  funding  to  assist  Community 
Development Financial Institutions (CDFIs), which are instrumental in providing loans to small businesses and non-profit 
organizations  under  the  PPP.  The  funding  helps  meet  urgent  demand  among  small  businesses  and  non-profit  groups  by 
providing  flexible  terms  and  low  rates.  CDFIs  provide  loans,  investments,  financial  services  and  technical  assistance  to 
underserved  populations  and  communities.  This  funding,  which  is  reported  in  Debt  Securities  Held  to  Maturity  on  the 
consolidated balance sheets, is separate and distinct from the $207.1 million of outstanding principal of loans made under 
the PPP. 

Additional  COVID-19  economic  and  market-related  impacts  to  the  Corporation’s  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations are discussed throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

FINANCIAL OVERVIEW 

Net Income decreased $282.9 million, or 19%, to $1.21 billion in 2020 from $1.49 billion in 2019. Earnings per diluted 
common share was $5.46 in 2020 compared to $6.63 in 2019. Return on average common equity decreased to 11.2% in 
2020 from 14.9% in 2019. 

Revenue  increased  $27.7  million  to  $6.10  billion  in  2020  from  $6.07  billion  in  the  prior  year,  primarily  driven  by 
increases  in  Trust,  Investment  and  Other  Servicing  Fees  of  4%,  Other  Operating  Income  of  33%,  Foreign  Exchange 
Trading  Income  of  16%,  and  Security  Commissions  and  Trading  Income  of  29%,  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  Net 
Interest Income of 14%. 

Client assets under custody/administration (AUC/A) increased 21% from $12.05 trillion as of December 31, 2019 to 
$14.53  trillion  as  of  December  31,  2020,  primarily  reflecting  net  inflows,  favorable  markets,  and  favorable  currency 
translation.  Client  assets  under  custody,  a  component  of  AUC/A,  increased  22%  from  $9.23  trillion  as  of  December  31, 
2019  to  $11.26  trillion  as  of  December  31,  2020.  Client  assets  under  custody  included  $7.42  trillion  of  global  custody 
assets as of December 31, 2020, which increased 26% from $5.89 trillion as of December 31, 2019. Client assets under 
management  increased  14%  to  $1.41  trillion  as  of  December  31,  2020  from  $1.23  trillion  at  December  31,  2019  due  to 
favorable markets and net inflows. 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees, which represent the largest component of total revenue, increased 4% to 
$4.00 billion in 2020, from $3.85 billion in 2019, primarily due to new business and favorable markets, partially offset by 
money market mutual fund fee waivers. 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income of $290.4 million in 2020 increased 16% from $250.9 million in 2019, primarily 
driven by higher client volumes and increased market volatility, partially offset by lower foreign exchange swap activity in 
Treasury. 

Security  Commissions  and  Trading  Income  of  $133.2  million  in  2020  increased  29%  from  $103.6  million  in  2019, 

primarily driven by higher core brokerage revenue and revenue from interest rate swaps. 

32  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Other  Operating  Income  of  $194.0  million  in  2020  increased  33%  from  $145.5  million  in  2019,  primarily  due  to 
higher income related to a bank-owned life insurance program implemented during 2019, a charge in the prior year related 
to the decision made to sell substantially all of the lease portfolio, and higher miscellaneous income. 

Net Interest Income on a fully taxable equivalent (FTE) basis of $1.48 billion in 2020, decreased $233.1 million, or 
14%, from $1.71 billion in 2019, due to a decreased net interest margin, partially offset by higher levels of average earning 
assets. The net interest margin on an FTE basis decreased to 1.19% in 2020 from 1.60% in 2019, primarily due to lower 
interest rates. 

The Corporation adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses: 
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (ASU 2016-13) on January 1, 2020, which significantly changed 
the way impairment of financial instruments is recognized by requiring immediate recognition of estimated credit losses 
expected  to  occur  over  the  remaining  life  of  financial  instruments.  Upon  adoption  of  ASU  2016-13,  the  Corporation 
recorded a $13.7 million increase in the Allowance for Credit Losses with a corresponding cumulative effect adjustment to 
decrease Retained Earnings by $10.1 million, net of income taxes. For more information on the adoption of ASU 2016-13, 
please  refer  to  Note  2,  “Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements,”  provided  in  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data.” 

The  Provision  for  Credit  Losses  in  2020  was  $125.0  million  as  compared  to  a  credit  provision  of  $14.5  million  in 
2019.  The  provision  for  2020  reflected  an  increase  in  the  reserve  evaluated  on  a  collective  basis.  The  increase  in  the 
collective  basis  reserve  was  primarily  driven  by  current  and  projected  economic  conditions  and  downgrades  in  the 
portfolio, both resulting from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and related market and economic impacts, with increases 
primarily  in  the  commercial  and  institutional  and  commercial  real  estate  portfolios.  The  prior-year  credit  provision 
primarily  reflected  a  decrease  in  the  inherent  reserve  related  to  the  residential  real  estate  portfolio  due  to  a  reduction  in 
outstanding  loans  and  improved  credit  quality  and  reductions  to  the  specific  reserve  related  to  the  commercial  and 
institutional and residential real estate portfolios, partially offset by an increase in the inherent reserve related to the private 
client portfolio due to an increase in outstanding loans and lower credit quality. Loans and Leases of $33.8 billion as of 
December  31,  2020  increased  from  $31.4  billion  as  of  December  31,  2019.  Net  charge-offs  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2020 were $3.2 million, compared to net recoveries of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. 
Nonaccrual assets increased to $132.4 million as of December 31, 2020 from $86.8 million as of December 31, 2019. 

Noninterest Expense of $4.35 billion in 2020 increased $204.7 million, or 5%, from $4.14 billion in 2019, primarily 
reflecting  increased  Compensation,  Equipment  and  Software,  Employee  Benefits,  Occupancy,  and  Other  Operating 
Expense,  partially  offset  by  lower  Outside  Services.  Noninterest  Expense  in  2020  included  severance-related  charges  of 
$55.0 million in connection with a reduction in force, a $43.4 million charge related to a corporate action processing error, 
and Occupancy expense related to an early lease exit arising from a workplace real estate strategy of $11.9 million. 

The  Provision  for  Income  Taxes  in  2020  totaled  $418.3  million,  representing  an  effective  tax  rate  of  25.7%.  The 
Provision for Income Taxes in 2019 totaled $451.9 million, representing an effective tax rate of 23.2%. The increase in the 
effective  tax  rate  was  primarily  driven  by  $26.8  million  of  tax  expense  related  to  the  reversal  of  tax  benefits  previously 
recognized through earnings and higher taxes payable on the income of the Corporation’s non-U.S. branches. 

Northern  Trust  continued  to  maintain  a  strong  capital  position  during  2020,  with  all  capital  ratios  exceeding  those 
required  for  classification  as  “well-capitalized”  under  federal  bank  regulatory  capital  requirements.  Total  Stockholders’ 
Equity increased 5% from $11.1 billion in 2019 to $11.7 billion at year-end 2020. During the fourth quarter of 2019, the 
Corporation  issued  and  sold  16  million  depositary  shares,  each  representing  1/1,000th  ownership  interest  in  a  share  of 
Series  E  Non-Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  for  proceeds  of  $391.4  million,  net  of  underwriting  discounts, 
commissions, and other issuance costs. These proceeds were subsequently used to fund the redemption of all outstanding 
shares of the Corporation’s Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock on January 2, 2020. 

The  Corporation  suspended  its  open-market  share  repurchase  program  on  March  16,  2020.  Prior  to  the  suspension, 
2,743,876 shares of common stock were repurchased on the open market at a total cost of $246.4 million. Subsequent to 
the  suspension,  the  only  shares  repurchased  were  shares  of  common  stock  withheld  upon  the  vesting  of  share-based 
compensation  to  satisfy  tax  withholding  obligations.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  the  Corporation 
repurchased 3,276,589 shares of common stock, including 532,713 shares withheld related to share-based compensation, at 
a  total  cost  of  $299.8  million.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  the  Northern  Trust  quarterly  common  stock 
dividend  remained  unchanged  from  the  end  of  the  prior  year  at  $0.70  per  share.  During  the  first  quarter  of  2021,  the 
Corporation restarted its share repurchase program in accordance with limitations established by the Federal Reserve. 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following information summarizes our consolidated results of operations for 2020 compared to 2019. For a discussion 
related  to  the  consolidated  results  of  operations  for  2019  compared  to  2018,  refer  to  Part  II,  Item  7.  Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

ended December 31, 2019 (2019 Form 10-K), which was filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission 
on February 25, 2020. 

Revenue 
Northern Trust generates the majority of its revenue from Noninterest Income that primarily consists of Trust, Investment 
and  Other  Servicing  Fees.  Net  Interest  Income  comprises  the  remainder  of  revenue  and  consists  of  Interest  Income 
generated by earning assets, net of Interest Expense on deposits and borrowed funds. 

Revenue in 2020 of $6.10 billion increased from $6.07 billion in 2019. Noninterest Income represented 76% and 72% 
of total revenue in 2020 and 2019, respectively, and totaled $4.66 billion in 2020, which increased 6% from $4.40 billion in 
2019. 

Noninterest Income in 2020 increased primarily reflecting higher Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees, Other 
Operating Income, Foreign Exchange Trading Income, and Security Commissions and Trading Income. Trust, Investment 
and Other Servicing Fees of $4.00 billion in 2020 increased $142.9 million, or 4%, from $3.85 billion in 2019, primarily 
due to new business and favorable markets, partially offset by money market mutual fund fee waivers. Foreign Exchange 
Trading  Income  in  2020  of  $290.4  million  increased  $39.5  million,  or  16%,  compared  with  $250.9  million  in  2019, 
primarily driven by higher client volumes and increased market volatility, partially offset by lower foreign exchange swap 
activity  in  Treasury.  Security  Commissions  and  Trading  Income  of  $133.2  million  in  2020  increased  29%  from  $103.6 
million in 2019, primarily driven by higher core brokerage revenue and revenue from interest rate swaps. Other Operating 
Income  of  $194.0  million  in  2020  increased  33%  from  $145.5  million  in  the  prior  year,  primarily  due  to  higher  income 
related to a bank-owned life insurance program implemented during 2019, a charge in the prior year related to the decision 
made to sell substantially all of the lease portfolio, and higher miscellaneous income. 

Net Interest Income on an FTE basis in 2020 of $1.48 billion decreased $233.1 million, or 14%, from $1.71 billion in 
2019,  due  to  a  decreased  net  interest  margin,  partially  offset  by  higher  levels  of  average  earning  assets.  The  net  interest 
margin on an FTE basis decreased to 1.19% in 2020 from 1.60% in 2019, primarily due to lower interest rates.  Average 
earning assets increased $17.0 billion, or 16%, from $107.1 billion in 2019 to $124.1 billion in 2020, primarily reflecting 
higher levels of short-term interest bearing deposits, Securities, and Loans and Leases. 

Additional information regarding Northern Trust’s revenue by type is provided in the following table. 

TABLE 4: REVENUE 

($ In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

Treasury Management Fees 

Security Commissions and Trading Income 

Other Operating Income 

Investment Security Gains (Losses), net 

Total Noninterest Income 

Net Interest Income 

Total Revenue 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

3,995.0  $ 

3,852.1  $ 

290.4 

45.4 

133.2 

194.0 

(0.4) 

250.9 

44.5 

103.6 

145.5 

(1.4) 

$ 

$ 

4,657.6  $ 

4,395.2  $ 

1,443.2 

1,677.9 

6,100.8  $ 

6,073.1  $ 

3,753.7 

307.2 

51.8 

98.3 

127.5 

(1.0) 

4,337.5 

1,622.7 

5,960.2 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 
Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees were $4.00 billion in 2020 compared with $3.85 billion in 2019, and are based 
primarily on the market value of assets held in custody, managed or serviced; the volume of transactions; securities lending 
volume and spreads; and fees for other services rendered. Certain market value calculations on which fees are based are 
performed  on  a  monthly  or  quarterly  basis  in  arrears.  Low-interest-rate  environments  have  historically  had  a  negative 
impact on fees earned on certain products. 

Beginning  in  the  second  quarter  of  2020,  the  Corporation  began  to  waive  a  portion  of  certain  fees  associated  with 
money  market  mutual  funds  due  to  the  current  low-interest-rate  environment.  Northern  Trust  voluntarily  waived 
$29.3  million  of  money  market  mutual  fund  fees  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  of  which  $23.6  million  was 
waived in the fourth quarter of 2020, related to the low-interest-rate environment. These fee waivers, which are expected to 
continue in the low-interest-rate environment in which the yields in certain funds remain insufficient to pay the stated fees 
associated with such funds, will adversely impact Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees within the C&IS and Wealth 
Management reporting segments. Northern Trust did not waive any money market mutual fund fees due to interest rates in 
the year ended December 31, 2019. 

34  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S 

DISCUSSION 

AND 

ANALYSIS 

 OF 

FINANCIAL 

CONDITION 

AND 

RESULTS 

 OF OPERATIONS 

 The 

components 

 of 

Trust, 

Investment 

and 

Other 

Servicing 

Fees 

 are 

provided 

 in 

the 

following table. 

TABLE 

 5: 

TRUST, 

INVESTMENT 

 AND 

OTHER 

SERVICING 

FEES 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

C&IS 

Trust, 

Investment 

and 

Other 

Servicing Fees 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020   / 2019 

2019   / 2018 

Custody 

and 

Fund Administration 

 $ 

1,586.1 

 $ 

1,549.3 

 $ 

1,501.1 

   2 % 

Investment Management 

Securities Lending 

Other 

Total 

C&IS Trust,  Investment  

and 

Other 

Servicing Fees 

Wealth 

Management 

Trust, 

Investment 

and 

Other Servicing  Fees 

Central 

East 

West 

Global 

Family Office 

 $ 

 $ 

Total  

Wealth Management  Trust,  Investment  

and 

Other 

Servicing Fees  $  

Total  

Consolidated 

Trust, 

Investment 

and Other  Servicing  Fees 

$  

   3 % 

   2 

(15) 

(3) 

511.1 

88.0 

136.4 

445.7 

87.2 

129.3 

436.8 

102.0 

133.2 

 15  

   1 

   6 

2,321.6  $  

2,211.5 

 $ 

2,173.1 

   5 % 

   2 % 

607.3  $  

619.3 

 $ 

442.1 

337.7 

286.3 

422.2 

330.9 

268.2 

607.8 

401.7 

320.0  

251.1  

1,673.4 

3,995.0 

 $ 

 $ 

1,640.6 

3,852.1 

 $ 

 $ 

1,580.6  

3,753.7  

(2)% 

   2 % 

   5 

   2 

   7 

   2 % 

   4 % 

   5 

   3 

   7 

   4 % 

   3 % 

Corporate & Institutional Services 
C&IS  Trust,  Investment  and  Other  Servicing  Fees  are  primarily  attributable  to  services  related  to  custody,  fund 
administration,  investment  management,  and  securities  lending.  Custody  and  fund  administration  fees,  the  largest 
component of C&IS fees, are driven primarily by values of client assets under custody/administration, transaction volumes 
and number of accounts. The asset values used to calculate these fees vary depending on the individual fee arrangements 
negotiated  with  each  client.  Custody  fees  related  to  asset  values  are  client  specific  and  are  priced  based  on  month-end 
market  values,  quarter-end  market  values,  or  the  average  of  month-end  market  values  for  the  quarter.  The  fund 
administration  fees  that  are  asset-value-related  are  priced  using  month-end,  quarter-end,  or  average  daily  balances. 
Investment  management  fees  are  based  generally  on  market  values  of  client  assets  under  management  throughout  the 
period. Typically, the asset values used to calculate fee revenue are based on a one-month or one-quarter lag. 

Securities lending revenue is affected by market values; the demand for securities to be lent, which drives volumes; 
and the interest rate spread earned on the investment of cash deposited by investment firms as collateral for securities they 
have borrowed. The other services fee category in C&IS includes such products as investment risk and analytical services, 
benefit payments, and other services. Revenue from these products is based generally on the volume of services provided 
or a fixed fee. 

Custody  and  fund  administration  fees  increased  from  2019  to  2020  primarily  due  to  new  business  and  favorable 
currency translation, partially offset by unfavorable non-U.S. markets. Investment management fees increased from 2019 to 
2020 primarily due to new business and favorable markets, partially offset by money market mutual fund fee waivers. 

The following tables provide a breakdown of the C&IS assets under custody and under management. 

TABLE 6: C&IS ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY 

 ($ 

 In Billions) 

North America 

Europe,  

Middle 

East, 

and Africa 

 Asia Pacific 

Securities Lending 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020   / 2019 

2019   / 2018 

 $ 

5,746.4 

 $ 

4,516.0 

 $ 

3,478.2 

976.2 

186.9 

2,998.5 

820.3 

163.0 

3,693.4 

2,538.6 

589.2 

149.8 

 27 % 

 22 % 

 16 

 19 

 15 

 18 

 39 

   9 

Total 

Assets 

Under Custody 

 $ 

10,387.7 

 $ 

8,497.8 

 $ 

6,971.0 

 22 % 

 22 % 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

TABLE 7: C&IS ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT 

 ($ 

 In Billions) 

North America 

Europe,  

Middle 

East, 

and Africa 

 Asia Pacific 

Securities Lending 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

 $ 

676.8 

 $ 

588.4 

 $ 

143.5 

50.3 

186.9 

125.2 

40.9 

163.0 

Total 

Assets 

Under Management 

 $ 

1,057.5 

 $ 

917.5 

 $ 

2018 

493.1 

113.3 

34.6 

149.8 

790.8 

CHANGE 

2020   / 2019 

2019   / 2018 

 15 % 

 19 % 

 15 

 23 

 15 

 11 

 18 

   9 

 15 % 

 16 % 

Cash and other assets deposited by investment firms as collateral for securities borrowed from custody clients are managed 
by  Northern  Trust  and  are  included  in  assets  under  custody  and  under  management.  This  securities  lending  collateral 
totaled $186.9 billion and $163.0 billion at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Wealth Management 
Wealth Management fee income is calculated primarily based on market values and is impacted by both one-month and 
one-quarter lagged asset values. Wealth Management fees increased from 2019 to 2020, primarily due to favorable markets 
and new business, partially offset by money market mutual fund fee waivers. The following tables provide a summary of 
Wealth Management assets under custody and under management. 

TABLE 8: WEALTH MANAGEMENT ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY 

 ($ 

 In Billions) 

Global 

Family Office 

Central 

East 

West 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

 $ 

600.7 

 $ 

474.1 

 $ 

120.0 

89.1 

65.3 

115.1 

81.7 

64.8 

Total 

Assets 

Under Custody 

 $ 

875.1 

 $ 

735.7 

 $ 

TABLE 

 9: 

WEALTH 

MANAGEMENT 

ASSETS 

UNDER MANAGEMENT 

2018 

405.5 

88.2 

72.7 

56.5 

622.9 

CHANGE 

2020   / 2019 

2019   / 2018 

 27 % 

 17 % 

   4 

   9 

   1 

 31 

 12 

 15 

 19 % 

 18 % 

 ($ 

 In Billions) 

Global 

Family Office 

Central 

East 

West 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2020 

 $ 

114.0 

 $ 

109.3 

73.3 

51.2 

2019 

94.2 

 $ 

104.4 

66.8 

48.4 

2018 

83.5 

96.2 

57.0 

41.9 

2020   / 2019 

2019   / 2018 

 21 % 

 13 % 

   5 

 10 

   6 

   9 

 17 

 16 

Total 

Assets 

Under Management 

 $ 

347.8 

 $ 

313.8 

 $ 

278.6 

 11 % 

 13 % 

The Wealth Management regions shown are comprised of the following: Central includes Illinois, Michigan, Minnesota, 
Missouri,  Ohio  and  Wisconsin;  East  includes  Connecticut,  Delaware,  Florida,  Georgia,  Massachusetts,  New  York, 
Pennsylvania,  and  Washington,  D.C.;  West  includes  Arizona,  California,  Colorado,  Nevada,  Texas  and  Washington. 
Global Family Office provides specialized asset management, investment consulting, global custody, fiduciary, and private 
banking services to ultra-wealthy domestic and international clients. 

Market Indices 

The  following  tables  present  selected  market  indices  and  the  percentage  changes  year  over  year  to  provide  context 

regarding equity and fixed income market impacts on the Corporation’s results. 

TABLE 10: EQUITY MARKET INDICES 

S&P 500 

 MSCI 

EAFE 

(U.S. dollars) 

 MSCI 

EAFE 

(local currency) 

DAILY AVERAGES 

YEAR-END 

2020 

3,218 

1,853 

1,074 

2019 

2,912 

1,891 

1,118 

CHANGE 

 11 %   

(2) 

(4) 

2020 

3,756 

2,148 

1,174 

2019 

3,231 

2,037 

1,190 

CHANGE 

 16 % 

   5 

(1) 

36  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

TABLE 11: FIXED INCOME MARKET INDICES 

Barclays 

Capital 

 U.S. 

Aggregate 

Bond Index 

Barclays 

Capital 

Global 

Aggregate 

Bond Index 

2020 

2,392 

559 

 AS 

 OF 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

CHANGE 

2,225 

512 

   8 % 

   9 

Client Assets 
Northern Trust, in the normal course of business, holds assets under custody/administration and management in a fiduciary 
or  agency  capacity  for  its  clients.  In  accordance  with  GAAP,  these  assets  are  not  assets  of  Northern  Trust  and  are  not 
included in its consolidated balance sheets. AUC/A and assets under management are a driver of our Trust, Investment and 
Other Servicing Fees. For the purposes of disclosing AUC/A, to the extent that both custody and administration services 
are provided, the value of the assets is included only once. 

At  December  31,  2020,  AUC/A  increased  from  December  31,  2019,  primarily  reflecting  net  inflows,  favorable 
markets,  and  favorable  currency  translation.  Assets  under  custody,  a  component  of  AUC/A,  at  December  31,  2020, 
increased  from  December  31,  2019,  and  included  $7.42  trillion  of  global  custody  assets,  compared  to  $5.89  trillion  at 
December 31, 2019. 

The following table presents AUC/A by reporting segment. 

TABLE 12: ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY/ADMINISTRATION BY REPORTING SEGMENT 

 ($ 

 In Billions) 

Corporate 

 & 

Institutional Services 

Wealth Management 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020 /2019 

2019 /2018 

 $ 

13,653.1 

 $ 

11,311.6  $  

9,490.5 

879.4 

738.8 

634.8 

 21 % 

 19 

 21 % 

 19 % 

 16 

 19 % 

Total 

Assets 

Under Custody/Administration 

 $ 

14,532.5 

 $ 

12,050.4  $  

10,125.3 

 The 

following 

table 

presents 

assets 

under 

custody,   a 

component 

 of 

AUC/A, 

 by 

reporting segment. 

TABLE 

 13: 

ASSETS 

UNDER 

CUSTODY 

 BY 

REPORTING SEGMENT 

 ($ 

 In Billions) 

Corporate 

 & 

Institutional Services 

Wealth Management 

Total 

Assets 

Under Custody 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020 /2019 

2019   / 2018 

 $ 

10,387.7 

 $ 

8,497.8  $  

6,971.0 

875.1 

735.7 

622.9 

 $ 

11,262.8 

 $ 

9,233.5  $  

7,593.9 

 22 % 

 19 

 22 % 

 22 % 

 18 

 22 % 

Consolidated assets under custody increased from the prior year, primarily reflecting net inflows, favorable markets, and 
favorable currency translation. 

The following table presents the investment allocation of Northern Trust’s custodied assets by reporting segment. 

TABLE 14: ALLOCATION OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY 

C&IS 

2020 

WM 

TOTAL 

C&IS 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

WM 

TOTAL 

C&IS 

2018 

WM 

TOTAL 

Equities 

 46 % 

 62 % 

 47 % 

 45 % 

 59  % 

 46 % 

 44  % 

 54 % 

 45  % 

Fixed 

Income Securities 

Cash  and  

Other Assets 

Securities  Lending  Collateral 

 36 

 16 

   2 

 15 

 23  

 —  

 34 

 17 

   2 

 37 

 16  

 2  

 18  

 23 

 — 

 35 

 17  

 2  

 39 

 15 

   2 

 20 

 26  

 —  

 37 

 16 

   2 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following table presents Northern Trust’s assets under custody by investment type. 

TABLE 15: ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY BY INVESTMENT TYPE 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

 ($ 

 In Billions) 

Equities 

 $ 

Fixed 

Income Securities 

 Cash 

and 

Other Assets 

Securities 

Lending Collateral 

2020 

5,293.9 

 $ 

3,870.9 

1,911.1 

186.9 

2019 

4,298.6 

 $ 

3,236.5 

1,535.3 

163.1 

Total 

Assets 

Under Custody 

 $ 

11,262.8  $  

9,233.5 

 $ 

2018 

3,379.5 

2,822.4 

1,242.1 

149.9 

7,593.9 

2020   / 2019 

2019   / 2018 

 23 % 

 20 

 24 

 15 

 22 % 

 27 % 

 15 

 24 

   9 

 22 % 

The following table presents Northern Trust’s assets under management by reporting segment. 

TABLE 16: ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY REPORTING SEGMENT 

 ($ 

 In Billions) 

Corporate 

 & 

Institutional Services 

Wealth Management 

Total 

Assets 

Under Management 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020   / 2019 

2019   / 2018 

 $ 

 $ 

1,057.5 

 $ 

917.5  $  

347.8 

313.8 

790.8 

278.6 

1,405.3 

 $ 

1,231.3  $  

1,069.4 

 15 % 

 11 

 14 % 

 16 % 

 13 

 15 % 

Assets under management at the end of 2020 increased from 2019. The increase primarily reflected favorable markets and 
net inflows. 

The following tables present the investment allocation and management style of Northern Trust’s assets under management 
by reporting segment. 

TABLE 17: ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY INVESTMENT TYPE 

C&IS 

2020 

WM 

TOTAL 

C&IS 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

WM 

TOTAL 

C&IS 

2018 

WM 

TOTAL 

Equities 

52% 

52% 

52% 

53% 

53% 

53% 

51% 

47% 

50% 

Fixed 

Income Securities 

 Cash 

and 

Other Assets 

Securities 

Lending Collateral 

 11 

 19 

 18 

 25 

 23 

 — 

 15 

 20 

 13 

 12 

 17 

 18 

 25 

 22 

 — 

 16 

 18 

 13 

 13 

 17 

 19 

 26 

 27 

 — 

 17 

 19 

 14 

TABLE 18: ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY MANAGEMENT STYLE 

Index 

Active 

Multi-Manager 

Other 

C&IS 

2020 

WM 

TOTAL 

C&IS 

DECEMBER 31, 

2019 

WM 

TOTAL 

C&IS 

2018 

WM 

TOTAL 

 58 % 

 24 % 

 50 % 

 59 % 

 27 % 

 51 % 

 57 % 

 25 % 

 49 % 

 38 

   4 

 — 

 39 

   8 

 29 

 38 

   5 

   7 

 37 

   4 

 — 

 36 

   8 

 29 

 37 

   5 

   7 

 38 

   5 

 — 

 39 

   7 

 29 

 38 

   5 

   8 

38  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Other  Noninterest  Income 
The  components  of  other  noninterest  income,  and  a  discussion  of  significant  changes  during  2020  and  2019,  are  provided  
below. 

TABLE  19:  OTHER  NONINTEREST  INCOME 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Foreign 

Exchange 

Trading Income 

Treasury 

Management Fees 

Security 

Commissions 

and 

Trading Income 

Other 

Operating Income 

Investment 

Security 

Gains 

(Losses), net 

Total 

Other 

Noninterest Income 

  $

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2020 

2019 

 $ 

290.4 

 $ 

250.9 

 $ 

45.4 

133.2 

194.0 

(0.4)   

662.6

  $

44.5 

103.6 

145.5 

(1.4)   

543.1

  $

2018 

307.2 

51.8 

98.3 

127.5 

(1.0) 

583.8

2020    / 2019 

2019    / 2018 

 16 % 

   2 

 29 

 33 

N/M 

22 %

(18)% 

(14) 

   5 

 14 

N/M 

(7)%

Foreign  Exchange  Trading  Income 
Northern  Trust  provides  foreign  exchange  services  in  the  normal  course  of  business  as  an  integral  part  of  its  global  custody  
services.  Active  management  of  currency  positions,  within  conservative  limits,  also  contributes  to  foreign  exchange  trading  
income.  Foreign  Exchange  Trading  Income  in  2020  increased  from  2019,  primarily  driven  by  higher  client  volumes  and  
increased  market  volatility,  partially  offset  by  lower  foreign  exchange  swap  activity  in  Treasury. 

Treasury  Management  Fees 
Treasury  Management  Fees,  generated  from  cash  and  treasury  management  products  and  services  provided  to  clients,  in  
2020  increased  from  2019. 

Security  Commissions  and  Trading  Income 
Security  Commissions  and  Trading  Income,  generated  primarily  from  securities  brokerage  services  provided  by  Northern  
Trust  Securities,  Inc.,  in  2020  increased  from  2019,  primarily  driven  by  higher  core  brokerage  revenue  and  revenue  from  
interest  rate  swaps. 

Other  Operating  Income 
The  components  of  Other  Operating  Income  are  provided  in  the  following  table. 

TABLE  20:  OTHER  OPERATING  INCOME 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Loan 

Service Fees 

Banking 

Service Fees 

Other Income 

Total 

Other 

Operating Income 

FOR 

THE

YEAR

ENDED

DECEMBER 31,

CHANGE

 $ 

 $ 

2020 

52.5 

 $ 

46.1 

95.4 

2019 

48.0 

 $ 

45.6 

51.9 

2018 

48.9 

46.4 

32.2 

194.0 

 $ 

145.5 

 $ 

127.5 

2020   / 2019 

2019   / 2018 

   9 % 

   1 

 84 

 33 % 

(2)% 

(2) 

 60 

 14 % 

Other  income  in  2020  increased  from  2019,  primarily  due  to  higher  income  related  to  a  bank-owned  life  insurance  program  
implemented   during   2019,   a   charge   in   the   prior   year   related   to   the   decision   made   to   sell   substantially   all   of   the   lease  
portfolio,  and  higher  miscellaneous  income. 

Investment  Security  Gains  (Losses),  Net 
Losses   in   2019   included   $0.3   million   of   charges   related   to   the   other-than-temporary   impairment   (OTTI)   of   certain  
Community  Reinvestment  Act  (CRA)  eligible  held-to-maturity  debt  securities.  ASU  2016-13,  adopted  on  January  1,  2020,  
replaced  the  legacy  OTTI  model  with  an  estimated  credit  loss  model.  Refer  to  the  caption  "Investment  Security  Gains  and  
Losses”  in  Note  4,  “Securities,”  and  the  caption  “Allowance  for  Debt  Securities  Held  to  Maturity  Securities  Portfolio”  in  
Note  7,  “Allowance  for  Credit  Losses”  included  under  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data.” 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Net Interest Income 
Net Interest Income is defined as the total of Interest Income and amortized fees on earning assets, less Interest Expense on 
deposits  and  borrowed  funds,  adjusted  for  the  impact  of  interest-related  hedging  activity.  Earning  assets  —  including 
Federal  Funds  Sold,  Securities  Purchased  under  Agreements  to  Resell,  Interest-Bearing  Due  From  and  Deposits  with 
Banks, Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits and Other, Securities, and Loans and Leases — are financed by a 
large base of interest-bearing funds that include client deposits, short-term borrowings, Senior Notes and Long-Term Debt. 
Short-term  borrowings  include  Federal  Funds  Purchased,  Securities  Sold  Under  Agreements  to  Repurchase,  and  Other 
Borrowings. Earning assets also are funded by noninterest-related funds, which include demand deposits and Stockholders’ 
Equity. Net Interest Income is subject to variations in the level and mix of earning assets and interest-bearing funds and 
their  relative  sensitivity  to  interest  rates.  In  addition,  the  levels  of  nonaccruing  assets  and  client  compensating  deposit 
balances used to pay for services impact Net Interest Income. 

Net  interest  margin  is  the  difference  between  what  we  earn  on  our  assets  and  what  we  pay  for  deposits  and  other 
sources  of  funding.  The  direction  and  level  of  interest  rates  are  important  factors  in  our  earnings.  Net  interest  margin  is 
calculated by dividing annualized Net Interest Income by average interest-earning assets. 

Net  Interest  Income  stated  on  an  FTE  basis  is  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  that  facilitates  the  analysis  of  asset 
yields.  Management  believes  an  FTE  presentation  provides  a  clearer  indication  of  net  interest  margins  for  comparative 
purposes.  When  adjusted  to  an  FTE  basis,  yields  on  taxable,  nontaxable,  and  partially  taxable  assets  are  comparable; 
however, the adjustment to an FTE basis has no impact on Net Income. A reconciliation of Net Interest Income on a GAAP 
basis to Net Interest Income on an FTE basis is provided on page 85. 

40  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The following tables present an analysis of average daily balances and interest rates affecting Net Interest Income and 

an analysis of Net Interest Income changes. 

TABLE 21: AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS WITH ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME (INTEREST AND RATE 
ON A FULLY TAXABLE EQUIVALENT BASIS)

(1) 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

2020 
AVERAGE 
BALANCE 

INTEREST 

AVERAGE 
RATE(7)

INTEREST 

2019 
AVERAGE 
BALANCE 

AVERAGE 
RATE(7)

INTEREST 

2018 
AVERAGE 
BALANCE 

AVERAGE 
RATE(7)

Other

(2) 

 $ 

28.8 

 $ 

27,921.4 

0.10 % 

 $ 

181.7 

 $ 

18,527.7 

0.98 % 

 $ 

207.1 

 $ 

23,899.3 

0.87 % 

INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS 
Federal 

Reserve 

Other 

and 

Central 

Bank 

Interest-Bearing 

 Due 

from 

and 

Deposits 

Deposits 
and 
 with Banks(3)

Federal 

Funds Sold 

Securities 
Securities 

Purchased 

under 

Agreements 

 to Resell 

 U.S. Government 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

Sponsored Agency 

Government 
(4) 

Other

Total Securities 

Loans 

and 

Leases

(5) 

Total 

Interest-Earning Assets 

Allowance 

for 

Credit Losses 

 Cash 

and 

 Due 

from 

Banks 

Buildings 

and Equipment 

and 

Other 

Central 

Bank 

Deposits(6)

Client 

Security 

Settlement Receivables 

Goodwill 

Other Assets 

Total Assets 

AVERAGE 

SOURCE 

 OF FUNDS 

Deposits 

Savings, 

Money 

Market, 

and Other 

Savings 

Certificates 

and 

Other Time 

Non-U.S. 

Offices   – Interest-Bearing 

Total 

Interest-Bearing Deposits 

Federal 

Funds Purchased 

Securities 

Sold 

under 

Agreements 

 to Repurchase 

Other Borrowings 

Senior Notes 

Long-Term Debt 

Floating 

 Rate 

Capital Debt 

Total 

Interest-Related Funds 

Interest 

 Rate Spread 

Demand 

and 

Other 

Noninterest-Bearing Deposits 

Other Liabilities 

Stockholders’ Equity 

22.4 

5,400.8 

 — 

 3.9 

 2.3 

1,253.1 

63.0 

48.2 

4,256.7 

2,194.3 

409.0 

23,970.4 

324.1 

25,635.1 

844.3 

56,056.5 

778.5 

33,498.8 

1,677.9 

124,132.9 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

(178.0)   

2,603.0 

509.3 

1,357.5 

695.4 

7,691.0 

0.41 

1.37 

0.31 

1.48 

2.20 

1.71 

1.26 

1.51 

2.32 

1.35 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

72.4 

5,996.7 

 0.4 

17.5 

12.8 

835.0 

110.4 

5,296.5 

24.4 

980.5 

583.6 

22,634.1 

381.6 

21,773.3 

1,100.0 

50,684.4 

1,160.7 

31,052.8 

2,532.7 

107,109.4 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

(111.4)   

2,393.6 

425.6 

1,070.4 

682.5 

5,981.3 

1.21 

2.73 

2.10 

2.09 

2.49 

2.58 

1.75 

2.17 

3.74 

2.36 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

70.0 

6,022.8 

 0.4 

20.5 

32.9 

1,478.3 

108.3 

5,737.1 

13.9 

725.2 

456.0 

20,682.7 

367.5 

23,136.5 

945.7 

50,281.5 

1,106.5 

32,028.6 

2,362.6 

113,731.0 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

(126.3) 

2,534.3 

438.5 

1,002.0 

642.5 

4,724.6 

1.16 

2.18 

2.22 

1.89 

1.91 

2.20 

1.59 

1.88 

3.45 

2.08 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

$136,811.1 

 — % 

 $ 

 — 

$117,551.4 

 — % 

 $ 

 — 

$122,946.6 

 — % 

 $ 

47.6 

 $ 

23,396.4 

0.20 % 

 $ 

160.8 

 $ 

16,577.8 

0.97 % 

 $ 

82.0 

 $ 

15,149.3 

0.54 % 

16.5 

1,266.4 

1.30 

16.2 

867.5 

(15.7)   

60,486.3 

(0.03) 

311.9 

54,885.2 

48.4 

85,149.1 

 2.2 

 1.0 

45.3 

72.7 

26.5 

 4.2 

980.9 

218.3 

6,401.1 

3,233.8 

1,189.2 

277.7 

200.3 

97,450.1 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

23,362.0 

4,806.4 

11,192.6 

0.06 

0.22 

0.47 

0.71 

2.24 

2.24 

1.52 

0.21 

1.14 

 — 

 — 

 — 

488.9 

72,330.5 

25.9 

 6.4 

1,267.4 

339.0 

181.7 

7,752.5 

72.6 

38.3 

 8.2 

2,389.1 

1,139.0 

277.6 

822.0 

85,495.1 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

17,455.5 

3,952.4 

10,648.4 

1.86 

0.57 

0.68 

2.05 

1.89 

2.34 

3.04 

3.36 

2.98 

0.96 

1.40 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 7.8 

870.6 

294.8 

58,556.6 

384.6 

74,576.5 

50.3 

 7.8 

2,762.8 

525.2 

150.1 

7,495.5 

53.4 

45.0 

 7.5 

1,704.0 

1,296.8 

277.6 

698.7 

88,638.4 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

20,526.6 

3,552.7 

10,228.9 

0.90 

0.50 

0.52 

1.82 

1.48 

2.00 

3.13 

3.47 

2.72 

0.79 

1.29 

 — 

 — 

 — 

Total 

Liabilities 

and 

Stockholders’ Equity 

 Net 

Interest 

Income/Margin 

(FTE Adjusted) 

 Net 

Interest 

Income/Margin (Unadjusted) 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 — 

$136,811.1 

 — % 

 $ 

 — 

$117,551.4 

 — % 

 $ 

 — 

$122,946.6 

 — % 

1,477.6 

1,443.2 

 $ 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

1.19 % 

 $ 

1,710.7 

1.16 % 

 $ 

1,677.9 

 $ 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

1.60 % 

 $ 

1,663.9 

1.57 % 

 $ 

1,622.7 

 $ 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

1.46 % 

1.43 % 

Note: Net Interest Income (FTE Adjusted), a non-GAAP financial measure, includes adjustments to a fully taxable equivalent basis for loans and securities. The adjustments are based on a federal income 
tax rate of 21.0%, where the rate is adjusted for applicable state income taxes, net of related federal tax benefit. Total taxable equivalent interest adjustments amounted to $34.4 million in 2020, $32.8 
million in 2019 and $41.2 million in 2018. A reconciliation of Net Interest Income and net interest margin on a GAAP basis to Net Interest Income and net interest margin on an FTE basis (each of which is 
a non-GAAP financial measure) is provided on page 85. Net interest margin is calculated by dividing annualized Net Interest Income by average interest-earning assets. Interest revenue on cash collateral 
positions is reported above in Interest-Bearing Due From and Deposits with Banks and in Loans and Leases. Interest Expense on cash collateral positions is reported above in Non-U.S. Offices Interest-
Bearing Deposits. Related cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties is recorded net of the associated derivative contract in Other Assets and Other Liabilities, respectively. 
(1) Northern Trust’s non-U.S. activities are primarily related to its asset servicing, asset management, foreign exchange, cash management, and commercial banking businesses. The operations of Northern 
Trust are managed on a reporting segment basis and include components of both U.S and non-U.S. source income and assets. Non-U.S. source income and assets are not separately identified in Northern 
Trust’s  internal  management  reporting  system.  However,  Northern  Trust  is  required  to  disclose  non-U.S.  activities  based  on  the  domicile  of  the  customer.  Due  to  the  complex  and  integrated  nature  of 
Northern Trust’s activities, it is difficult to segregate with precision revenues, expenses and assets between U.S. and non-U.S.-domiciled customers. On the basis of averages, the percentage of total assets 
attributable to foreign activities was 20%, 23% and 25% as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. On the basis of averages, the percentage of total liabilities attributable to foreign activities 
was 56%, 53% and 54% as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. For additional information, refer to the Geographic Area Information section of Note 32, “Reporting Segments and Related 
Information,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 
(2) Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits and Other includes collateral deposits with certain securities depositories and clearing houses, which are classified in Other Assets on the consolidated 
balance sheets. 
(3) Interest-Bearing Due from and Deposits with Banks includes the interest-bearing component of Cash and Due from Banks and Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks as presented on the consolidated 
balance sheets. 
(4) Other securities include certain community development investments and Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve stock, which are classified in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets. 
(5) Average balances include nonaccrual loans. Lease financing receivable balances are reduced by deferred income. 
(6) Cash and Due from Banks and Other Central Bank Deposits includes the noninterest-bearing component of Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits on the consolidated balance sheets. 
(7) Rate calculations are based on actual balances rather than the rounded amounts presented in the Average Consolidated Balance Sheets with Analysis of Net Interest Income. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

TABLE 22: ANALYSIS OF NET INTEREST INCOME CHANGES DUE TO VOLUME AND RATE 

(INTEREST AND RATE ON A FULLY TAXABLE 
EQUIVALENT BASIS) 

2020/2019 

CHANGE 

 DUE 

 TO 

2019/2018 

CHANGE 

 DUE 

 TO 

(In Millions) 

Increase 

(Decrease) 

 in 

 Net 

Interest 

Income (FTE) 

Federal 
and Other 

Reserve 

and 

Other 

Central 

Bank 

Deposits

AVERAGE 
BALANCE 

AVERAGE 
RATE 

 NET 
(DECREASE)
INCREASE 

AVERAGE 
BALANCE 

AVERAGE 
RATE 

 NET 
(DECREASE)
INCREASE 

 $ 

62.5  $  

(215.4) 

 $ 

(152.9) 

 $ 

(58.1) 

 $ 

32.7 

 $ 

(25.4) 

Interest-Bearing 

 Due 

from and  Deposits  

 with Banks 

Federal 

Funds Sold 

Securities 

Purchased 

under 

Agreements to  Resell 

Securities 

 U.S. Government 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

Government 

Sponsored Agency 

Other 

Total Securities 

Loans 

and Leases 

Total 

Interest Income 

Interest-Bearing Deposits 

Savings, 

Money 

Market 

and Other 

Savings 

Certificates 

and 

Other Time 

Non-U.S. 

Offices   

- Interest Bearing 

Total 

Interest-Bearing Deposits 

Federal 

Funds Purchased 

Securities 

Sold 

under 

Agreements 

 to Repurchase 

Other Borrowings 

Senior Notes 

Long-Term Debt 

Floating 

 Rate 

Capital Debt 

Total 

Interest Expense 

(Decrease) 

Increase 

 in 

 Net 

Interest 

22.0   

13.5   

 —   

70.1 

271.6 

 $ 

 $ 

Income (FTE) 

 $ 

 $ 

(6.5)   

(0.2)   

 6.1 

(19.0)   

26.9  

32.7 

61.6 

102.2 

177.6 

(43.5)   

(0.2)   

(19.7)   

(28.4)    

(3.1)   

(207.3)   

(119.1)   

(357.9)   

(559.8)   

(50.0)   

(0.4)   

(13.6)   

(47.4)   

23.8 

(174.6)   

(57.5)   

(255.7)   

(382.2)   

(0.3)   

 — 

(36.5)   

(5.4)   

 5.7 

45.1 

(20.0)   

25.4  

(89.2)   

 2.7 

 — 

21.1 

7.5  

 4.8 

82.5 

34.1 

128.9 

143.4 

 $ 

341.7 

 $ 

(1,196.5) 

 $ 

(854.8) 

 $ 

(158.7) 

 $ 

328.8 

 $ 

 $ 

48.5 

 $ 

(161.7)  $  

(113.2) 

 $ 

 8.3 

 $ 

70.5 

 $ 

(9.3)   

29.2 

68.4 

(4.8)   

(1.7)   

 9.6 

(356.8)   

(508.9)   

(18.9)   

(3.7)   

0.3  

(327.6)   

(440.5)   

(23.7)    

(5.4)   

(27.3)   

(109.1)   

(136.4)   

(21.9)   

(25.3)   

(4.0)   

 0.1   

(11.8)   

(4.0)   

 — 

(13.9)   

(5.6)   

(31.9)   

(6.5)   

 5.3   

20.6   

(5.6)   

 —   

(691.8) 

 $ 

(621.7) 

 $ 

(23.7) 

 $ 

(504.7) 

 $ 

(233.1) 

 $ 

(135.0) 

 $ 

 8.4 

31.0 

109.9 

 7.5 

 5.1   

26.3   

(1.4)   

(1.1)   

 0.7   

147.0 

181.8 

 $ 

 $ 

 2.4 

 — 

(15.4)  

 2.1 

10.5 

127.6 

14.1 

154.3 

54.2 

170.1 

78.8 

 8.4 

17.1 

104.3 

(24.4) 

(1.4) 

31.6 

19.2 

(6.7) 

 0.7 

123.3 

46.8 

Note:  Changes  not  due  solely  to  average  balance  changes  or  rate  changes  are  allocated  proportionately  to  average  balance  and  rate  based  on  their  relative  absolute 
magnitudes. 

Net Interest Income in 2020 decreased from 2019. Net Interest Income, stated on an FTE basis decreased from 2019, 
due  to  a  lower  net  interest  margin,  partially  offset  by  higher  levels  of  average  earning  assets.  Average  earning  assets 
increased  in  2020  from  2019,  primarily  reflecting  higher  levels  of  short-term  interest  bearing  deposits,  Securities,  and 
Loans and Leases. Funding of the balance sheet reflected higher levels of client deposits. The increase in average client 
deposits resulted from the large inflows experienced at the end of the first quarter of 2020, and these balances were largely 
maintained throughout the year. 

The net interest margin in 2020 decreased from 2019. The net interest margin on an FTE basis in 2020 decreased from 
2019, primarily due to lower interest rates. Low levels of market interest rates are expected to continue to impact our net 
interest income. 

Federal  Reserve  and  Other  Central  Bank  Deposits  and  Other  averaged  $27.9  billion  in  2020,  which  increased  $9.4 
billion,  or  51%,  from  $18.5  billion  in  2019,  which  resulted  from  significant  deposit  inflows.  The  higher  level  of  client 
deposits were primarily placed with the Federal Reserve and other central banks and in the securities portfolio. Average 
Securities were $56.1 billion and increased $5.4 billion, or 11%, from $50.7 billion in the prior-year period and include 
certain  community  development  investments,  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  stock,  and  Federal  Reserve  stock  of  $769.6 
million,  $202.9  million  and  $63.5  million,  respectively,  which  are  recorded  in  Other  Assets  on  the  consolidated  balance 
sheets.  Average  taxable  Securities  were  $50.9  billion  in  2020  and  $43.9  billion  in  2019.  Average  nontaxable  Securities, 
which represent securities that are primarily exempt from U.S. federal and state income taxes, were $5.2 billion in 2020 
and  $6.8  billion  in  2019.  Interest-Bearing  Due  From  and  Deposits  with  Banks  averaged  $5.4  billion  in  2020  and  $6.0 
billion in 2019. 

42  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Loans and Leases averaged $33.5 billion, which increased $2.4 billion, or 8%, from $31.1 billion in 2019, primarily 
reflecting higher levels of commercial and institutional, private client, commercial real estate, and non-U.S. loans, partially 
offset by a decrease in residential real estate loans. Commercial and institutional loans averaged $10.3 billion and increased 
$1.3 billion, or 15%, from $9.0 billion for the prior-year period. Private client loans averaged $11.5 billion and increased 
$706.9 million, or 7%, from $10.7 billion for the prior-year period. Commercial real estate loans averaged $3.3 billion and 
increased  $335.6  million,  or  12%,  from  $2.9  billion  for  the  prior-year  period.  Non-U.S.  loans  averaged  $2.0  billion  and 
increased $262.7 million, or 15.3%, from $1.7 billion for the prior-year period. Residential real estate loans averaged $6.1 
billion and decreased $180.9 million, or 3%, from $6.3 billion for the prior-year period. 

Northern Trust utilizes a diverse mix of funding sources. Average Interest-Bearing Deposits increased $12.8 billion, or 
18%, to $85.1 billion in 2020 from $72.3 billion in 2019. Average Interest-Related Funds increased $12.0 billion, or 14%, 
to $97.5 billion in 2020 from $85.5 billion in 2019. The balances within short-term borrowing classifications vary based on 
funding  requirements  and  strategies,  interest  rate  levels,  changes  in  the  volume  of  lower-cost  deposit  sources,  and  the 
availability of collateral to secure these borrowings. Average net noninterest-related funds increased $5.1 billion, or 23%, 
to  $26.7  billion  in  2020  from  $21.6  billion  in  2019,  primarily  resulting  from  higher  levels  of  Demand  and  Other 
Noninterest-Bearing  Deposits  and  Other  Liabilities,  partially  offset  by  Other  Assets.  Average  Demand  and  Other 
Noninterest-Bearing  Deposits  increased  $5.9  billion,  or  34%,  to  $23.4  billion  in  2020  from  $17.5  billion  in  2019.  The 
average rate on total source of funds was 0.16% in 2020 and 0.77% in 2019. 

Interest  expense  for  Interest-Bearing  Deposits  in  the  current  year  was  driven  by  low  and  negative  interest  rates  for 
Non-U.S.  Offices  Interest-Bearing  Deposits  and  low  interest  rates  on  domestic  Interest-Bearing  Deposits.  Average  Non-
U.S.  Offices  Interest-Bearing  Deposits  comprised  71%  of  total  average  Interest-Bearing  Deposits  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2020. 

Stockholders’  Equity  averaged  $11.2  billion  in  2020,  compared  with  $10.6  billion  in  2019.  The  increased 
Stockholders’  Equity  of  $544.2  million,  or  5%,  was  primarily  attributable  to  earnings  and  accumulated  other 
comprehensive  income  since  the  prior-year  period,  partially  offset  by  the  repurchase  of  common  stock  pursuant  to  the 
Corporation’s share repurchase program, the redemption of preferred stock during the first quarter of 2020, and dividend 
declarations. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Corporation maintained its quarterly common stock dividend 
at  $0.70  per  share  and  repurchased  3,276,589  shares  of  common  stock,  returning  $891.8  million  in  capital  to  common 
stockholders, compared to $1.7 billion in 2019. 

In July 2018, the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase authorization to repurchase up to 25.0 million shares 
of  the  Corporation’s  common  stock.  Shares  are  repurchased  by  the  Corporation  to,  among  other  things,  manage  the 
Corporation’s  capital  levels.  Repurchased  shares  are  used  for  general  purposes,  including  the  issuance  of  shares  under 
stock  option  and  other  incentive  plans.  The  Corporation  suspended  this  program  on  March  16,  2020.  Subsequent  to  the 
Corporation  suspending  its  open-market  share  repurchase  program,  the  only  shares  repurchased  were  shares  of  common 
stock withheld upon the vesting of share-based compensation to satisfy tax withholding obligations. 

Beginning in the second quarter of 2020, the Federal Reserve announced certain measures to ensure that large financial 
institutions,  including  Northern  Trust,  remain  resilient  despite  the  economic  uncertainty  resulting  from  the  ongoing 
COVID-19 pandemic. Specifically, for the third and fourth quarters of 2020, no share repurchases were permitted by these 
institutions and dividend payments were limited to the amount paid in the second quarter and could not exceed the payor’s 
average net income for the four preceding quarters. On December 18, 2020, the Federal Reserve again extended its capital 
distribution  limits  into  the  first  quarter  of  2021  with  certain  modifications,  which  include  continuing  to  limit  dividend 
payments based on recent income and limiting share repurchases based on recent income. During the first quarter of 2021, 
the Corporation restarted its share repurchase program in accordance with such limitations. The repurchase authorization 
approved by the Board of Directors has no expiration date, thus the Corporation retains the ability to resume repurchases 
thereunder when circumstances warrant and applicable regulations permit. Please refer to Note 15, “Stockholders’ Equity,” 
provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Provision for Credit Losses 
The  Corporation  adopted  ASU  No.  2016-13  on  January  1,  2020,  which  significantly  changed  the  way  impairment  of 
financial instruments is recognized by requiring immediate recognition of estimated credit losses expected to occur over the 
remaining  life  of  financial  instruments.  For  more  information  on  the  adoption  of  ASU  2016-13,  please  refer  to  Note  2, 
“Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

The Provision for Credit Losses was a provision of $125.0 million in 2020, as compared to a credit provision of $14.5 
million in 2019. The provision for 2020 primarily reflected an increase in the reserve evaluated on a collective basis. The 
increase in the collective basis reserve was primarily driven by current and projected economic conditions and downgrades 
in  the  portfolio,  both  resulting  from  the  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic  and  related  market  and  economic  impacts,  with 
increases  primarily  in  the  commercial  and  institutional  and  commercial  real  estate  portfolios.  The  prior-year  credit 
provision  primarily  reflected  a  decrease  in  the  inherent  reserve  related  to  the  residential  real  estate  portfolio  due  to  a 
reduction in outstanding loans and improved credit quality and reductions to the specific reserve related to the commercial 
and institutional and residential real estate portfolios, partially offset by an increase in the inherent reserve related to the 
private client portfolio due to an increase in outstanding loans and lower credit quality. 

Net charge-offs in 2020 totaled $3.2 million resulting from $9.7 million of charge-offs and $6.5 million of recoveries, 
compared to net recoveries of $0.7 million in the prior-year resulting from $6.5 million of charge-offs and $7.2 million of 
recoveries. 

Nonaccrual assets at December 31, 2020 increased 53% from the prior year-end. Residential real estate, commercial 
real estate, commercial and institutional, and private client loans accounted for 47%, 31%, 20%, and 2%, respectively, of 
nonaccrual loans and leases at December 31, 2020. Residential real estate, commercial and institutional, commercial real 
estate, private client, and non-U.S. loans accounted for 85%, 9%, 4%, 1%, and 1%, respectively, of total nonaccrual loans 
and leases at December 31, 2019. For additional discussion of the Allowance for Credit Losses, refer to the “Asset Quality” 
section. 

Noninterest Expense 
Noninterest Expense for 2020 increased from 2019, primarily reflecting increased Compensation, Equipment and Software, 
Employee  Benefits,  Occupancy,  and  Other  Operating  Expense,  partially  offset  by  lower  Outside  Services.  Noninterest 
Expense  for  2020  included  severance-related  charges  of  $55.0  million  in  connection  with  a  reduction  in  force,  a 
$43.4 million charge related to a corporate action processing error, and Occupancy expense related to an early lease exit 
arising from a workplace real estate strategy of $11.9 million. 

The components of Noninterest Expense and a discussion of significant changes during 2020 and 2019 are provided below. 

TABLE 23: NONINTEREST EXPENSE 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Compensation 

Employee Benefits 

Outside Services 

Equipment 

and Software 

Occupancy 

Other 

Operating Expense 

Total 

Noninterest Expense 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020   / 2019 

2019   / 2018 

 $ 

1,947.1 

 $ 

1,859.0 

 $ 

1,806.9 

   5 % 

   3 % 

387.7 

763.1 

673.5 

230.1 

346.7 

355.2 

774.5 

612.1 

212.9 

329.8 

356.7 

739.4 

582.2 

201.1 

330.6 

   9 

(1) 

 10 

   8 

   5 

 — 

   5 

   5 

   6 

 — 

 $ 

4,348.2 

 $ 

4,143.5 

 $ 

4,016.9 

   5 % 

   3 % 

Compensation 
Compensation expense, the largest component of Noninterest Expense, increased in 2020 from 2019, primarily reflecting 
higher  salary  expense  driven  by  staff  growth  and  base  pay  adjustments,  $52.5  million  of  severance-related  charges  in 
connection  with  a  reduction  in  force,  and  a  one-time  supplemental  payment  to  certain  employees  in  response  to  the 
COVID-19 pandemic, partially offset by lower cash-based incentives and long-term performance-based incentive expense. 
Staff  on  a  full-time  equivalent  basis  totaled  approximately  20,900  at  December  31,  2020,  up  6%  from  approximately 
19,800 at December 31, 2019. 

Employee Benefits 
Employee Benefits expense in 2020 increased from 2019, primarily reflecting higher retirement plan expenses. 

44  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Outside Services 
Outside  Services  expense  in  2020  decreased  from  2019,  primarily  due  to  lower  data  processing  and  consulting  services, 
partially  offset  by  higher  sub-custodian  expenses.  Included  in  Outside  Services  is  $2.5  million  of  outplacement  costs 
associated with the reduction in force. 

Equipment and Software 
Equipment and Software expense in 2020 increased from 2019, primarily reflecting higher depreciation and amortization 
and software support costs. 

Occupancy 
Occupancy  expense  in  2020  increased  from  2019,  primarily  reflecting  higher  rent  arising  from  workplace  real  estate 
strategies, including $11.9 million of expense related to an early lease exit, partially offset by an asset retirement obligation 
reduction resulting from a lease renegotiation. 

Other Operating Expense 
The components of Other Operating Expense are provided in the following table. 

TABLE 24: OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Business Promotion 
Staff Related 
FDIC 
Other 
Other Expenses 
Other 
Total 

Insurance Premiums 
Intangibles Amortization 

Operating Expense 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

 $ 

 $ 

2020 
59.2 
29.4 
11.8 
16.9 
229.4 
346.7 

 $ 

 $ 

2019 
104.2 
42.8 
 9.9 
16.6 
156.3 
329.8 

 $ 

 $ 

2018 
98.3 
33.6 
27.4 
17.4 
153.9 
330.6 

2020   / 2019 
(43)% 
(31) 
 19 
   2 
 47 
   5 % 

2019   / 2018 
   6 % 
 27 
(64) 
(4) 
   2 
 — % 

Other Operating Expense in the current year increased compared to the prior year primarily due to a $43.4 million charge 
related to a corporate action processing error as well as increases in mutual fund co-administration fees, partially offset by 
lower business promotion expense due to reduced business travel and lower staff-related expense. 

Provision for Income Taxes 
The 2020 Provision for Income Taxes was $418.3 million, representing an effective rate of 25.7%. This compares with a 
Provision for Income Taxes of $451.9 million and an effective rate of 23.2% in 2019. The increase in the effective tax rate 
was primarily driven by $26.8 million of tax expense related to the reversal of tax benefits previously recognized through 
earnings and higher taxes payable on the income of the Corporation’s non-U.S. branches. 

See  Note  22,  “Income  Taxes,”  provided  in  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,”  for  more 

information on income taxes. 

REPORTING SEGMENTS AND RELATED INFORMATION 

The following information summarizes our consolidated results of operations by reporting segment for 2020 compared to 
2019.  For  a  discussion  related  to  the  consolidated  results  of  operations  by  reporting  segment  for  2019  compared 
to 2018, refer to Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
in our 2019 Form 10-K, which was filed with the SEC on February 25, 2020. 

Northern Trust is organized around its two client-focused reporting segments: C&IS and Wealth Management. Asset 
management  and  related  services  are  provided  to  C&IS  and  Wealth  Management  clients  primarily  by  the  Asset 
Management business. The revenue and expenses of Asset Management and certain other support functions are allocated 
fully to C&IS and Wealth Management. 

Reporting  segment  financial  information,  presented  on  an  internal  management-reporting  basis,  is  determined  by 
accounting systems used to allocate revenue and expense to each segment, and incorporates processes for allocating assets, 
liabilities,  equity  and  the  applicable  interest  income  and  expense  utilizing  a  funds  transfer  pricing  (FTP)  methodology. 
Under the methodology, assets and liabilities receive a funding charge or credit that considers interest rate risk, liquidity 
risk,  and  other  product  characteristics  on  an  instrument  level.  Equity  is  allocated  to  the  reporting  segments  based  on  a 
variety of factors including, but not limited to, risk, regulatory considerations, and internal metrics. Allocations of capital 
and certain corporate expense may not be representative of levels that would be required if the segments were independent 
entities. The accounting policies used for management reporting are consistent with those described in Note 1, “Summary 
of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,”  provided  in  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data.”  Transfers  of 
income  and  expense  items  are  recorded  at  cost;  there  is  no  consolidated  profit  or  loss  on  sales  or  transfers  between 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

reporting  segments.  Northern  Trust's  presentations  are  not  necessarily  consistent  with  similar  information  for  other 
financial institutions. 

Effective January 1, 2019, Northern Trust implemented several enhancements to its FTP methodology, including the 
allocation  of  contingent  liquidity  charges  to  C&IS  and  Wealth  Management  client  instruments  and  products.  These 
methodology enhancements affect the results of each reporting segment. Due to the lack of historical information, segment 
results for periods ended prior to January 1, 2019 have not been revised to reflect the methodology enhancements. 

Also effective January 1, 2019, revenues, expenses and average assets are allocated to C&IS and Wealth Management, 
with  the  exception  of  non-recurring  activities  such  as  certain  costs  associated  with  acquisitions,  divestitures,  litigation, 
restructuring, and tax adjustments not directly attributable to a specific reporting segment. 

For  reporting  periods  ended  prior  to  January  1,  2019,  income  and  expense  associated  with  the  wholesale  funding 
activities and investment portfolios of the Corporation and the Bank, as well as certain corporate-based expense, executive-
level  compensation  and  nonrecurring  items,  were  not  allocated  to  C&IS  and  Wealth  Management,  and  were  reported  in 
Treasury and Other. 

Reporting segment results are subject to reclassification when organizational changes are made. The results are also 
subject  to  refinements  in  revenue  and  expense  allocation  methodologies,  which  are  typically  reflected  on  a  prospective 
basis. The following table presents the earnings and average assets for the Corporation. 

TABLE 25: CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

($ In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020 / 2019 

2019 / 2018 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

$ 

3,995.0  $ 

3,852.1  $ 

3,753.7 

4 % 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

Other Noninterest Income 

Total Noninterest Income 
Net Interest Income(1) 
Revenue(1) 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 
Income before Income Taxes(1) 
Provision for Income Taxes(1) 

Net Income 

Average Assets 

$ 

$ 

290.4 

372.2 

4,657.6 

1,477.6 

6,135.2 

125.0 

4,348.2 

1,662.0 

452.7 

250.9 

292.2 

4,395.2 

1,710.7 

6,105.9 

(14.5) 

4,143.5 

1,976.9 

484.7 

1,209.3  $ 

1,492.2  $ 

307.2 

276.6 

4,337.5 

1,663.9 

6,001.4 

16 

27 

6 

(14) 

— 

(14.5) 

N/M 

4,016.9 

1,999.0 

442.6 

1,556.4 

5 

(16) 

(7) 

(19)% 

16 % 

136,811.1  $ 

117,551.4  $ 

122,946.6 

3 % 

(18) 

6 

1 

3 

2 

— 

3 

(1) 

10 

(4)% 

(4)% 

(1) Non-GAAP financial measures stated on an FTE basis. The consolidated figures include $34.4 million, $32.8 million, and $41.2 million of FTE adjustments for 2020, 2019, 
and 2018, respectively. A reconciliation of total consolidated revenue, Net Interest Income and net interest margin on a GAAP basis to revenue, Net Interest Income and net 
interest margin on an FTE basis, respectively, (each of which is a non-GAAP financial measure) is provided on page 85. 

Corporate & Institutional Services 
C&IS  is  a  leading  global  provider  of  asset  servicing  and  related  services  to  corporate  and  public  retirement  funds, 
foundations, endowments, fund managers, insurance companies, sovereign wealth funds, and other institutional investors 
around the globe. Asset servicing and related services encompass a full range of capabilities including but not limited to: 
custody; fund administration; investment operations outsourcing; investment management; investment risk and analytical 
services;  employee  benefit  services;  securities  lending;  foreign  exchange;  treasury  management;  brokerage  services; 
transition management services; banking and cash management. Client relationships are managed through the Bank and the 
Bank’s and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries, including support from locations in North America, Europe, the Middle 
East, and the Asia-Pacific region. The following table summarizes the results of operations of C&IS for the years ended 
December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 on a management-reporting basis. 

46  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

TABLE 26: C&IS RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020   / 2019 

2019   / 2018 

Trust, 

Investment 

and 

Other 

Servicing Fees 

 $ 

2,321.6 

 $ 

2,211.5 

 $ 

2,173.1 

   5 % 

   2 % 

Foreign 

Exchange 

Trading Income 

Other 

Noninterest Income 

Total 

Noninterest Income 

Interest Income(1)

 Net 
Revenue(1)

Provision 

for 

Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Income 

before 

Provision 

for 

 Net Income 

(1) 

Income Taxes
(1) 

Income Taxes

276.3 

222.5 

2,820.4 

665.5 

3,485.9 

38.1 

2,752.7 

695.1 

174.4 

520.7 

 $ 

232.2 

178.2 

2,621.9 

918.7 

3,540.6 

 1.9 

2,605.5 

933.2 

219.4 

 $ 

713.8 

 $ 

233.4 

183.0 

2,589.5 

992.2 

3,581.7 

 1.9 

2,421.4 

1,158.4 

255.3 

903.1 

 19 

 25 

   8 

(28) 

(2) 

N/M 

   6 

(26) 

(21) 

(1) 

(3) 

   1 

 (7)  

(1) 

 — 

   8 

(19) 

(14) 

(27)% 

(21)% 

Percentage 

 of 

Consolidated 

 Net Income 

 43 % 

 48 % 

 58 % 

Average Assets 

 $ 

104,790.6 

 $ 

87,557.1 

 $ 

82,996.5 

 20 % 

   5 % 

(1) Non-GAAP financial measures stated on an FTE basis. 

C&IS Net Income 
Net  Income  decreased  in  2020  compared  to  2019,  primarily  due  to  lower  Net  Interest  Income  and  higher  Noninterest 
Expense, partially offset by higher Noninterest Income. 

C&IS Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 
For  an  explanation  of  C&IS  Trust,  Investment,  and  Other  Servicing  Fees,  please  see  the  “Trust,  Investment,  and  Other 
Servicing Fees” section within the Consolidated Results of Operations section of the MD&A. 

C&IS Foreign Exchange Trading Income 
Foreign Exchange Trading Income in 2020 increased from 2019, primarily driven by higher client volumes and increased 
market volatility. 

C&IS Other Noninterest Income 
Other Noninterest Income for 2020 increased from 2019, primarily due to Security Commissions and Trading Income and 
Other Operating Income. 

C&IS Net Interest Income 
Net Interest Income on an FTE basis decreased in 2020 from 2019, due to a lower net interest margin, partially offset by an 
increase in average earning assets. Net interest margin on an FTE basis decreased to 0.75% from 1.26%. Average earning 
assets of $94.6 billion, increased $15.5 billion, or 20%, from $79.1 billion in the prior year. The earning assets in C&IS 
consisted primarily of intercompany assets and Loans and Leases. Funding sources were primarily comprised of non-U.S. 
custody-related interest-bearing deposits, which averaged $60.5 billion in 2020, increased from $54.9 billion in 2019. 

C&IS Provision for Credit Losses 
On January 1, 2020, the Corporation adopted ASU 2016-13. For more information on the adoption, please refer to Note 2, 
“Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements,”  provided  in  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data.”  The  C&IS 
Provision  for  Credit  Losses  was  a  provision  of  $38.1  million  for  2020  and  $1.9  million  for  2019.  The  2020  provision 
reflected an increase in the reserve evaluated on a collective basis driven by current and projected economic conditions and 
downgrades  in  the  portfolio,  both  resulting  from  the  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic  and  related  market  and  economic 
impacts on the commercial and institutional portfolio. The 2019 provision reflected an increase to the inherent reserve for 
outstanding loans due to lower credit quality, partially offset by a decrease to the specific reserve related to standby letters 
of credit and outstanding loans. 

C&IS Noninterest Expense 
Total C&IS Noninterest Expense, which includes the direct expense of the reporting segment, indirect expense allocations 
for product and operating support, and indirect expense allocations for certain corporate support services, increased in 2020 
from  2019.  The  increase  primarily  reflects  higher  expense  allocations,  including  a  $43.4  million  charge  related  to  a 
corporate action processing error, higher Compensation expense, Employee Benefits, Outside Services, and Equipment and 
Software  expense,  partially  offset  by  lower  business  promotion  expense  due  to  reduced  business  travel  and  lower  staff-
related expenses. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Wealth Management 

Wealth  Management  focuses  on  high-net-worth  individuals  and  families,  business  owners,  executives,  professionals, 
retirees,  and  established  privately-held  businesses  in  its  target  markets.  The  business  also  includes  the  Global  Family 
Office, which provides customized services to meet the complex financial needs of individuals and family offices in the 
United  States  and  throughout  the  world  with  assets  typically  exceeding  $200  million.  In  supporting  these  targeted 
segments,  Wealth  Management  provides  trust,  investment  management,  custody,  and  philanthropic  services;  financial 
consulting;  guardianship  and  estate  administration;  family  business  consulting;  family  financial  education;  brokerage 
services; and private and business banking. Wealth Management is one of the largest providers of advisory services in the 
United  States  with  assets  under  custody/administration,  assets  under  custody,  and  assets  under  management  of  $879.4 
billion, $875.1 billion, and $347.8 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2020. Wealth Management services are delivered 
by  multidisciplinary  teams  through  a  network  of  offices  in  19  U.S.  states  and  Washington,  D.C.,  as  well  as  offices  in 
London, Guernsey, and Abu Dhabi. 

The following table summarizes the results of operations of Wealth Management for the years ended December 31, 2020, 
2019, and 2018 on a management-reporting basis. 

TABLE 27: WEALTH MANAGEMENT RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020   / 2019 

2019   / 2018 

Trust, 

Investment 

and 

Other 

Servicing Fees 

 $ 

1,673.4 

 $ 

1,640.6 

 $ 

1,580.6 

Foreign 

Exchange 

Trading Income 

Other 

Noninterest Income 

Total 

Noninterest Income 

Interest Income(1)

 Net 
Revenue(1)

Provision 

for 

Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Income 

before 

Provision 

for 

 Net Income 

(1) 

Income Taxes
(1) 

Income Taxes

14.1 

168.0 

1,855.5 

812.1 

2,667.6 

86.9 

1,559.7 

1,021.0 

291.8 

729.2 

 $ 

18.7 

131.1 

1,790.4 

792.0 

2,582.4 

(16.4) 

1,531.6 

1,067.2 

271.1 

 $ 

796.1 

 $ 

 4.2 

102.7 

1,687.5 

816.5 

2,504.0 

1,460.0 

1,060.4 

262.1 

798.3 

   2 % 

(25) 

 28 

   4 

   3 

   3 

   2 

(4) 

   8 

   4 % 

N/M 

 28 

   6 

(3) 

   3 

 — 

   5 

   1 

   3 

(8)% 

 — % 

(16.4) 

N/M 

Percentage 

 of 

Consolidated 

 Net Income 

 60 % 

 53 % 

 51 % 

Average Assets 

 $ 

32,020.5 

 $ 

29,994.3 

 $ 

26,163.7 

   7 % 

 15 % 

(1) Non-GAAP financial measures stated on an FTE basis. 

Wealth Management Net Income 
Wealth Management Net Income decreased in 2020, primarily reflecting a higher Provision for Credit Losses and higher 
Noninterest Expense, partially offset by higher Revenue. 

Wealth Management Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 
For an explanation of Wealth Management Trust, Investment, and Other Servicing Fees, please see the “Trust, Investment, 
and Other Servicing Fees” section within the Consolidated Results of Operations section of the MD&A. 

Wealth Management Other Noninterest Income 
Other  Noninterest  Income  for  2020  increased  from  2019,  primarily  due  to  Security  Commissions  and  Trading  Income, 
Other Operating Income, and Treasury Management Fees. 

Wealth Management Net Interest Income 
Net Interest Income on an FTE basis for 2020 increased from 2019, primarily attributable to a higher net interest allocation 
from  Treasury  and  Other  and  an  increase  in  earning  assets,  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  the  net  interest  margin.  Net 
interest  margin  on  an  FTE  basis  decreased  to  2.94%  from  3.06%.  Average  earning  assets  of  $29.5  billion  in  2020, 
increased  $1.5  billion,  or  5%,  from  $28.0  billion  in  2019.  Earning  assets  and  funding  sources  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2020 were primarily comprised of loans and domestic interest-bearing deposits, respectively. 

48  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Wealth Management Provision for Credit Losses 
On January 1, 2020, the Corporation adopted ASU 2016-13. For more information on the adoption, please refer to Note 2, 
“Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” The Wealth 
Management Provision for Credit Losses was $86.9 million in 2020 as compared to a credit provision of $16.4 million in 
2019.  The  2020  provision  reflected  an  increase  in  the  reserve  evaluated  on  a  collective  basis  driven  by  current  and 
projected economic conditions and downgrades in the portfolio, both resulting from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and 
related  market  and  economic  impacts,  primarily  impacting  the  commercial  real  estate  and  commercial  and  institutional 
portfolios. The 2019 credit provision was primarily driven by a reduction in outstanding loans and improved credit quality 
in the residential real estate portfolio, which resulted in a reduction of the inherent allowance. 

Wealth Management Noninterest Expense 
Noninterest Expense, which includes the direct expense of the reporting segment, indirect expense allocations for product 
and operating support, and indirect expense allocations for certain corporate support services, increased in 2020 from 2019. 
The  increase  primarily  reflects  higher  expense  allocations  and  Employee  Benefits,  partially  offset  by  lower  business 
promotion expense due to reduced business travel. 

Treasury and Other 
Beginning January 1, 2019, Treasury and Other includes income and expenses associated with non-recurring activities such 
as  certain  costs  associated  with  acquisitions,  divestitures,  litigation,  restructuring,  and  tax  adjustments.  For  reporting 
periods  ended  prior  to  January  1,  2019,  income  and  expense  associated  with  the  wholesale  funding  activities  and 
investment  portfolios  of  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank,  as  well  as  certain  corporate-based  expense,  executive-level 
compensation and nonrecurring items, were not allocated to C&IS and Wealth Management, and are reported in Treasury 
and Other. Treasury and Other information for 2020 and 2019 is not directly comparable to information for 2018 due to the 
enhanced segment reporting methodology beginning January 1, 2019. Also beginning January 1, 2019, net interest income 
and average assets are allocated to the C&IS and Wealth Management reporting segments. 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  results  of  operations  of  Treasury  and  Other  for  the  years  ended  December  31, 

2020, 2019, and 2018 on a management-reporting basis. 

TABLE 28: TREASURY AND OTHER RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020   / 2019 

2019   / 2018 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

CHANGE 

Noninterest Income 
Income(1)

Interest 

 Net 
Revenue(1)

Noninterest Expense 

Income 

(Loss) 

before 

Income Taxes

(1) 

Provision 

(Benefit) 

for 

Income Taxes

(1) 

 Net Income 

Percentage 

 of 

Consolidated 

 Net Income 

Average Assets 

(1) Non-GAAP financial measures stated on an FTE basis. 

 $ 

 $

 $ 

(18.3) 

 $ 

(17.1) 

 $ 

 — 

(18.3) 

35.8 

(54.1) 

(13.5) 

 — 

(17.1) 

 6.4 

(23.5) 

(5.8) 

(40.6) 

 $ 

(17.7) 

 $ 

60.5 

(144.8) 

(84.3) 

135.5 

(219.8) 

(74.8) 

(145.0) 

(3)% 

 — 

 $ 

(1)% 

(9)% 

 — 

 $ 

13,786.4 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

N/M 

Treasury and Other Noninterest Income 
Noninterest Income in 2020 decreased from 2019 due to higher expenses for existing swap agreements related to Visa Inc. 
Class B common shares. 

Treasury and Other Noninterest Expense 
Noninterest Expense in 2020 increased from 2019, primarily due to costs associated with workplace real estate strategies 
and higher Compensation expense related to a one-time supplemental payment to employees in response to the COVID-19 
pandemic. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Asset Management 
Asset Management, through the Corporation’s various subsidiaries, supports the C&IS and Wealth Management reporting 
segments  by  providing  a  broad  range  of  asset  management  and  related  services  and  other  products  to  clients  around  the 
world.  Investment  solutions  are  delivered  through  separately  managed  accounts,  bank  common  and  collective  funds, 
registered  investment  companies,  exchange  traded  funds,  non-U.S.  collective  investment  funds,  and  unregistered  private 
investment  funds.  Asset  Management’s  capabilities  include  active  and  passive  equity;  active  and  passive  fixed  income; 
cash management; multi-asset and alternative asset classes (such as private equity and hedge funds of funds); and multi-
manager  advisory  services  and  products.  Asset  Management’s  activities  also  include  overlay  services  and  other  risk 
management services. Asset Management operates internationally through subsidiaries and distribution arrangements and 
its revenue and expense are allocated fully to C&IS and Wealth Management. 

At December 31, 2020, Northern Trust managed $1.41 trillion in assets for personal and institutional clients, including 
$1.06  trillion  for  C&IS  clients  and  $347.8  billion  for  Wealth  Management  clients.  The  following  table  presents 
consolidated assets under management as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 by investment type. 

TABLE 29: CONSOLIDATED ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY INVESTMENT TYPE 

 ($ 

 In Billions) 

Equities 

Fixed 

Income Securities 

Cash 

and 

Other Assets 

Securities 

Lending Collateral 

Total 

Assets 

Under Management 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

 $ 

733.7 

 $ 

650.8 

 $ 

204.8 

279.9 

186.9 

193.8 

223.6 

163.1 

2018 

534.2 

178.3 

207.0 

149.9 

CHANGE 

2020   / 2019 

2019   / 2018 

 13 % 

 22 % 

   6 

 25 

 15 

   9 

   8 

   9 

 $ 

1,405.3 

 $ 

1,231.3 

 $ 

1,069.4 

 14 % 

 15 % 

Assets  under  management  increased  at  year-end  2020  from  year-end  2019.  The  increase  primarily  reflected  favorable 
markets and net inflows. The following table presents activity in consolidated assets under management by product during 
the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018. 

TABLE 30: ACTIVITY IN CONSOLIDATED ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY PRODUCT 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

1,231.3 

 $ 

1,069.4 

 $ 

1,161.0 

193.0 

65.0 

802.4 

268.8  

193.6 

48.1 

551.6 

260.5 

1,329.2  

1,053.8 

(212.6)   

(68.5)    

(746.5)    

(245.0)    

(205.5)   

(49.7)   

(541.0)   

(247.3)   

(1,272.6)   

(1,043.5)   

56.6 

10.3 

109.1 

 8.3 

117.4 

151.1 

 0.5 

151.6 

174.7 

63.7 

484.3 

165.6 

888.3 

(179.2) 

(72.5) 

(487.4) 

(183.3) 

(922.4) 

(34.1) 

(49.3) 

(8.2) 

(57.5)  

 $ 

1,405.3  $  

1,231.3  

 $ 

1,069.4  

 ($ 

 In Billions) 

Balance 

 as 

 of 

January 1 

Inflows 

 by Product 

Equities 

Fixed Income 

Cash  

and 

Other Assets 

Securities 

Lending Collateral 

Total Inflows 

Outflows by  Product 

Equities 

Fixed Income 

Cash 

and 

Other Assets 

Securities Lending  Collateral 

Total  Outflows 

 Net 

Inflows (Outflows)  

Market 

Performance, 

Currency 

 & Other 

Market Performance  

 & Other 

Currency 

Total Market  

Performance, 

Currency &  Other 

Balance  

 as of  

December 31 

50  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET REVIEW 

The following tables summarize selected consolidated balance sheet information. 

TABLE 31: SELECT CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION 

Bank 

Deposits 
and 
 with Banks(2)

 ($ 

 In Billions) 

Assets 

Federal 

Reserve 

and 

Other 

Central 

Interest-Bearing 

 Due 

from 

and 

Deposits 

Purchased 

Securities 
Total Securities(3)

under 

Agreements 

 to Resell 

Loans 

and Leases 

Total 

Earning Assets 

Total Assets 

Liabilities 

and 

Stockholders' Equity 

Total 

Interest-Bearing Deposits 

Demand 

and 

Other 

Noninterest-Bearing Deposits 

Federal 

Funds Purchased 

Securities 

Sold 

under 

Agreements 

 to Repurchase 

Other Borrowings 

Total 

Stockholders’ Equity 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

CHANGE 

Other(1)

 $ 

55.4 

 $ 

33.8 

 $ 

 6.6 

 1.6 

61.1 

33.8 

158.5 

170.0 

100.8 

43.1 

 0.3 

 — 

 4.0 

11.7 

 7.0 

 0.7 

52.3 

31.4 

125.2 

136.8 

82.8 

26.3 

 0.6 

 0.5 

 6.7 

11.1 

21.6 

(0.4) 

 0.9 

 8.8 

 2.4 

33.3 

33.2 

18.0 

16.8 

(0.3) 

(0.5) 

(2.7) 

 0.6 

 64 % 

(5) 

 126 

 17 

   7 

 27 

 24 

 22 

 64 

(53) 

(92) 

(41) 

   5 

(1)  Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits and Other includes collateral deposits with certain securities depositories and clearing houses for the purpose of presenting 

earning assets; such deposits are presented in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets. 

(2)  Interest-Bearing  Due  from  and  Deposits  with  Banks  includes  the  interest-bearing  component  of  Cash  and  Due  from  Banks  and  Interest-Bearing  Deposits  with  Banks  as 

presented on the consolidated balance sheets. 

(3)  Total Securities includes certain community development investments and Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve stock, which are classified in Other Assets on the 

consolidated balance sheets. 

TABLE 32: SELECT AVERAGE CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION 

Bank 

Deposits 
and 
 with Banks(2)

 ($ 

 In Billions) 

Assets 

Federal 

Reserve 

and 

Other 

Central 

Interest-Bearing 

 Due 

from 

and 

Deposits 

Securities Purchased  
Total Securities(3)

under 

Agreements 

 to Resell 

Loans 

and Leases 

Total 

Earning Assets 

Total Assets 

Liabilities 

and 

Stockholders' Equity 

Total 

Interest-Bearing Deposits 

Demand 

and 

Other 

Noninterest-Bearing Deposits 

Federal 

Funds Purchased 

Securities 

Sold 

under 

Agreements 

 to Repurchase 

Other Borrowings 

Total 

Stockholders’ Equity 

TWELVE 

MONTHS 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

CHANGE 

Other(1)

 $ 

27.9 

 $ 

18.5 

 $ 

 5.4 

 1.2 

56.1 

33.5 

124.1 

136.8 

85.1 

23.4 

 1.0 

 0.2 

 6.4 

11.2 

 6.0 

 0.8 

50.7 

31.1 

107.1 

117.6 

72.3 

17.5 

 1.3 

 0.3 

 7.8 

10.6 

 9.4 

(0.6) 

 0.4 

 5.4 

2.4  

17.0  

19.2  

12.8  

5.9  

(0.3) 

(0.1) 

(1.4) 

0.6  

 51 % 

(10) 

 50 

 11 

   8 

 16 

 16 

 18 

 34 

 (23)  

 (36)  

 (17)  

   5 

(1)  Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits and Other includes collateral deposits with certain securities depositories and clearing houses for the purpose of presenting 

earning assets; such deposits are presented in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets. 

(2)  Interest-Bearing  Due  from  and  Deposits  with  Banks  includes  the  interest-bearing  component  of  Cash  and  Due  from  Banks  and  Interest-Bearing  Deposits  with  Banks  as 

presented on the consolidated balance sheets. 

(3)  Total Securities includes certain community development investments and Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve stock, which are classified in Other Assets on the 

consolidated balance sheets. 

Average balances are considered to be a better measure of balance sheet trends, as period-end balances can be impacted by 
the timing of deposit and withdrawal activity involving large client balances. The current growth in both the period-end and 
average consolidated balance sheets was primarily driven by higher customer deposit balances. 

Stockholders’  Equity.  The  increase  in  average  Stockholders’  Equity  was  primarily  attributable  to  earnings  and 
Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income  since  the  prior  year,  partially  offset  by  the  repurchase  of  common  stock 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

pursuant to the Corporation’s share repurchase program, the net redemption of preferred stock during the first quarter of 
2020, and dividend declarations. During the first quarter of 2020, proceeds from the Series E Non-Cumulative Perpetual 
Preferred Stock issuance in the fourth quarter of 2019 were used to fund the redemption of all outstanding shares of the 
Corporation’s Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock at a redemption price of $400 million, which was $11.5 
million in excess of the net carrying value of the shares. The $11.5 million excess is included in preferred stock dividends 
in the determination of net income available to common shareholders. 

The  Corporation  suspended  its  open-market  share  repurchase  program  on  March  16,  2020.  During  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2020, the Corporation repurchased 3,276,589 shares of common stock, including 532,713 shares withheld 
related to share-based compensation, at a total cost of $299.8 million ($91.49 average price per share). 

Beginning in the second quarter of 2020, the Federal Reserve announced certain measures to ensure that large financial 
institutions,  including  Northern  Trust,  remain  resilient  despite  the  economic  uncertainty  resulting  from  the  ongoing 
COVID-19 pandemic. Specifically, for the third and fourth quarters of 2020, no share repurchases were permitted by these 
institutions and dividend payments were limited to the amount paid in the second quarter and could not exceed the payor’s 
average net income for the four preceding quarters. On December 18, 2020, the Federal Reserve again extended its capital 
distribution  limits  into  the  first  quarter  of  2021  with  certain  modifications,  which  include  continuing  to  limit  dividend 
payments based on recent income and limiting share repurchases based on recent income. During the first quarter of 2021, 
the Corporation restarted its share repurchase program in accordance with such limitations. 

Asset Quality 

Securities Portfolio 
The following table presents the remaining maturity and average yield of Northern Trust's held to maturity and available 
for sale debt securities by security type as of December 31, 2020. 

TABLE 33: REMAINING MATURITY AND AVERAGE YIELD OF DEBT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY AND AVAILABLE FOR 
SALE 

TOTAL 

ONE YEAR OR 
LESS 

ONE TO FIVE 
YEARS 

FIVE TO TEN 
YEARS 

BOOK 

YIELD 

BOOK 

YIELD 

BOOK 

YIELD 

BOOK 

YIELD 

OVER TEN 
YEARS 

AVERAGE 
BOOK  YIELD  MATURITY 

DECEMBER 31, 2020 

($ in Millions) 
Debt Securities Held to 
Maturity 

U.S. Government 

$ 

90.0 

0.06%  $ 

90.0 

0.06%  $  —  —% 

$  — 

— % $  —  —% 

2 mo. 

Obligations of States
and Political 
Subdivisions 
Government 
Sponsored Agency 

Other – Fixed 

– Floating 

Total Debt Securities Held 
to Maturity 
Debt Securities Available 
for Sale 

2.1 

5.47 

1.4 

5.37 

0.7 

5.64 

— 

— 

—  — 

6 mos. 

3.0 

15,130.6 

2,565.4 

4.86 

0.29 

0.42 

0.5 

11,000.7 

501.0 

4.83 

0.11 

0.27 

1.3 

3,572.4 

2,032.8 

4.85 

0.76 

0.46 

0.8 

440.9 

31.6 

4.88 

0.67 

0.41 

0.4 

116.6 

4.85 

1.31 

—  — 

60 mos. 

13 mos. 

40 mos. 

$17,791.1  0.31%  $11,593.6  0.12%  $ 5,607.2 

0.65%  $  473.3 

0.66 %  $  117.0  1.32% 

17 mos. 

U.S. Government 

$ 2,799.9 

1.66%  $  303.2 

1.86%  $ 1,767.0 

1.72%  $  729.7 

1.43 %  $  —  —% 

39 mos. 

Obligations of States
and Political 
Subdivisions 
Government 
Sponsored Agency 

Asset-Backed – Fixed 
Asset-Backed – 
Floating 

Other – Fixed 

– Floating 
Total Debt Securities 
Available for Sale 

3,083.6 

2.10 

8.0 

1.66 

266.8 

2.30 

2,718.4 

2.09 

90.4 

1.64 

90 mos. 

24,956.7 

3,274.1 

1,755.2 

5,150.8 

1,001.7 

1.40 

2.18 

1.41 

1.88 

0.62 

5,613.6 

537.4 

0.7 

821.7 

314.1 

1.48 

2.39 

1.31 

1.29 

0.64 

9,063.0 

2,094.3 

1,284.6 

3,912.8 

687.6 

1.48 

1.94 

1.47 

0.54 

0.62 

7,793.6 

642.4 

372.9 

416.3 

— 

1.26 

2.80 

1.55 

0.56 

— 

2,486.5 

1.39 

—  — 

97.0 

0.11 

—  — 

—  — 

60 mos. 

30 mos. 

87 mos. 

32 mos. 

19 mos. 

$42,022.0  1.57%  $ 7,598.7 

1.51%  $19,076.1  1.67%  $12,673.3 

1.51 %  $2,673.9  1.35% 

55 mos. 

Note: Yield is calculated on amortized cost and presented on a taxable equivalent basis giving effect to the applicable federal and state tax rates. 

52  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Northern  Trust  maintains  a  high  quality  debt  securities  portfolio.  Debt  securities  not  explicitly  rated  were  grouped 
where  possible  under  the  credit  rating  of  the  issuer  of  the  security.  The  following  tables  provide  the  fair  value  of  debt 
securities available for sale and amortized cost of debt securities held to maturity by credit rating. 

TABLE 34: FAIR VALUE OF DEBT SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE BY CREDIT RATING 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

918.1 

2,165.5 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

 U.S. Government 

Government 

Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Sub-Sovereign, 

Supranational 

and 

Non-U.S. 

Agency Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed 

Total 

Percent 

 of Total 

 AS 

 OF 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

AAA 

AA 

A 

 NOT RATED 

TOTAL 

 $ 

2,799.9 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

24,956.7 

669.8 

426.3 

453.3 

1,622.0 

3,947.5 

1,031.8 

 — 

38.8 

790.0 

 — 

566.0 

 — 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 5.4 

1,123.5 

24.9 

157.8 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

199.8 

74.9 

 — 

50.0 

 — 

 $ 

2,799.9 

3,083.6 

24,956.7 

714.0 

2,539.6 

553.1 

2,345.8 

3,997.5 

1,031.8 

 $ 

36,825.4 

 $ 

3,560.3 

 $ 

1,311.6 

 $ 

324.7 

 $ 

42,022.0 

 88 % 

   8 % 

   3 % 

   1 % 

 100 % 

The 1% of debt securities available for sale not rated by Moody’s Investors Service, Standard and Poor’s or Fitch Ratings 
primarily consisted of corporate debt, covered bonds, and other asset-backed securities. 

TABLE 35: AMORTIZED COST OF DEBT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY BY CREDIT RATING 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

 U.S. Government 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

Government 

Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Certificates 

 of Deposit 

Other Asset-Backed 

Other 

Total 

Percent 

 of Total 

AAA 

AA 

A 

BBB 

NOT RATED 

TOTAL 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 

 $ 

90.0 

 $ 

 — 

 3.0 

 $ 

 — 

 1.0 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

 — 

319.8 

1,337.4 

6,630.6 

 3.8 

279.1 

305.1 

3,184.6 

 — 

 — 

 — 

677.0 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 1.1 

 — 

48.8 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

807.2 

 — 

 — 

454.6 

 $ 

90.0 

 2.1 

 3.0 

8,336.6 

588.0 

3,184.6 

807.2 

3,648.0 

677.0 

454.6 

 $ 

6,869.1 

 $ 

2,674.6 

 $ 

6,935.7 

 $ 

49.9 

 $ 

1,261.8 

 $ 

17,791.1 

 39 % 

 15 % 

 39 % 

 — % 

   7 % 

 100 % 

Sub-Sovereign, 

Supranational 

and 

Non-U.S. 

Agency Bonds 

2,590.9 

1,057.1 

The 7% of debt securities held to maturity not rated by Moody’s Investors Service, Standard and Poor’s or Fitch Ratings 
consisted  of  certificates  of  deposit  with  a  remaining  life  of  less  than  six  months  as  well  as  investments  purchased  by 
Northern  Trust  to  fulfill  its  obligations  under  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  (CRA).  Northern  Trust  fulfills  its 
obligations  under  the  CRA  by  making  qualified  investments  for  purposes  of  supporting  institutions  and  programs  that 
benefit low-to-moderate income communities within Northern Trust’s market area. 

Net unrealized gains within the investment securities portfolio totaled $872.6 million at December 31, 2020, compared 
to net unrealized gains of $118.9 million as of December 31, 2019. Net unrealized gains as of December 31, 2020 were 
comprised of $981.9 million and $109.3 million of gross unrealized gains and losses, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2020, the $42.0 billion debt securities available for sale portfolio had unrealized losses of $26.9 
million and $2.8 million related to government-sponsored agency and other asset-backed securities, respectively, which are 
primarily attributable to changes in market interest rates and credit spreads since their purchase. 

As of December 31, 2020, the $17.8 billion debt securities held to maturity portfolio had an unrealized loss of $76.5 
million related to other residential mortgage-backed securities, which is primarily attributable to changes in overall market 
interest rates and credit spreads since their purchase. 

As of December 31, 2020, 16% of the corporate debt securities available for sale portfolio was backed by guarantees 

provided by U.S. and non-U.S. government entities. 

For  additional  information  relating  to  the  securities  portfolio,  refer  to  Note  4,  “Securities,”  provided  in  Item  8, 

“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Northern  Trust  participates  in  the  repurchase  agreement  market  as  a  relatively  low  cost  alternative  for  short-term 
funding. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted 
for  as  collateralized  financings  and  recorded  at  the  amounts  at  which  the  securities  were  acquired  or  sold  plus  accrued 
interest. To minimize any potential credit risk associated with these transactions, the fair value of the securities purchased 
or  sold  is  monitored,  limits  are  set  on  exposure  with  counterparties,  and  the  financial  condition  of  counterparties  is 
regularly assessed. It is Northern Trust’s policy to take possession, either directly or via third-party custodians, of securities 
purchased under agreements to resell. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are held by the counterparty until the 
repurchase. 

For additional information relating to the securities sold under agreements to repurchase, refer to Note 5, “Securities 
Purchased  Under  Agreements  to  Resell  and  Securities  Sold  Under  Agreements  to  Repurchase,”  provided  in  Item  8, 
“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Loans and Leases 
During  2020,  the  Corporation  implemented  a  change  in  the  classification  of  certain  loans  and  leases  to  enhance  the 
consistency of its reporting across various regulatory regimes. As a result, the loan and lease balances as of December 31, 
2019  below  have  been  adjusted  to  conform  to  the  revised  presentation.  The  2020  adjustments  generally  reflect 
reclassification of loans from the commercial real estate class to commercial and institutional, residential real estate, and 
private client classes. There was no impact on total Loans and Leases previously reported. 

For additional information relating to the loan and leases portfolio, refer to Note 6, “Loans and Leases,” and Note 8 

“Concentrations of Credit Risk” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

The following table presents the remaining maturity of loans and leases by segment and class as of December 31, 2020. 

TABLE 36: REMAINING MATURITY OF LOANS AND LEASES 

DECEMBER 31, 2020 

(In Millions) 

U.S.: 

Commercial 

TOTAL 

 ONE 

YEAR 

 OR 
LESS 

 ONE 

 TO 

FIVE 
YEARS 

FIVE 
 TO 
FIFTEEN 
YEARS 

OVER 

FIFTEEN 
YEARS 

Commercial 

and Institutional 

 $ 

10,058.3 

 $ 

3,850.3 

 $ 

5,635.0 

 $ 

566.3 

 $ 

3,558.4 

11.4 

288.2 

11,815.1 

6,035.7 

49.0 

470.3 

 — 

288.2 

7,978.6 

125.6 

49.0 

2,314.4 

 — 

 — 

3,499.3 

324.4 

 — 

769.1 

11.4 

 — 

335.3 

910.3 

 — 

 6.7 

 4.6 

 — 

 — 

 1.9 

4,675.4 

 — 

31,816.1 

 $ 

12,762.0 

 $ 

11,773.1 

 $ 

2,592.4 

 $ 

4,688.6 

1,345.7 

 $ 

1,203.4 

 $ 

142.3 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

597.9 

1,943.6 

33,759.7 

 $ 

 $ 

469.5 

1,672.9 

14,434.9 

 $ 

 $ 

82.7 

225.0 

11,998.1 

 $ 

 $ 

31.8 

31.8 

2,624.2 

 $ 

 $ 

 — 

13.9 

13.9 

4,702.5 

custodied client  investments. 

Commercial 

 Real Estate 

Lease 

Financing, net 

Other 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential 

 Real Estate 

Other 

Total U.S. 

Non-U.S.: 

Non-U.S.   - Commercial 

Non-U.S.   - Personal 

Total Non-U.S. 

Total 

Loans 

and Leases 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

Note: 

Non-U.S. 

loans 

primarily 

include 

short 

duration 

exposures 

related 

 to 

54  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

TABLE 37: INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY OF LOANS AND LEASES 

(In Millions) 

Fixed Rate: 

Commercial 

Commercial 

and Institutional 

Commercial 

 Real Estate 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential 

 Real Estate 

Total Personal 

Total 

Fixed Rate 

Variable Rate: 

Commercial 

Commercial 

and Institutional 

Commercial 

 Real Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Lease 

Financing, net 

Other 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential 

 Real Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Other 

Total Personal 

Total 

Variable Rate 

Total 

Loans 

and Leases 

DECEMBER 31, 2020 

TOTAL 

 ONE YEAR 
 OR LESS 

 ONE 

 TO FIVE 
YEARS 

FIVE 
 TO 
FIFTEEN 
YEARS 

OVER 

FIFTEEN 
YEARS 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

548.7 

 $ 

190.5 

739.2 

 $ 

423.9 

 $ 

920.5 

1,344.4 

2,083.6 

 $ 

 $ 

97.6 

 $ 

28.0 

125.6 

 $ 

88.9 

 $ 

 3.7 

92.6 

218.2 

 $ 

 $ 

392.6 

 $ 

108.0 

500.6 

 $ 

239.3 

 $ 

39.8 

279.1 

779.7 

 $ 

 $ 

9,509.6 

 $ 

3,752.7 

 $ 

5,242.4 

 $ 

3,367.9 

1,345.7 

11.4 

288.2 

442.3 

1,203.4 

 — 

288.2 

2,206.4 

142.3 

 —  

 — 

57.1 

 $ 

54.5 

111.6 

 $ 

94.8 

 $ 

570.0 

664.8 

776.4 

 $ 

 $ 

509.2 

 $ 

714.6 

 — 

11.4 

 — 

14,522.8 

 $ 

5,686.6 

 $ 

7,591.1 

 $ 

1,235.2 

 $ 

11,391.2 

 $ 

7,889.7 

 $ 

3,260.0 

 $ 

240.5 

 $ 

5,115.2 

597.9 

49.0 

17,153.3 

31,676.1 

33,759.7 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

121.9 

469.5 

49.0 

284.6 

82.7 

 — 

8,530.1 

14,216.7 

14,434.9 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

3,627.3 

11,218.4 

11,998.1 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

340.3 

31.8 

 — 

612.6 

1,847.8 

2,624.2 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 1.4 

 — 

 1.4 

 0.9 

307.0 

307.9 

309.3 

 5.3 

 4.6 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 9.9 

 1.0 

4,368.4 

13.9 

 — 

4,383.3 

4,393.2 

4,702.5 

Nonaccrual Assets and 90 Days Past Due Loans 
During  2020,  the  Corporation  implemented  changes  in  the  classification  of  certain  loans  and  leases  to  enhance  the 
consistency of its reporting across various regulatory regimes. As a result, the loan and lease balances as of December 31, 
2019  below  have  been  adjusted  to  conform  to  the  revised  presentation.  The  2020  adjustments  generally  reflect 
reclassification of loans from the commercial real estate class to commercial and institutional, residential real estate, and 
private client classes. 

Nonaccrual assets consist of nonaccrual loans and leases and other real estate owned (OREO). OREO is comprised of 
commercial and residential properties acquired in partial or total satisfaction of loans. Loans that are delinquent 90 days or 
more  and  still  accruing  interest  can  fluctuate  widely  at  any  reporting  period  based  on  the  timing  of  cash  collections, 
renegotiations and renewals. For additional information relating to nonaccrual loans, refer to Note 6, “Loans and Leases,” 
provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The  following  table  presents  nonaccrual  assets  and  loans  that  were  delinquent  90  days  or  more  and  still  accruing 

interest at December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

TABLE 38: NONACCRUAL ASSETS 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Nonaccrual 

Loans 

and Leases 

Commercial 

Commercial 

and Institutional 

Commercial 

 Real Estate 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Residential 

 Real Estate 

Private Client 

Non-U.S. 

Total Personal 

Total 

Nonaccrual 

Loans 

and Leases 

Other 

 Real 

Estate Owned 

Total 

Nonaccrual Assets 

 90 

 Day 

 Past 

 Due 

Loans 

 Still Accruing 

Nonaccrual 

Loans 

and 

Leases 

 to 

Total 

Loans 

and Leases 

Allowance 

for 

Credit 

Losses 

Assigned 

 to 

Loans 

and 

Leases 

 to 

Nonaccrual 

Loans 

and Leases 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

26.4 

40.2 

66.6 

 $ 

 $ 

62.2 

 $ 

 2.9 

 — 

65.1 

 $ 

131.7 

 0.7 

132.4 

 8.9 

 $ 

 $ 

0.39 % 

1.4x 

 7.6 

 3.6 

11.2 

71.4 

 0.5 

 0.5 

72.4 

83.6 

 3.2 

86.8 

 7.4 

0.27 % 

1.3x 

Nonaccrual assets as of December 31, 2020 increased from December 31, 2019, primarily relating to net increases in 
the  commercial  real  estate  portfolio  due  to  three  new  nonaccrual  loans  and  the  commercial  and  institutional  portfolio 
primarily due to a new nonaccrual loan, partially offset by a net decrease in the residential real estate portfolio due to net 
payoffs and charge-offs. In addition to the negative impact on net interest income and the risk of credit losses, nonaccrual 
assets also increase operating costs due to the expense associated with collection efforts. Changes in the level of nonaccrual 
assets may be indicative of changes in the credit quality of one or more loan classes. Changes in credit quality impact the 
allowance  for  credit  losses  through  the  resultant  adjustment  of  the  allowance  evaluated  on  an  individual  basis  and  the 
quantitative  and  qualitative  factors  used  in  the  determination  of  the  allowance  evaluated  on  a  collective  basis  within  the 
allowance for credit losses. 

Allowance for Credit Losses 
During 2020, the Corporation implemented changes in the classification of certain loans and leases to specific segments to 
enhance the consistency of its reporting across various regulatory regimes. The allowance for credit losses as of and prior 
to December 31, 2019 remains unadjusted for these adjustments, as the impact of the reclassification on the allowance was 
immaterial. 

The Corporation adopted ASU No. 2016-13 on January 1, 2020, which significantly changed the way impairment of 
financial instruments is recognized by requiring immediate recognition of estimated credit losses expected to occur over the 
remaining  life  of  financial  instruments.  For  more  information  on  the  adoption  of  ASU  2016-13,  please  refer  to  Note  2, 
“Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

The  allowance  for  credit  losses  —  which  represents  management’s  best  estimate  of  lifetime  expected  credit  losses 
related to various portfolios subject to credit risk, off-balance sheet credit exposure, and specific borrower relationships — 
is determined by management through a disciplined credit review process. Northern Trust measures expected credit losses 
of financial assets with similar risk characteristics on a collective basis. A financial asset is measured individually if it does 
not  share  similar  risk  characteristics  with  other  financial  assets  and  the  related  allowance  is  determined  through  an 
individual evaluation. Management’s estimates utilized in establishing an appropriate level of allowance for credit losses 
are  not  dependent  on  any  single  assumption.  In  determining  an  appropriate  allowance  level,  management  evaluates 
numerous  variables,  many  of  which  are  interrelated  or  dependent  on  other  assumptions  and  estimates,  and  takes  into 
consideration  past  events,  current  conditions  and  reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts.  The  results  of  the  credit  reserve 
estimation methodology are reviewed quarterly by Northern Trust’s Credit Loss Reserve Committee, which receives input 
from Credit Risk Management, Treasury, Corporate Finance, the Economic Research group, and each of Northern Trust’s 
business units. The allowance for credit losses related to loans and leases, undrawn loan commitments and standby letters 
of credit, debt securities held to maturity, and other financial assets, was $190.7 million, $61.1 million, $7.3 million, and 
$0.8 million, respectively as of December 31, 2020. For additional information relating to the allowance for credit losses 
and the changes in the allowance for credit losses during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 due to charge-offs, 

56  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

recoveries and provisions for credit losses, refer to Note 7, “Allowance for Credit Losses,” provided in Item 8, “Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

The  following  table  shows  the  net  recoveries  (charge-offs)  to  average  loans  and  leases  by  segment  and  class  at 

December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. 

TABLE 39: NET RECOVERIES (CHARGE-OFFS) TO AVERAGE LOANS AND LEASES 

($ in Millions) 

Net Recoveries (Charge-Offs) to Average Loans and Leases 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential Real Estate 

Total Personal 

2020 

2019 

2018 

0.02 % 

(0.03)% 

0.02 % 

(0.18) 

(0.03) 

— 

0.02 

— 

0.02 

(0.02) 

— 

0.04 

0.02 

(0.02) 

0.01 

(0.01) 

(0.01) 

(0.01) 

Total Net Recoveries (Charge-Offs) to Average Loans and Leases 

(0.01)% 

— % 

— % 

Net Recoveries (Charge-Offs) 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential Real Estate 

Total Personal 

Total Net Recoveries (Charge-Offs) 

Average Loans and Leases 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Total Select Commercial 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential Real Estate 

Total Select Personal 

$ 

1.8 

$ 

(2.6) 

$ 

(5.7) 

(3.9) 

(0.5) 

1.2 

0.7 

$ 

(3.2) 

$ 

0.5 

(2.1) 

0.3 

2.5 

2.8 

0.7 

$ 

1.4 

(0.6) 

0.8 

(1.3) 

(0.6) 

(1.9) 

(1.1) 

$  10,347.1 

$ 

8,979.9 

$ 

9,047.2 

3,253.8 

13,600.9 

11,452.9 

6,116.4 

17,569.3 

2,918.1 

11,898.0 

3,072.8 

12,120.0 

10,746.0 

6,297.2 

17,043.2 

10,413.3 

7,034.4 

17,447.7 

Total Select Average Loans and Leases 

$  31,170.2 

$ 

28,941.2 

$ 

29,567.7 

Net recoveries (charge-offs) for the following segments were zero and therefore excluded from the above table as the 
ratio of net recoveries (charge-offs) to average loans and leases is also zero: Lease Financing, net, Other, and Non-U.S. The 
average loans and leases balances were also not provided in the table for Lease Financing, net, Other, and Non-U.S. 

Total average loans and leases for all loan portfolio categories were $33.5 billion, $31.1 billion, and $32.0 billion for 

the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 

The SEC requires the disclosure of the Allowance for Credit Losses that is applicable to international operations. The 
disclosure has been prepared in compliance with this disclosure requirement and is used in determining non-U.S. operating 
performance. The amounts disclosed should not be construed as being the only amounts that are available for non-U.S. loan 
charge-offs, since the entire Allowance for Credit Losses assigned to Loans and Leases is available to absorb losses on both 
U.S. and non-U.S. loans. In addition, these amounts are not intended to be indicative of future charge-off trends. Please 
refer to the following table for the non-U.S. allowance balances. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The  following  table  shows  the  allowance  evaluated  on  an  individual  and  collective  basis  for  the  loans  and  leases 

portfolio by segment and class at December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

TABLE 40: ALLOCATION OF THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Evaluated 

 on 

 an 

Individual Basis 

Evaluated 

 on a  

Collective Basis 

Commercial 

Commercial 

and Institutional 

Commercial 

 Real Estate 

Lease 

Financing, net 

Non-U.S. 

Other 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Residential 

 Real Estate 

Private Client 

Non-U.S. 

Other 

Total  Personal 

Total  Allowance  Evaluated  on    a Collective  Basis 

Total  Allowance  for  Credit  Losses 

Allowance  Assigned  to: 

Loans  and  Leases 

Undrawn  Commitments  and  Standby  Letters  of  Credit 

Total  Allowance  for  Credit  Losses 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

ALLOWANCE 
AMOUNT 

 $ 

10.7 

PERCENT 
 OF 
 TO 
LOANS 
TOTAL LOANS 

ALLOWANCE 
AMOUNT 

PERCENT 
 OF 
 TO 
LOANS 
TOTAL LOANS 

 — % 

 $ 

 6.9 

 — % 

100.6 

70.7 

 0.4 

17.7 

 — 

189.4 

28.9 

20.6 

 2.2 

—  

51.7  

241.1  

251.8  

$  

$  

 30 

 10 

 — 

   4 

   1 

 45 

 18 

 35 

   2 

 — 

 55 

35.3 

33.0 

 0.1 

 — 

 0.2 

68.6 

27.0 

20.5 

 — 

 1.4 

48.9 

 29  

 10  

 —  

 5  

 1  

 45  

 19  

 35  

 1  

 —  

 55  

100 %  $  

117.5  

100 %  $  

124.4  

 100  % 

 100  % 

$  

190.7  

61.1  

$  

251.8  

$  

104.5  

19.9  

$  

124.4  

Allowance  Assigned  to  Loans  and  Leases  to  Total  Loans  and  Leases 

 0.56  % 

 0.33  % 

Allowance  Related  to  Credit  Exposure  Evaluated  on  an  Individual  Basis:  The  allowance  is  determined  through  an 
individual  evaluation  of  loans,  leases,  and  lending-related  commitments  considered  impaired  that  is  based  on  expected 
future cash flows, the value of collateral, and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. 

The  allowance  evaluated  on  an  individual  basis  for  Loans  and  Leases  increased  $3.8  million  from  $6.9  million  at 
December 31, 2019 to $10.7 million at December 31, 2020, primarily attributable to outstanding loans in the commercial 
and institutional portfolio, partially offset by a decrease in outstanding loans in the residential real estate portfolio. 

Allowance  Related  to  Credit  Exposure  Evaluated  on  a  Collective  Basis:  Expected  credit  losses  are  measured  on  a 
collective basis as long as the financial assets included in the respective pool share similar risk characteristics. If financial 
assets are deemed to not share similar risk characteristics, an individual assessment is warranted. 

The  allowance  evaluated  on  a  collective  basis  for  Loans  and  Leases  increased  $123.6  million  to  $241.1  million  at 
December  31,  2020,  compared  with  $117.5  million  at  December  31,  2019  under  the  previous  “incurred  loss”  model, 
primarily  driven  by  current  and  projected  economic  conditions  and  downgrades  in  the  portfolio,  both  resulting  from  the 
ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and related market and economic impacts. The largest increases were in the commercial and 
institutional and commercial real estate portfolios. 

Overall  Allowance:  The  evaluation  of  the  reserve  evaluated  on  an  individual  and  collective  basis  resulted  in  a  total 
allowance  for  credit  losses  of  $259.9  million  at  December  31,  2020,  compared  with  $124.4  million  at  the  end  of  2019 
under the previous “incurred loss” model. The allowance of $190.7 million assigned to Loans and Leases, as a percentage 
of total Loans and Leases, was 0.56% at December 31, 2020, which increased from a $104.5 million allowance assigned to 
Loans and Leases, representing 0.33% of total Loans and Leases at December 31, 2019. Allowances assigned to undrawn 
loan commitments and standby letters of credit totaled $61.1 million and $19.9 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, 
respectively, and are included in Other Liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. 

58  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Capital Expenditures 
Capital  expenditures  in  2020  included  continued  investments  to  enhance  Northern  Trust’s  software  and  hardware 
capabilities,  the  opening  of  new  offices,  and  the  renovation  of  several  existing  offices.  Capital  expenditures  for  2020 
totaled  $560.4  million,  of  which  $424.6  million  was  for  software,  $66.6  million  was  for  building  and  leasehold 
improvements, $65.4 million was for computer hardware, and $3.8 million was for furnishings. These capital expenditures 
principally support, enhance, and protect Northern Trust’s investment management, asset servicing and asset management 
systems  and  capabilities,  and  deliver  innovative  solutions  to  better  serve  our  clients.  Additional  capital  expenditures 
committed  for  technology  systems  will  result  in  future  expense  for  the  depreciation  of  hardware  and  amortization  of 
software.  Software  amortization  and  depreciation  on  computer  hardware  and  machinery  are  charged  to  Equipment  and 
Software  expense.  Depreciation  on  building  and  leasehold  improvements  and  on  furnishings  is  charged  to  Occupancy 
expense  and  equipment  expense,  respectively.  Capital  expenditures  for  2019  totaled  $599.8  million,  of  which  $441.8 
million  was  for  software,  $77.7  million  was  for  building  and  leasehold  improvements,  $73.7  million  was  for  computer 
hardware, and $6.6 million was for furnishings. 

Deposits 
The  following  table  provides  the  scheduled  maturity  of  total  time  deposits  in  denominations  of  $250,000  or  greater  at 
December 31, 2020. For additional information, refer to Note 12, “Deposits,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data.” 

TABLE 41: REMAINING MATURITY OF TIME DEPOSITS $250,000 OR MORE 

(In Millions) 

 3 

Months 

 or Less 

 Over 

 3 

Months 

through 

 6 Months 

 Over 

 6 

Months 

through 

 12 Months 

 Over 

 12 Months 

Total 

 U.S. OFFICE 
CERTIFICATES 

 OF 

DEPOSIT 

DECEMBER 31, 2020 

NON-U.S. OFFICES 

OTHER TIME 

TOTAL 

 $ 

 $ 

266.1 

 $ 

205.4 

 $ 

83.6 

310.5 

41.2 

 — 

 — 

 — 

701.4 

 $ 

205.4 

 $ 

471.5 

83.6 

310.5 

41.2 

906.8 

Deposits  not  insured  by  the  FDIC  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019  totaled  $135.5  billion  and  $100.9  billion, 
respectively.  These  deposit  amounts  are  derived  by  adding  estimated  domestic  office  uninsured  deposits  as  allowed  by 
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council instructions to all foreign office deposits. Estimated uninsured domestic 
office  deposits  are  determined  by  calculating  and  totaling  the  deposits  in  excess  of  the  deposit  insurance  limit  on  an 
individual account basis. 

Short-Term Borrowings 
For  additional  information  relating  to  short-term  borrowings,  refer  to  Note  5,  “Securities  Purchased  Under  Agreements 
to  Resell  and  Securities  Sold  Under  Agreements  to  Repurchase,”  provided  in  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data.” 

Geographic Area Information 
Northern Trust’s non-U.S. activities are primarily related to its asset servicing, asset management, foreign exchange, cash 
management, and commercial banking businesses. The operations of Northern Trust are managed on a reporting segment 
basis and include components of both U.S and non-U.S. source assets. Non-U.S. source assets are not separately identified 
in  Northern  Trust’s  internal  management  reporting  system.  However,  Northern  Trust  is  required  to  disclose  non-U.S. 
activities based on the domicile of the customer. Due to the complex and integrated nature of Northern Trust’s activities, it 
is difficult to segregate with precision assets between U.S. and non-U.S.-domiciled customers. Therefore, certain subjective 
estimates and assumptions have been made to allocate assets between U.S. and non-U.S. operations. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The  following  tables  present  selected  average  assets  and  liabilities  attributable  to  non-U.S.  operations  (based  on  the 
obligor’s domicile) and the percent of those balances to total consolidated average assets. For additional information refer 
to Note 32, “Reporting Segments and Related Information,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data.” 

TABLE 42: SELECTED AVERAGE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES ATTRIBUTABLE TO NON-U.S. OPERATIONS 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Total Assets 

Time 

Deposits 

 with Banks 

Loans 

Non-U.S. Investments 

Total Liabilities 

Deposits 

2020 

2019 

 $ 

26,908.5 

 $ 

27,240.7 

3,258.5 

1,742.5 

16,018.5 

70,001.5 

68,828.9 

3,896.5 

1,721.1 

15,420.6 

62,110.3 

60,419.7 

Non-U.S. Outstandings 
As  used  in  this  discussion,  non-U.S.  outstandings  are  cross-border  outstandings  as  defined  by  the  SEC.  They  consist  of 
loans,  securities,  interest-bearing  deposits  with  financial  institutions,  accrued  interest  and  other  monetary  assets.  Not 
included  are  letters  of  credit,  loan  commitments,  and  non-U.S.  office  local  currency  claims  on  residents.  Non-U.S. 
outstandings related to a country are net of guarantees given by third parties resident outside the country and the value of 
tangible,  liquid  collateral  realizable  outside  the  country.  However,  transactions  with  branches  of  non-U.S.  banks  are 
included in these outstandings and are classified according to the country location of the non-U.S. bank’s head office. 

Short-term  interbank  time  deposits  with  non-U.S.  banks  represent  the  largest  category  of  non-U.S.  outstandings. 

Northern Trust actively participates in the interbank market with U.S. and non-U.S. banks. 

Northern Trust places deposits with non-U.S. counterparties that have strong internal (Northern Trust) risk ratings and 
external  credit  ratings.  These  non-U.S.  banks  are  approved  and  monitored  by  Northern  Trust’s  Capital  Markets  Credit 
Committee, which has credit authority for exposure to all non-U.S. banks and approves credit limits. This process includes 
financial  analysis  of  the  non-U.S.  banks,  use  of  an  internal  risk  rating  system  and  consideration  of  external  market 
indicators. Each counterparty is reviewed at least annually and potentially more frequently based on credit fundamentals or 
general market conditions. Separate from the entity-specific review process, the average life to maturity of deposits with 
non-U.S. banks is deliberately maintained on a short-term basis in order to respond quickly to changing credit conditions. 
Northern  Trust  also  utilizes  certain  risk  mitigation  tools  and  agreements  that  may  reduce  exposures  through  use  of 
collateral and/or balance sheet netting. Additionally, the Capital Markets Credit Committee oversees country-risk analyses 
and  imposes  limits  on  country  exposure.  For  additional  information  refer  to  Note  32,  “Reporting  Segments  and  Related 
Information,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

The following discusses the statement of cash flow activities for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. 

TABLE 43: CASH FLOW ACTIVITY SUMMARY 

(In Millions) 

 Net 

cash 

provided 

 by 

(used in): 

Operating activities 

Investing activities 

Financing activities 

Effect 

 of 

Foreign 

Currency 

Exchange 

Rates 

 on Cash 

Change 

 in 

 Cash 

and 

 Due 

from Banks 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

 $ 

1,896.8 

 $ 

(29,923.0)   

27,871.9 

84.6 

(69.7) 

 $ 

2,592.0 

 $ 

(3,405.0)   

615.9 

74.7 

(122.4) 

 $ 

1,767.5 

4,327.1 

(5,818.2) 

(212.9) 

63.5 

Operating Activities 
Net cash provided by operating activities of $1.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily attributable 
to period earnings and the impact of higher non-cash charges such as depreciation and amortization and provision for credit 
losses. 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  of  $2.6  billion  was  primarily 

reflecting period earnings and lower net collateral deposited with derivative counterparties. 

60  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Investing Activities 
Net cash used in investing activities of $29.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily attributable to 
higher levels of deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, net purchases of debt securities held to maturity, 
higher levels of loans and leases, and net purchases of debt securities available for sale. 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in investing activities of $3.4 billion was primarily reflecting 
higher levels of deposits with the Federal Reserve and other central banks, net purchases of debt securities available for 
sale,  and  the  purchase  of  bank-owned  life  insurance  policies,  partially  offset  by  the  net  proceeds  from  the  maturity  and 
redemption of debt securities held to maturity and lower levels of loans and leases. 

Financing Activities 
Net cash provided by financing activities of $27.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily attributable 
to higher levels of total deposits and proceeds from the issuance by the Corporation of 1.95% senior notes, partially offset 
by lower short-term other borrowings, dividends paid on common stock, repayment of the 3.45% senior notes previously 
issued by the Corporation that matured in November 2020, lower securities sold under agreements to repurchase, and the 
redemption  of  the  Series  C  Non-Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock.  The  increase  in  total  deposits  was  primarily 
attributable  to  higher  levels  of  non-U.S.  office  noninterest-bearing  deposits,  non-U.S.  interest-bearing  deposits,  savings, 
money market and other interest-bearing deposits, and demand and other noninterest-bearing deposits. 

For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  net  cash  provided  by  financing  activities  of  $0.6  billion  was  primarily 
reflecting  higher  levels  of  total  deposits,  proceeds  from  the  issuance  by  the  Corporation  of  3.15%  senior  notes,  and 
proceeds  from  the  Series  E  Non-Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  issuance,  partially  offset  by  lower  federal  funds 
purchased,  lower  short-term  other  borrowings,  and  the  repurchase  of  common  stock  pursuant  to  the  Corporation’s  share 
repurchase program. The increase in total deposits was primarily attributable to higher levels of savings, money market and 
other interest-bearing deposits and non-U.S. office noninterest-bearing deposits, partially offset by lower levels of non-U.S. 
office interest-bearing deposits. 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 

One  of  Northern  Trust’s  primary  objectives  is  to  maintain  a  strong  capital  position  to  merit  the  confidence  of  clients, 
counterparties, creditors, regulators and stockholders. A strong capital position helps Northern Trust execute its strategies 
and withstand unforeseen adverse developments. 

Senior  management,  with  oversight  from  the  Capital  Governance  Committee  and  the  full  Board  of  Directors,  is 
responsible for capital management and planning. Northern Trust manages its capital on both a total Corporation basis and 
a legal entity basis. The Capital Committee is responsible for measuring and managing capital metrics against levels set 
forth within the Capital Policy approved by the Capital Governance Committee of the Board of Directors. In establishing 
the metrics related to capital, a variety of factors are taken into consideration, including the unique risk profiles of Northern 
Trust’s businesses, regulatory requirements, capital levels relative to peers, and the impact on credit ratings. 

Capital levels strengthened in 2020 as average stockholders’ equity increased $544.2 million, or 5%, reaching $11.2 
billion. Total stockholders’ equity was $11.7 billion at December 31, 2020, as compared to $11.1 billion at December 31, 
2019. During 2019, the Corporation issued and sold 16 million depositary shares, each representing 1/1,000th ownership 
interest  in  a  share  of  Series  E  Non-Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  for  proceeds  of  $391.4  million,  net  of 
underwriting  discounts,  commissions,  and  other  issuance  costs.  These  proceeds  were  subsequently  used  to  fund  the 
redemption of all outstanding shares of the Corporation’s Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock on January 
2, 2020 at a redemption price of $400.0 million, which was $11.5 million in excess of the net carrying value of the shares. 
The $11.5 million excess is included in preferred stock dividends in the determination of net income available to common 
shareholders. Preferred dividends totaling $44.7 million were declared in 2020. During 2020, the Corporation maintained 
its quarterly common stock dividend of $0.70 per common share. Common dividends totaling $592.0 million were declared 
in  2020.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  the  Corporation  repurchased  3.3  million  shares  of  common  stock, 
including 0.5 million shares withheld related to share-based compensation, at an average price per share of $91.49. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

In  accordance  with  Basel  III  requirements,  capital  ratios  are  calculated  using  both  the  standardized  and  advanced 
approaches. For each ratio, the lower of the result calculated under the standardized approach and the advanced approach 
serves as the effective ratio for purposes of determining capital adequacy. The following table provides a reconciliation of 
the  Corporation’s  common  stockholders’  equity  to  total  risk-based  capital  and  its  risk-based  capital  ratios,  under  the 
applicable U.S. regulatory rules as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

TABLE 44: CAPITAL ADEQUACY 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Common 

Equity 

 Tier   1 Capital 

Common 

Stockholders’ Equity 

Goodwill 

and 

Other 

Intangible 

Assets, 

 net 

 of 

Deferred 

 Tax Liability 

Other 

Total 

Common 

Equity 

 Tier 

 1 Capital 

Additional 

 Tier 

 1 Capital 

Preferred Stock 

Other 

Total 

Additional 

 Tier 

 1 Capital 

Total 

 Tier 

 1 Capital 

 Tier 

 2 Capital 

Qualifying 

Allowance 

for 

Credit Losses 

Qualifying 

Subordinated Debt 

Floating 

 Rate Capital 

Total 

 Tier 

 2 Capital 

Risk-Based Capital 

Total 
Risk-Weighted Assets(1)
Total 

Assets 

 End 

 of 

 – 

Period (EOP) 

Adjusted 

Average 

Fourth 

Quarter Assets(2)

Total 

Loans 

and 

Leases 

 – EOP 

Common 

Stockholders’ 

Equity to: 

Total 

Loans 

and 

Leases 

 – EOP 

Total 

Assets 

 – EOP 

Risk-Based 

Capital Ratios 

Common 

Equity 

 Tier 

 1 Capital 

 Tier 

 1 Capital 

Total 

Capital 

(Tier 

 Tier 

 1 Leverage 

 1 

and 

 Tier 2) 

Supplementary Leverage

(3) 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

 $ 

10,803.4 

 $ 

10,803.4 

 $ 

9,817.5 

 $ 

9,817.5 

(775.7) 

(65.5) 

9,962.2 

884.9 

(24.9) 

860.0 

(775.7) 

(65.5) 

9,962.2 

884.9 

(24.9) 

860.0 

10,822.2 

10,822.2 

259.9 

949.7 

53.9 

1,263.5 

12,085.7 

77,662.5 

170,003.9 

142,457.6 

33,759.7 

 — 

949.7 

53.9 

1,003.6 

11,825.8 

74,460.4 

170,003.9 

142,457.6 

33,759.7 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

(776.1) 

(142.7) 

8,898.7 

1,273.4 

(20.1) 

1,253.3 

10,152.0 

124.4 

1,099.5 

80.8 

1,304.7 

11,456.7 

70,088.3 

136,828.4 

117,165.7 

31,409.6 

 $ 

 $ 

(776.1) 

(142.7) 

8,898.7 

1,273.4 

(20.1) 

1,253.3 

10,152.0 

 — 

1,099.5 

80.8 

1,180.3 

11,332.3 

67,526.9 

136,828.4 

117,165.7 

31,409.6 

32.00 % 

32.00 % 

6.35 

6.35 

31.26 % 

7.18 

31.26 % 

7.18 

12.8 % 

13.4 % 

 12.7  % 

 13.2  % 

13.9 

15.6 

 7.6 

N/A 

14.5 

15.9 

 7.6 

 8.6 

 14.5  

 16.3  

 8.7  

N/A 

 15.0  

 16.8  

 8.7  

 7.6 

(1) Risk-weighted assets exclude, as applicable under each regulatory approach, amounts primarily related to goodwill, certain other intangible assets, and net unrealized gains 
or losses on securities and reflect adjustments for excess allowances for credit losses that have been excluded from Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital, if any.
(2) Adjusted average fourth quarter assets exclude amounts primarily related to goodwill, other intangible assets, and net unrealized gains or losses on securities. 
(3) In November 2019, the Federal Reserve and other U.S. federal banking agencies adopted a final rule that established a deduction for central bank deposits from the total 
leverage exposures of custodial banking organizations, including Northern Trust Corporation and The Northern Trust Company, equal to the lesser of (i) the total amount of 
funds the custodial banking organization and its consolidated subsidiaries have on deposit at qualifying central banks and (ii) the total amount of client funds on deposit at the 
custodial banking organization that are linked to fiduciary or custodial and safekeeping accounts. The rule became effective on April 1, 2020. 

Further,  on  April  1,  2020,  the  Federal  Reserve  issued  an  interim  final  rule  that  requires  bank  holding  companies,  including  Northern  Trust  Corporation,  to  deduct,  on  a 
temporary basis, deposits with the Federal Reserve and investments in U.S. Treasury securities from their total leverage exposure. The U.S. Treasury securities deduction is 
applied in addition to the central bank deposits relief referred to above. This rule became effective on April 1, 2020 and will remain in effect through the first quarter of 2021. 
On May 15, 2020, the U.S. federal banking agencies released an interim final rule that permits insured depository institutions of bank holding companies also to temporarily 
exclude deposits with the Federal Reserve and investments in U.S. Treasury securities from their total leverage exposure. The Northern Trust Company did not elect to take this 
deduction. 

The supplementary leverage ratios at December 31, 2020 for the Northern Trust Corporation and The Northern Trust Company reflect the impact of these final rules. 

62  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

As  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  Corporation’s  capital  ratios  exceeded  the  requirements  for  classification  as 
“well-capitalized”  under  applicable  U.S.  regulatory  requirements.  As  a  result  of  the  stress  test  results  published  by  the 
Federal Reserve on June 25, 2020, Northern Trust’s stress capital buffer requirement for the 2020 Capital Plan cycle was 
set at 2.5%. The 2020 stress capital buffer became effective October 1, 2020, and results in a common equity tier 1 capital 
ratio minimum requirement of 7.0%. 

Further  information  regarding  the  Corporation’s  and  the  Bank’s  capital  ratios  and  the  minimum  requirements  for 
classification  as  “well-capitalized”  is  provided  in  the  “Supervision  and  Regulation”  section  of  Item  1,  “Business,”  and 
Note 33, “Regulatory Capital Requirements,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

As of December 31, 2020, the Basel III regulatory capital items subject to phase-in and phase-out are not material to 

regulatory capital ratios. 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

Commitments, Letters of Credit, and Securities Lent with Indemnification 
Northern Trust, in the normal course of business, enters into various types of commitments and issues letters of credit to 
meet the liquidity and credit enhancement needs of its clients. The contractual amounts of these instruments represent the 
potential  credit  exposure  should  the  instrument  be  drawn  fully  upon  and  the  client  default.  To  control  the  credit  risk 
associated with entering into commitments and issuing letters of credit, Northern Trust subjects such activities to the same 
credit quality and monitoring controls as its lending activities. 

At December 31, 2020, legally binding commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit to commercial real 
estate  borrowers  totaled  $252.3  million  and  $4.5  million,  respectively.  At  December  31,  2019,  legally  binding 
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit to commercial real estate borrowers totaled $301.6 million and 
$9.2 million, respectively. 

Additional  information  about  Northern  Trust’s  off-balance  sheet  financial  instruments  is  included  in  Note  26, 

“Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Variable Interest Entities 
Variable  Interest  Entities  (VIEs)  are  defined  within  GAAP  as  entities  which  either  (1)  lack  sufficient  equity  at  risk  to 
permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, (2) have equity investors that 
lack attributes typical of an equity investor, such as the ability to make significant decisions through voting rights affecting 
the entity’s operations, or the obligation to absorb expected losses or the right to receive residual returns of the entity, or (3) 
are  structured  with  voting  rights  that  are  disproportionate  to  the  equity  investor’s  obligation  to  absorb  losses  or  right  to 
receive returns, and substantially all of the activities are conducted on behalf of the holder of the equity investment at risk 
with disproportionately few voting rights. Investors that finance a VIE through debt or equity interests are variable interest 
holders  in  the  entity  and  the  variable  interest  holder,  if  any,  that  has  both  the  power  to  direct  the  activities  that  most 
significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and, through its variable interest, the obligation to absorb losses or 
the right to receive returns that could potentially be significant to the entity is deemed to be the VIE’s primary beneficiary 
and is required to consolidate the VIE. 

Additional information about Northern Trust’s VIEs is included in Note 29, “Variable Interest Entities,” provided in 

Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES 

Our  significant  accounting  policies  are  described  in  Note  1,  “Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies,”  provided  in 
Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data.”  The  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions  is  required  in  the 
preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and actual results could differ from those estimates. The SEC 
has issued guidance relating to the disclosure of critical accounting estimates. Critical accounting estimates are those that 
require management to make subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and 
may change in subsequent periods. Changes that may be required in the underlying assumptions or estimates in these areas 
could have a material impact on Northern Trust’s future financial condition and results of operations. 

For Northern Trust, accounting estimates that are viewed as critical are those relating to the allowance for credit losses 
and  pension  plan  accounting.  Management  has  discussed  the  development  and  selection  of  each  critical  accounting 
estimate with the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (Audit Committee). 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Allowance for Credit Losses 
The  Corporation  adopted  Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU)  No.  2016-13,  “Financial  Instruments—Credit  Losses: 
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (ASU 2016-13) on January 1, 2020, which significantly changes 
the way impairment of financial instruments is recognized by requiring immediate recognition of estimated credit losses 
expected  to  occur  over  the  remaining  life  of  financial  instruments.  Upon  adoption  of  ASU  2016-13,  the  Corporation 
recorded a $13.7 million increase in the allowance for credit losses with a corresponding cumulative effect adjustment to 
decrease  retained  earnings  $10.1  million,  net  of  income  taxes.  For  more  information  on  the  adoption  of  ASU  2016-13, 
please  refer  to  Note  2,  “Recent  Accounting  Pronouncements,”  provided  in  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data.” 

The allowance for credit losses — which represents management’s estimate of lifetime expected credit losses related 
to  various  portfolios  subject  to  credit  risk,  off-balance  sheet  credit  exposure,  and  specific  borrower  relationships  —  is 
determined by management through a disciplined credit review process. Northern Trust measures expected credit losses of 
financial assets with similar risk characteristics on a collective basis. A financial asset is measured individually if it does 
not  share  similar  risk  characteristics  with  other  financial  assets  and  the  related  allowance  is  determined  through  an 
individual evaluation. 

Management’s estimates utilized in establishing an appropriate level of allowance for credit losses are not dependent 
on any single assumption. In determining an appropriate allowance level, management evaluates numerous variables, many 
of which are interrelated or dependent on other assumptions and estimates, and takes into consideration past events, current 
conditions  and  reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts.  Due  to  the  inherent  imprecision  in  accounting  estimates,  other 
estimates or assumptions could reasonably have been used in 2020 and changes in estimates are reasonably likely to occur 
from period to period. 

The allowance for credit losses consists of the following components: 

Evaluated on a Collective Basis: Expected credit losses are measured on a collective basis as long as the financial 
assets included in the respective pool share similar risk characteristics. If financial assets are deemed to not share similar 
risk characteristics, an individual assessment is warranted. 

The allowance estimation methodology for the collective assessment is primarily based on internal loss data specific to 
the  Northern  Trust  financial  asset  portfolio  from  a  historical  observation  period  that  includes  both  expansionary  and 
recessionary periods. The estimation methodology and the related qualitative adjustment framework segregate the loan and 
lease portfolio into segments based on loan and obligor-specific factors, including loan type, borrower type, collateral type, 
loan size, and borrower credit quality. For each segment, the probability of default and loss given default are derived for 
each quarter of the remaining life of each instrument. For the first two years (the reasonable and supportable period), these 
factors  are  derived  by  applying  quarterly  macroeconomic  projections  using  models  developed  from  historical  data  on 
macroeconomic factors and loans with similar factors. For periods beyond the reasonable and supportable period, Northern 
Trust reverts to its long-run historical loss experiences on a straight-line basis over four quarters. The exposure at default 
for every quarter is based on contractual balances as of each quarter-end, with adjustments made for potential draw-downs 
of revolving lines. 

For each of the different parameters, specific credit models for the individual loan segments were developed. For each 
segment,  the  probability  of  default  and  the  loss  given  default  are  applied  to  the  exposure  at  default  for  each  projected 
quarter to determine the quantitative component of the allowance. The quantitative allowance is then reviewed within the 
qualitative adjustment framework, through which management applies judgment by assessing internal risk factors, potential 
limitations  in  the  quantitative  methodology,  and  environmental  factors  that  are  not  fully  contemplated  in  the  forecast  to 
compute an adjustment to the quantitative allowance for each segment of the loan portfolio. 

ASU 2016-13 requires the use of projected macroeconomic factors. Northern Trust’s current projection period is eight 
quarters, with a four-quarter straight-line reversion period to historical average loss rates. The Corporation uses multiple 
forecasts  which  are  approved  by  Northern  Trust’s  Macroeconomic  Scenario  Development  Committee  (MSDC).  The 
baseline  forecast  aligns  with  the  Corporation’s  latest  thinking  on  macroeconomic  projections  for  the  next  eight  quarters. 
The forecasts are weighted at each evaluation period and are management’s best estimate of future economic projections at 
that time. 

The  allowance  estimate  is  sensitive  to  changes  in  portfolio  composition  and  quality,  and  macroeconomic  forecasts. 
Increases  in  the  amount  of  borrowing  and  material  downgrades  to  the  quality  of  the  lending  portfolio  will  increase  the 
reserve,  all  else  equal.  Similarly,  deteriorating  projections  for  macroeconomic  conditions  will  increase  the  reserve. 
Macroeconomic  factors  that  are  particularly  correlated  to  Northern  Trust’s  loan  and  lease  portfolio  are  equity  market 
values, market volatility, corporate profits, house and commercial real estate price indices, unemployment, and disposable 
income. The investment security and other financial assets exposure portfolios are less sensitive to macroeconomic factors 
in terms of overall reserve impact due to factors such as high credit quality, short duration, and low historical losses. 

64  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The  results  of  the  credit  reserve  estimation  methodology  are  reviewed  quarterly  by  Northern  Trust’s  Credit  Loss 
Reserve  Committee,  which  receives  input  from  Credit  Risk  Management,  Treasury,  Corporate  Finance,  the  Economic 
Research  group,  and  each  of  Northern  Trust’s  business  units.  The  Credit  Loss  Reserve  Committee  determines  the 
probability weights applied to each forecast approved by MSDC, and also reviews and approves qualitative adjustments to 
the collective allowance in line with Northern Trust’s qualitative adjustment framework. 

Evaluated on an Individual Basis: The allowance is determined through an individual evaluation of financial assets 
considered impaired that is based on expected future cash flows, the value of collateral, and other factors that may impact 
the borrower’s ability to pay. For impaired loans for which the amount of allowance, if any, is determined based on the 
value  of  the  underlying  real  estate  collateral,  third-party  appraisals  are  typically  obtained  and  utilized  by  management. 
These  appraisals  are  generally  less  than  twelve  months  old  and  are  subject  to  adjustments  to  reflect  management’s 
judgment as to the realizable value of the collateral. 

The quarterly analysis of the individual and collective allowance components and the control process maintained by 
Credit  Risk  Management  and  the  lending  staff  are  the  principal  methods  relied  upon  by  management  for  the  timely 
identification  of,  and  adjustment  for,  changes  in  estimated  credit  loss  levels.  In  addition  to  Northern  Trust’s  own 
experience,  management  also  considers  regulatory  guidance.  Control  processes  and  analyses  employed  to  determine  an 
appropriate  level  of  allowance  for  credit  losses  are  reviewed  on  at  least  an  annual  basis  and  modified  as  considered 
appropriate. 

Management  believes  that  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  adequately  addresses  these  uncertainties  and  has  been 
established  at  an  appropriate  level.  Actual  losses  may  vary  from  current  estimates  and  the  amount  of  the  provision  for 
credit losses may be either greater than or less than actual net charge-offs. 

Pension Plan Accounting 
Northern Trust maintains a noncontributory defined benefit pension plan covering substantially all U.S. employees (U.S. 
Qualified Plan) and a U.S. noncontributory supplemental pension plan (U.S. Non-qualified Plan). Certain European-based 
employees also retain benefits in local defined benefit pension plans, of which the majority are closed to new employees 
and to future benefit accruals. Measuring cost and reporting liabilities resulting from defined benefit pension plans requires 
the  use  of  several  assumptions  regarding  future  interest  rates,  asset  returns,  compensation  increases,  mortality  rates,  and 
other  actuarially-based  projections  relating  to  the plans.  Due to  the long-term nature of  this  obligation  and  the estimates 
that are required to be made, the assumptions used in determining the periodic pension expense and the projected pension 
obligation are closely monitored and reviewed annually for adjustments that may be required. Pension accounting guidance 
requires  that  differences  between  estimates  and  actual  experience  be  recognized  as  other  comprehensive  income  in  the 
period  in  which  they  occur.  The  differences  are  amortized  into  net  periodic  pension  expense  from  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income over the average remaining service period of eligible participants. As a result, differences between 
the  estimates  made  in  the  calculation  of  periodic  pension  expense  and  the  projected  pension  obligation  and  actual 
experience  affect  stockholders’  equity  in  the  period  in  which  they  occur  but  continue  to  be  recognized  as  expense 
systematically and gradually over subsequent periods. 

Northern Trust recognizes the significant impact that these pension-related assumptions have on the determination of 
the pension obligations and related expense and has established procedures for monitoring and setting these assumptions 
each year. These procedures include an annual review of actual demographic and investment experience with the pension 
plans’  actuaries.  In  addition  to  actual  experience,  adjustments  to  these  assumptions  consider  observable  yields  on  fixed 
income securities, known compensation trends and policies, as well as economic conditions and investment strategies that 
may impact the estimated long-term rate of return on plan assets. 

In  determining  the  pension  expense  for  the  U.S.  pension  plans  in  2020,  Northern  Trust  utilized  a  discount  rate  of 
3.37% for both the U.S. Qualified Plan and the U.S. Non-qualified Plan. The rate of increase in the compensation level is 
based  on  a  graded  schedule  from  9.00%  to  2.50%  that  averaged  4.97%.  The  expected  long-term  rate  of  return  on  U.S. 
Qualified Plan assets was 5.25%. 

In  evaluating  possible  revisions  to  pension-related  assumptions  for  the  U.S.  pension  plans  as  of  Northern  Trust’s 

December 31, 2020 measurement date, the following were considered: 

•  Discount  Rate:  Northern  Trust  estimates  the  discount  rate  for  its  U.S.  pension  plans  by  applying  the  plan  specific 
projected  cash  flows  for  future  benefit  payments  for  each  plan  to  the  Aon  AA  Above  Median  yield  curve  as  of  the 
measurement date. This yield curve is composed of individual zero-coupon interest rates for 198 different time periods 
over a 99-year time horizon. Zero-coupon rates utilized by the yield curve are mathematically derived from observable 
market yields for AA-rated corporate bonds. This yield curve model referenced by Northern Trust in establishing the 
discount  rate  resulted  in  a  rate  of  2.75%  and  2.45%  at  December  31,  2020  for  the  U.S.  Qualified  and  U.S.  Non-
qualified Plans, respectively. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

• 

• 

• 

Compensation  Level:  Based  on  a  review  of  actual  and  anticipated  salary  experience,  the  compensation  scale 
assumption is based on a graded schedule from 9.00% to 2.50% that averages 4.97%. 
Rate of Return on Plan Assets: The expected return on plan assets is based on an estimate of the long-term (30 years) 
rate of return on plan assets, which is determined using a building block approach that considers the current asset mix 
and estimates of return by asset class based on historical experience, giving proper consideration to diversification and 
rebalancing.  Current  market  factors  such  as  inflation  and  interest  rates  are  also  evaluated  before  long-term  capital 
market  assumptions  are  determined.  Peer  data  and  historical  returns  are  reviewed  to  check  for  reasonability  and 
appropriateness. As a result of these analyses, Northern Trust’s rate of return assumption for the U.S. Qualified Plan 
remains at 5.25% for 2021. 
Mortality  Table:  As  of  December  31,  2020,  Northern  Trust  has  adopted  the  aggregate  Pri-2012  mortality  table  with  a  
2012  base  year,  which  was  released  by  the  Society  of  Actuaries  in  October  2019.  Northern  Trust’s  pension  obligations  
reflect  proposed  future  improvement  under  scale  MP-2020,  which  was  released  by  the  Society  of  Actuaries  in  October  
2020.   This   assumption   was   updated   at   December   31,   2020   from   improvement   scale   MP-2019.   The   updated  
improvement   scale   applies   to   annuity   payments   only   and   results   in   slightly   lower   projected   mortality   improvement  
rates  than  estimated  by  the  MP-2019  improvement  scale.  Mortality  assumptions  on  lump  sum  payments  remain  static  
and  continue  to  be  in  line  with  the  IRS  prescribed  table  for  minimum  lump  sums  in  2021. 

Net   pension   expense   in   2021   is   expected   to   increase   slightly   by   approximately   $1.2   million,   primarily   driven   by   the  
decrease  in  discount  rates  in  2020. 

In  order  to  illustrate  the  sensitivity  of  these  assumptions  on  the  expected  U.S  pension  plans’  periodic  pension  expense  in  
2021  and  the  projected  benefit  obligation  as  of  December  31,  2020,  the  following  table  is  presented  to  show  the  effect  of  
increasing  or  decreasing  each  of  these  assumptions  by  25  basis  points. 

TABLE  45:  SENSITIVITY  OF  U.S.  PENSION  PLANS  ASSUMPTIONS  

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Increase 

(Decrease) 

 in 

2021 

Pension Expense 

Discount 

 Rate Change 

Compensation 

Level Change 

Rate  

 of 

Return 

 on 

Plan 

Assets Change 

Increase 

(Decrease) 

 in 

2020 

Projected Benefit  Obligation 

Discount 

 Rate Change 

Compensation 

Level Change 

 25 BASIS 
POINT INCREASE 

 25 BASIS 
POINT DECREASE 

 $ 

(4.4) 

 $ 

2.5  

(3.8)   

(58.0)   

10.8 

 4.6 

(2.5) 

 3.8 

61.4 

(10.4) 

Pension Contributions: The deduction limits specified by the Internal Revenue Code for contributions made by sponsors 
of defined benefit pension plans are based on a “Target Liability” under the provisions of the Pension Protection Act of 
2006. There were no contributions to the U.S. Qualified Plan for the 2020 plan year. The minimum required contribution to 
the U.S. Qualified Plan is expected to be zero in 2021. The maximum deductible contribution is estimated at $255.0 million 
for 2021. 

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires certain assets and liabilities to be reported at fair 
value.  As  of  December  31,  2020,  approximately  25%  of  Northern  Trust’s  total  assets  and  approximately  1%  of  its  total 
liabilities  were  carried  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  at  fair  value.  As  discussed  more  fully  in  Note  3,  “Fair  Value 
Measurements,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” GAAP requires entities to categorize 
financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value according to a three-level valuation hierarchy. The hierarchy gives the 
highest  priority  to  quoted,  active  market  prices  for  identical  assets  and  liabilities  (Level  1)  and  the  lowest  priority  to 
valuation  techniques  that  require  significant  management  judgment  because  one  or  more  of  the  significant  inputs  are 
unobservable in the market place (Level 3). Approximately 7% of Northern Trust’s assets carried at fair value are classified 
as  Level  1.  Northern  Trust  typically  does  not  hold  equity  securities  or  other  instruments  that  are  actively  traded  on  an 
exchange. 

Approximately 93% of Northern Trust’s assets and 98% of its liabilities carried at fair value are categorized as Level 
2,  as  they  are  valued  using  models  in  which  all  significant  inputs  are  observable  in  active  markets.  Investment  debt 

66  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

securities  classified  as  available  for  sale  make  up  97%  of  Level  2  assets  with  the  remaining  3%  primarily  consisting  of 
derivative financial instruments. Level 2 liabilities are comprised solely of derivative financial instruments. 

Northern Trust’s Level 2 assets include available for sale and trading account securities, the fair values of which are 
determined  predominantly  by  external  pricing  vendors.  Northern  Trust  has  a  well-established  process  to  validate  prices 
received  from  pricing  vendors  as  discussed  more  fully  in  Note  3,  “Fair  Value  Measurements,”  provided  in  Item  8, 
“Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

As of December 31, 2020, all derivative assets and liabilities, excluding the swap related to the sale of certain Visa 
Class B common shares described below, were classified as Level 2 and approximately 95%, measured on a notional value 
basis,  related  to  client-related  and  trading  activities,  predominantly  consisting  of  foreign  exchange  contracts.  Derivative 
instruments are valued internally using widely accepted income-based models that incorporate inputs readily observable in 
actively  quoted  markets  and  reflect  contractual  terms  of  contracts.  Northern  Trust  evaluated  the  impact  of  counterparty 
credit risk and its own credit risk on the valuation of derivative instruments. Factors considered included the likelihood of 
default  by  Northern  Trust  and  its  counterparties,  the  remaining  maturities  of  the  instruments,  net  exposures  after  giving 
effect to master netting agreements, available collateral, and other credit enhancements in determining the appropriate fair 
value of derivative instruments. The resulting valuation adjustments are not considered material. 

As of December 31, 2020, Northern Trust’s Level 3 liabilities consisted of swaps that Northern Trust entered into with 
the  purchaser  of  1.1  million  and  1.0  million  shares  of  Visa  Inc.  Class  B  common  stock  (Visa  Class  B  common  shares) 
previously  held  by  Northern  Trust  and  sold  in  June  2016  and  2015,  respectively.  Pursuant  to  the  swaps,  Northern  Trust 
retains the risks associated with the ultimate conversion of the Visa Class B common shares into shares of Visa Inc. Class 
A  common  stock  (Visa  Class  A  common  shares),  such  that  the  counterparty  will  be  compensated  for  any  dilutive 
adjustments to the conversion ratio and Northern Trust will be compensated for any anti-dilutive adjustments to the ratio. 
The swaps also require periodic payments from Northern Trust to the counterparty calculated by reference to the market 
price  of  Visa  Class  A  common  shares  and  a  fixed  rate  of  interest.  The  fair  value  of  the  swaps  are  determined  using  a 
discounted cash flow methodology. The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement are Northern 
Trust’s  own  assumptions  about  estimated  changes  in  the  conversion  rate  of  the  Visa  Class  B  common  shares  into  Visa 
Class A common shares, the date on which such conversion is expected to occur and the estimated growth rate of the Visa 
Class  A  common  share  price.  See  “Visa  Class  B  Common  Shares”  under  Note  26,  “Commitments  and  Contingent 
Liabilities,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for further information. 

While Northern Trust believes its valuation methods for its assets and liabilities carried at fair value are appropriate 
and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions, particularly as applied to 
Level 3 assets, could have a material effect on the computation of their estimated fair values. 

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND DEVELOPMENTS 

In  January  2020,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (FASB)  issued  ASU  No.  2020-01,  “Investments—Equity 
Securities (Topic 321), Investments—Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 
815): Clarifying the Interactions between Topic 321, Topic 323, and Topic 815” (ASU 2020-01). ASU 2020-01 addresses 
two  accounting  issues:  (1)  application  of  the  measurement  alternative  under  Topic  321  in  correlation  with  the  transition 
into and out of the equity method under Topic 323 and (2) the measurement of certain forward contracts and purchased 
options to acquire equity securities. ASU 2020-01 clarifies that an entity applying the measurement alternative under Topic 
321  that  must  transition  to  the  equity  method  under  Topic  323  because  of  an  observable  transaction  will  remeasure  its 
investment  immediately  before  transition,  whereas  an  entity  applying  the  equity  method  under  Topic  323  that  must 
transition  to  Topic  321  because  of  an  observable  transaction  will  remeasure  its  investment  immediately  after  transition. 
ASU 2020-01 also clarifies that certain forward contracts or purchased call options to acquire equity securities generally 
will be measured using the fair value principles of Topic 321 before settlement or exercise. ASU 2020-01 is effective for 
interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2020, although early adoption is permitted. ASU 2020-01 is not 
expected  to  have  a  significant  impact  on  Northern  Trust’s  consolidated  balance  sheets  or  consolidated  statements  of 
income. 

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, “Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) 
and  Derivatives  and  Hedging—Contracts  in  Entity’s  Own  Equity  (Subtopic  815-40):  Accounting  for  Convertible 
Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity” (ASU 2020-06). ASU 2020-06 simplifies the convertible instrument 
accounting framework through the elimination of the beneficial conversion and cash conversion accounting models used to 
account  for  convertible  debt  and  convertible  preferred  stock.  ASU  2020-06  also  amends  the  accounting  for  certain 
contracts in an entity’s own equity that are currently accounted for as derivatives because of specific settlement provisions 
in Accounting Standards Codification 815—Derivatives and Hedging. In addition, ASU 2020-06 modifies how particular 
convertible  instruments  and  certain  contracts  that  may  be  settled  in  cash  or  shares  impact  the  diluted  earnings  per  share 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

computation. ASU 2020-06 is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2021, although early 
adoption is permitted. ASU 2020-06 is not expected to have a significant impact on Northern Trust’s consolidated balance 
sheets or consolidated statements of income. 

In  October  2020,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2020-08,  “Codification  Improvements  to  Subtopic  310-20,  Receivables-
Nonrefundable  Fees  and  Other  Costs”  (ASU  2020-08).  ASU  2020-08  clarifies  the  Codification  related  to  the  standard 
issued  in  ASU  No.  2017-08,  “Receivables—Nonrefundable  Fees  and  Other  Costs  (Subtopic  310-20):  Premium 
Amortization on Purchased Callable Debt Securities”. ASU 2020-08 clarifies that an entity should amortize premiums on 
purchased  callable  debt  securities  to  the  first  call  date  and  related  call  amount  and  at  that  point  reassess  if  there  is  a 
remaining  premium  to  amortize  to  a  subsequent  call  date.  ASU  2020-08  is  effective  for  interim  and  annual  periods 
beginning  after  December  15,  2020,  although  early  adoption  is  permitted.  ASU  2020-08  is  not  expected  to  have  a 
significant impact on Northern Trust’s consolidated balance sheets or consolidated statements of income. 

RISK MANAGEMENT 

Risk Management Overview 
Northern Trust employs an integrated risk management framework to support its business decisions and the execution of its 
corporate  strategies.  The  framework  provides  a  methodology  to  identify,  manage  and  govern  both  internal  and  external 
risks  to  Northern  Trust,  and  promotes  a  culture  of  risk  awareness  and  good  conduct  across  the  organization.  Northern 
Trust’s  risk  culture  encompasses  the  general  awareness,  attitude  and  conduct  of  employees  with  respect  to  risk  and  the 
management of risk across all lines of defense within the organization. Northern Trust cultivates a culture of effective risk 
management by defining and embedding risk management accountabilities in all employee performance expectations and 
provides training, development and performance rewards to reinforce this culture. 

Northern  Trust’s  risk  management  framework  contains  three  inter-related  elements,  designed  to  support  consistent 
enterprise  risk  identification,  management  and  reporting:  a  comprehensive  risk  inventory,  a  static  taxonomy  of  risk 
categories and a dynamic taxonomy of risk themes. The risk inventory is a detailed register of the risks inherently faced by 
Northern Trust. The risk categories and risk themes are classification systems used for classifying and managing the risk 
inventory and enabling different risk profile views. All identified risks inherent in Northern Trust’s business activities are 
cataloged into the following risk categories: credit, operational, fiduciary, compliance, market, liquidity, and strategic risk. 
All material risks are also dynamically cataloged into various risk themes which are defined groupings that share common 
characteristics, focus on business outcomes and span across risk categories. 

Northern  Trust  implements  its  risk  management  framework  through  a  “three  lines  of  defense”  operating  model, 
embedding a robust risk management capability within its businesses. The model, used to communicate risk management 
expectations  across  the  organization,  contains  three  roles,  each  with  a  complementary  level  of  risk  management 
accountability.  Within  this  operating  model,  Northern  Trust’s  businesses  are  the  first  line  of  defense  for  protecting  it 
against  the  risks  inherent  in  its  businesses  and  are  supported  by  dedicated  business  risk  management  teams.  The  Risk 
Management function, the second line of defense, sets the direction for Northern Trust’s risk management activities and 
provides  aggregate  risk  oversight  and  reporting  in  support  of  risk  governance.  Audit  Services,  the  third  line  of  defense, 
provides independent assurance as to the effectiveness of the integrated risk framework. 

Risk Governance and Oversight Overview 
Risk  governance  is  an  integral  aspect  of  corporate  governance  at  Northern  Trust,  and  includes  clearly  defined 
accountabilities, expectations, internal controls and processes for risk-based decision-making and escalation of issues. The 
following diagram provides a high-level overview of Northern Trust’s risk governance structure, highlighting oversight by 
the Board of Directors and key risk-related committees. 

TABLE 46: RISK GOVERNANCE STRUCTURE 

Audit Committee 

Business Risk Committee 

Capital Governance Committee 

Compensation and Benefits Committee 

Northern Trust Corporation Board of Directors 

-Cybersecurity Risk
Oversight Subcommittee 

Global Enterprise Risk Committee (GERC) 

Credit Risk Committee 

Operational Risk
Committee 

Fiduciary Risk
Committee 

Compliance & Ethics
Oversight Committee 

Market & Liquidity
Risk Committee 

Model Risk Oversight
Committee 

68  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The Board of Directors provides oversight of risk management directly and through certain of its committees: the Audit 
Committee,  the  Business  Risk  Committee,  the  Capital  Governance  Committee  and  the  Compensation  and  Benefits 
Committee. The Board of Directors approves Northern Trust’s Risk Management Framework and Corporate Risk Appetite 
Statement.  The  Business  Risk  Committee  assumes  primary  responsibility  and  oversight  with  respect  to  credit  risk, 
operational risk, fiduciary risk, compliance risk, market risk, liquidity risk, strategic risk, and associated risk themes. The 
Cybersecurity  Risk  Oversight  Subcommittee  of  the  Business  Risk  Committee  assists  the  Business  Risk  Committee  in 
discharging  its  duties  with  respect  to  risks  related  to  cybersecurity  inherent  in  Northern  Trust’s  businesses.  The  Audit 
Committee  provides  oversight  with  respect  to  financial  reporting  and  legal  risk,  while  the  Compensation  and  Benefits 
Committee  oversees  the  development  and  operation  of  Northern  Trust’s  incentive  compensation  program.  The 
Compensation and Benefits Committee annually reviews management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the design and 
performance  of  Northern  Trust’s  incentive  compensation  arrangements  and  practices  in  providing  incentives  that  are 
consistent  with  Northern  Trust’s  safety,  soundness,  and  culture.  This  assessment  includes  an  evaluation  of  whether 
Northern  Trust’s  incentive  compensation  arrangements  and  practices  discourage  inappropriate  risk-taking  behavior  by 
participants. The Capital Governance Committee assists the Board in discharging its oversight duties with respect to capital 
management and resolution planning activities. Among other responsibilities, the Capital Governance Committee oversees 
Northern Trust’s capital adequacy assessments, forecasting, and stress testing processes and activities, including the annual 
CCAR  exercise,  and  challenges  management,  as  appropriate,  on  various  elements  of  such  processes  and  activities. 
Accordingly, the Capital Governance Committee provides oversight with respect to Northern Trust’s linkage of material 
risks to the capital adequacy assessment process. 

The  Chief  Risk  Officer  (CRO)  oversees  Northern  Trust’s  management  of  risk  and  compliance,  promotes  risk 
awareness  and  fosters  a  proactive  risk  management  environment  wherein  risks  inherent  in  the  business  strategy  are 
identified, understood, appropriately monitored and mitigated. The CRO reports directly to the Business Risk Committee 
and the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer. The CRO regularly advises the Business Risk Committee and reports to the 
Committee at least quarterly on risk exposures, risk management deficiencies and emerging risks. In accordance with the 
risk  management  framework,  the  CRO  and  the  Risk  Management  executive  leadership  team  of  Northern  Trust,  together 
with the Chief Financial Officer, Head of Capital and Resolution Planning, General Counsel and Chief Audit Executive, 
meet  as  the  Global  Enterprise  Risk  Committee  (GERC)  to  provide  executive  management  oversight  and  guidance  with 
respect to the management of the categories of risk and risk themes within Northern Trust. Among other risk management 
responsibilities, GERC receives reports, escalations, or recommendations from senior risk committees that are responsible 
for the management of risk, and from time to time may delegate responsibility to such committees for risk issues. Senior 
risk committees include: 

The Credit Risk Committee (CRC) establishes and monitors credit-related policies and practices throughout Northern 
Trust and promotes their uniform application. 

The Operational Risk Committee (ORC) provides independent oversight and is responsible for setting the operational 
risk-related policies and developing and implementing the operational risk management framework and programs that 
support coordination of operational risk activities. 

The  Fiduciary  Risk  Committee  (FRC)  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  reviewing  the  fiduciary  risk  policies  and 
establishing  the  fiduciary  risk  framework,  governance  and  programs  that  support  the  coordination  of  fiduciary  risk 
activities. 

The Compliance & Ethics Oversight Committee (CEOC) provides oversight and direction with respect to compliance 
policies,  implementation  of  the  compliance  and  ethics  program,  and  the  coordination  of  regulatory  compliance 
initiatives across the Corporation. 

The  Market  &  Liquidity  Risk  Committee  (MLRC)  oversees  activities  relating  to  the  management  of  market  and 
liquidity risks by facilitating a focused review of market and liquidity risk exposures and providing rigorous challenge 
of related policies, key assumptions, and practices. 

The  Model  Risk  Oversight  Committee  (MROC)  is  responsible  for  providing  management  attention,  direction,  and 
oversight of the model risk management framework and model risk within Northern Trust. 

In addition to the aforementioned committees, Northern Trust establishes business and regional risk committees that also 
report into GERC. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Risk Assessment, Appetite and Reporting Processes 
As  part  of  the  integrated  risk  framework,  Northern  Trust  has  established  key  risk  identification  and  risk  management 
processes,  embedded  within  its  businesses  to  enable  a  risk-informed  profile  that  supports  its  business  decisions  and  the 
execution of its corporate strategies. Northern Trust’s risk assessment process consists of a series of programs across the 
first and second lines of defense that identify, measure, manage and report risks in line with risk appetite and guidelines. 

Northern  Trust  defines  its  risk  appetite  as  the  aggregate  level  and  types  of  risk  the  Board  of  Directors  and  senior 
management  are  willing  to  assume  to  achieve  the  Corporation’s  strategic  objectives  and  business  plan,  consistent  with 
prudent management of risk and applicable capital, liquidity, and other regulatory requirements. It includes consideration 
of the likelihood and impact of risks, using both monetary loss and non-financial measures across risk themes to monitor 
against  tolerance  thresholds  and  guideline  levels  that  trigger  escalation  to  risk  committees,  senior  management,  and  the 
Board of Directors or committees thereof, as appropriate. 

Risk Control 
Risk Control is an internal, independent review function within the Risk Management function. Risk Control is managed 
by the Head of Risk Control and is comprised of Model Risk Management, Credit Review, Global Compliance Testing and 
Basel Independent Verification groups, each with its own risk focus and oversight. Model Risk Management is responsible 
for the implementation and management of the enterprise-wide model risk framework and independently validating new 
models and reviewing and re-validating existing models. Credit Review provides an independent, ongoing assessment of 
credit exposure and related credit risk management processes across Northern Trust. Global Compliance Testing evaluates 
the  effectiveness  of  procedures  and  controls  designed  to  comply  with  relevant  laws  and  regulations,  as  well  as 
corresponding Northern Trust policies governing regulatory compliance activities. Lastly, Basel Independent Verification 
promotes  rigor  and  accuracy  in  Northern  Trust’s  ongoing  compliance  with  Basel  III  requirements  and  adherence  to 
Enhanced  Prudential  Standards,  including  liquidity  stress  testing.  The  Business  Risk  Committee  has  oversight 
responsibility with respect to Risk Control generally as well as each of these groups. 

Audit Services 
Audit  Services  is  an  independent  control  function  that  assesses  and  validates  controls  within  Northern  Trust’s  risk 
management  framework.  Audit  Services  is  managed  by  the  Chief  Audit  Executive  with  oversight  from  the  Audit 
Committee. Audit Services tests the overall adequacy and effectiveness of the system of internal controls associated with 
the framework on an ongoing basis and reports the results of these audits directly to the Audit Committee. Audit Services 
includes professionals with a broad range of audit and industry experience, including risk management expertise. The Chief 
Audit Executive reports directly to the Audit Committee and the Corporation’s Chief Executive Officer and is a non-voting 
member of GERC. 

Credit Risk 
Credit risk is the risk to interest income or principal from the failure of a borrower, issuer, or counterparty to perform on an 
obligation. 

Credit Risk Overview 
Credit risk is inherent in many of Northern Trust’s activities. A significant component of credit risk relates to loans, leases, 
securities,  and  counterparty-related  exposures.  Northern  Trust’s  loan  portfolio  differs  significantly  from  those  of  other 
large U.S. financial institutions in that Northern Trust is generally: 
• 
• 

not an originator of loan products to be sold into a secondary market or to be bundled into asset securitizations; 
not  an  agent  bank  or  syndicator  of  loans,  where  risk  management  is  achieved  post-close  through  the  sale  of 
participations; and 
not  a  participant  in  leveraged  financial  transactions,  such  as  project  finance,  private-equity-originated  acquisition 
financing or hedge fund leveraging. 

• 

Credit Risk Framework and Governance 
The  Credit  Risk  Management  function  is  the  focal  point  of  the  credit  risk  framework  and,  while  independent  of  the 
businesses, it works closely with them to achieve the goal of assuring proactive management of credit risk. To monitor and 
control credit risk, the Credit Risk Management function maintains a framework that consists of policies, standards, and 
programs  designed  to  promote  a  prudent  relationship-based  credit  culture.  This  function  also  monitors  adherence  to 
corporate policies, standards, programs, and external regulations. 

The Credit Risk Management function provides a system of checks and balances for Northern Trust’s diverse credit-
related activities by monitoring these activities and practices and promoting their uniform application throughout Northern 
Trust. 

70  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The credit risk framework provides authorities for approval of the extension of credit. Individual credit authority for 
commercial  and  personal  loans  is  limited  to  specified  amounts  and  maturities.  Credit  requests  exceeding  individual 
authority  because  of  amount,  rating,  term  or  other  conditions,  are  referred  to  the  relevant  Group  Credit  Approval 
Committee.  Credit  decisions  involving  exposure  in  excess  of  these  limits  require  the  approval  of  the  Senior  Credit 
Committee. The Capital Markets Credit Committee has sole credit authority for the approval, modification, or renewal of 
credit exposure to all wholesale market counterparties. 

The Credit Risk Committee establishes and monitors credit-related policies and programs throughout Northern Trust 
and  promotes  their  uniform  application.  The  Chief  Credit  Officer  reports  directly  to  the  CRO  and  chairs  the  CRC. 
Independent oversight and review of the credit risk framework also is provided by Risk Control. 

Credit Risk Measurement 
An integral component of credit risk measurement is Northern Trust’s internal risk rating system. Northern Trust’s internal 
risk rating system enables identification, measurement, approval and monitoring of credit risk. Calculations include entity-
specific  information  about  the  obligor’s  or  counterparty’s  probability  of  default  and  exposure-specific  information  about 
loss given default, exposure at default and maturity. 

The Credit Risk Management function is responsible for the ongoing oversight of each model that supports the internal 

risk-rating system. Independent model governance and oversight is further supported by the activities of Risk Control. 

Loans and Other Extensions of Credit 
A significant component of credit risk relates to the loan portfolio, including contractual obligations such as legally binding 
commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. These contractual obligations and 
arrangements  are  discussed  in  the  “Off-Balance  Sheet  Arrangements”  section  and  in  Note  26,  “Commitments  and 
Contingent Liabilities,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.” 

Undrawn  commitments  to  extend  credit  generally  have  fixed  expiration  dates  or  other  termination  clauses.  Since  a 
significant  portion  of  the  commitments  are  expected  to  expire  without  being  drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment  amount 
does not necessarily represent future loans or liquidity requirements. The following table provides information about the 
industry sector and expiration dates of undrawn commitments to extend credit as of December 31, 2020. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

TABLE 47: UNDRAWN COMMITMENTS TO EXTEND CREDIT BY INDUSTRY SECTOR 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Commercial 

Commercial 

and Institutional 

Finance 

and Insurance 

Holding Companies 

Manufacturing 

Mining 

Public  Administration 

Retail Trade 

Services 

Transportation  

and Warehousing 

Utilities 

Wholesale Trade 

Other Commercial 

Commercial 

and Institutional(1)

Commercial 

 Real Estate 

Lease 

Financing, net 

Non-U.S. 

Other 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Residential 

 Real Estate 

Private Client 

Non-U.S. 

Other 

Total Personal 

Total 

COMMITMENT EXPIRATION 

TOTAL 
COMMITMENTS 

 ONE YEAR 
AND LESS 

OVER ONE 
YEAR 

OUTSTANDING 
LOANS 

 $ 

4,435.8 

 $ 

2,454.1  $  

1,981.7 

 $ 

 — 

6,945.6 

785.6 

98.4 

903.1 

6,150.7 

283.1 

1,286.2 

749.6  

195.2  

 — 

1,061.3 

259.5 

98.4 

350.5  

2,626.4  

 0.2 

38.3 

108.4 

100.9 

—  

5,884.3 

526.1 

 — 

552.6 

3,524.3 

282.9 

1,247.9 

641.2 

94.3 

21,833.3   

7,098.0   

14,735.3   

252.3   

 —   

1,250.2   

106.1   

23,441.9   

676.1   

4,248.9   

571.6   

 —   

93.0   

 —   

609.0   

106.1   

159.3   

 —   

641.2   

 —   

91.2   

3,014.0   

249.2   

 —   

584.9   

1,234.9   

322.4   

 —   

5,496.6   

3,354.4   

2,142.2   

 $ 

28,938.5 

 $ 

11,260.5 

 $ 

17,678.0 

 $ 

3,085.0 

28.8 

1,422.8 

 5.2 

24.1 

164.0 

4,329.0 

214.2 

 7.2 

427.3 

350.7 

10,058.3 

3,558.4 

11.4 

1,345.7 

288.2 

6,035.7 

11,815.1 

597.9 

49.0 

18,497.7 

33,759.7 

7,906.1   

15,535.8   

15,262.0 

(1) Commercial and Institutional industry sector information is presented on the basis of the North American Industry Classification System (NAICS). 

As  part  of  Northern  Trust’s  credit  processes,  the  Credit  Risk  Management  function  oversees  a  range  of  portfolio 
reviews that focus on significant and/or weaker-rated credits. This approach allows management to take remedial action in 
an effort to deal with potential problems. An integral part of the Credit Risk Management function is a formal review of 
past due and potential problem loans to determine which credits, if any, need to be placed on nonaccrual status or charged 
off.  Northern  Trust  maintains  a  loan  portfolio  watch  list  for  adversely  classified  credit  exposures  that  includes  all 
nonaccrual  credits  as  well  as  other  loans  with  elevated  risk  of  default.  Independent  from  the  Credit  Risk  Management 
function,  Credit  Review  undertakes  both  on-site  and  off-site  file  reviews  that  evaluate  effectiveness  of  management’s 
implementation of the Credit Risk Management’s requirements. 

Counterparty Credit Risk 
Counterparty credit risk for Northern Trust primarily arises from a variety of funding, treasury, trading and custody-related 
activities, including over-the-counter (OTC) currency and interest rate derivatives, and from indemnified securities lending 
transactions.  Credit  exposure  to  counterparties  is  managed  by  use  of  a  framework  for  setting  limits  by  product  type  and 
exposure tenor. 

To calculate exposure, Northern Trust treats repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements and indemnified 
securities  lending  transactions  as  repo-style  transactions.  Foreign  exchange  exposures  and  interest  rate  derivatives  are 
treated as OTC derivatives. The exposure at default measurement methodology for each eligible type of counterparty credit 
exposure, including the use of netting and collateral as risk mitigants, is determined based on operational requirements, the 
characteristics of the contract type and the portfolio size and complexity. 

Credit Risk Mitigation 
Northern  Trust  considers  cash  flow  to  be  the  primary  source  of  repayment  for  client-related  credit  exposures.  However, 
Northern Trust employs several different types of credit risk mitigants to manage its overall credit risk in the event cash 
flow  is  not  sufficient  to  repay  a  credit  exposure.  Northern  Trust  broadly  groups  its  risk  mitigation  techniques  into  the 
following three primary categories. 

72  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Physical and Financial Collateral: Northern Trust’s primary risk mitigation approaches include the requirement of 
collateral. Residential and commercial real estate exposures are typically secured by properly margined mortgages on 
the  property.  In  cases  where  loans  to  commercial  or  certain  Wealth  Management  clients  are  secured  by  marketable 
securities, the daily values of the securities are monitored closely to ensure adherence to collateral coverage policies. 

Netting:  On-balance  sheet  netting  is  employed  where  applicable  for  counterparties  with  master  netting  agreements. 
Netting  is  primarily  related  to  foreign  exchange  transactions  with  major  banks  and  institutional  clients  subject  to 
eligible  master  netting  agreements.  Northern  Trust  has  elected  to  take  the  credit  risk  mitigation  capital  benefit  of 
netting within its regulatory capital calculation at this time. 

Guarantees: Personal and corporate guarantees are often taken to facilitate potential collection efforts and to protect 
Northern  Trust’s  claims  relative  to  other  creditors.  Northern  Trust  has  elected  not  to  take  the  credit  risk  mitigation 
capital benefit of guarantors within its regulatory capital calculation at this time. 

Another important risk management practice is the avoidance of undue concentrations of exposure, such as in any single 
(or small number of related) obligor/counterparty, loan type, industry, geography, country or risk mitigant. Processes are in 
place to establish limits on certain concentrations and the monitoring of adherence to the limits. 

Operational Risk 
Operational  risk  is  the  risk  of  loss  from  inadequate  or  failed  internal  processes,  human  factors  and  systems,  or  from 
external events. 

Operational Risk Overview 
Operational  risk  is  inherent  in  each  of  Northern  Trust’s  businesses  and  corporate  functions  and  reflects  the  potential  for 
inadequate  information  systems,  operating  problems,  product  design  and  delivery  difficulties,  potential  legal  actions,  or 
other catastrophes to result in losses. This includes the potential that continuity of service and resiliency may be impacted. 

Operational risk includes compliance, fiduciary and legal risks, which under the Corporation’s risk structure are governed 
and managed explicitly. 

Operational Risk Framework and Governance 
To  monitor  and  control  operational  risk,  Northern  Trust  maintains  a  framework  consisting  of  risk  management  policies, 
programs and practices designed to promote a sound operational environment and maintain the Corporation’s operational 
risk profile and losses within approved risk appetites and guidelines. The framework is deployed consistently and globally 
across all businesses and its objective is to identify and measure the factors that influence risk and drive action to reduce 
future loss events. The Operational Risk Management function is responsible for defining the operational risk framework 
and providing independent oversight of the framework across Northern Trust. It is the responsibility of each business to 
implement  the  enterprise-wide  operational  risk  framework  and  business-specific  risk  management  programs  to  identify, 
monitor,  measure,  manage  and  report  on  operational  risk  and  mitigate  Northern  Trust’s  exposure  to  loss.  Several  key 
programs support the operational risk framework, including: 
• 

Loss Event Data Program - a program that collects internal and external loss data for use in monitoring operational 
risk exposure, various business analyses and a Basel Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) capital quantification. 
Risk and Control Self-Assessment - a comprehensive, structured risk management process used by Northern Trust’s 
businesses to identify, measure, monitor and mitigate operational risk exposures throughout the enterprise. 
Operational Risk Scenario Analysis - a systematic process of obtaining expert opinions from business managers and 
risk management experts to derive reasoned assessments of the likelihood of occurrence and the potential loss impact 
of plausible operational losses. 
Product and Process Risk Management Program - a program used for evaluating and managing risks associated with 
the introduction of new and modified noncredit products and services, significant changes to operating processes, and 
related significant loss events. 
Outsourcing  Risk  Management  Program  - a  program  that  provides  processes  for  appropriate  risk  assessment, 
measurement, monitoring and management of outsourced technology and business process outsourcing. 
Information  Security  and  Technology  Risk  Management  - a  program  that  communicates  and  implements  risk 
management  processes  and  controls  to  address  information  security,  including  cyber  threats,  technology  and 
compliance risks to the organization. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

• 

• 
• 

Operational  Resiliency  and  Recovery  Management  Program  - a  program  designed  to  protect  life  safety,  minimize 
business  impact  and  support  the  resumption  of  mission-critical  and  economic  functions  for  clients  following  an 
incident. 
Physical Security - a program that provides for the safety of Northern Trust partners, clients, and visitors worldwide. 
Insurance  Management  Program  - a  program  designed  to  reduce  the  monetary  impact  of  certain  operational  loss 
events. 

As discussed in Risk Control, Model Risk Management also is part of the operational risk framework. 

The  ORC  is  responsible  for  overseeing  the  activities  of  Northern  Trust  related  to  the  management  of  operational  risk 
including  establishing  and  maintaining  the  Corporate  Operational  Risk  Policy  and  approving  the  operational  risk 
framework  and  programs.  This  committee  has  the  expanded  role  of  coordinating  operational  risk  issues  related  to 
compliance and fiduciary risks. The purpose of this committee is to provide executive management’s insight and guidance 
to the management of existing and emerging operational risks. This includes identification and assessment of evolving risk 
trends across the operational risk framework and how these can be best managed. 

Operational Risk Measurement 
Northern  Trust  utilizes  the  AMA  capital  quantification  process  to  estimate  required  capital  for  the  Corporation  and 
applicable U.S. banking subsidiaries. Northern Trust’s AMA capital quantification process incorporates outputs from the 
Loss Event Data, Risk and Control Self-Assessment and Operational Risk Scenario Analysis programs to derive required 
capital.  Business  environment  factor  information  is  used  to  estimate  loss  frequency.  The  AMA  capital  quantification 
process  uses  a  Loss  Distribution  Approach  methodology  to  combine  frequency  and  severity  distributions  to  arrive  at  an 
estimate  of  the  potential  aggregate  loss  at  the  99.9th  percentile  of  the  aggregate  loss  distribution  over  a  one-year  time 
horizon. 

Information Security and Technology Risk Management 
Effective  management  of  risks  related  to  the  confidentiality,  integrity  and  availability  of  information  is  crucial  in  an 
environment of increasing cyber threat and requires a structured approach to establish and communicate expectations and 
required  practices.  Northern  Trust’s  information  security  and  technology  risk  management  framework  includes  a 
comprehensive governance structure and an Information Security and Technology Risk Management Policy and Program 
approved by the Business Risk Committee. The framework is supported by an organizational structure that reflects support 
from executive management and includes risk committees comprised of members from across the businesses, including the 
Information  Security  and  Technology  Risk  Committee  (ISTRC).  The  ISTRC  is  chaired  by  the  Chief  Information  Risk 
Officer, who regularly reports to the Business Risk Committee on the status of the Information Security and Technology 
Risk Management Program. 

The  governance  process,  internal  controls  and  risk  management  practices  are  designed  to  keep  risk  at  levels 
appropriate  to  Northern  Trust’s  overall  risk  appetite  and  the  inherent  risk  in  the  markets  in  which  Northern  Trust 
operates. Northern Trust employees are responsible for promoting information security as well as adhering to applicable 
policies and standards and other means provided to them to safeguard electronic information and business systems within 
their  care.  Training  and  awareness  programs  to  educate  employees  on  information  security  are  ongoing  and  include 
multiple approaches such as mandatory computer-based training, phishing simulations, and the designation of individuals 
as Information Security and Privacy Champions within the businesses. In cases where Northern Trust relies on vendors to 
perform  services,  controls  are  routinely  reviewed  for  alignment  with  industry  standards  and  their  ability  to  protect 
information. Any findings identified are remediated following a risk-based approach. 

In  addition  to  the  various  information  security  controls  managed  and  monitored  within  the  organization,  Northern 
Trust  uses  external  third-party  security  teams  on  a  regular  basis  to  assess  effectiveness.  These  teams  perform  security 
program  maturity  assessments,  penetration  tests,  security  assessments  and  reviews  of  Northern  Trust’s  susceptibility  to 
cyber-attacks. Northern Trust operates a global security operations center for threat identification and response. This center 
aggregates  security  threat  information  from  systems  and  platforms  across  the  businesses,  and  alerts  the  organization  in 
accordance with its documented Cyber Incident Response Plan. 

The Cyber Incident Response Plan is used to respond to cybersecurity incidents. A cybersecurity incident is defined as 
an  incident  caused  by  damaging  activity,  which  requires  actions  to  prevent  and  respond  to  disruptions,  denials, 
compromises or exfiltration that impact the confidentiality, integrity and availability of the assets of Northern Trust or its 
clients.  The  plan  provides  a  streamlined  approach  that  can  be  invoked  rapidly  to  address  matters  that  raise  enterprise 
concern  and  to  communicate  impact,  actions  and  status  to  senior  management,  including  the  Chief  Information  Security 
Officer and Chief Information Risk Officer, and appropriate stakeholders. The plan is designed to work with enterprise-
level response plans, and is reviewed, tested, and updated regularly. 

74  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Northern  Trust’s  disclosure  procedures  and  controls  also  address  cybersecurity  incidents  and  include  elements  to 
ensure  that  there  is  an  analysis  of  potential  disclosure  obligations  arising  from  any  such  incidents.  Northern  Trust  also 
maintains  compliance  programs  to  address  the  applicability  of  restrictions  on  securities  trading  while  in  possession  of 
material, nonpublic information, including in instances in which such information may relate to cybersecurity incidents. 

Operational Resiliency and Recovery Management 
Northern  Trust’s  operational  resiliency  approach  encompasses  operational  resiliency  and  recovery  processes  enterprise-
wide (including staff, technology and facilities) to ensure that following a disaster or business interruption Northern Trust 
resumes mission-critical business and economic functions and fulfills all regulatory and legal requirements. 

Northern Trust’s operational resiliency mitigation and preventative measures include sophisticated physical security, 
resilient  designs  and  peer  capacity  for  its  corporate  data  centers,  a  highly  redundant  global  network,  robust  network 
security, resiliency centers that offer alternative workstations, transfer of work and work-from-home programs that provide 
further capability. 

All  of  Northern  Trust’s  businesses  are  required  to  risk-assess  their  critical  functions  regularly  and  develop  business 
continuity plans covering resource requirements (people, systems, vendor relationships and other assets), arrangements for 
obtaining  these  resources  and  prioritizing  the  resumption  of  each  function  in  compliance  with  corporate  standards.  The 
strength of the business continuity programs of all critical third-party vendors to Northern Trust are reviewed on a regular 
basis.  All  of  Northern  Trust’s  businesses  test  their  plans  at  least  annually.  The  ORC  annually  reviews  and  presents  the 
corporate  business  continuity  plan  to  the  Business  Risk  Committee.  In  2020,  Northern  Trust  utilized  these  business 
continuity plans to respond to the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Northern  Trust  has  also  begun  exploring  the  integration  of  climate-related  scenario  analyses  into  its  broader  risk 
management  program  to  help  align  with  certain  recommendations  of  the  Task  Force  on  Climate  Related  Financial 
Disclosures  (TCFD).  In  the  context  of  operational  risk,  the  main  focus  of  these  climate-related  scenario  analyses  is  on 
operational  resiliency  and  recovery.  Conducting  such  scenario  analyses  and  assessing  the  magnitude  of  climate-related 
financial  and  non-financial  risks  and  opportunities  related  to  Northern  Trust’s  global  assets  is  intended  to  position  the 
organization to navigate uncertain climate futures more effectively. 

Fiduciary Risk 
Fiduciary risks are risks arising from the failure in administering or managing financial and other assets in clients’ fiduciary 
accounts: i) to adhere to a fiduciary standard of care if required under the terms of governing documents or applicable laws; 
or  ii)  to  properly  discharge  fiduciary  duties.  Fiduciary  status  may  hinge  on  the  nature  of  a  particular  function  being 
performed and fiduciary standards may vary by jurisdiction, type of relationship and governing document. 

Fiduciary Risk Overview 
The  fiduciary  risk  management  framework  identifies,  assesses,  measures,  monitors  and  reports  on  fiduciary  risk  matters 
deemed significant. Fiduciary risk is mitigated through internal controls and risk management practices that are designed to 
identify,  understand  and  keep  such  risk  at  levels  consistent  with  the  organization’s  overall  risk  appetite  while  also 
managing the inherent risk in each relationship for which Northern Trust serves in a fiduciary capacity. Each business is 
responsible  for  complying  with  all  corporate  policies  and  external  regulations  and  for  establishing  specific  procedures, 
standards and guidelines to manage fiduciary risk within the desired risk appetite. 

Fiduciary Risk Framework and Governance 
The FRC is responsible for overseeing activities related to the exercise of fiduciary powers throughout the organization and 
for establishing and reviewing the fiduciary risk policies and the fiduciary risk framework that supports the coordination of 
activities to identify, monitor, manage and report on fiduciary risk. In addition, the FRC serves as an escalation point for 
significant issues raised by its subcommittees or elsewhere in the organization. 

Compliance Risk 
Compliance risk is the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, financial loss, or damage to reputation resulting from failure to 
comply  with  laws,  regulations,  rules,  other  regulatory  requirements,  or  codes  of  conduct  and  other  standards  of  self-
regulatory organizations applicable to Northern Trust. Compliance risk includes the following two subcategories: 
• 

Regulatory  Risk  - risk  arising  from  failure  to  comply  with  prudential  and  conduct  of  business  or  other  regulatory 
requirements. 
Financial Crime Risk - risk arising from financial crime (e.g., money laundering, sanctions violations, fraud, insider 
dealing, theft, etc.) in relation to the products, services, or accounts of the institution, its clients, or others associated 
with the same. 

• 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Compliance Risk Framework and Governance 
The compliance risk management framework identifies, assesses, controls, measures, monitors and reports on compliance 
risk. The framework is designed to minimize compliance risk and maintain an environment in which criminal or regulatory 
violations  do  not  occur.  The  framework  includes  a  comprehensive  governance  structure  and  a  Compliance  and  Ethics 
Program approved by the Business Risk Committee. 

Each  business  is  responsible  for  the  implementation  and  effectiveness  of  the  Compliance  and  Ethics  Program  and 
specific compliance policies within their respective businesses. Each business is responsible for its respective employees’ 
compliance  with  corporate  policies  and  external  regulations  and  for  establishing  specific  procedures,  standards  and 
guidelines to manage compliance risk in accordance with Northern Trust’s Compliance and Ethics Program. 

The  CEOC  establishes  and  monitors  adherence  to  Northern  Trust’s  Compliance  and  Ethics  Program.  The  Chief 

Compliance and Ethics Officer reports to the Business Risk Committee, as appropriate, and chairs the CEOC. 

Liquidity Risk Management 

Liquidity Risk Overview 
Liquidity  risk  is  the  risk  of  not  being  able  to  raise  sufficient  funds  or  maintain  collateral  to  meet  balance  sheet  and 
contingent liability cash flow obligations when due, because of firm-specific or market-wide stress events. 

Northern  Trust  maintains  a  strong  liquidity  position  and  liquidity  risk  profile.  Northern  Trust’s  balance  sheet  is 
primarily liability-driven. That is, the main driver of balance sheet changes comes from changing levels of client deposits, 
which are generally related to the level of custody assets serviced and commercial and personal deposits and can also be 
influenced by market conditions. This liability-driven business model differs from a typical asset-driven business model, 
where  increased  levels  of  deposits  and  wholesale  borrowings  are  required  to  support,  for  example,  increased  levels  of 
lending. Northern Trust’s balance sheet is generally comprised of high-quality assets that are managed to meet anticipated 
obligations  under  stress,  resulting  in  low  liquidity  risk.  Current  elevated  levels  of  client  deposits  driven  by  market 
conditions are actively managed and monitored. 

Liquidity Risk Framework and Governance 
Northern Trust maintains a liquidity risk framework consisting of risk management policies and practices to keep its risk 
profile within the Board-approved Corporate Risk Appetite Statement. All liquidity risk activities are overseen by the Risk 
Management function, which is independent of the businesses undertaking the activities. 

The Liquidity Management Policy and exposure limits for liquidity risk are set by the Board, and committee structures 
have  been  established  to  implement  and  monitor  adherence  to  corporate  policies,  external  regulations  and  established 
procedures.  Limits  are  monitored  based  on  measures  such  as  the  liquidity  coverage  ratio  (LCR)  and  the  liquidity  stress-
testing  buffer  across  a  range  of  time  horizons.  Treasury,  in  the  first  line  of  defense,  proposes  liquidity  risk  management 
strategies  and  is  responsible  for  performing  liquidity  management  activities.  The  Asset  and  Liability  Management 
Committee  (ALCO)  provides  first  line  management  oversight  and  is  responsible  for  approving  strategies  and  activities 
within the risk appetite, monitoring risk metrics, overseeing balance sheet resources, and reviewing reporting such as cash 
flows, LCR, and stress test results. 

The Market and Liquidity Risk Management Committee (MLRC), in the second line of defense, provides challenge to 
the first line activities, evaluates compliance with regulatory requirements and process effectiveness, and escalates material 
items  for  corrective  action.  The  MLRC  provides  second  line  oversight  and  is  responsible  for  reviewing  market  and 
liquidity  risk  exposures,  approving  and  monitoring  risk  metrics,  and  approving  key  methodologies  and  assumptions  that 
drive liquidity risk measurement. 

Liquidity Risk Analysis, Monitoring, and Reporting 
Liquidity risk is analyzed and monitored in order to ensure compliance with the approved risk appetite. Various liquidity 
analysis  and  monitoring  activities  are  employed  by  Northern  Trust  to  understand  better  the  nature  and  sources  of  its 
liquidity risks, including: liquidity stress testing, liquidity metric monitoring, collateral management, intraday management, 
cash  flow  projections,  operational  deposit  modeling,  liquid  asset  buffer  measurement,  funds  transfer  pricing,  and 
contingency funding planning. 

The  liquidity  risk  management  process  is  supported  through  management  and  regulatory  reporting.  Both  Northern 
Trust’s Treasury and Market and Liquidity Risk Management functions produce management reports that enable oversight 
bodies  to  make  informed  decisions  and  support  management  of  liquidity  risk  within  the  approved  risk  appetite.  Holistic 
liquidity metrics such as LCR and internal liquidity stress testing are actively monitored, along with a suite of other metrics 
that provide early warning indicators of changes in the risk profile. 

76  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Regulatory Environment 
Northern Trust actively follows regulatory developments and regularly evaluates its liquidity risk management framework 
against  proposed  rule-making  and  industry  best  practices  in  order  to  comply  with  applicable  regulations  and  further 
enhance its liquidity policies. Please refer to “Supervision and Regulation—Liquidity Standards” in Item 1, “Business,” for 
a discussion of applicable liquidity standards. 

Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) 
The  LCR  Final  Rule  requires  covered  banking  organizations,  which  include  the  Corporation,  to  maintain  an  amount  of 
high-quality  liquid  assets  (HQLAs)  equal  to  or  greater  than  100%  of  the  banking  organization’s  total  net  cash  outflows 
over  a  30  calendar-day  standardized  supervisory  liquid  stress  scenario.  The  requirements  of  the  LCR  Final  Rule  are 
intended  to  promote  the  short-term  resilience  of  the  liquidity  risk  profile  of  covered  banking  organizations,  improve  the 
banking industry’s ability to absorb shocks arising from financial and economic stress, and improve the measurement and 
management of liquidity risk. The Corporation and the Bank each satisfied the U.S. liquidity coverage ratio requirements 
during 2020. 

Funding 
Northern Trust maintains a very liquid balance sheet, with cash and due from banks, deposits with the Federal Reserve and 
other central banks, short-term money market assets and investment securities in aggregate representing 73% of total assets 
as  of  December  31,  2020.  The  market  value  of  unencumbered  securities  at  the  Bank,  which  include  those  placed  at  the 
Federal Reserve discount window, totaled $56.8 billion at December 31, 2020. 

As the Corporation’s principal subsidiary encompassing all of Northern Trust’s banking activities, the Bank centrally 
manages liquidity for all U.S. and international banking operations. Liquidity is provided by a variety of sources, including 
client deposits (institutional and personal) from the C&IS and Wealth Management businesses, wholesale funding from the 
capital  markets,  maturities  of  short-term  investments,  interest  earned  on  investment  securities  and  money  market  assets, 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances, and unencumbered liquid assets that can be sold or pledged to secure additional funds. 
While management does not view central bank discount windows as primary sources of liquidity, at December 31, 2020, 
the  Bank  had  over  $51.3  billion  of  securities  and  loans  readily  available  as  collateral  to  support  discount  window 
borrowings.  The  Bank  also  is  active  in  the  U.S.  interbank  funding  market,  providing  an  important  source  of  additional 
liquidity and low-cost funds. 

The  liquidity  of  the  Corporation  is  managed  separately  from  that  of  the  Bank.  The  primary  sources  of  cash  for  the 
Corporation  are  issuances  of  debt  or  equity  and  dividend  payments  from  the  Bank.  On  May  1,  2020,  the  Corporation 
issued  $1.0  billion  of  1.95%  senior  notes,  due  May  1,  2030.  The  Corporation  also  received  $900.0  million  of  dividends 
from the Bank in 2020. Dividends from the Bank are subject to certain restrictions, as discussed in further detail in Note 
31,  “Restrictions  on  Subsidiary  Dividends  and  Loans  or  Advances,”  provided  in  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data.” 

The  Corporation’s  liquidity,  defined  as  the  amount  of  cash  and  highly  marketable  assets,  was  $2.5  billion  and  $2.6 
billion at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During, and at year-end, 2020 and 2019, these assets were comprised 
almost  entirely  of  cash  in  a  demand  deposit  account  at  the  Bank  or  overnight  money  market  placements,  both  of  which 
were fully available to the Corporation to support its own cash flow requirements or those of its subsidiaries, as needed. 
Average liquidity during 2020 and 2019 was $2.7 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively. The cash flows of the Corporation 
are  shown  in  Note  34,  “Northern  Trust  Corporation  (Corporation  only),”  provided  in  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data.” 

Uses of Liquidity 
Liquidity supports a variety of activities, including client withdrawals, purchases of securities, net loan growth, and draws 
on commitments to extend credit. 

The Corporation’s uses of cash consist mainly of dividend payments to the Corporation’s stockholders; the payment of 
principal and interest to note holders; repurchases of its common stock; and investments in, or loans to, its subsidiaries. The 
most significant uses of cash by the Corporation during 2020 were $584.6 million of common stock dividends and $299.8 
million of common stock repurchases. 

Credit Ratings 
A significant source of liquidity for both the Corporation and the Bank is the ability to draw funding from capital markets 
globally.  The  credit  ratings  of  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  as  of  December  31,  2020,  provided  in  the  following  table, 
allow Northern Trust to access capital markets on favorable terms. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

TABLE 48: NORTHERN TRUST CREDIT RATINGS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 

Northern 

Trust Corporation: 

Senior Debt 

Subordinated Debt 

Preferred Stock 

Trust 

Preferred 

Capital Securities 

Outlook 

 The 

Northern 

Trust Company: 

Short-Term Deposit 

Long-Term Deposit/Debt 

Subordinated Debt 

Outlook 

CREDIT RATING 

STANDARD & 
POOR’S 

MOODY’S 

FITCH RATINGS 

A+ 

A 

BBB+ 

BBB+ 

Stable 

A-1+ 

AA-

A+ 

Stable 

A2 

A2 

Baa1 

A3 

Stable 

P-1 

Aa2 

A2 

A+ 

A+ 

BBB 

BBB+ 

Stable 

F1+ 

AA 

A+ 

Stable 

Stable 

A significant downgrade in one or more of these ratings could limit Northern Trust’s access to capital markets and/or 
increase the rates paid for short-term borrowings, including deposits, and future long-term debt issuances. The size of these 
rate  increases  would  depend  on  multiple  factors,  including  the  extent  of  the  downgrade,  Northern  Trust’s  relative  debt 
rating  compared  to  other  financial  institutions,  current  market  conditions,  and  other  factors.  In  addition,  as  discussed  in 
Note  28,  “Offsetting  of  Assets  and  Liabilities,”  provided  in  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,” 
Northern Trust enters into certain master netting arrangements with derivative counterparties that contain credit-risk-related 
contingent  features  in  which  the  counterparty  has  the  option  to  declare  Northern  Trust  in  default  and  accelerate  cash 
settlement of net derivative liabilities with the counterparty in the event Northern Trust’s credit rating falls below specified 
levels.  At  December  31,  2020,  the  net  maximum  amount  of  these  termination  payments  that  Northern  Trust  could  have 
been required to pay was $604.2 million. Other than these credit-risk-related contingent derivative counterparty payments, 
Northern Trust had no long-term debt covenants or other credit-risk-related payments at December 31, 2020, that would be 
triggered by a significant downgrade in its debt ratings. 

Contractual Obligations 
The following table shows Northern Trust’s contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020. 

TABLE 49: CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 

 ($ 
 In Millions) 
Senior Notes(1)
Subordinated Debt(1)
 Rate 
Floating 
Operating Leases
Purchase Obligations(3)
Total 

(2) 

Capital Debt(1)

Contractual Obligations 

PAYMENT DUE BY PERIOD 

TOTAL 
3,122.4 
1,189.3 
277.8 
801.5 
710.3 
6,101.3 

 $ 

 $ 

 ONE YEAR 
AND LESS 
499.8 
 — 
 — 
99.1 
213.9 
812.8 

 $ 

 $ 

1-3
YEARS 
499.6 
 — 
 — 
178.2 
360.8 
1,038.6 

 $ 

 $ 

 3-5 YEARS 
 — 
839.8 
 — 
151.7 
128.8 
1,120.3 

 $ 

 $ 

OVER 5 
YEARS 
2,123.0 
349.5 
277.8 
372.5 
 6.8 
3,129.6 

 $ 

 $ 

Note: Obligations as shown do not include deposit liabilities or interest requirements on funding sources.
(1) Refer to Note 13, “Senior Notes and Long-Term Debt,” and Note 14, “Floating Rate Capital Debt,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” 
for further details. 
(2) Refer to Note 10, “Lease Commitments,” provided in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” for further details. 
(3) Purchase obligations consist of enforceable and legally binding agreements to purchase products or services at specified significant terms. 

Market Risk Management 
There  are  two  types  of  market  risk,  interest  rate  risk  associated  with  the  assets  and  liabilities  on  the  balance  sheet,  and 
trading risk. Interest rate risk associated with the assets and liabilities on the balance sheet is the potential for movements in 
interest  rates  to  cause  changes  in  net  interest  income  and  the  market  value  of  equity.  Trading  risk  is  the  potential  for 
movements  in  market  variables  such  as  foreign  exchange  and  interest  rates  to  cause  changes  in  the  value  of  trading 
positions. 

78  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Market Risk Framework and Governance 
Northern  Trust  maintains  a  market  risk  framework  consisting  of  risk  management  policies  and  practices  to  keep  its  risk 
profile within the Board-approved Corporate Risk Appetite Statement. All market risk activities are overseen by the Risk 
Management function, which is independent of the businesses undertaking the activities. 

The Asset and Liability Management Policy, Policy on Dealer Trading Activities, and exposure limits for market risk 
are set by board-level committees, and committee structures have been established to implement and monitor adherence to 
corporate  policies,  external  regulations  and  established  procedures.  Limits  are  monitored  based  on  measures  such  as 
sensitivity  of  net  interest  income  (NII),  sensitivity  of  market  value  of  equity  (MVE),  and  Value-at-Risk  (VaR)  across  a 
range of time horizons. 

Treasury,  in  the  first  line  of  defense,  proposes  market  risk  management  strategies  and  is  responsible  for  performing 
market risk management activities. The ALCO provides first line management oversight and is responsible for approving 
strategies and activities within the risk appetite, monitoring risk metrics, overseeing balance sheet resources, overseeing the 
execution of strategies, and reviewing reporting such as stress test results. 

Market and Liquidity Risk Management, in the second line of defense, provides challenge to the first line activities, 
evaluates  compliance  with  regulatory  requirements  and  process  effectiveness,  and  escalates  material  items  for  corrective 
action. The MLRC provides second line oversight and is responsible for reviewing market risk exposures, establishing and 
monitoring risk metrics, and approving key methodologies and assumptions that drive market risk measurement. 

Interest Rate Risk Overview 
Interest rate risk associated with the assets and liabilities on the balance sheet is the potential for deterioration in Northern 
Trust's financial position (e.g. interest income, market value of equity, or capital) due to changes in interest rates. NII and 
MVE sensitivity are the primary metrics used for measurement and management of interest rate risk. Changes in interest 
rates can have a positive or negative impact on NII depending on the positioning of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet 
instruments. Changes in interest rates also can impact the values of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet positions, which 
directly impact the MVE. To mitigate interest rate risk, the balance sheet is managed so that movements of interest rates on 
assets and liabilities (adjusted for hedges) are sufficiently correlated, which allows Northern Trust to manage its interest 
rate risk within its risk appetite. 

There are four commonly recognized types of structural interest rate risk associated with the assets and liabilities on the 
balance sheet: 
• 
• 
• 

repricing risk, which arises from differences in the maturity and repricing terms of assets and liabilities; 
yield curve risk, which arises from changes in the shape of the yield curve; 
basis risk, which arises from imperfect correlation in the adjustment of the rates earned and paid on different financial 
instruments with otherwise similar repricing characteristics; and 
embedded optionality risk, which arises from client or counterparty behavior in response to interest rate changes. 

• 

Interest Rate Risk Analysis, Monitoring, and Reporting 
Northern  Trust  uses  two  primary  measurement  techniques  to  manage  interest  rate  risk:  NII  and  MVE  sensitivity.  NII 
sensitivity  provides  management  with  a  short-term  view  of  the  impact  of  interest  rate  changes  on  NII.  MVE  sensitivity 
provides management with a long-term view of interest rate changes on MVE based on the period-end balance sheet. 

Northern  Trust  limits  aggregate  interest  rate  risk  (as  measured  by  the  NII  sensitivity  and  MVE  sensitivity  simulation 
techniques) to an acceptable level within the context of risk appetite. A variety of actions may be used to implement risk 
management strategies to modify interest rate risk including: 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

purchase of investment securities; 
sale of investment securities that are classified as available for sale; 
issuance of senior notes and subordinated notes; 
collateralized borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank; and 
hedging with various types of derivative financial instruments. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

NII Sensitivity 
The  modeling  of  NII  sensitivity  incorporates  on-balance  sheet  positions,  as  well  as  derivative  financial  instruments 
(principally  interest  rate  swaps)  that  are  used  to  manage  interest  rate  risk.  Northern  Trust  uses  market  implied  forward 
interest rates as the base case and measures the sensitivity (i.e., change) of a static balance sheet to changes in interest rates. 
Stress testing of interest rates is performed to include such scenarios as immediate parallel shocks to rates, nonparallel (i.e., 
twist)  changes  to  yield  curves  that  result  in  their  becoming  steeper  or  flatter,  and  changes  to  the  relationship  among  the 
yield curves (i.e., basis risk). 

The NII sensitivity analysis incorporates certain critical assumptions such as interest rates and client behaviors under 
changing  rate  environments.  These  assumptions  are  based  on  a  combination  of  historical  analysis  and  future  expected 
pricing  behavior.  The  simulation  cannot  precisely  estimate  NII  sensitivity  given  uncertainty  in  the  assumptions.  The 
following key assumptions are incorporated into the NII simulation: 
• 

the  balance  sheet  size  and  mix  remains  constant  over  the  simulation  horizon  with  maturing  assets  and  liabilities 
replaced  with  instruments  with  similar  terms  as  those  that  are  maturing,  with  the  exception  of  certain  nonmaturity 
deposits that are considered short-term in nature and therefore receive a more conservative interest-bearing treatment; 
prepayments on mortgage loans and securities collateralized by mortgages are projected under each rate scenario using 
a third-party mortgage analytics system that incorporates market prepayment assumptions; 
cash  flows  for  structured  securities  are  estimated  using  a  third-party  vendor  in  conjunction  with  the  prepayments 
provided by the third-party mortgage analytics vendor; 
nonmaturity  deposit  pricing  is  projected  based  on  Northern  Trust’s  actual  historical  patterns  and  management 
judgment, depending upon the availability of historical data and current pricing strategies/or judgment; and 
new business rates are based on current spreads to market indices. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

The following table shows the estimated NII impact over the next twelve months of 100 and 200 basis point ramps upward 
and 100 basis point ramp downward movements in interest rates relative to forward rates. Each rate movement is assumed 
to occur gradually over a one-year period. 

TABLE 50: NET INTEREST INCOME SENSITIVITY AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 

INCREASE/(DECREASE) 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

INCREASE 

 IN 

INTEREST 

100 

Basis Points 

200 

Basis Points 

RATES 

ABOVE 

MARKET 

IMPLIED 

FORWARD RATES 

DECREASE 

 IN 

INTEREST 

RATES 

BELOW 

MARKET 

IMPLIED 

FORWARD RATES 

100 

Basis Points 

ESTIMATED 
NEXT 

IMPACT ON 
TWELVE MONTHS 
INTEREST 
 OF 
INCOME 

 NET 

 $ 

 $ 

249 

451 

114 

The NII sensitivity analysis does not incorporate certain management actions that may be used to mitigate adverse effects 
of actual interest rate movement. For that reason and others, the estimated impacts do not reflect the likely actual results but 
serve  as  estimates  of  interest  rate  risk.  NII  sensitivity  is  not  comparable  to  actual  results  disclosed  elsewhere  or  directly 
predictive of future values of other measures provided. 

MVE Sensitivity 
MVE is defined as the present value of assets minus the present value of liabilities, net of the value of financial derivatives 
that are used to manage the interest rate risk of balance sheet items. The potential effect of interest rate changes on MVE is 
derived from the impact of such changes on projected future cash flows and the present value of these cash flows and is 
then  compared  to  the  established  limit.  Northern  Trust  uses  current  market  rates  (and  the  future  rates  implied  by  these 
market rates) as the base case and measures MVE sensitivity under various rate scenarios. Stress testing of interest rates is 
performed to include such scenarios as immediate parallel shocks to rates, nonparallel (i.e., twist) changes to yield curves 
that result in their becoming steeper or flatter, and changes to the relationship among the yield curves (i.e., basis risk). 

The MVE sensitivity analysis incorporates certain critical assumptions such as interest rates and client behaviors under 
changing  rate  environments.  These  assumptions  are  based  on  a  combination  of  historical  analysis  and  future  expected 
pricing behavior. The simulation cannot precisely estimate MVE sensitivity given uncertainty in the assumptions. Many of 
the assumptions that apply to NII sensitivity also apply to MVE sensitivity simulations, with the following separate key 
assumptions incorporated into the MVE simulation: 

80  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

• 

• 

• 

the present value of nonmaturity deposits are estimated using dynamic decay methodologies or estimated remaining 
lives,  which  are  based  on  a  combination  of  Northern  Trust’s  actual  historical  runoff  patterns  and  management 
judgment—some  balances  are  assumed  to  be  core  and  have  longer  lives  while  other  balances  are  assumed  to  be 
temporary and have comparatively shorter lives; 
the present values of most noninterest-related balances (such as receivables, equipment, and payables) are the same as 
their book values; and 
Monte Carlo simulation is used to generate forward interest rate paths. 

The following table shows the estimated impact on MVE of 100 and 200 basis point shocks up and a 100 basis point shock 
down from current market implied forward rates. 

TABLE 51: MARKET VALUE OF EQUITY SENSITIVITY AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 

INCREASE/(DECREASE) 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

INCREASE 

 IN 

INTEREST 

100 

Basis Points 

200 

Basis Points 

RATES 

ABOVE 

MARKET 

IMPLIED 

FORWARD RATES 

DECREASE 

 IN 

INTEREST 

RATES 

BELOW 

MARKET 

IMPLIED 

FORWARD RATES 

100 

Basis Points 

ESTIMATED 

MARKET 

IMPACT ON 
VALUE OF 
EQUITY 

 $ 

 $ 

558 

551 

328 

The MVE simulations do not incorporate certain management actions that may be used to mitigate adverse effects of actual 
interest rate movements. For that reason and others, the estimated impacts do not reflect the likely actual results but serve 
as  estimates  of  interest  rate  risk.  MVE  sensitivity  is  not  comparable  to  actual  results  disclosed  elsewhere  or  directly 
predictive of future values of other measures provided. 

Foreign Currency Risk Overview 
Northern Trust’s balance sheet is exposed to nontrading foreign currency risk as a result of its holdings of non-U.S. dollar 
denominated  assets  and  liabilities,  investment  in  non-U.S.  subsidiaries,  and  future  non-U.S.  dollar  denominated  revenue 
and expense. To manage currency exposures on the balance sheet, Northern Trust attempts to match its assets and liabilities 
by currency. If those currency offsets do not exist on the balance sheet, Northern Trust will use foreign exchange derivative 
contracts to mitigate its currency exposure. Foreign exchange contracts are also used to reduce Northern Trust’s currency 
exposure to future non-U.S. dollar denominated revenue and expense. 

In  addition,  Northern  Trust  provides  global  foreign  exchange  (GFX)  services  to  clients.  Most  of  these  services  are 
provided  in  connection  with  Northern  Trust’s  global  custody  business.  In  the  normal  course  of  business,  Northern  Trust 
also engages in trading of non-U.S. currencies for its own account. Both activities are considered trading activities. 

Foreign currency trading positions exist when aggregate obligations to purchase and sell a currency other than the U.S. 
dollar do not offset each other in amount, or offset each other over different time periods. The GFX trading portfolio at 
Northern  Trust  is  composed  of  spot,  forward,  and  non-deliverable  foreign  currency  transactions.  For  GFX,  spot  risk  is 
driven primarily by foreign exchange rate (FX) risk, and forward risk is driven primarily by interest rate (IR) risk. 

Foreign Currency Risk Measurement 
Northern  Trust  measures  daily  the  risk  of  loss  associated  with  all  non-U.S.  currency  positions  using  a  VaR  model  and 
applying the historical simulation methodology. This statistical model provides estimates, based on high confidence levels, 
of the potential loss in value that might be incurred if an adverse shift in non-U.S. currency exchange rates were to occur 
over a small number of days. The model incorporates foreign currency and interest rate volatilities and correlations in price 
movements among the currencies. VaR is computed for each trading desk and for the global portfolio. 

VaR measures are computed in a vendor software application which reads foreign exchange positions from Northern 
Trust’s  trading  systems  each  day.  Data  vendors  provide  foreign  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates  for  all  currencies.  The 
Risk Management function monitors on a daily basis VaR model inputs and outputs for reasonableness. 

Foreign Currency Risk Monitoring, Reporting and Analysis 
Northern Trust monitors several variations of the GFX VaR measures to meet specific regulatory and internal management 
needs.  Variations 
include  different  methodologies  (historical  simulation,  Monte  Carlo  simulation  and  Taylor 
approximation), horizons of one day and ten days, confidence levels of 95% and 99%, subcomponent VaRs using only FX 
drivers  and  only  IR  drivers,  and  look-back  periods  of  one  year,  two  years,  and  four  years.  Those  alternative  measures 
provide management an array of corroborating metrics and alternative perspectives on Northern Trust’s market risks. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Automated daily reports are produced and distributed to business managers and risk managers. The Risk Management 
function  also  reviews  and  reports  several  variations  of  the  VaR  measures  in  historical  time  series  format  to  provide 
management with a historical perspective on risk. 

The following table presents the levels of total regulatory VaR and its subcomponents for GFX in the years indicated 
below, based on the historical simulation methodology, a 99% confidence level, a one-day horizon and equally-weighted 
volatility. The total VaR for GFX is typically less than the sum of its two subcomponents due to diversification benefits 
derived from the two subcomponents. 

TABLE 52: GLOBAL FOREIGN CURRENCY VALUE-AT-RISK 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

(FX 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

High 
Low 
Average 
 of 
 As 

December 31, 

 $ 

TOTAL VaR 

AND 

IR DRIVERS) 

 FX 

 VaR 

(FX 

DRIVERS ONLY) 

 IR 

 VaR 

(IR 

DRIVERS ONLY) 

 $ 

2020 
 1.8 
 — 
 0.3 
 0.3 

 $ 

2019 
 0.3 
 — 
 0.1 
 0.1 

 $ 

2020 
 1.9 
 — 
 0.1 
 0.3 

 $ 

2019 
 0.3 
 — 
 0.1 
 0.1 

 $ 

2020 
 1.0 
 — 
 0.2 
 0.2 

2019 
 0.2 
 — 
 0.1 
 0.1 

During 2020, Northern Trust did not incur an actual GFX trading loss in excess of the daily GFX VaR estimate. During 
2019, Northern Trust experienced one day of actual GFX trading loss in excess of the daily GFX VaR estimate. 

Other Nonmaterial Trading Activities 
Market risk associated with other trading activities is negligible. Northern Trust’s broker-dealer subsidiary, Northern Trust 
Securities,  Inc.,  maintains  a  small  portfolio  of  trading  securities  held  for  customer  accommodation  purposes,  which 
averaged $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. 

Northern Trust is also party to interest rate derivative contracts consisting mostly of interest rate swaps and swaptions 
entered into to meet clients’ interest rate risk management needs, but also including a small number of caps and floors. All 
interest rate derivative transactions are executed by Northern Trust's Treasury department. When Northern Trust enters into 
client transactions, its practice is to mitigate the resulting market risk with offsetting interbank derivative transactions with 
matching terms and maturities. 

Strategic Risk 
Strategic  risk  is  the  vulnerability  of  the  organization  to  internal  or  external  developments  that  render  corporate  strategy 
ineffective or unachievable. The consequences of strategic risk can be diminished long-term earnings and capital, as well as 
reputational damage to the firm. Strategic risk encompasses two main areas: 

• 

• 

Macroeconomic and geopolitical risk centers on external events or developments that would have a detrimental impact 
on financial markets and/or financial services firms. 
Business  risk  arises  from  internal,  secular,  competitive,  or  regulatory  trends  that  impact  Northern  Trust’s  stated 
strategy or its achievability. 

Strategic Risk Framework and Governance 
The Corporate Strategic Risk Framework has been developed in conjunction with the Corporation’s risk appetite and risk 
management policies, and defines the mission and expectations of the Strategic Risk Management function to identify and 
analyze the sources and consequences of strategic risk. 

This is achieved through participation in the establishment and review of business line strategy, coordination of risk 
input to the evaluation of key strategic opportunities, and developing and maintaining a risk inventory and set of metrics 
which attempt to gauge the level of strategic risk within the organization. 

In  addition,  the  Strategic  Risk  Management  function  maintains  the  Global  Event  Response  Program,  which  aims  to 

anticipate and prepare for stress scenarios, and provide an outline for responding to them when they occur. 

Both  GERC  and  the  Business  Risk  Committee  are  responsible  for  reviewing  the  general  methods,  guidelines  and 

frameworks by which Northern Trust monitors and evaluates strategic risk. 

82  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This report may include statements which constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor 
provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are identified typically by 
words  or  phrases  such  as  “believe,”  “expect,”  “anticipate,”  “intend,”  “estimate,”  “project,”  “likely,”  “plan,”  “goal,” 
“target,” “strategy,” and similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” and 
“could.” Forward-looking statements include statements, other than those related to historical facts, that relate to Northern 
Trust’s  financial  results  and  outlook;  capital  adequacy;  dividend  policy  and  share  repurchase  program;  accounting 
estimates and assumptions; credit quality including allowance levels; future pension plan contributions; effective tax rate; 
anticipated  expense  levels;  contingent  liabilities;  acquisitions;  strategies;  market  and  industry  trends;  and  expectations 
regarding  the  impact  of  accounting  pronouncements  and  legislation.  These  statements  are  based  on  Northern  Trust’s 
current beliefs and expectations of future events or future results, and involve risks and uncertainties that are difficult to 
predict and subject to change. These statements are also based on assumptions about many important factors, including: 
• 

the  impact  of  the  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic—and  governmental  and  societal  responses  thereto—on  Northern 
Trust’s business, financial condition, and results of operations; 
financial market disruptions or economic recession in the United States or other countries across the globe resulting 
from any of a number of factors; 
volatility or changes in financial markets, including debt and equity markets, that impact the value, liquidity, or credit 
ratings  of  financial  assets  in  general,  or  financial  assets  held  in  particular  investment  funds  or  client  portfolios, 
including those funds, portfolios, and other financial assets with respect to which Northern Trust has taken, or may in 
the future take, actions to provide asset value stability or additional liquidity; 
the impact of equity markets on fee revenue; 
the downgrade of U.S. government-issued and other securities; 
changes in foreign exchange trading client volumes and volatility in foreign currency exchange rates, changes in the 
valuation of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies in which Northern Trust records revenue or accrues expenses, 
and Northern Trust’s success in assessing and mitigating the risks arising from all such changes and volatility; 
a decline in the value of securities held in Northern Trust’s investment portfolio, particularly asset-backed securities, 
the  liquidity  and  pricing  of  which  may  be  negatively  impacted  by  periods  of  economic  turmoil  and  financial 
market disruptions; 
Northern Trust’s ability to address operating risks, including those related to cybersecurity, data security, human errors 
or  omissions,  pricing  or  valuation  of  securities,  fraud,  systems  performance  or  defects,  systems  interruptions,  and 
breakdowns in processes or internal controls; 
Northern Trust's success in responding to and investing in changes and advancements in technology; 
a significant downgrade of any of Northern Trust’s debt ratings; 
the  health  and  soundness  of  the  financial  institutions  and  other  counterparties  with  which  Northern  Trust 
conducts business; 
uncertainties inherent in the complex and subjective judgments required to assess credit risk and establish appropriate 
allowances therefor; 
changes in the availability of the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) or the calculation of alternative interest rate 
benchmarks; 
the pace and extent of continued globalization of investment activity and growth in worldwide financial assets; 
changes in interest rates or in the monetary or other policies of various regulatory authorities or central banks; 
changes  in  the  legal,  regulatory  and  enforcement  framework  and  oversight  applicable  to  financial  institutions, 
including Northern Trust; 
increased  costs  of  compliance  and  other  risks  associated  with  changes  in  regulation,  the  current  regulatory 
environment, and areas of increased regulatory emphasis and oversight in the United States and other countries, such 
as anti-money laundering, anti-bribery, and data privacy; 
failure  to  satisfy  regulatory  standards  or  to  obtain  regulatory  approvals  when  required,  including  for  the  use  and 
distribution of capital; 
changes  in  tax  laws,  accounting  requirements  or  interpretations  and  other  legislation  in  the  United  States  or  other 
countries that could affect Northern Trust or its clients; 
geopolitical  risks,  risks  related  to  global  climate  change  and  the  risks  of  extraordinary  events  such  as  pandemics, 
natural disasters, terrorist events and war, and the responses of the United States and other countries to those events; 
the departure of the United Kingdom from the European Union, commonly referred to as “Brexit,” and any negative 
effects thereof on global economic conditions, global financial markets, and our business and results of operations; 
changes in the nature and activities of Northern Trust’s competition; 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Northern  Trust’s  success  in  maintaining  existing  business  and  continuing  to  generate  new  business  in  existing  and 
targeted markets and its ability to deploy deposits in a profitable manner consistent with its liquidity requirements; 
Northern Trust’s ability to address the complex needs of a global client base and manage compliance with legal, tax, 
regulatory and other requirements; 
Northern Trust’s ability to maintain a product mix that achieves acceptable margins; 
Northern  Trust’s  ability  to  continue  to  generate  investment  results  that  satisfy  clients  and  to  develop  an  array  of 
investment products; 
the effectiveness of Northern Trust’s management of its human capital, including its success in recruiting and retaining 
the  necessary  personnel  to  support  business  growth  and  expansion  and  maintain  sufficient  expertise  to  support 
increasingly complex products and services; 
Northern Trust’s success in implementing its expense management initiatives; 
uncertainties  inherent  in  Northern  Trust’s  assumptions  concerning  its  pension  plan,  including  discount  rates  and 
expected contributions, returns and payouts; 
Northern  Trust’s  success  in  continuing  to  enhance  its  risk  management  practices  and  controls  and  managing  risks 
inherent in its businesses, including credit risk, operational risk, market and liquidity risk, fiduciary risk, compliance 
risk and strategic risk; 
risks and uncertainties inherent in the litigation and regulatory process, including the possibility that losses may be in 
excess of Northern Trust’s recorded liability and estimated range of possible loss for litigation exposures; 
risks  associated  with  being  a  holding  company,  including  Northern  Trust’s  dependence  on  dividends  from  its 
principal subsidiary; 
the  risk  of  damage  to  Northern  Trust’s  reputation  which  may  undermine  the  confidence  of  clients,  counterparties, 
rating agencies, and stockholders; and 
other factors identified elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including those factors described in Item 1A, 
“Risk Factors,” and other filings with the SEC, all of which are available on Northern Trust’s website. 

Actual  results  may  differ  materially  from  those  expressed  or  implied  by  forward-looking  statements.  The  information 
contained  herein  is  current  only  as  of  the  date  of  that  information.  All  forward-looking  statements  included  in  this 
document are based upon information presently available, and Northern Trust assumes no obligation to update its forward-
looking statements. 

84  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION 

Reconciliation to Fully Taxable Equivalent 
The following table presents a reconciliation of interest income, net interest income, net interest margin, and total revenue 
prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP  to  such  measures  on  an  FTE  basis,  which  are  non-GAAP  financial  measures.  Net 
interest  margin  is  calculated  by  dividing  annualized  net  interest  income  by  average  interest-earning  assets.  Management 
believes  this  presentation  provides  a  clearer  indication  of  these  financial  measures  for  comparative  purposes.  When 
adjusted  to  an  FTE  basis,  yields  on  taxable,  nontaxable  and  partially  taxable  assets  are  comparable;  however,  the 
adjustment to an FTE basis has no impact on net income. 

TABLE 53: RECONCILIATION TO FULLY TAXABLE EQUIVALENT 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

 Net 

Interest Income 

Interest 

Income   - GAAP 

 Add: 

FTE Adjustment 

Interest 

Income 

(FTE)   - Non-GAAP 

 Net 

Interest 

Income   - GAAP 

 Add: 

FTE Adjustment 

 Net 

Interest 

Income 

(FTE)   - Non-GAAP 

 Net 

Interest 

Margin   - GAAP 

 Net 

Interest 

Margin 

(FTE)   - Non-GAAP 

Total Revenue 

Total 

Revenue   - GAAP 

 Add: 

FTE Adjustment 

Total 

Revenue 

(FTE)   - Non-GAAP 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

1,643.5 

 $ 

2,499.9 

 $ 

34.4 

32.8 

1,677.9 

 $ 

2,532.7 

 $ 

1,443.2 

 $ 

1,677.9 

 $ 

34.4 

32.8 

1,477.6 

 $ 

1,710.7 

 $ 

2,321.4 

41.2 

2,362.6 

1,622.7 

41.2 

1,663.9 

1.16 % 

1.19 % 

1.57 % 

1.60 % 

1.43 % 

1.46 % 

6,100.8 

 $ 

6,073.1  

 $ 

34.4 

32.8  

6,135.2 

 $ 

6,105.9  

 $ 

5,960.2  

41.2  

6,001.4  

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The  following  table  presents  quarterly  financial  data  for  years  ended  2020  and  2019.  

TABLE  54:  QUARTERLY  FINANCIAL  DATA  (UNAUDITED) 

STATEMENTS 

 OF INCOME 

2020 

2019 

 ($ 

 In 

Millions Except  

 Per 

Share Information) 

FOURTH 
QUARTER 

THIRD 
QUARTER 

SECOND 
QUARTER 

FIRST 
QUARTER 

FOURTH 
QUARTER 

THIRD 
QUARTER 

SECOND 
QUARTER 

FIRST 
QUARTER 

Trust, 

Investment 

and 

Other 

Servicing Fees 

 $ 

1,026.1 

 $ 

1,003.8 

 $ 

961.5  $  

1,003.6  

 $ 

992.2 

 $ 

975.5 

 $ 

955.5  $  

Other Noninterest  Income 

 Net 

Interest Income 

Interest Income 

Interest Expense 

 Net 

Interest Income 

Revenue 

Provision 

for 

Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Provision 

for 

Income Taxes 

 Net Income 

Preferred  

Stock Dividends 

 Net 

Income 

Applicable to  

Common Stock 

PER 
 Net 

COMMON SHARE 

Income   – Basic 

161.4 

152.7 

172.5 

176.0 

134.7 

144.7 

133.7  

352.6 

18.2 

334.4 

355.4 

26.8  

328.6 

406.3  

34.2 

372.1 

529.2 

121.1 

408.1 

576.1 

155.3 

420.8  

620.8 

203.1  

417.7 

640.2 

222.8 

417.4 

1,521.9  

1,485.1 

1,506.1 

1,587.7 

1,547.7 

1,537.9 

1,506.6 

1,480.9  

(2.5)   

 0.5 

66.0 

1,151.0 

132.5 

1,094.7 

1,036.9  

95.4 

89.9 

61.0  

1,065.6 

100.5 

(1.0)   

(7.0)   

(6.5)   

1,072.3 

105.3 

1,036.3 

124.0  

1,006.2  

117.5 

240.9  $  

294.5  

 $ 

313.3 

 $ 

360.6 

 $ 

371.1  $  

384.6  

 $ 

389.4 

 $ 

 4.7 

16.2  

 4.8 

30.5 

5.8  

17.4 

 5.9 

236.2  

 $ 

278.3 

 $ 

308.5 

 $ 

330.1  $  

365.3   $  

367.2 

 $ 

383.5  $  

1.13 

 $ 

1.32 

 $ 

1.47  $  

1.56  

 $ 

1.71 

 $ 

1.70 

 $ 

1.76  $  

 $ 

$  

 $ 

 – Diluted 

1.12 

1.32 

1.46 

1.55 

1.70 

1.69 

1.75  

AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET ASSETS

 $ 

2,434.5 

 $ 

2,293.3  $  

2,966.7  

 $ 

2,723.0 

 $ 

2,292.6 

 $ 

2,551.5  $  

2,784.3  

 $ 

1,940.7 

Central 

Bank 

29,896.2 

31,602.3 

30,299.0 

19,826.2 

17,230.0 

17,524.9 

19,236.2 

20,163.2 

928.9  

130.0 

662.8 

240.8 

422.0 

 — 

1,028.7 

105.1 

347.1 

17.3 

329.8  

1.49  

1.48 

5,449.0 

4,816.1 

5,505.7 

5,838.1 

6,073.9 

5,656.5 

5,811.9 

6,452.2 

 0.6 

 2.5 

1,565.8 

61,227.4 

33,096.1 

1,789.8 

58,072.1 

33,085.2 

 0.1 

985.8 

52,884.4 

35,506.7 

 5.9 

661.7 

51,963.2 

32,316.2 

 3.8 

942.1 

51,919.0 

30,990.8 

 4.6 

812.3 

50,024.9 

30,935.9 

 5.3 

645.6 

48,911.2 

31,098.9 

38.0 

940.1 

51,889.3 

31,189.4 

(222.7)   

(218.4)   

(160.2)   

(109.9)   

(105.5)   

(111.2)   

(115.1)   

(114.0) 

9,815.1 

9,482.5 

10,782.4 

10,946.1 

8,758.6 

8,952.7 

7,980.6 

6,917.8 

 $ 

143,262.0 

 $ 

140,925.4 

 $ 

138,770.6 

 $ 

124,170.5 

 $ 

118,105.3 

 $ 

116,352.1 

 $ 

116,358.9 

 $ 

119,416.7 

 Cash and  

 Due 

from Banks 

and 
(1) 

Other 

and Other

Reserve 

Federal 
Deposits 
Interest-Bearing 
Banks(2) 

 Due 

from 

and 

Deposits 

 with

Federal 

Funds Sold 

Securities 

Securities

Purchased 
(3) 

under 

Agreements 

 to Resell 

Loans 

and Leases 

Allowance 

for 

Credit Losses 

Other Assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES 
EQUITY 
Deposits 

 AND 

STOCKHOLDERS’ 

Demand 

and 

Other Noninterest-Bearing 

 $ 

26,997.5 

 $ 

25,202.3 

 $ 

21,856.7 

 $ 

19,331.5 

 $ 

17,462.9 

 $ 

16,687.3 

 $ 

17,826.5 

 $ 

17,858.4 

Savings, 

Money 

Market, 

and Other 

24,984.3 

24,305.4 

24,017.0 

20,251.2 

18,130.2 

17,802.7 

15,950.9 

14,372.8 

Savings 

Certificates 

and 

Other Time 

1,198.3 

1,502.1 

1,403.6 

Non-U.S. 

Offices   – Interest-Bearing 

61,943.6 

61,834.9 

63,592.7 

Total Deposits 

Federal 

Funds Purchased 

Securities 

Sold 

under 

Agreements 

 to Repurchase 

Other Borrowings 

Senior Notes 

Long-Term Debt 

Floating 

 Rate 

Capital Debt 

Other Liabilities 

Stockholders’ Equity 

115,123.7 

112,844.7 

110,870.0 

562.7 

183.6 

5,984.4 

3,315.4 

1,190.9 

277.8 

5,090.4 

275.6 

185.3 

6,167.8 

3,666.3 

1,199.0 

277.7 

4,906.1 

1,181.0 

170.7 

6,008.4 

3,332.9 

1,198.3 

277.7 

4,690.2 

959.8 

54,543.3 

95,085.8 

1,916.5 

334.3 

7,450.6 

2,615.1 

1,168.7 

277.7 

4,534.8 

919.0 

52,925.8 

89,437.9 

856.6 

281.0 

7,632.9 

2,584.6 

1,154.0 

277.7 

4,948.0 

898.9 

53,631.5 

89,020.4 

595.4 

340.3 

7,833.1 

2,587.7 

1,156.7 

277.7 

3,853.0 

888.6 

54,679.9 

89,345.9 

1,298.3 

394.5 

7,734.8 

2,361.4 

1,131.6 

277.6 

3,276.7 

761.4 

58,377.2 

91,369.8 

2,342.9 

340.7 

7,810.4 

2,014.1 

1,112.9 

277.6 

3,719.5 

11,533.1 

11,402.9 

11,041.4 

10,787.0 

10,932.6 

10,687.8 

10,538.1 

10,428.8 

Total 

Liabilities 

and 

Stockholders’ Equity 

 $ 

143,262.0 

 $ 

140,925.4 

 $ 

138,770.6 

 $ 

124,170.5 

 $ 

118,105.3 

 $ 

116,352.1 

 $ 

116,358.9 

 $ 

119,416.7 

(1)   Federal   Reserve   and   Other   Central   Bank   Deposits   and   Other   includes   collateral   deposits   with   certain   securities   depositories   and   clearing   houses,   which   are   classified   in   Other   Assets   on   the  
consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  December  31,  2020,  and  2019. 
(2)  Interest-Bearing  Due  from  and  Deposits  with  Banks  includes  the  interest-bearing  component  of  Cash  and  Due  from  Banks  and  Interest-Bearing  Deposits  with  Banks  as  presented  on  the  consolidated  
balance  sheets  as  of  December  31,  2020,  and  2019.. 
(3)  Securities  include  Federal  Reserve  and  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  stock  and  certain  community  development  investments  which  are  classified  in  Other  Assets  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  
December  31,  2020  and  2019. 

86  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
ITEM  7A  –  QUANTITATIVE  AND  QUALITATIVE  DISCLOSURES  ABOUT  MARKET  RISK 

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the “Risk Management” section of Item 7, 
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Form 10-K. 

ITEM  8  –  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  SUPPLEMENTARY  DATA 

In addition to the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and the consolidated financial statements and 
accompanying  notes  provided  below,  the  table  titled  “Quarterly  Financial  Data  (Unaudited)”  in  Item  7,  “Management's 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this Form 10-K is incorporated herein by 
reference. 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

TO THE STOCKHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION: 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Northern  Trust  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  (the 
Corporation) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, 
changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2020, 
and  the  related  notes  (collectively,  the  consolidated  financial  statements).  In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial 
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation as of December 31, 2020 and 
2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 
2020, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States) (PCAOB), the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria 
established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission, and our report dated February 23, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness 
of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Change in Accounting Principle 

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Corporation has changed its method of accounting for 
the recognition and measurement of credit losses as of January 1, 2020 due to the adoption of ASC Topic 326, Financial 
Instruments – Credit Losses. 

Basis for Opinion 

These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Corporation’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to 
express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm 
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Corporation in accordance with the U.S. 
federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  the 
PCAOB. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  PCAOB.  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and 
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material 
misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess  the  risks  of  material 
misstatement  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that 
respond  to  those  risks.  Such  procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and 
disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and 
significant  estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matter 

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial 
statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts 
or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging, 
subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of a critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on 
the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, 
providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
Assessment of the allowance for credit losses for commercial loans and leases evaluated on a collective basis 

As discussed in Notes 1 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, the Corporation’s allowance for credit losses 
for  commercial  loans  and  leases  evaluated  on  a  collective  basis  (the  collective  ACL)  was  $133.4  million  of  a  total 
allowance for credit losses assigned to loans and leases of $190.7 million as of December 31, 2020. Expected credit 
losses are measured on a collective basis as long as the financial assets included in the respective pool share similar 
risk characteristics. The allowance estimation methodology for the collective assessment is primarily based on internal 
loss data specific to the Corporation’s financial asset portfolio from a historical observation period that includes both 
expansionary and recessionary periods. The estimation methodology and the related qualitative adjustment framework 
segregate the loan and lease portfolio into segments based on loan and obligor specific factors, including loan type, 
borrower type, collateral type, loan size, and borrower credit quality. The estimation methodology applies probability 
of  default  and  loss  given  default  assumptions  to  the  exposure  at  default  on  a  pool  basis.  For  each  segment,  the 
probability  of  default  (PD)  and  loss  given  default  (LGD)  are  derived  for  each  quarter  of  the  remaining  life  of  each 
instrument.  For  the  first  two  years  (the  reasonable  and  supportable  period),  these  factors  are  derived  by  applying 
quarterly  macroeconomic  projections  using  models  developed  from  historical  data  on  macroeconomic  factors  and 
loans  with  similar  factors,  including  the  borrower  rating  assigned  to  individual  obligors,  as  applicable.  For  periods 
beyond the reasonable and supportable period, the Corporation reverts to its own long-run historical loss experience on 
a straight-line basis over four quarters. The exposure at default for every quarter is based on contractual balances as of 
each quarter-end. Estimating expected lifetime credit losses requires the consideration of the effect of future economic 
conditions.  The  Corporation  employs  multiple  scenarios  over  a  reasonable  and  supportable  period  to  project  future 
conditions.  The  Corporation  determines  the  probability  weights  assigned  to  each  scenario  at  each  quarter-end.  The 
quantitative allowance is then reviewed within the qualitative adjustment framework, through which the Corporation 
applies  judgment  by  assessing  internal  risk  factors,  potential  limitations  in  the  quantitative  methodology,  and 
environmental  factors  that  are  not  fully  contemplated  in  the  forecast  to  compute  an  adjustment  to  the  quantitative 
allowance for each segment of the loan portfolio. 

We  identified  the  assessment  of  the  quantitative  component  of  the  collective  ACL  as  a  critical  audit  matter.  A  high 
degree of audit effort, including specialized skills and knowledge, and subjective and complex auditor judgment was 
involved  in  the  assessment  of  the  quantitative  component  of  the  collective  ACL  due  to  significant  measurement 
uncertainty. Specifically, the assessment encompassed the evaluation of the quantitative component of the collective 
ACL  methodology,  including  the  methods  and  models  used  to  estimate  the  PD  and  LGD  and  their  significant 
assumptions,  including  the  multiple  economic  forecast  scenarios  and  macroeconomic  factors  and  their  respective 
weightings, the reasonable and supportable period, the historical observation period, and borrower ratings for certain 
commercial loans and leases. In addition, auditor judgment was required to evaluate the sufficiency of audit evidence 
obtained. 

The following are the primary procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter. We evaluated the design 
and operating effectiveness of certain internal controls related to the critical audit matter. This included controls related 
to  the  Corporation’s  measurement  of  the  quantitative  component  of  the  collective  ACL  estimate,  including  controls 
over: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

development of the quantitative component of the collective ACL methodology 

development of the PD and LGD models 

ongoing monitoring of the PD and LGD models 

development  and  approval  of  the  multiple  economic  forecast  scenarios,  macroeconomic  factors  and  their 
respective weightings 

determination and measurement of the significant assumptions used in the PD and LGD models 

analysis of the allowance for credit losses for loans and leases results. 

We  evaluated  the  Corporation’s  process  to  develop  the  quantitative  component  of  the  collective  ACL  estimate  by 
testing certain sources of data, factors, and assumptions that the Corporation used, and considered the relevance and 
reliability  of  such  data,  factors  and  assumptions.  In  addition,  we  involved  credit  risk  professionals  with  specialized 
skills and knowledge, who assisted in: 

• 

evaluating  the  quantitative  component  of  the  Corporation’s  collective  ACL  methodology  for  compliance  with  U.S.  
generally  accepted  accounting  principles 

88

    2020  Annual  Report  |  Northern  Trust  Corporation  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

evaluating  judgments  made  by  the  Corporation  relative  to  the  development  and  performance  monitoring  of  the  PD  
and  LGD  models 

assessing   the   conceptual   soundness   and   performance   testing   of   the   PD   and   LGD   models   by   inspecting   model  
documentation  to  determine  whether  the  models  were  suitable  for  their  intended  use 

assessing  the  economic  forecast  scenarios,  the  economic  input  variables  and  their  respective  weightings  through  
comparison  to  publicly  available  forecasts  and  the  Corporation’s  business  environment 

evaluating   the   length   of   the   historical   observation   period   and   reasonable   and   supportable   period   by   comparing  
them  to  specific  portfolio  risk  characteristics  and  trends 

testing   individual   borrower   ratings   for   a   selection   of   commercial   loan   and   lease   relationships   by   evaluating   the  
financial  performance  of  the  borrower,  sources  of  repayment,  and  any  relevant  guarantees  or  underlying  collateral,  
where  applicable. 

We  also  assessed  the  sufficiency  of  the  audit  evidence  obtained  related  to  the  quantitative  component  of  the  collective  
ACL  by  evaluating  the: 

• 

• 

• 

cumulative  results  of  the  procedures 

qualitative  aspects  of  the  Corporation’s  accounting  practices 

potential  bias  in  the  accounting  estimate 

We have served as the Corporation’s auditor since 2002. 

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 
FEBRUARY 23, 2021 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 

(In Millions Except Share Information) 

ASSETS 

Cash and Due from Banks 

Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits 

Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks 

Federal Funds Sold 

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell 

Debt Securities 

Available for Sale (Amortized cost of $41,155.7 and $38,722.2) 

Held to Maturity (Fair value of $17,797.4 and $12,249.3) 

Trading Account 

Total Debt Securities 

Loans and Leases 

Commercial 

Personal 

Total Loans and Leases (Net of unearned income of $9.8 and $14.1) 

Allowance for Credit Losses 

Buildings and Equipment 

Client Security Settlement Receivables 

Goodwill 

Other Assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES 

Deposits 

Demand and Other Noninterest-Bearing 

Savings, Money Market and Other Interest-Bearing 

Savings Certificates and Other Time 

Non U.S. Offices — Noninterest-Bearing 

— Interest-Bearing 

Total Deposits 

Federal Funds Purchased 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 

Other Borrowings 

Senior Notes 

Long-Term Debt 

Floating Rate Capital Debt 

Other Liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 

Preferred Stock, No Par Value; Authorized 10,000,000 shares: 

Series C, outstanding shares of  0 and 16,000 

Series D, outstanding shares of 5,000 

Series E, outstanding shares of 16,000 

Common Stock, $1.66 2/3 Par Value; Authorized 560,000,000 shares; Outstanding shares of 208,289,178 and 209,709,046 

Additional Paid-In Capital 

Retained Earnings 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Treasury Stock (36,882,346 and 35,462,478 shares, at cost) 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 94-168. 

90  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

$ 

4,389.5  $ 

4,459.2 

55,503.6 

33,886.0 

4,372.6 

4,877.1 

— 

1,596.5 

5.0 

707.8 

42,022.0 

38,876.3 

17,791.1 

12,284.5 

0.5 

0.3 

59,813.6 

51,161.1 

15,262.0 

14,001.3 

18,497.7 

17,408.3 

33,759.7 

31,409.6 

(198.8) 

514.9 

1,160.2 

707.2 

(104.5) 

483.3 

845.7 

696.8 

8,384.9 

8,401.3 

$  170,003.9  $  136,828.4 

$  17,728.5  $  14,114.7 

28,631.8 

21,441.5 

937.1 

986.7 

25,382.2 

12,177.4 

71,198.4 

60,400.3 

143,878.0 

109,120.6 

260.2 

39.8 

4,011.5 

3,122.4 

1,189.3 

277.8 

552.9 

489.7 

6,744.8 

2,573.0 

1,148.1 

277.7 

5,536.6 

4,830.6 

158,315.6 

125,737.4 

— 

493.5 

391.4 

408.6 

963.6 

388.5 

493.5 

391.4 

408.6 

1,013.1 

12,207.7 

11,656.7 

428.0 

(194.7) 

(3,204.5) 

(3,066.1) 

11,688.3 

11,091.0 

$  170,003.9  $  136,828.4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                             
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME 

(In Millions Except Share Information) 

Noninterest Income 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees 

$ 

3,995.0  $ 

3,852.1  $ 

Foreign Exchange Trading Income 

Treasury Management Fees 

Security Commissions and Trading Income 

Other Operating Income 

Investment Security Gains (Losses), net (Note) 

Total Noninterest Income 

Net Interest Income 

Interest Income 

Interest Expense 

Net Interest Income 

Provision for Credit Losses 

Net Interest Income after Provision for Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Compensation 

Employee Benefits 

Outside Services 

Equipment and Software 

Occupancy 

Other Operating Expense 

Total Noninterest Expense 

Income before Income Taxes 

Provision for Income Taxes 

NET INCOME 

Preferred Stock Dividends 

Net Income Applicable to Common Stock 

PER COMMON SHARE 

Net Income  – Basic 

– Diluted 

Average Number of Common Shares Outstanding – Basic 

– Diluted 

Note: Changes in Other-Than-Temporary-Impairment (OTTI) Losses

prior to the adoption of ASU 2016-13 

Other Security Gains (Losses), net 

Investment Security Gains (Losses), net 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 

(In Millions) 

Net Income 

Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Net of Tax and Reclassifications) 

Net Unrealized Gains on Debt Securities Available for Sale 

Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges 

Net Foreign Currency Adjustments 

Net Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Adjustments 

Other Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive Income 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 94-168. 

290.4 

45.4 

133.2 

194.0 

(0.4) 

4,657.6 

1,643.5 

200.3 

1,443.2 

125.0 

1,318.2 

250.9 

44.5 

103.6 

145.5 

(1.4) 

4,395.2 

2,499.9 

822.0 

1,677.9 

(14.5) 

1,692.4 

3,753.7 

307.2 

51.8 

98.3 

127.5 

(1.0) 

4,337.5 

2,321.4 

698.7 

1,622.7 

(14.5) 

1,637.2 

1,947.1 

1,859.0 

1,806.9 

387.7 

763.1 

673.5 

230.1 

346.7 

4,348.2 

1,627.6 

418.3 

355.2 

774.5 

612.1 

212.9 

329.8 

4,143.5 

1,944.1 

451.9 

1,209.3  $ 

1,492.2  $ 

56.2 

46.4 

356.7 

739.4 

582.2 

201.1 

330.6 

4,016.9 

1,957.8 

401.4 

1,556.4 

46.4 

1,153.1  $ 

1,445.8  $ 

1,510.0 

5.48  $ 

5.46 

6.66  $ 

6.63 

6.68 

6.64 

208,319,412 

214,525,547 

223,148,335 

209,007,986 

215,601,149 

224,488,326 

—  $ 

(0.4) 

(0.4)  $ 

(0.3)  $ 

(1.1) 

(1.4)  $ 

(0.5) 

(0.5) 

(1.0) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

1,209.3  $ 

1,492.2  $ 

1,556.4 

527.8 

0.5 

26.9 

67.5 

622.7 

228.9 

(7.7) 

49.9 

(12.1) 

259.0 

(22.3) 

(1.4) 

22.2 

(12.6) 

(14.1) 

$ 

1,832.0  $ 

1,751.2  $ 

1,542.3 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(In 

Millions 

Except Per  

Share Information) 

PREFERRED 
STOCK 

COMMON 
STOCK 

ADDITIONAL 
PAID-IN 
CAPITAL 

RETAINED 
EARNINGS 

ACCUMULATED 
OTHER 
COMPREHENSIVE 
INCOME (LOSS) 

TREASURY 
STOCK 

TOTAL 

Balance 

 at 

January 

 1, 2018 

 $ 

882.0 

 $ 

408.6 

 $ 

1,047.2  $  

9,685.1 

 $ 

(414.3) 

 $ 

(1,392.4)  

 $ 

10,216.2 

Reclassification 
Accumulated 

 of 
Other 

Certain 
from 
Comprehensive Income 

Effects 

 Tax 

Change in  

Accounting Principle 

Net  income 

Other 
Comprehensive 
and  Reclassifications) 

Income 

(Loss) 

(Net 

 of 

 Tax 

Dividends Declared: 

Common  Stock,  

$1.94 

 per share 

Preferred Stock 

Stock 

Awards 

and Options  Exercised 

Stock Purchased 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

—  

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

—  

—  

21.3  

—  

25.3  

(4.5)   

1,556.4  

—  

(439.1)    

(46.4)    

—  

—  

(25.3)   

—  

—  

(14.1)    

—  

—  

—  

—  

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

142.8 

 — 

(4.5) 

1,556.4 

(14.1) 

(439.1) 

(46.4) 

164.1  

(924.3)    

(924.3) 

Balance 

 at December  31,  2018 

$  

882.0  $  

408.6   $  

1,068.5   $   10,776.8  

 $ 

(453.7)  

 $ 

(2,173.9)   $   10,508.3  

Net  income 

Comprehensive Income  (Loss)  

Other  
and  Reclassifications) 

(Net  of  

 Tax 

Dividends Declared: 

Common  Stock,  $2.60  per  share 

Preferred  Stock 

Issuance  of  Preferred  Stock,  Series  E 

Stock  Awards  and  Options  Exercised 

Stock  Purchased 

 — 

 — 

—  

—  

391.4  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(55.4)    

—  

1,492.2  

—  

(565.9)    

(46.4)    

—  

—  

—  

—  

259.0  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

 — 

—  

—  

—  

—  

208.0  

1,492.2  

259.0  

(565.9)  

(46.4)  

391.4  

152.6  

(1,100.2)    

(1,100.2)  

Balance  at  December  31,  2019 

$  

1,273.4   $  

408.6   $  

1,013.1   $   11,656.7   $  

(194.7)   $  

(3,066.1)   $   11,091.0  

Cumulative  Effect  Adjustment  related  to  the  
adoption  of  Accounting  Standards  Update  2016-13   
Balance  at  January  1,  2020 

Net  income 

Other  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss)  (Net  of  Tax  
and  Reclassifications) 

Dividends  Declared: 

Common  Stock,  $2.80  per  share 

Preferred  Stock 

—  

—  

—  

—  

Redemption  of  Preferred  Stock,  Series  C 

(388.5)    

Stock  Awards  and  Options  Exercised 

Stock  Purchased 

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

(10.1)    

—  

—  

(10.1)  

1,273.4  

408.6  

1,013.1  

  11,646.6  

(194.7)    

(3,066.1)     11,080.9  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

1,209.3  

—  

(592.0)    

(44.7)    

(11.5)    

(49.5)    

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

1,209.3  

622.7  

—  

622.7  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

—  

161.4  

(592.0)  

(44.7)  

(400.0)  

111.9  

(299.8)    

(299.8)  

Balance  at  December  31,  2020 

$  

884.9   $  

408.6   $  

963.6   $   12,207.7   $  

428.0   $  

(3,204.5)   $   11,688.3  

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 94-168. 

92  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

(In Millions) 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 
Net Income 

Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Investment Security (Losses) Gains, net 
Amortization and Accretion of Securities and Unearned Income, net 
Provision for Credit Losses 
Depreciation and Amortization 
Change in Accrued Income Taxes 
Pension Plan Contributions 
Deferred Income Tax Provision 
Change in Receivables 
Change in Interest Payable 
Change in Collateral With Derivative Counterparties, net 
Other Operating Activities, net 
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Change in Federal Funds Sold 
Change in Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell 
Change in Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks 
Net Change in Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits 
Purchases of Debt Securities – Held to Maturity 
Proceeds from Maturity and Redemption of Debt Securities – Held to Maturity 
Purchases of Debt Securities – Available for Sale 
Proceeds from Sale, Maturity and Redemption of Debt Securities – Available for Sale 
Change in Loans and Leases 
Purchases of Buildings and Equipment 
Purchases and Development of Computer Software 
Change in Client Security Settlement Receivables 
Acquisition of a Business, Net of Cash Received 
Bank-Owned Life Insurance Policy Premiums 
Other Investing Activities, net 
Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Change in Deposits 
Change in Federal Funds Purchased 
Change in Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase 
Change in Short-Term Other Borrowings 
Redemption of Preferred Stock - Series C 
Proceeds from Senior Notes 
Repayments of Senior Notes 
Proceeds from Issuance of Preferred Stock - Series E 
Treasury Stock Purchased 
Net Proceeds from Stock Options 
Cash Dividends Paid on Common Stock 
Cash Dividends Paid on Preferred Stock 
Other Financing Activities, net 
Net Cash Provided by (Used In) Financing Activities 

Effect of Foreign Currency Exchange Rates on Cash 
Change in Cash and Due from Banks 
Cash and Due from Banks at Beginning of Year 
Cash and Due from Banks at End of Year 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION 

Interest Paid 
Income Taxes Paid 
Transfers from Loans to OREO 
Transfers from Available for Sale to Held to Maturity 
Transfers to Leases Held For Sale from Leases 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements on pages 94-168. 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

$ 

1,209.3  $ 

1,492.2  $ 

1,556.4 

0.4 
88.9 
125.0 
500.3 
25.4 
(15.6) 
16.4 
4.5 
(23.6) 
(17.8) 
(16.4) 
1,896.8 

5.0 
(700.9) 
712.6 
(19,845.2) 
(40,187.9) 
35,658.6 
(10,886.8) 
8,748.2 
(2,316.7) 
(135.8) 
(424.6) 
(226.8) 
— 
— 
(322.7) 
(29,923.0) 

32,137.9 
(292.7) 
(450.0) 
(2,698.3) 
(400.0) 
993.2 
(508.6) 
— 
(299.8) 
19.5 
(584.6) 
(45.9) 
1.2 
27,871.9 
84.6 
(69.7) 
4,459.2 
4,389.5  $ 

226.8  $ 
327.7 
0.2 
301.5 
— 

1.4 
64.6 
(14.5) 
458.9 
(70.7) 
(6.1) 
34.3 
(50.3) 
(23.6) 
1,154.0 
(448.2) 
2,592.0 

129.0 
357.3 
(614.6) 
(3,683.2) 
(14,154.3) 
16,290.9 
(12,811.0) 
11,057.2 
1,087.9 
(158.0) 
(441.8) 
821.0 
(10.5) 
(1,500.0) 
225.1 
(3,405.0) 

4,263.6 
(2,041.3) 
320.9 
(1,184.5) 
— 
498.0 
— 
392.5 
(1,100.2) 
44.0 
(529.7) 
(46.4) 
(1.0) 
615.9 
74.7 
(122.4) 
4,581.6 
4,459.2  $ 

845.5  $ 
437.0 
3.5 
160.8 
53.6 

1.0 
95.9 
(14.5) 
460.9 
(130.0) 
(74.5) 
10.5 
(197.0) 
28.5 
(699.6) 
729.9 
1,767.5 

(113.0) 
218.7 
1,073.8 
9,679.6 
(21,463.1) 
20,036.7 
(12,596.9) 
8,958.7 
66.1 
(97.6) 
(408.4) 
(49.7) 
(104.2) 
— 
(873.6) 
4,327.1 

(6,163.2) 
308.1 
(665.2) 
1,860.9 
— 
497.9 
(314.3) 
— 
(924.3) 
32.6 
(405.4) 
(46.4) 
1.1 
(5,818.2) 
(212.9) 
63.5 
4,518.1 
4,581.6 

670.2 
493.5 
11.4 
— 
— 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  93 

$ 

$ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles 
(GAAP)  and  reporting  practices  prescribed  for  the  banking  industry.  A  description  of  the  more  significant  accounting 
policies follows. 

A.  Basis  of  Presentation.  The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Northern  Trust  Corporation 
(Corporation)  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiary,  The  Northern  Trust  Company  (Bank),  and  various  other  wholly-owned 
subsidiaries  of  the  Corporation  and  Bank.  Throughout  the  notes  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  term 
“Northern  Trust”  refers  to  the  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries.  Intercompany  balances  and  transactions  have  been 
eliminated in consolidation. The consolidated statements of income include results of acquired subsidiaries from the dates 
of acquisition. Certain prior-year balances have been reclassified consistent with the current year’s presentation. 

B. Nature of Operations. The Corporation is a bank holding company that has elected to be a financial holding company 
under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Bank is an Illinois banking corporation headquartered in 
Chicago  and  the  Corporation’s  principal  subsidiary.  The  Corporation  conducts  business  in  the  United  States  (U.S.)  and 
internationally through various U.S. and non-U.S. subsidiaries, including the Bank. 

Northern  Trust  generates  the  majority  of  its  revenue  from  its  two  client-focused  reporting  segments:  Corporate  & 
Institutional Services (C&IS) and Wealth Management. Asset management and related services are provided to C&IS and 
Wealth Management clients primarily by the Asset Management business. 

C&IS  is  a  leading  global  provider  of  asset  servicing  and  related  services  to  corporate  and  public  retirement  funds, 
foundations, endowments, fund managers, insurance companies, sovereign wealth funds, and other institutional investors 
around the globe. Asset servicing and related services encompass a full range of capabilities including but not limited to: 
global  custody;  fund  administration;  investment  operations  outsourcing;  investment  management;  investment  risk  and 
analytical  services;  employee  benefit  services;  securities  lending;  foreign  exchange;  treasury  management;  brokerage 
services;  transition  management  services;  banking  and  cash  management.  Client  relationships  are  managed  through  the 
Bank and the Bank’s and the Corporation’s other subsidiaries, including support from locations in North America, Europe, 
the Middle East, and the Asia-Pacific region. 

Wealth Management focuses on high-net-worth individuals and families, business owners, executives, professionals, 
retirees,  and  established  privately-held  businesses  in  its  target  markets.  The  business  also  includes  the  Global  Family 
Office, which provides customized services to meet the complex financial needs of individuals and family offices in the 
U.S. and throughout the world with assets typically exceeding $200 million. In supporting these targeted segments, Wealth 
Management  provides  trust,  investment  management,  custody,  and  philanthropic  services;  financial  consulting; 
guardianship  and  estate  administration;  family  business  consulting;  family  financial  education;  brokerage  services;  and 
private and business banking. Wealth Management services are delivered by multidisciplinary teams through a network of 
offices in 19 U.S. states and Washington, D.C., as well as offices in London, Guernsey, and Abu Dhabi. 

C. Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements. The preparation of financial statements in conformity 
with  GAAP  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  in  the  application  of  certain  of  our  significant 
accounting  policies  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and 
liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the 
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

D.  Foreign  Currency  Remeasurement  and  Translation.  Asset  and  liability  accounts  denominated  in  nonfunctional 
currencies are remeasured into functional currencies at period-end rates of exchange, except for certain balance sheet items 
including  but  not  limited  to  buildings  and  equipment,  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets,  which  are  remeasured  at 
historical  exchange  rates.  Results  from  remeasurement  of  asset  and  liability  accounts  are  reported  in  Other  Operating 
Income as currency translation gains (losses), net, on the consolidated statements of income. Income and expense accounts 
are remeasured at period-average rates of exchange. 

Asset and liability accounts of entities with functional currencies that are not the U.S. dollar are translated at period-
end  rates  of  exchange.  Income  and  expense  accounts  are  translated  at  period-average  rates  of  exchange.  Translation 
adjustments,  net  of  applicable  taxes,  are  reported  directly  to  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  (AOCI),  a 
component of stockholders’ equity. 

E. Securities. Securities Available for Sale are reported at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses credited or charged, 
net  of  the  tax  effect,  to  AOCI.  Realized  gains  and  losses  on  securities  available  for  sale  are  determined  on  a  specific 
identification  basis  and  are  reported  within  Investment  Security  Gains  (Losses),  net,  on  the  consolidated  statements  of 
income.  Interest  income  is  recorded  on  the  accrual  basis,  adjusted  for  the  amortization  of  premium  and  accretion  of 
discount. 

94  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Securities Held to Maturity consist of debt securities that management intends to, and Northern Trust has the ability 
to, hold until maturity. Such securities are reported at cost, adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount. 
Interest income is recorded on the accrual basis adjusted for the amortization of premium and accretion of discount. 

Securities Held for Trading are reported at fair value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on securities held for 

trading are reported within Security Commissions and Trading Income on the consolidated statements of income. 

Nonmarketable Securities primarily consist of Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago and Federal Home Loan Bank stock 
and community development investments, each of which are recorded in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets. 
Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago and Federal Home Loan Bank stock are reported at cost, which represents redemption 
value.  Community  development  investments  are  typically  reported  at  amortized  cost.  Those  community  development 
investments that are designed to generate a return primarily through realization of tax credits and other tax benefits, which 
are discussed in further detail in Note 29, “Variable Interest Entities,” are amortized over the lives of the related tax credits 
and other tax benefits. 

F. Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase. Northern 
Trust participates in the repurchase agreement market as a relatively low cost alternative for short-term funding. Securities 
purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are accounted for as collateralized 
financings and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. To minimize any 
potential credit risk associated with these transactions, the fair value of the securities purchased or sold is monitored, limits 
are set on exposure with counterparties, and the financial condition of counterparties is regularly assessed. It is Northern 
Trust’s policy to take possession, either directly or via third-party custodians, of securities purchased under agreements to 
resell. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are held by the counterparty until the repurchase. 

G. Derivative Financial Instruments. Northern Trust is a party to various derivative financial instruments that are used in 
the normal course of business to meet the needs of its clients, as part of its trading activity for its own account, and as part 
of its risk management activities. These instruments generally include foreign exchange contracts, interest rate contracts, 
total  return  swap  contracts  and  credit  default  swap  contracts.  All  derivative  financial  instruments,  whether  designated  as 
hedges  or  not,  are  recorded  at  fair  value  within  Other  Assets  and  Other  Liabilities  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets. 
Derivative asset and liability positions with the same counterparty are reflected on a net basis on the consolidated balance 
sheets in cases where legally enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements exist. These derivative assets 
and  liabilities  are  further  reduced  by  cash  collateral  received  from,  and  deposited  with,  derivative  counterparties.  The 
accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative on the consolidated statements of income depends on whether or not 
the  contract  has  been  designated  as  a  hedge  and  qualifies  for  hedge  accounting  under  GAAP.  Derivative  financial 
instruments are recorded within the line item, Other Operating Activities, net, on the consolidated statement of cash flows, 
except for net investment hedges which are recorded within Other Investing Activities, net. 

Changes in the fair value of client-related and trading derivative instruments, which are not designated hedges under 
GAAP, are recognized currently in either Foreign Exchange Trading Income or Security Commissions and Trading Income 
on  the  consolidated  statements  of  income.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivative  instruments  entered  into  for  risk 
management  purposes  but  not  designated  as  hedges  are  recognized  currently  in  Other  Operating  Income  on  the 
consolidated  statements  of  income.  Certain  derivative  instruments  used  by  Northern  Trust  to  manage  risk  are  formally 
designated and qualify for hedge accounting as fair value, cash flow, or net investment hedges. 

Derivatives designated as fair value hedges are used to limit Northern Trust’s exposure to changes in the fair value of 
assets and liabilities due to movements in interest rates. Changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument and changes 
in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk are recognized currently in Interest Income or 
Interest Expense on the consolidated statements of income. For substantially all fair value hedges, Northern Trust applies 
the “shortcut” method of accounting, available under GAAP. As a result, changes recorded in the fair value of the hedged 
item  are  assumed  to  equal  the  offsetting  gain  or  loss  on  the  derivative.  For  fair  value  hedges  that  do  not  qualify  for  the 
“shortcut”  method  of  accounting,  Northern  Trust  utilizes  regression  analysis  in  assessing  whether  these  hedging 
relationships are highly effective at inception and quarterly thereafter. 

Derivatives  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  are  used  to  minimize  the  variability  in  cash  flows  of  earning  assets  or 
forecasted  transactions  caused  by  movements  in  interest  or  foreign  exchange  rates.  Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  such 
derivatives are recognized in AOCI, a component of stockholders’ equity, and there is no change to the accounting for the 
hedged item. Balances in AOCI are reclassified to earnings when the hedged forecasted transaction impacts earnings, and 
are reflected in the same income statement line item. Northern Trust applies the “shortcut” method of accounting for cash 
flow  hedges  of  certain  available  for  sale  investment  securities.  For  cash  flow  hedges  of  certain  other  available  for  sale 
investment  securities,  foreign  currency  denominated  investment  securities,  and  forecasted  foreign  currency  denominated 
revenue and expenditure transactions, Northern Trust closely matches all terms of the hedged item and hedging derivative 
at  inception  and  on  an  ongoing  basis.  For  cash  flow  hedges  of  available  for  sale  investment  securities,  to  the  extent  all 
terms  are  not  perfectly  matched,  effectiveness  is  assessed  using  regression  analysis.  For  cash  flow  hedges  of  forecasted 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

foreign currency denominated revenue and expenditure transactions and investment securities, to the extent all terms are 
not perfectly matched, effectiveness is assessed using the dollar-offset method. 

Foreign exchange contracts and qualifying non-derivative instruments designated as net investment hedges are used to 
minimize  Northern  Trust’s  exposure  to  variability  in  the  foreign  currency  translation  of  net  investments  in  non-U.S. 
branches and subsidiaries. Changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument are recognized in AOCI consistent with the 
related translation gains and losses of the hedged net investment. For net investment hedges, all critical terms of the hedged 
item  and  the  hedging  instrument  are  matched  at  inception  and  on  an  ongoing  basis.  Amounts  recorded  in  AOCI  are 
reclassified to earnings only upon the sale or liquidation of an investment in a non-U.S. branch or subsidiary. 

Fair value, cash flow, and net investment hedges are designated and formally documented as such contemporaneous 
with the transaction. The formal documentation describes the hedge relationship and identifies the hedging instruments and 
hedged  items.  Included  in  the  documentation  is  a  discussion  of  the  risk  management  objectives  and  strategies  for 
undertaking  such  hedges,  the  nature  of  the  risk  being  hedged,  and  a  description  of  the  method  for  assessing  hedge 
effectiveness at inception and on an ongoing basis. For hedges that do not qualify for the “shortcut” or the critical terms 
match methods of accounting, a formal assessment is performed on a calendar quarter basis to verify that derivatives used 
in hedging transactions continue to be highly effective in offsetting the changes in fair value or cash flows of the hedged 
item.  Hedge  accounting  is  discontinued  if  a  derivative  ceases  to  be  highly  effective,  matures,  is  terminated  or  sold,  if  a 
hedged  forecasted  transaction  is  no  longer  expected  to  occur,  or  if  Northern  Trust  removes  the  derivative’s  hedge 
designation.  Subsequent  gains  and  losses  on  these  derivatives  are  included  in  Foreign  Exchange  Trading  Income  or 
Security Commissions and Trading Income on the consolidated statements of income. For discontinued cash flow hedges, 
the accumulated gain or loss on the derivative remains in AOCI and is reclassified to earnings in the period in which the 
previously  hedged  forecasted  transaction  impacts  earnings  or  is  no  longer  probable  of  occurring.  For  discontinued  fair 
value  hedges,  the  previously  hedged  asset  or  liability  ceases  to  be  adjusted  for  changes  in  its  fair  value.  Previous 
adjustments to the hedged item are amortized over the remaining life of the hedged item. 

H. Loans and Leases. Loans and leases are recognized assets that represent a contractual right to receive money either on 
demand or on fixed or determinable dates. Loans and leases are disaggregated for disclosure purposes by portfolio segment 
(segment) and by class. Northern Trust has defined its segments as commercial and personal. A class of loans and leases is 
a  subset  of  a  segment,  the  components  of  which  have  similar  risk  characteristics,  measurement  attributes,  or  risk 
monitoring  methods.  The  classes  within  the  commercial  segment  have  been  defined  as  commercial  and  institutional, 
commercial real estate, lease financing, net, non-U.S. and other. The classes within the personal segment have been defined 
as residential real estate, private client and other. 

Loan  Classification.  Loans  that  are  held  for  investment  are  reported  at  the  principal  amount  outstanding,  net  of 
unearned income. Loans classified as held for sale are reported at the lower of cost or fair value. Undrawn commitments 
relating to loans that are not held for sale are recorded in Other Liabilities and are carried at the amount of unamortized fees 
with an allowance for credit loss liability recognized for any estimated expected losses. 

Nonaccrual Loans and Recognition of Income. Interest income on loans and leases is recorded on an accrual basis 
unless,  in  the  opinion  of  management,  there  is  a  question  as  to  the  ability  of  the  debtor  to  meet  the  terms  of  the  loan 
agreement, or interest or principal is more than 90 days contractually past due and the loan is not well-secured and in the 
process of collection. Loans meeting such criteria are classified as nonaccrual and interest income is recorded on a cash 
basis. Past due status is based on how long since the contractual due date a principal or interest payment has been past due. 
For disclosure purposes, loans that are 29 days past due or less are reported as current. At the time a loan is determined to 
be nonaccrual, interest accrued but not collected is reversed against interest income in the current period. Interest collected 
on nonaccrual loans is applied to principal unless, in the opinion of management, collectability of principal is not in doubt. 
Management’s  assessment  of  indicators  of  loan  and  lease  collectability,  and  its  policies  relative  to  the  recognition  of 
interest  income,  including  the  suspension  and  subsequent  resumption  of  income  recognition,  do  not  meaningfully  vary 
between  loan  and  lease  classes.  Nonaccrual  loans  are  returned  to  performing  status  when  factors  indicating  doubtful 
collectability no longer exist. Factors considered in returning a loan to performing status are consistent across all classes of 
loans and leases and, in accordance with regulatory guidance, relate primarily to expected payment performance. A loan is 
eligible  to  be  returned  to  performing  status  when:  (i)  no  principal  or  interest  that  is  due  is  unpaid  and  repayment  of  the 
remaining  contractual  principal  and  interest  is  expected  or  (ii)  the  loan  has  otherwise  become  well-secured  (possessing 
realizable  value  sufficient  to  discharge  the  debt,  including  accrued  interest,  in  full)  and  is  in  the  process  of  collection 
(through action reasonably expected to result in debt repayment or restoration to a current status in the near future). A loan 
that has not been brought fully current may be restored to performing status provided there has been a sustained period of 
repayment performance (generally a minimum of six payment periods) by the borrower in accordance with the contractual 
terms, and Northern Trust is reasonably assured of repayment within a reasonable period of time. Additionally, a loan that 
has  been  formally  restructured  so  as  to  be  reasonably  assured  of  repayment  and  performance  according  to  its  modified 
terms may be returned to accrual status, provided there was a well-documented credit evaluation of the borrower’s financial 

96  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

condition  and  prospects  of  repayment  under  the  revised  terms,  and  there  has  been  a  sustained  period  of  repayment 
performance (generally a minimum of six payment periods) under the revised terms. 

Troubled  Debt  Restructurings  (TDRs).  A  loan  that  has  been  modified  as  a  concession  by  Northern  Trust  or  a 
bankruptcy court resulting from the debtor’s financial difficulties is referred to as a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). All 
TDRs are reported as TDRs starting in the calendar year of their restructuring. In subsequent years, a TDR may cease being 
reported as a TDR if the loan was modified at a market rate and has performed according to the modified terms for at least 
six payment periods. A loan that has been modified at a below market rate will return to accrual status if it satisfies the six-
payment-period performance requirement. 

The  expected  credit  loss  is  measured  based  upon  the  present  value  of  expected  future  cash  flows,  discounted  at  the 
effective interest rate based on the original contractual rate. If a loan’s contractual interest rate varies based on subsequent 
changes in an independent factor, such as an index or rate, the loan’s effective interest rate is calculated based on the factor 
as it changes over the life of the loan. Northern Trust elected not to project changes in the factor for purposes of estimating 
expected future cash flows. Further, Northern Trust elected not to adjust the effective interest rate for prepayments. If the 
loan is collateral dependent, the expected loss is measured based on the fair value of the collateral at the reporting date. 

If the loan valuation is less than the recorded value of the loan, either an allowance is established, or a charge-off is 
recorded,  for  the  difference.  Smaller  balance  (individually  less  than  $1  million)  homogeneous  loans  are  collectively 
evaluated. Northern Trust’s accounting policies for material nonaccrual loans is consistent across all classes of loans and 
leases. 

All loans and leases with TDR modifications are evaluated for additional expected credit losses. The nature and extent 
of  further  deterioration  in  credit  quality,  including  a  subsequent  default,  is  considered  in  the  determination  of  an 
appropriate level of allowance for credit losses. 

Collateral Dependent Financial Assets. A financial asset is collateral-dependent when the borrower is experiencing 
financial difficulty and repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the sale or operation of the collateral. 
Most of Northern Trust’s collateral dependent credit exposure relates to its residential real estate portfolio for which the 
collateral  is  usually  the  underlying  real  estate  property.  For  collateral  dependent  financial  assets,  it  is  Northern  Trust’s 
policy to reserve or charge-off the difference between the amortized cost basis of the loan and the value of the collateral. 

Premium, Discounts, Origination Costs and Fees. Premiums and discounts on loans are recognized as an adjustment 
of yield using the interest method based on the contractual terms of the loan. Certain direct origination costs and fees are 
netted, deferred and amortized over the life of the related loan as an adjustment to the loan’s yield. 

Direct  Financing  and  Leveraged  Leases.  Unearned  lease  income  from  direct  financing  and  leveraged  leases  is 
recognized using the interest method. This method provides a constant rate of return on the unrecovered investment over 
the life of the lease. The rate of return and the allocation of income over the lease term are recalculated from the inception 
of  the  lease  if  during  the  lease  term  assumptions  regarding  the  amount  or  timing  of  estimated  cash  flows  change.  Lease 
residual values are established at the inception of the lease based on in-house valuations and market analyses provided by 
outside parties. 

I. Allowance for Credit Losses. 

2020 Allowance for Credit Losses after the Adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-13 

As of December 31, 2020, the allowance for credit losses represents management’s best estimate of lifetime expected credit 
losses  related  to  various  portfolios  subject  to  credit  risk,  off-balance  sheet  credit  exposure,  and  specific  borrower 
relationships. 

Northern Trust measures expected credit losses of financial assets with similar risk characteristics on a collective basis. 

A financial asset is measured individually if it does not share similar risk characteristics with other financial assets and the 
related allowance is determined through an individual evaluation. 

Management’s estimates utilized in establishing an appropriate level of allowance for credit losses are not dependent 
on any single assumption. In determining an appropriate allowance level, management evaluates numerous variables, many 
of which are interrelated or dependent on other assumptions and estimates, and takes into consideration past events, current 
conditions and reasonable and supportable forecasts. 

Forecasting and Reversion. Estimating expected lifetime credit losses requires the consideration of the effect of future 
economic conditions. Northern Trust employs multiple scenarios over a reasonable and supportable period to project future 
conditions. Management determines the probability weights assigned to each scenario at each quarter-end. Key variables 
determined  to  be  relevant  for  projecting  credit  losses  on  the  portfolios  in  scope  include  macroeconomic  factors,  such  as 
corporate  profits,  unemployment,  and  real  estate  price  indices,  as  well  as  financial  market  factors  such  as  equity  prices, 
volatility, and credit spreads. For periods beyond the reasonable and supportable period, Northern Trust reverts to its own 
historical loss experiences. 

Allowance for Loans and Leases. The allowance estimation methodology for the collective assessment is primarily 
based on internally developed loss data specific to the Northern Trust financial asset portfolio from a historical observation 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

period that includes both expansionary and recessionary periods. The estimation methodology and the related qualitative 
adjustment  framework  segregate  the  loan  and  lease  portfolio  into  homogeneous  segments  based  on  similar  risk 
characteristics or risk monitoring methods. 

Northern Trust utilizes a quantitative probability of default/loss given default approach for the calculation of its credit 
allowance  on  a  collective  basis.  For  each  of  the  different  parameters,  specific  credit  models  for  the  individual  loan 
segments  were  developed.  For  each  segment,  the  probability  of  default  and  the  loss  given  default  are  applied  to  the 
exposure at default for each projected quarter to determine the quantitative component of the allowance. The quantitative 
allowance is  then  reviewed  within  a qualitative adjustment framework,  through  which  management applies  judgment by 
assessing internal risk factors, potential limitations in the quantitative methodology, and environmental factors that are not 
fully  contemplated  in  the  forecast  to  compute  an  adjustment  to  the  quantitative  allowance  for  each  segment  of  the  loan 
portfolio. 

The  allowance  related  to  credit  exposure  evaluated  on  an  individual  basis  is  determined  through  an  individual 
evaluation  of  loans,  leases,  and  lending-related  commitments  considered  impaired  that  is  based  on  expected  future  cash 
flows, the value of collateral, and other factors that may impact the borrower’s ability to pay. For impaired loans for which 
the  amount  of  allowance,  if  any,  is  determined  based  on  the  value  of  the  underlying  real  estate  collateral,  third-party 
appraisals are typically obtained and utilized by management. These appraisals are generally less than twelve months old 
and are subject to adjustments to reflect management’s judgment as to the realizable value of the collateral. 

Northern Trust analyzes its exposure to credit losses from both on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet activity using a 

consistent methodology for the quantitative framework as well as the qualitative framework. 

As of December 31, 2020, for purposes of estimating the allowance for credit losses for undrawn loan commitments 
and  standby  letters  of  credit,  the  exposure  at  default  includes  an  estimated  drawdown  of  unused  credit  based  on  credit 
utilization factors, resulting in a proportionate amount of expected credit losses. 

Allowance for HTM Securities. Debt securities held to maturity classified as U.S. government, government sponsored 
agency, and certain securities classified as obligations of states and political subdivisions are considered to be guarantees of 
the U.S. government or an agency of the U.S. government and therefore an allowance for credit losses is not estimated for 
such investments as the expected probability of non-payment of the amortized cost basis is zero. 

Debt securities held to maturity classified as other asset-backed represent pools of underlying receivables from which 
the cash flows are used to pay the bonds that vary in seniority. Utilizing a qualitative estimation approach, the allowance 
for  other  asset-backed  securities  is  assessed  by  evaluating  underlying  pool  performance  based  on  delinquency  rates  and 
available credit support. 

Debt  securities  held  to  maturity  classified  as  other  relates  to  investments  purchased  by  Northern  Trust  to  fulfill  its 
obligations  under  the  Community  Reinvestment  Act  (CRA).  Northern  Trust  fulfills  its  obligations  under  the  CRA  by 
making  qualified  investments  for  purposes  of  supporting  institutions  and  programs  that  benefit  low-to-moderate  income 
communities  within  Northern  Trust’s  market  area.  The  allowance  for  CRA  investments  is  assessed  using  a  qualitative 
estimation  approach  primarily  based  on  internal  historical  performance  experience  and  default  history  of  the  underlying 
CRA portfolios to determine a quantitative component of the allowance. 

The allowance estimation methodology for all other debt securities held to maturity is developed using a combination 
of  external  and  internal  data.  The  estimation  methodology  groups  securities  with  shared  characteristics  for  which  the 
probability  of  default  and  the  loss  given  default  are  applied  to  the  total  exposure  at  default  to  determine  a  quantitative 
component of the allowance. 

Allowance for Available for Sale Securities. Securities available for sale impairment reviews are conducted quarterly 
to identify and evaluate securities that have indications of possible credit losses. A determination as to whether a security’s 
decline  in  market  value  is  related  to  credit  impairment  takes  into  consideration  numerous  factors  and  the  relative 
significance of any single factor can vary by security. Factors Northern Trust considers in determining whether impairment 
is credit related include, but are not limited to, the severity of the impairment; the cause of the impairment and the financial 
condition  and  near-term  prospects  of  the  issuer;  activity  in  the  market  of  the  issuer,  which  may  indicate  adverse  credit 
conditions; Northern Trust’s intent regarding the sale of the security as of the balance sheet date; and the likelihood that 
Northern  Trust  will  not  be  required  to  sell  the  security  for  a  period  of  time  sufficient  to  allow  for  the  recovery  of  the 
security’s amortized cost basis. For each security meeting the requirements of Northern Trust’s internal screening process, 
an extensive review is conducted to determine if a credit loss has occurred that is then based on the best estimate of cash 
flows to be collected from the security, discounted using the security’s effective interest rate. If the present value of the 
expected  cash  flows  is  found  to  be  less  than  the  current  amortized  cost  of  the  security,  an  allowance  for  credit  losses  is 
generally recorded equal to the difference between the two amounts, limited to the amount the amortized cost basis exceeds 
the fair value of the security. 

Allowance  for  Other  Financial  Assets.  The  allowance  for  other  financial  assets  consists  of  the  allowance  for  those 
other financial assets presented in Cash and Due from Banks, Other Central Bank Deposits, Interest-Bearing Deposits with 
Banks,  Federal  Funds  Sold,  and  Other  Assets.  The  Other  Assets  category  includes  other  miscellaneous  credit  exposures 
reported  in  Other  Assets  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  The  allowance  estimation  methodology  for  other  financial 

98  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

assets  primarily  utilizes  a  similar  approach  as  used  for  the  debt  securities  held  to  maturity  portfolio.  It  consists  of  a 
combination  of  externally  and  internally  developed  loss  data,  adjusted  for  the  appropriate  contractual  term.  Northern 
Trust’s portfolio is composed mostly of institutions within the “1 to 3” internal borrower rating category and expected to 
exhibit minimal to modest likelihood of loss. 

The portion of the allowance assigned to loans and leases, debt securities held to maturity, and other financial assets is 
presented as a contra asset in Allowance for Credit Losses on the consolidated balance sheets. The portion of the allowance 
assigned  to  undrawn  loan  commitments  and  standby  letters  of  credit  is  reported  in  Other  Liabilities  on  the  consolidated 
balance  sheets.  The  allowance  for  AFS  securities  is  presented  parenthetically  with  the  amortized  cost  basis  of  AFS 
securities on the consolidated balance sheets. 

The Provision for Credit Losses on the consolidated statements of income represents the change in the Allowance for 
Credit  Losses  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  and  is  the  charge  to  current  period  earnings.  It  represents  the  amount 
needed to maintain the Allowance for Credit Losses on the consolidated balance sheets at an appropriate level to absorb 
lifetime expected credit losses related to financial assets in scope. Actual losses may vary from current estimates and the 
amount of the Provision for Credit Losses may be either greater than or less than actual net charge-offs. 

Contractual  Term.  Northern  Trust  estimates  expected  credit  losses  over  the  contractual  term  of  the  financial  assets 
adjusted  for  prepayments,  unless  prepayments  are  not  relevant  to  specific  portfolios  or  sub-portfolios.  Extension  and 
renewal options are typically not considered since it is not Northern Trust’s practice to enter into arrangements where the 
borrower  has  the  unconditional  option  to  renew,  or  a  conditional  extension  option  whereby  the  conditions  are  beyond 
Northern Trust’s control. 

Accrued Interest. Northern Trust elected not to measure an allowance for credit losses for accrued interest receivables 
related to its loan and securities portfolios as its policy is to write-off uncollectible accrued interest receivable balances in a 
timely manner. Accrued interest is written off by reversing interest income during the quarter the financial asset is moved 
from an accrual to a nonaccrual status. 

2019 Allowance for Credit Losses prior to the Adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-13 

Allowance  for  Loans  and  Leases  under  the  Previous  “Incurred  Loss”  Model.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  the 
Allowance for Credit Losses represented management’s estimate of probable losses which occurred as of the date of the 
consolidated  financial statements.  The loan  and  lease portfolio  and  other  lending-related  credit exposures  were regularly 
reviewed to evaluate the level of the Allowance for Credit Losses. In determining an appropriate allowance level, Northern 
Trust  evaluated  the  allowance  necessary  for  impaired  loans  and  lending-related  commitments  and  also  estimated  losses 
inherent in other lending-related credit exposures. The allowance for credit losses consisted of the following components: 

Specific  Allowance.  A  loan  was  considered  to  be  impaired  when,  based  on  existing  information  and  events, 
management determined that it was probable that Northern Trust would be unable to collect all amounts due according to 
the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans were identified through ongoing credit management and risk 
rating  processes,  including  the  formal  review  of  past  due  and  watch  list  credits.  Payment  performance  and  delinquency 
status were critical factors in identifying impairment for all loans and leases, particularly those within the residential real 
estate, private client and personal-other classes. Other key factors considered in identifying impairment of loans and leases 
within  the  commercial  and  institutional,  lease  financing,  net,  non-U.S.,  and  commercial-other  classes  related  to  the 
borrower’s ability to perform under the terms of the obligation as measured through the assessment of future cash flows, 
including consideration of collateral value, market value, and other factors. The specific allowance was determined through 
an individual evaluation of loans and lending-related commitments considered impaired that was based on expected future 
cash  flows,  the  value  of  collateral,  and  other  factors  that  may  impact  the  borrower’s  ability  to  pay.  For  impaired  loans 
where the amount of specific allowance, if any, was determined based on the value of the underlying real estate collateral, 
third-party  appraisals  were  typically  obtained  and  utilized  by  management.  These  appraisals  were  generally  less  than 
twelve  months  old  and  were  subject  to  adjustments  to  reflect  management’s  judgment  as  to  the  realizable  value  of  the 
collateral. 

Inherent  Allowance.  The  inherent  allowance  estimation  methodology  was  based  on  internally  developed  loss  data 
specific to the Northern Trust loan and lease portfolio. The estimation methodology and the related qualitative adjustment 
framework  segregated  the  loan  and  lease  portfolio  into  homogeneous  segments.  For  each  segment,  the  probability  of 
default  and  the  loss  given  default  were  applied  to  the  total  exposure  at  default  to  determine  a  quantitative  inherent 
allowance.  The  quantitative  inherent  allowance  was  then  reviewed  within  the  qualitative  adjustment  framework,  where 
management applied judgment by assessing internal risk factors, potential limitations in the quantitative methodology and 
environmental factors that were not fully contemplated in the quantitative methodology to compute an adjustment to the 
quantitative inherent allowance for each segment of the loan portfolio. 

The results of the inherent allowance estimation methodology were reviewed quarterly by Northern Trust’s Loan Loss 
Reserve Committee, which included representatives from Credit Risk Management, reporting segment management, and 
Corporate Finance. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Loans, leases, and other extensions of credit deemed uncollectible were charged to the Allowance for Credit Losses. 
Subsequent  recoveries,  if  any,  were  credited  to  the  allowance.  Northern  Trust’s  policies  relative  to  the  charging-off  of 
uncollectible  loans  and  leases  were  consistent  across  both  loan  and  lease  segments.  Determinations  as  to  whether  loan 
balances for which the collectability was in question were charged-off or a specific reserve was established were based on 
management’s assessment as to the level of certainty regarding the amount of loss. The Provision for Credit Losses, which 
was charged to income, was the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for credit losses to the level determined to be 
appropriate through the above processes. 

As of December 31, 2019, for purposes of estimating the allowance for credit losses for undrawn loan commitments 
and standby letters of credit, the exposure at default included an estimated drawdown of unused credit based on a credit 
conversion factor. The proportionate amount of the quantitative methodology calculation after any required adjustment in 
the qualitative framework resulted in the required allowance for undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit as 
of the reporting date. 

The portion of the allowance assigned to loans and leases was reported as a contra asset, directly following loans and 
leases in the consolidated balance sheets. The portion of the allowance assigned to undrawn loan commitments and standby 
letters of credit was reported in Other Liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Other-Than-Temporary  Impairment  (OTTI)  related  to  Securities.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  a  security  was 
considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected was less than 
the security’s amortized cost basis (the difference being defined as the credit loss) or if the fair value of the security was 
less than the security’s amortized cost basis and the investor intended, or more-likely-than-not would have been required, 
to  sell  the  security  before  recovery  of  the  security’s  amortized  cost  basis.  If  OTTI  existed,  the  charge  to  earnings  was 
limited to the amount of credit loss if the investor did not intend to sell the security, and it was more-likely-than-not that it 
would not have been required to sell the security, before recovery of the security’s amortized cost basis. Any remaining 
difference between fair value and amortized cost was recognized in AOCI, net of applicable taxes. Otherwise, the entire 
difference between fair value and amortized cost was charged to earnings. 

J.  Standby  Letters  of  Credit.  Fees  on  standby  letters  of  credit  are  recognized  in  Other  Operating  Income  on  the 
consolidated  statements  of  income  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the  lives  of  the  underlying  agreements.  Northern 
Trust’s recorded other liability for standby letters of credit, reflecting the obligation it has undertaken, is measured as the 
amount of unamortized fees on these instruments. 

K. Buildings and Equipment. Buildings and equipment owned are carried at original cost less accumulated depreciation. 
The charge for depreciation is computed using the straight-line method based on the following range of lives: buildings – 
up to 30 years; equipment – 3 to 10 years; and leasehold improvements – the shorter of the lease term or 15 years. 

L. Other Real Estate Owned (OREO). OREO is comprised of commercial and residential real estate properties acquired 
in partial or total satisfaction of loans. OREO assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell 
and are recorded in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Fair value is typically based on third-party appraisals. 
Appraisals  of  OREO  properties  are  updated  on  an  annual  basis  and  are  subject  to  adjustments  to  reflect  management’s 
judgment as to the realizable value of the properties. Losses identified during the 90-day period after the acquisition of such 
properties are charged against the Allowance for Credit Losses assigned to Loans and Leases. Subsequent write-downs that 
may be required to the carrying value of these assets and gains or losses realized from asset sales are recorded within Other 
Operating Expense on the consolidated statements of income. 

M.  Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets.  Goodwill  is  not  subject  to  amortization.  Separately  identifiable  acquired 
intangible  assets  with  finite  lives  are  amortized  over  their  estimated  useful  lives,  primarily  on  a  straight-line  basis. 
Purchased software, software licenses, and allowable internal costs, including compensation relating to software developed 
for internal use, are capitalized. Software is amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the 
assets,  generally  ranging  from  3  to  10  years.  Fees  paid  for  the  use  of  software  services  that  do  not  convey  a  software 
license are expensed as incurred. 

Goodwill and other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment on an annual basis or more frequently if events or 

changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. 

N. Trust, Investment and Other Servicing Fees. Trust, investment and other servicing fees are recorded on an accrual 
basis,  over  the  period  in  which  the  service  is  provided.  Fees  are  primarily  a  function  of  the  market  value  of  assets 
custodied,  managed  and  serviced,  transaction  volumes,  and  securities  lending  volume  and  spreads,  as  set  forth  in  the 
underlying  client  agreement.  This  revenue  recognition  involves  the  use  of  estimates  and  assumptions,  including 
components that are calculated based on estimated asset valuations and transaction volumes. 

O.  Client  Security  Settlement  Receivables.  These  receivables  result  from  custody  client  withdrawals  from  short-term 
investment  funds  that  settle  on  the  following  business  day  as  well  as  custody  client  security  sales  executed  under 

100  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

contractual settlement date accounting that have not yet settled. Northern Trust advances cash to the client on the date of 
either  client  withdrawal  or  trade  execution  and  awaits  collection  from  either  the  short-term  investment  funds  or  via  the 
settled trade. 

P. Income Taxes. Northern Trust follows an asset and liability approach to account for income taxes. The objective is to 
recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year, and to recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities 
resulting from temporary differences between the amounts reported in the financial statements and the tax bases of assets 
and liabilities. The measurement of tax assets and liabilities is based on enacted tax laws and applicable tax rates. 

Tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return are evaluated based on their likelihood of being sustained 
upon  examination  by  tax  authorities.  Only  tax  positions  that  are  considered  more-likely-than-not  to  be  sustained  are 
recorded on the consolidated financial statements. A valuation allowance is established for deferred tax assets if it is more-
likely-than-not  that  all  or  a  portion  will  not  be  realized.  Northern  Trust  recognizes  any  interest  and  penalties  related  to 
unrecognized tax benefits in the Provision for Income Taxes on the consolidated statements of income. 

Q.  Cash  Flow  Statements.  Cash  and  cash  equivalents  have  been  defined  as  “Cash  and  Due  from  Banks”  on  the 
consolidated balance sheets. 

R. Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits. Northern Trust records the funded status of its defined benefit pension 
and other postretirement plans on the consolidated balance sheets. Funded pension and postretirement benefits are reported 
in  Other  Assets  and  unfunded  pension  and  postretirement  benefits  are  reported  in  Other  Liabilities  on  the  consolidated 
balance sheets. Plan assets and benefit obligations are measured annually at December 31. Plan assets are determined based 
on fair value generally representing observable market prices. The projected benefit obligations are determined based on 
the present value of projected benefit distributions at an assumed discount rate. Pension costs are recognized ratably over 
the estimated working lifetime of eligible participants. 

S. Share-Based Compensation Plans. Northern Trust recognizes as expense the grant-date fair value of stock and stock 
unit awards and other share-based compensation granted to employees as Compensation on the consolidated statements of 
income. The fair values of stock and stock unit awards, including performance stock unit awards and director awards, are 
based on the closing price of the Corporation’s stock on the date of grant adjusted for certain awards that do not accrue 
dividends while vesting. The fair value of stock options is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option 
pricing  model.  The  model  utilizes  weighted-average  assumptions  regarding  the  period  of  time  that  options  granted  are 
expected  to  be  outstanding  (expected  term)  based  primarily  on  the  historical  exercise  behavior  attributable  to  previous 
option grants, the estimated yield from dividends paid on the Corporation’s stock over the expected term of the options, the 
historical volatility of Northern Trust’s stock price and the implied volatility of traded options on Northern Trust stock, and 
a risk free interest rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant for a period equal to the expected term of 
the options granted. 

Compensation expense for share-based award grants with terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule, whereby 
portions of the award vest in increments over the requisite service period, are recognized on a straight-line basis over the 
requisite service period for the entire award. Compensation expense for performance stock unit awards are recognized on a 
straight-line  basis  over  the  requisite  service  period  of  the  award  based  on  expected  achievement  of  the  performance 
condition. Adjustments are made for employees that meet certain eligibility criteria at the grant date or during the requisite 
service period. 

Northern  Trust  does  not  include  an  estimate  of  future  forfeitures  in  its  recognition  of  share-based  compensation 
expense. Share-based compensation expense is adjusted based on forfeitures as they occur. Dividend equivalents are paid 
on a current basis for restricted stock units granted prior to February 21, 2017 that are not yet vested. Dividend equivalents 
are  accrued  for  performance  stock  unit  awards,  most  restricted  stock  units  granted  on  or  after  February  21,  2017  and 
director awards not yet vested, and are paid upon vesting. Certain restricted stock units granted on or after February 20, 
2018 are not entitled to dividend equivalents during the vesting period. Cash flows resulting from the realization of excess 
tax benefits are classified as operating cash flows on the consolidated statements of cash flows. 

T.  Net  Income  Per  Common  Share.  Basic  net  income  per  common  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income/loss 
applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted 
net  income  per  common  share  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  applicable  to  common  stock  and  potential  common 
shares  by  the  aggregate  of  the  weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  during  the  period  and  common 
share equivalents calculated for stock options outstanding using the treasury stock method. In a period of a net loss, diluted 
net income per common share is calculated in the same manner as basic net income per common share. 

Northern  Trust  has  issued  certain  restricted  stock  unit  awards,  which  are  unvested  share-based  payment  awards  that 
contain  nonforfeitable  rights  to  dividends  or  dividend  equivalents.  These  units  are  considered  participating  securities. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Accordingly, Northern Trust calculates net income applicable to common stock using the two-class method, whereby net 
income is allocated between common stock and participating securities. 

Note 2 – Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

On January 1, 2020, Northern Trust adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments— 
Credit  Losses  (Topic  326):  Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments”  (ASU  2016-13).  ASU  2016-13 
significantly  changed  the  way  impairment  of  financial  instruments  is  recognized  by  requiring  immediate  recognition  of 
estimated  credit  losses  expected  to  occur  over  the  remaining  life  of  financial  instruments.  The  main  provisions  of  ASU 
2016-13  include  (1)  replacing  the  “incurred  loss”  approach  under  current  GAAP  with  an  “expected  loss”  model  for 
instruments measured at amortized cost, (2) requiring entities to record an allowance for available for sale debt securities 
rather than reduce the carrying amount of the investments, as is required by the other-than-temporary-impairment model 
under legacy GAAP, and (3) a simplified accounting model for purchased credit-impaired debt securities and loans. 

Upon adoption of ASU 2016-13, Northern Trust recorded a $13.7 million increase in the allowance for credit losses with a 
corresponding cumulative effect adjustment to decrease retained earnings by $10.1 million, net of income taxes, on January 
1,  2020.  Northern  Trust  did  not  restate  comparative  periods  for  the  effects  of  applying  ASU  2016-13.  There  was  no 
significant impact to Northern Trust’s consolidated statements of income.  Please refer to Note 7 — Allowance for Credit 
Losses for further information. 

On  January  1,  2020,  Northern  Trust  adopted  ASU  No.  2017-04,  “Intangibles—Goodwill  and  Other  (Topic  350): 
Simplifying  the  Test  for  Goodwill  Impairment”  (ASU  2017-04).  ASU  2017-04  amends  the  subsequent  measurement  of 
goodwill  whereby  Step  2  from  the  goodwill  impairment  test  is  eliminated.  As  a  result,  the  goodwill  impairment  test  is 
performed  by  comparing  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  to  its  carrying  value  and  an  impairment  charge  should  be 
recognized  for  the  amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  exceeds  the  reporting  unit’s  fair  value,  not  to  exceed  the  total 
amount  of  goodwill  allocated  to  that  reporting  unit.  Upon  adoption  of  ASU  2017-04,  there  was  no  significant  impact  to 
Northern Trust’s consolidated balance sheets or consolidated statements of income. 

On  January  1,  2020,  Northern  Trust  adopted  ASU  No.  2018-13,  “Fair  Value  Measurement  (Topic  820):  Disclosure 
Framework—Changes  to  the  Disclosure  Requirements  for  Fair  Value  Measurement”  (ASU  2018-13).  The  primary 
objective of ASU 2018-13 is to improve the effectiveness of disclosures in the notes to financial statements. Upon adoption 
of  ASU  2018-13,  there  was  no  significant  impact  to  Northern  Trust’s  consolidated  balance  sheets  or  consolidated 
statements of income. 

On January 1, 2020, Northern Trust adopted ASU No. 2018-15, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software 
(Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is 
a  Service  Contract  (a  consensus  of  the  FASB  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force)”  (ASU  2018-15).  ASU  2018-15  aligns  the 
requirements  for  capitalizing  implementation  costs  incurred  in  a  hosting  arrangement  that  is  a  service  contract  with  the 
requirements  for  capitalizing  implementation  costs  incurred  to  develop  or  obtain  internal-use  software  (and  hosting 
arrangements  that  include  an  internal  use  software  license).  Upon  adoption  of  ASU  2018-15,  there  was  no  significant 
impact to Northern Trust’s consolidated balance sheets or consolidated statements of income. 

On  January  1,  2020,  Northern  Trust  adopted  ASU  No.  2018-17,  “Consolidation  (Topic  810):  Targeted  Improvements  to 
Related Party Guidance for Variable Interest Entities” (ASU 2018-17). ASU 2018-17 requires that indirect interests held 
through related parties in common control arrangements be considered on a proportional basis (rather than as the equivalent 
of a direct interest in its entirety) for determining whether fees paid to decision makers and service providers are variable 
interests. Upon adoption of ASU 2018-17, there was no significant impact to Northern Trust’s consolidated balance sheets 
or consolidated statements of income. 

On  April  1,  2020,  Northern  Trust  adopted  ASU  No.  2020-04,  “Reference  Rate  Reform  (Topic  848):  Facilitation  of  the 
Effects  of  Reference  Rate  Reform  on  Financial  Reporting”  (ASU  2020-04).  The  global  transition  toward  alternative 
reference rates and away from referencing the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) and other interbank offered rates 
(Reference  Rate  Reform)  is  expected  to  have  a  significant  impact  on  the  volume  of  contract  modifications,  hedge 
accounting, and other transactions that reference LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued because of 
Reference  Rate  Reform.  ASU  2020-04  provides  temporary  optional  expedients  and  exceptions  for  applying  GAAP  to 
contract modifications, hedging relationships, and other transactions affected by Reference Rate Reform if certain criteria 
are  met.  The  main  provisions  of  ASU  2020-04  provide  the  following  optional  expedients:  (1)  simplification  of  the 
accounting evaluations under current GAAP for contract modifications, including loan, debt, lease and other contracts with 
potential  embedded  derivatives,  if  qualifying  criteria  are  met  (2)  preservation  of  hedging  relationships  without 
dedesignation upon certain changes to the critical terms of an existing hedging relationship due to Reference Rate Reform 
and  other  optional  hedge  accounting  relief  provisions  and  (3)  a  one-time  election  to  sell  or  transfer,  or  both  sell  and 

102  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

transfer,  debt  securities  classified  as  held  to  maturity  that  reference  a  rate  affected  by  Reference  Rate  Reform  and  are 
classified as held to maturity before January 1, 2020. 

The optional expedients in ASU 2020-04 for contract modifications and hedging relationships are applied prospectively, 
while the one-time election to sell or transfer, or both sell and transfer debt securities classified as held to maturity may be 
made at any time after March 12, 2020. The optional expedients and exceptions provided by ASU 2020-04 do not apply to 
contract  modifications  made  and  hedging  relationships  entered  into  or  evaluated  after  December  31,  2022,  except  for 
hedging  relationships  existing  as  of  December  31,  2022  for  which  an  entity  has  elected  certain  optional  expedients  and 
which are retained through the end of the hedging relationship. Upon adoption of ASU 2020-04, there was no significant 
impact on Northern Trust’s consolidated balance sheets or consolidated statements of income. Northern Trust expects to 
elect  the  optional  expedients  provided  in  ASU  2020-04  and  does  not  expect  a  significant  impact  on  Northern  Trust’s 
consolidated balance sheets or consolidated statements of income as a result of electing such expedients. 

On  January  7,  2021,  Northern  Trust  retrospectively  adopted  ASU  No.  2021-01,  “Reference  Rate  Reform  (Topic  848): 
Scope” (ASU 2021-01). ASU 2021-01 clarifies the scope of Topic 848 to explicitly include those derivative instruments 
affected  by  changes  in  interest  rates  used  for  margining,  discounting,  or  contract  price  alignment  as  eligible  for  certain 
optional expedients and exceptions in Topic 848. Upon adoption of ASU 2021-01, Northern Trust elected the expedients 
provided  in  Topic  848  with  no  significant  impact  on  Northern  Trust’s  consolidated  balance  sheets  or  consolidated 
statements of income. 

Note 3 – Fair Value Measurements 

Fair value under GAAP is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit 
price) in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. 

Fair Value Hierarchy. The following describes the hierarchy of valuation inputs (Levels 1, 2, and 3) used to measure fair 
value and the primary valuation methodologies used by Northern Trust for financial instruments measured at fair value on a 
recurring  basis.  Observable  inputs  reflect  market  data  obtained  from  sources  independent  of  the  reporting  entity; 
unobservable inputs reflect the entity’s own assumptions about how market participants would value an asset or liability 
based on the best information available. GAAP requires an entity measuring fair value to maximize the use of observable 
inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs and establishes a fair value hierarchy of inputs. Financial instruments 
are categorized within the hierarchy based on the lowest level input that is significant to their valuation. Northern Trust’s 
policy is to recognize transfers into and transfers out of fair value levels as of the end of the reporting period in which the 
transfer occurred. No transfers into or out of Level 3 occurred during the years ended December 31, 2020, or 2019. 

Level 1 – Quoted, active market prices for identical assets or liabilities. Northern Trust’s Level 1 assets are comprised 

of available for sale investments in U.S. Treasury securities. 

Level  2  –  Observable  inputs  other  than  Level  1  prices,  such  as  quoted  active  market  prices  for  similar  assets  or 
liabilities,  quoted  prices  for  identical  or  similar  assets  in  inactive  markets,  and  model-derived  valuations  in  which  all 
significant inputs are observable in active markets. Northern Trust’s Level 2 assets include available for sale and trading 
account debt securities, the fair values of which are determined predominantly by external pricing vendors. Prices received 
from  vendors  are  compared  to  other  vendor  and  third-party  prices.  If  a  security  price  obtained  from  a  pricing  vendor  is 
determined  to  exceed  pre-determined  tolerance  levels  that  are  assigned  based  on  an  asset  type’s  characteristics,  the 
exception is researched and, if the price is not able to be validated, an alternate pricing vendor is utilized, consistent with 
Northern  Trust’s  pricing  source  hierarchy.  As  of  December  31,  2020,  Northern  Trust’s  available  for  sale  debt  securities 
portfolio included 2,260 Level 2 securities with an aggregate market value of $39.2 billion. All 2,260 debt securities were 
valued by external pricing vendors. As of December 31, 2019, Northern Trust’s available for sale debt securities portfolio 
included  1,704  Level  2  debt  securities  with  an  aggregate  market  value  of  $34.3  billion.  All  1,704  debt  securities  were 
valued  by  external  pricing  vendors.  Trading  account  debt  securities,  which  totaled  $0.5  million  and  $0.3  million  as  of 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively were all valued using external pricing vendors. 

Northern Trust has established processes and procedures to assess the suitability of valuation methodologies used by 
external pricing vendors, including reviews of valuation techniques and assumptions used for selected securities. On a daily 
basis, periodic quality control reviews of prices received from vendors are conducted which include comparisons to prices 
on similar security types received from multiple pricing vendors and to the previous day’s reported prices for each security. 
Predetermined tolerance level exceptions are researched and may result in additional validation through available market 
information  or  the use of  an  alternate pricing  vendor.  Quarterly,  Northern  Trust reviews  documentation  from third-party 
pricing vendors regarding the valuation processes and assumptions used in their valuations and assesses whether the fair 
value  levels  assigned  by  Northern  Trust  to  each  security  classification  are  appropriate.  Annually,  valuation  inputs  used 
within third-party pricing vendor valuations are reviewed for propriety on a sample basis through a comparison of inputs 
used to comparable market data, including security classifications that are less actively traded and security classifications 
comprising significant portions of the portfolio. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Level  2  assets  and  liabilities  also  include  derivative  contracts  which  are  valued  internally  using  widely  accepted 
income-based models that incorporate inputs readily observable in actively quoted markets and reflect the contractual terms 
of the contracts. Observable inputs include foreign exchange rates and interest rates for foreign exchange contracts; credit 
spreads,  default  probabilities,  and  recovery  rates  for  credit  default  swap  contracts;  interest  rates  for  interest  rate  swap 
contracts  and  forward  contracts;  and  interest  rates  and  volatility  inputs  for  interest  rate  option  contracts.  Northern  Trust 
evaluates the impact of counterparty credit risk and its own credit risk on the valuation of its derivative instruments. Factors 
considered  include  the  likelihood  of  default  by  Northern  Trust  and  its  counterparties,  the  remaining  maturities  of  the 
instruments,  net  exposures  after  giving  effect  to  master  netting  arrangements  or  similar  agreements,  available  collateral, 
and other credit enhancements in determining the appropriate fair value of derivative instruments. The resulting valuation 
adjustments have not been considered material. 

Level 3 – Valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable in the marketplace. 
Northern Trust’s Level 3 liabilities consist of swaps that Northern Trust entered into with the purchaser of 1.1 million 
and  1.0  million  shares  of  Visa  Inc.  Class  B  common  stock  (Visa  Class  B  common  shares)  previously  held  by  Northern 
Trust and sold in June 2016 and 2015, respectively. Pursuant to the swaps, Northern Trust retains the risks associated with 
the ultimate conversion of the Visa Class B common shares into shares of Visa Inc. Class A common stock (Visa Class A 
common shares), such that the counterparty will be compensated for any dilutive adjustments to the conversion ratio and 
Northern  Trust  will  be  compensated  for  any  anti-dilutive  adjustments  to  the  ratio.  The  swaps  also  require  periodic 
payments  from  Northern  Trust  to  the  counterparty  calculated  by  reference  to  the  market  price  of  Visa  Class  A  common 
shares and a fixed rate of interest. The fair value of the swaps is determined using a discounted cash flow methodology. 
The  significant  unobservable  inputs  used  in  the  fair  value  measurement  are  Northern  Trust’s  own  assumptions  about 
estimated changes in the conversion rate of the Visa Class B common shares into Visa Class A common shares, the date on 
which such conversion is expected to occur and the estimated growth rate of the Visa Class A common share price. See 
“Visa Class B Common Shares” under Note 26, “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities,” for further information. 

Northern Trust believes its valuation methods for its assets and liabilities carried at fair value are appropriate; however, 
the  use  of  different  methodologies  or  assumptions,  particularly  as  applied  to  Level  3  assets  and  liabilities,  could  have  a 
material effect on the computation of their estimated fair values. 

Management of various businesses and departments of Northern Trust (including Corporate Market Risk, Credit Risk 
Management,  Corporate  Finance,  C&IS  and  Wealth  Management)  reviews  valuation  methods  and  models  for  Level  3 
assets and liabilities. Fair value measurements are performed upon acquisitions of an asset or liability. Management of the 
appropriate business or department reviews assumed inputs, especially when unobservable in the marketplace, in order to 
substantiate  their  use  in  each  fair  value  measurement.  When  appropriate,  management  reviews  forecasts  used  in  the 
valuation process in light of other relevant financial projections to understand any variances between current and previous 
fair value measurements. In certain circumstances, third party information is used to support the fair value measurements. 
If  certain  third  party  information  seems  inconsistent  with  consensus  views,  a  review  of  the  information  is  performed  by 
management of the respective business or department to determine the appropriate fair value of the asset or liability. 

The following table presents the fair values of Northern Trust’s Level 3 liabilities as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 
as  well  as  the  valuation  techniques,  significant  unobservable  inputs,  and  quantitative  information  used  to  develop 
significant unobservable inputs for such liabilities as of such dates. 

104  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE  55:  LEVEL  3  SIGNIFICANT  UNOBSERVABLE  INPUTS 

DECEMBER  31,  2020 

WEIGHTED-

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT 

Swaps 
 Visa 

Related 
 B 
Class 

Sale 

 to 
Certain
 of 
Common Shares 

FAIR VALUE 

$35.3 million 

VALUATION 
TECHNIQUE 

Discounted 
Flow 

 Cash 

UNOBSERVABLE 
INPUTS 

Conversion Rate 

Class 

 Visa 
 A 
Appreciation 

INPUT VALUES 

1.62x 

8.73% 

AVERAGE 

INPUT 

VALUES(1)

1.62x 

8.73% 

(1)  Weighted  average  of  expected  duration  based  on  scenario  probability. 

Expected Duration 

12  -

 33 months 

 20 months 

DECEMBER  31,  2019 

WEIGHTED-

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT 

Swaps 
 Visa 

Related 
 B 
Class 

Sale 

 to 
 of 
Common Shares 

Certain 

FAIR VALUE 

$33.4 million 

VALUATION 
TECHNIQUE 

Discounted 
Flow 

 Cash 

UNOBSERVABLE 
INPUTS 

Conversion Rate 

Class 

 A 
 Visa 
Appreciation 

INPUT VALUES 

1.62x 

8.54% 

AVERAGE 

INPUT 

VALUES(1)

1.62x 

8.54% 

(1)  Weighted  average  of  expected  duration  based  on  scenario  probability. 

The  following  presents  assets  and  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  
segregated  by  fair  value  hierarchy  level. 

Expected Duration

 12 -

36 months

22 months

TABLE  56:  RECURRING  BASIS  HIERARCHY  LEVELING  

(In Millions) 

 Debt Securities 

Available 

for Sale 

 U.S. Government 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

Government 

Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Sub-Sovereign, 
Bonds 

Supranational 

and 

Non-U.S. 

Agency 

Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed 

Total 

Available 

for Sale 

Trading Account 

Total 

Available 

for 

Sale 

and 

Trading 

 Debt Securities 

Other Assets 

Derivative Assets 

Foreign 

Exchange Contracts 

Interest 

 Rate Contracts 

Total 

Derivative Assets 

Other Liabilities 

Derivative Liabilities 

Foreign 

Exchange Contracts 

Interest 

 Rate Contracts 

Other 

Financial Derivatives(1)

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

LEVEL 1 

LEVEL 2 

LEVEL 3 

NETTING 

ASSETS/
LIABILITIES 
 AT FAIR 
VALUE 

 $ 

2,799.9 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

3,083.6 

24,956.7 

714.0 

2,539.6 

553.1 

2,345.8 

3,997.5 

1,031.8 

2,799.9 

39,222.1 

 — 

 0.5 

2,799.9 

39,222.6 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

4,260.7 

297.5 

4,558.2 

4,722.5 

125.0 

 — 

2,799.9 

3,083.6 

24,956.7 

714.0 

2,539.6 

553.1 

2,345.8 

3,997.5 

1,031.8 

42,022.0 

 0.5 

42,022.5 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

(3,505.3)   

(2.5)   

755.4 

295.0 

(3,507.8)   

1,050.4 

 — 

 — 

35.3 

(2,718.6)   

2,003.9 

(98.5) 

 — 

26.5 

35.3 

Total 

Derivative Liabilities 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

4,847.5 

 $ 

35.3 

 $ 

(2,817.1) 

 $ 

2,065.7 

Note:  Northern  Trust  has  elected  to  net  derivative  assets  and  liabilities  when  legally  enforceable  master  netting  arrangements  or  similar  agreements  exist  between  Northern  
Trust   and   the   counterparty.   As   of   December   31,   2020,   derivative   assets   and   liabilities   shown   above   also   include   reductions   of   $1,867.8   million   and   $1,177.2   million,  
respectively,  as  a  result  of  cash  collateral  received  from  and  deposited  with  derivative  counterparties. 

(1)   This  line  consists  of  swaps  related  to  the  sale  of  certain  Visa  Class  B  common  shares.  

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(In Millions) 

 Debt Securities 

Available 

for Sale 

 U.S. Government 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

Government 

Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Supranational 

Sub-Sovereign, 
Bonds 
Other Asset-Backed 

and 

Non-U.S. 

Agency 

Commercial 

Mortgage Backed 

Other 

Total 

Available 

for Sale 

Trading Account 

Total 

Available 

for 

Sale 

and 

Trading 

 Debt Securities 

Other Assets 

Derivative Assets 

Foreign 

Exchange Contracts 

Interest 

 Rate Contracts 

Total 

Derivatives Assets 

Other Liabilities 

Derivative Liabilities 

Foreign 

Exchange Contracts 

Interest 

 Rate Contracts 

Other 

Financial Derivative(1)

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

LEVEL 1 

LEVEL 2 

LEVEL 3 

NETTING 

 $ 

4,549.1 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

ASSETS/
LIABILITIES 
 AT FAIR 
VALUE 

4,549.1 

1,615.3 

23,271.2 

 3.3 

2,402.7 

769.9 

2,127.6 

3,330.5 

797.7 

 9.0 

38,876.3 

 0.3 

38,876.6 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

(2,334.1)   

(3.9)   

900.7 

149.0 

(2,338.0)   

1,049.7 

 — 

 — 

33.4 

(1,548.6)   

1,633.6 

(57.3) 

(12.5) 

40.1 

20.9 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

1,615.3 

23,271.2 

 3.3 

2,402.7 

769.9 

2,127.6 

3,330.5 

797.7 

 9.0 

4,549.1 

34,327.2 

 — 

 0.3 

4,549.1 

34,327.5 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

3,234.8 

152.9 

3,387.7 

3,182.2 

97.4 

 — 

Total 

Derivative Liabilities 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

3,279.6 

 $ 

33.4 

 $ 

(1,618.4) 

 $ 

1,694.6 

Note:  Northern  Trust  has  elected  to  net  derivative  assets  and  liabilities  when  legally  enforceable  master  netting  arrangements  or  similar  agreements  exist  between  Northern  
Trust  and  the  counterparty.  As  of  December  31,  2019,  derivative  assets  and  liabilities  shown  above  also  include  reductions  of  $1,136.8  million  and  $417.2  million,  respectively,  
as  a  result  of  cash  collateral  received  from  and  deposited  with  derivative  counterparties. 

(1)   This  line  consists  of  swaps  related  to  the  sale  of  certain  Visa  Class  B  common  shares. 

The  following  table  presents  the  changes  in  Level  3  liabilities  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019. 

TABLE  57:  CHANGES  IN  LEVEL  3  LIABILITIES  

LEVEL   3 LIABILITIES 

(In Millions) 

 Fair 

Value 

 at 

January 1 

Total 

(Gains) Losses: 

Included 

 in Earnings(1)
Sales, 

Purchases, 

Issues, 

and Settlements 

Settlements 

 Fair 

Value 

 at 

December 31 

Unrealized 

Losses 

(Gains) 

Included 

 in 

Earnings 

Related 

 to 

Financial 

Instruments 

 Held 

 at 

December 31(1) 

(1)  Gains  (losses)  are  recorded  in  Other  Operating  Income  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  income. 

SWAPS 

RELATED 

CERTAIN 

 TO 
VISA 

 OF 
 B 
COMMON SHARES 

SALE 
CLASS 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

2020 

33.4 

 $ 

18.3 

(16.4)   

35.3 

18.6 

 $ 

 $ 

2019 

32.8 

17.1 

(16.5) 

33.4 

12.3 

Carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  may  be  adjusted  to  fair  
value  in  periods  subsequent  to  their  initial  recognition,  for  example,  to  record  an  impairment  of  an  asset.  GAAP  requires  
entities  to  separately  disclose  these  subsequent  fair  value  measurements  and  to  classify  them  under  the  fair  value  hierarchy. 

106  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at December 31, 2020 and 2019, all of which were categorized 
as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy, were comprised of nonaccrual loans whose values were based on real estate and 
other available collateral, and of OREO properties. 

Fair  values  of  real  estate  loan  collateral  were  estimated  using  a  market  approach  typically  supported  by  third-party 
valuations and property-specific fees and taxes. The fair values of real estate loan collateral were subject to adjustments to 
reflect management’s judgment as to realizable value and consisted of discount factors ranging from 15.0% to 20.0% with 
a  weighted  average  based  on  fair  values  of  16.8%  and  15.3%  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  December  31,  2019, 
respectively.  Other  loan  collateral,  which  typically  consists  of  accounts  receivable,  inventory  and  equipment,  is  valued 
using a market approach adjusted for asset-specific characteristics and in limited instances third-party valuations are used. 
OREO assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell, with fair value typically based on 
third-party appraisals. 

Collateral-based  nonaccrual  loans  that  have  been  adjusted  to  fair  value  totaled  $24.6  million  and  $8.0  million  at 

December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

The following table presents the fair values of Northern Trust’s Level 3 assets that were measured at fair value on a 
nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, as well as the valuation technique, significant unobservable inputs, 
and quantitative information used to develop the significant unobservable inputs for such assets as of such dates. 

TABLE 58: LEVEL 3 NONRECURRING BASIS SIGNIFICANT UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS 

DECEMBER 31, 2020 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT 

FAIR 

VALUE(1)

VALUATION 
TECHNIQUE 

UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS 

INPUT VALUES 

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE 
INPUT VALUES 

Loans 

$24.6 million 

Market Approach 

Discount 
estate 
 to 

factor 

applied 
collateral-based 

real 

 to 
loans 

reflect 

realizable value 

15.0% 

–  20.0% 

16.8% 

(1) Includes real estate collateral-based loans and other collateral-based loans. 

DECEMBER 31, 2019 

FINANCIAL INSTRUMENT 

FAIR 

VALUE(1)

Loans 

$8.0 million 

VALUATION 
TECHNIQUE 

UNOBSERVABLE INPUTS 

INPUT VALUES 

WEIGHTED-AVERAGE 
INPUT VALUES 

Market Approach  Discount  

collateral-based 

factor 

applied 
loans 

 to 
 to 
realizable value 

estate 

real 
reflect 

15.0%  –  20.0% 

15.3% 

(1)  

Includes 

real 

estate 

collateral-based 

loans 

and 

other 

collateral-based loans. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  107 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following tables summarize the fair values of all financial instruments. 

TABLE 59: FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

(In Millions) 

ASSETS 
Cash and Due from Banks 
Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits 
Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks 
Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell 
Debt Securities 

Available for Sale(1) 
Held to Maturity 
Trading Account 

Loans (excluding Leases) 
Held for Investment 

Client Security Settlement Receivables 
Other Assets 

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock 
Community Development Investments 
Employee Benefit and Deferred Compensation 

LIABILITIES 
Deposits 

Demand, Noninterest-Bearing, Savings, Money Market and Other
Interest-Bearing 

$ 

Savings Certificates and Other Time 
Non U.S. Offices Interest-Bearing 

Federal Funds Purchased 
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 
Other Borrowings 
Senior Notes 
Long-Term Debt 

Subordinated Debt 

Floating Rate Capital Debt 
Other Liabilities 

Standby Letters of Credit 
Loan Commitments 

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS 
Asset/Liability Management 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 
Interest Rate Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 

Other Financial Derivatives 

Liabilities(2) 

Client-Related and Trading 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 
Interest Rate Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 

DECEMBER 31, 2020 

FAIR VALUE 

BOOK VALUE 

TOTAL 
FAIR VALUE 

LEVEL 1 

LEVEL 2 

LEVEL 3 

$ 

$ 

4,389.5 
55,503.6 
4,372.6 
1,596.5 

$ 

4,389.5 
55,503.6 
4,372.6 
1,596.5 

4,389.5  $ 
— 
— 
— 

$ 

— 
55,503.6 
4,372.6 
1,596.5 

42,022.0 
17,791.1 
0.5 

42,022.0 
17,797.4 
0.5 

2,799.9 
90.0 
— 

39,222.1 
17,707.4 
0.5 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

33,558.0 
1,160.2 

34,017.5 
1,160.2 

— 
— 

— 
1,160.2 

34,017.5 
— 

275.0 
919.6 
215.8 

275.0 
919.6 
228.9 

— 
— 
138.6 

275.0 
919.6 
90.3 

$ 

71,742.5 
937.1 
71,198.4 
260.2 
39.8 
4,011.5 
3,122.4 

71,742.5 
943.0 
71,198.4 
260.2 
39.8 
4,012.7 
3,222.6 

1,189.3 
277.8 

1,250.1 
264.6 

22.4 
77.0 

22.4 
77.0 

$ 

71,742.5  $ 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

$ 

— 
943.0 
71,198.4 
260.2 
39.8 
4,012.7 
3,222.6 

1,250.1 
264.6 

— 
— 

22.4 
77.0 

$ 

$ 

15.6 
311.8 

$ 

15.6 
311.8 

—  $ 
— 

$ 

15.6 
311.8 

8.3 
10.2 

35.3 

8.3 
10.2 

35.3 

4,245.1 
4,410.7 

4,245.1 
4,410.7 

289.2 
114.8 

289.2 
114.8 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

8.3 
10.2 

— 

35.3 

4,245.1 
4,410.7 

289.2 
114.8 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

(1) Refer to the table located on page 105 for the disaggregation of available for sale debt securities. 
(2) This line consists of swaps related to the sale of certain Visa Class B common shares. 

108  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
DECEMBER 31, 2019 

FAIR VALUE 

BOOK VALUE 

TOTAL 
FAIR VALUE 

LEVEL 1 

LEVEL 2 

LEVEL 3 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(In Millions) 

ASSETS 
Cash and Due from Banks 
Federal Reserve and Other Central Bank Deposits 
Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks 
Federal Funds Sold 
Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell 
Debt Securities 

Available for Sale(1) 
Held to Maturity 
Trading Account 

Loans (excluding Leases) 
Held for Investment 

Client Security Settlement Receivables 
Other Assets 

Federal Reserve and Federal Home Loan Bank Stock 
Community Development Investments 
Employee Benefit and Deferred Compensation 

LIABILITIES 
Deposits 

Demand, Noninterest-Bearing, Savings, Money Market and Other
Interest-Bearing 

$ 

Savings Certificates and Other Time 
Non U.S. Offices Interest-Bearing 

Federal Funds Purchased 
Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 
Other Borrowings 
Senior Notes 
Long-Term Debt 

$ 

$ 

4,459.2 
33,886.0 
4,877.1 
5.0 
707.8 

38,876.3 
12,284.5 
0.3 

$ 

4,459.2 
33,886.0 
4,877.1 
5.0 
707.8 

38,876.3 
12,249.3 
0.3 

31,239.5 
845.7 

31,517.8 
845.7 

301.2 
749.3 
199.5 

301.2 
749.3 
207.6 

4,459.2 
— 
— 
— 
— 

4,549.1 
138.8 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
131.0 

$ 

47,733.6 
986.7 
60,400.3 
552.9 
489.7 
6,744.8 
2,573.0 

$ 

47,733.6 
994.2 
60,400.3 
552.9 
489.7 
6,745.9 
2,593.0 

$ 

47,733.6 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

1,148.1 
277.7 

1,169.5 
262.1 

25.5 
32.3 

25.5 
32.3 

— 
— 

— 
— 

$ 

$ 

— 
33,886.0 
4,877.1 
5.0 
707.8 

34,327.2 
12,110.5 
0.3 

— 
845.7 

301.2 
749.3 
76.6 

$ 

— 
994.2 
60,400.3 
552.9 
489.7 
6,745.9 
2,593.0 

1,169.5 
262.1 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

31,517.8 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

25.5 
32.3 

— 
— 

— 
— 

20.5 
21.1 

— 

33.4 

3,151.7 
3,158.1 

132.4 
76.3 

— 
— 

— 
— 

$ 

$ 

83.1 
24.1 

$ 

83.1 
24.1 

—  $ 
— 

$ 

83.1 
24.1 

20.5 
21.1 

33.4 

20.5 
21.1 

33.4 

3,151.7 
3,158.1 

3,151.7 
3,158.1 

132.4 
76.3 

132.4 
76.3 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

Subordinated Debt 

Floating Rate Capital Debt 
Other Liabilities 

Standby Letters of Credit 
Loan Commitments 

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS 
Asset/Liability Management 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 
Interest Rate Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 

Other Financial Derivatives 

Liabilities(2) 

Client-Related and Trading 

Foreign Exchange Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 
Interest Rate Contracts 

Assets 
Liabilities 

(1) Refer to the table located on page 106 for the disaggregation of available for sale debt securities. 
(3) This line consists of swaps related to the sale of certain Visa Class B common shares. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note  4  –  Securities 

Debt  Securities  Available  for  Sale.  The  following  tables  provide  the  amortized  cost,  fair  values,  and  remaining  maturities  
of  debt  securities  available  for  sale. 

TABLE  60:  RECONCILIATION  OF  AMORTIZED  COST  TO  FAIR  VALUE  OF  DEBT  SECURITIES  AVAILABLE  FOR  SALE  

(In Millions) 

 U.S. Government 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

Government 

Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Sub-Sovereign, 

Supranational 

and 

Non-U.S. 

Agency Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed 

Total 

(In Millions) 

 U.S. Government 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

Government 

Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Sub-Sovereign, 

Supranational 

and 

Non-U.S. 

Agency Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed 

Other 

Total 

DECEMBER  31,  2020 

AMORTIZED 
COST 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
GAINS 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

 $ 

2,728.8 

 $ 

71.1 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

2,927.8 

24,595.1 

713.6 

2,459.9 

543.1 

2,281.7 

3,953.5 

952.2 

155.9 

388.5 

 1.1 

79.8 

10.0 

64.7 

46.8 

79.7 

 0.1 

26.9 

 0.7 

 0.1 

 — 

 0.6 

 2.8 

 0.1 

FAIR 
VALUE 

2,799.9 

3,083.6 

24,956.7 

714.0 

2,539.6 

553.1 

2,345.8 

3,997.5 

1,031.8 

 $ 

41,155.7 

 $ 

897.6 

 $ 

31.3 

 $ 

42,022.0 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

AMORTIZED 
COST 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
GAINS 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

 $ 

4,527.5 

 $ 

26.7 

 $ 

 5.1 

 $ 

1,604.0 

23,247.5 

 3.3 

2,378.9 

766.3 

2,091.3 

3,324.5 

769.9 

 9.0 

24.6 

101.8 

 — 

27.8 

 4.4 

37.4 

11.3 

28.7 

 — 

13.3 

78.1 

 — 

 4.0 

 0.8 

 1.1 

 5.3 

 0.9 

 — 

FAIR 
VALUE 

4,549.1 

1,615.3 

23,271.2 

 3.3 

2,402.7 

769.9 

2,127.6 

3,330.5 

797.7 

 9.0 

 $ 

38,722.2 

 $ 

262.7 

 $ 

108.6 

 $ 

38,876.3 

TABLE  61:  REMAINING  MATURITY  OF  DEBT  SECURITIES  AVAILABLE  FOR  SALE 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

 ONE 

YEAR 

 OR 

LESS 

 ONE 

 TO 

FIVE YEARS 

FIVE 

 TO 

TEN YEARS 

OVER 

TEN YEARS 

TOTAL 

(In Millions) 

 U.S. Government 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair 

Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

 $ 

300.9 

 $ 

303.2 

 $ 

1,732.8 

 $ 

1,767.0 

 $ 

695.1 

 $ 

729.7 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

$  

2,728.8 

 $ 

2,799.9 

Obligations  
Political Subdivisions 

States and  

 of 

 7.9 

 8.0 

252.1 

266.8 

2,578.4 

2,718.4 

89.4 

90.4 

  2,927.8  

3,083.6 

Government 

Sponsored Agency 

5,540.0 

5,613.6 

8,942.2 

9,063.0 

7,682.1 

7,793.6 

2,430.8 

2,486.5 

  24,595.1  

24,956.7 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Sub-Sovereign, 
Supranational
and  Non-U.S.  Agency  Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial  Mortgage-Backed 

414.3 

443.5 

108.2 

163.9 

517.4 

12.0 

414.6 

448.6 

108.6 

164.1 

525.9 

12.1 

40.6 

40.8 

258.7 

258.6 

2,016.4 

2,091.0 

434.9 

444.5 

1,960.8 

2,024.0 

2,903.1 

2,937.8 

413.5 

441.2 

 — 

 — 

157.0 

436.0 

526.7 

 — 

 — 

157.7 

436.8 

578.5 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

97.0 

 — 

 — 

713.6  

714.0 

 — 

  2,459.9  

2,539.6 

—  

543.1  

553.1 

—  

  2,281.7  

2,345.8 

97.0  

  3,953.5  

3,997.5 

—  

952.2  

1,031.8 

Total 

$  

7,508.1  $   7,598.7   $  

18,696.4 

$ 19,076.1 

$ 12,334.0 

$12,673.3  $   2,617.2   $   2,673.9  

 $41,155.7  

$42,022.0 

Note:  Mortgage-backed  and  asset-backed  securities  are  included  in  the  above  table  taking  into  account  anticipated  future  prepayments. 

110  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Debt   Securities   Available   for   Sale   with   Unrealized   Losses.   The   following   table   provides   information   regarding   debt  
securities  available  for  sale  with  no  credit  losses  reported  that  had  been  in  a  continuous  unrealized  loss  position  for  less  
than  twelve  months  and  for  twelve  months  or  longer  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019. 

TABLE  62:  DEBT  SECURITIES  AVAILABLE  FOR  SALE  IN  UNREALIZED  LOSS  POSITION  WITH  NO  CREDIT  LOSSES  REPORTED 

 AS 

 OF 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

LESS 

THAN 

 12 MONTHS 

 12 

MONTHS 

 OR LONGER 

TOTAL 

(In Millions) 

FAIR  UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

VALUE 

FAIR  UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

VALUE 

FAIR  UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

VALUE 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

 $ 

52.3 

 $ 

 0.1 

 $ 

 —  $ 

 —  $ 

52.3 

 $ 

Government 

Sponsored Agency 

2,402.3 

13.6 

2,528.7  

13.3 

4,931.0 

Non-U.S. 

Government 

Corporate Debt 

Sub-Sovereign, 

Supranational 

and 

Non-U.S. 

Agency Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed 

Total 

90.5 

66.6 

162.8 

176.8 

44.4 

 0.7 

 0.1 

 0.5 

 0.2 

 0.1 

 — 

 — 

49.9 

792.3 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 0.1 

 2.6 

 — 

90.5 

66.6 

212.7 

969.1 

44.4 

 $ 

2,995.7 

 $ 

15.3 

 $ 

3,370.9 

 $ 

16.0  $  

6,366.6  $  

31.3 

 0.1 

26.9 

 0.7 

 0.1 

 0.6 

 2.8 

 0.1 

 AS 

 OF 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

LESS 

THAN 

 12 MONTHS 

 12 

MONTHS 

 OR LONGER 

TOTAL 

(In Millions) 

 U.S. Government 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

Government 

Sponsored Agency 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Sub-Sovereign, 

Supranational 

and 

Non-U.S. 

Agency Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed 

Total 

FAIR  UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

VALUE 

FAIR  UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

VALUE 

FAIR  UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

VALUE 

 $ 

252.2 

 $ 

 2.8 

 $ 

899.7 

 $ 

 2.3 

 $ 

1,151.9 

 $ 

902.4 

5,405.0 

279.3 

138.7 

217.5 

592.4 

62.8 

13.3 

35.6 

 1.1 

 0.7 

 1.0 

 1.8 

 0.7 

 — 

7,818.4 

492.7 

25.0 

155.2 

1,164.9 

59.3 

 — 

902.4 

42.5 

13,223.4 

 2.9 

 0.1 

 0.1 

 3.5 

 0.2 

772.0 

163.7 

372.7 

1,757.3 

122.1 

 5.1 

13.3 

78.1 

 4.0 

 0.8 

 1.1 

 5.3 

 0.9 

 $ 

7,850.3 

 $ 

57.0 

 $ 

10,615.2 

 $ 

51.6 

 $ 

18,465.5 

 $ 

108.6 

As  of  December  31,  2020,  412  debt  securities  available  for  sale  with  a  combined  fair  value  of  $6.4  billion  were  in  an  
unrealized   loss   position,   with   their   unrealized   losses   totaling   $31.3   million.   Unrealized   losses   related   to   debt   securities  
available   for   sale   of   $26.9   million   and   $2.8   million   related   to   government   sponsored   agency   and   other   asset-backed  
securities,  respectively,  are  primarily  attributable  to  changes  in  market  interest  rates  and  credit  spreads  since  their  purchase.  
As   of   December   31,   2020,   16%   of   the   corporate   debt   securities   available   for   sale   portfolio   were   backed   by   guarantees  
provided  by  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  governmental  entities.  The  remaining  unrealized  losses  on  Northern  Trust’s  debt  securities  
available  for  sale  portfolio  as  of  December  31,  2020  are  attributable  to  changes  in  overall  market  interest  rates  or  credit  
spreads. 

As  of  December  31,  2020,  Northern  Trust  did  not  intend  to  sell  any  debt  securities  available  for  sale  in  an  unrealized  
loss  position  and  it  was  more  likely  than  not  that  Northern  Trust  would  not  be  required  to  sell  any  such  investment  before  
the  recovery  of  its  amortized  cost  basis,  which  may  be  maturity. 

There  was  no  provision  for  corporate  debt  securities  available  for  sale  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  and  no  

allowance  for  credit  losses  for  corporate  debt  securities  available  for  sale  as  of  December  31,  2020. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  111 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Debt  Securities  Held  to  Maturity.  The  following  tables  provide  the  amortized  cost,  fair  values  and  remaining 

maturities of debt securities held to maturity. 

TABLE 63: RECONCILIATION OF AMORTIZED COST TO FAIR VALUES OF DEBT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY 

(In Millions) 

 U.S. Government 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

Government 

Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Certificates 

 of Deposit 

Sub-Sovereign, 

Supranational 

and 

Non-U.S. 

Agency Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Other 

Total 

(In Millions) 

 U.S. Government 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

Government 

Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Certificates 

 of Deposit 

Sub-Sovereign, 

Supranational 

and 

Non-U.S. 

Agency Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Other 

Total 

DECEMBER 31, 2020 

AMORTIZED 
COST 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
GAINS 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

 $ 

90.0 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 2.1 

 3.0 

8,336.6 

588.0 

3,184.6 

807.2 

3,648.0 

677.0 

454.6 

 0.1 

 0.3 

 7.3 

 6.5 

24.6 

 — 

43.5 

 0.9 

 1.1 

 — 

 — 

 0.2 

 0.1 

 0.3 

 — 

 0.9 

 — 

76.5 

FAIR 
VALUE 

90.0 

 2.2 

 3.3 

8,343.7 

594.4 

3,208.9 

807.2 

3,690.6 

677.9 

379.2 

 $ 

17,791.1 

 $ 

84.3 

 $ 

78.0 

 $ 

17,797.4 

DECEMBER  31,  2019 

AMORTIZED 
COST 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
GAINS 

GROSS 
UNREALIZED 
LOSSES 

 $ 

138.8 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

10.1 

 4.1 

4,076.0 

405.1 

3,006.7 

262.9 

3,285.4 

804.3 

291.1 

 0.2 

 0.2 

 5.3 

 1.4 

16.1 

 — 

21.7 

 0.7 

 0.1 

 — 

 — 

 2.5 

 0.3 

 2.4 

 — 

 2.1 

 0.3 

73.3 

FAIR 
VALUE 

138.8 

10.3 

 4.3 

4,078.8 

406.2 

3,020.4 

262.9 

3,305.0 

804.7 

217.9 

 $ 

12,284.5 

 $ 

45.7 

 $ 

80.9 

 $ 

12,249.3 

As  of  December  31,  2020,  the  $17.8  billion  debt  securities  held  to  maturity  portfolio  had  an  unrealized  loss  of  $76.5 
million  related  to  other  residential  mortgage-backed  securities,  which  are  primarily  attributable  to  changes  in  overall 
market interest rates and credit spreads since their purchase. 

TABLE 64: REMAINING MATURITY OF DEBT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

 ONE 

YEAR 

 OR 

LESS 

 ONE 

 TO 

FIVE YEARS 

FIVE 

 TO 

TEN YEARS 

OVER 

TEN YEARS 

TOTAL 

(In Millions) 

 U.S. Government 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair 

Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

Amortized 
Cost 

 Fair Value 

 $ 

90.0 

 $ 

90.0 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

$  

90.0 

 $ 

90.0 

 of 

States 
Obligations 
Political Subdivisions 
Government 

and

Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

 1.4 

 0.5 

 1.4 

 0.5 

8,065.4 

8,065.5 

126.2 

126.3 

 0.7 

 1.3 

271.2 

461.8 

 0.8 

 1.4 

278.2 

468.1 

1,283.7 

1,289.5 

1,836.3 

1,854.7 

Certificates  

 of Deposit 

807.2 

807.2 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 0.8 

 — 

 — 

64.6 

 — 

 — 

 0.9 

 — 

 — 

64.7 

 — 

Sub-Sovereign, 
Supranational
and  Non-U.S.  Agency  Bonds 

Other Asset-Backed 

Other 

Total 

943.2 

239.4 

36.6 

947.2 

239.7 

36.0 

2,354.8 

2,393.4 

350.0 

350.0 

433.4 

247.7 

433.9 

230.3 

 4.2 

53.7 

 4.3 

48.2 

 — 

 0.4 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 0.5 

 — 

 — 

 — 

—  

—  

—  

116.6 

64.7  

 2.1 

3.0  

 2.2 

 3.3 

8,336.6  

8,343.7 

588.0  

594.4 

3,184.6  

3,208.9 

807.2  

807.2 

3,648.0  

3,690.6 

677.0  

454.6  

677.9 

379.2 

$  

11,593.6 

$11,603.3  $  

5,607.2  $  

5,660.8  $  

473.3  $  

468.1   $  

117.0   $  

65.2  

 $17,791.1  

$17,797.4 

Note: Mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities are included in the above table taking into account anticipated future prepayments. 

112  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Debt securities held to maturity consist of securities that management intends to, and Northern Trust has the ability to, hold 
until  maturity.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  $301.5  million  securities  reflected  in  U.S.  government  were 
transferred from available for sale to held to maturity, all of which were transferred in the second quarter of 2020. During 
the year ended December 31, 2019, $160.8 million securities reflected in covered bonds were transferred from available for 
sale to held to maturity. 

Credit Quality Indicators. The following table provides the amortized cost of debt securities held to maturity by credit 
rating. 

TABLE 65: AMORTIZED COST OF DEBT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY BY CREDIT RATING 

(In Millions) 

 U.S. Government 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

Government 

Sponsored Agency 

Non-U.S. Government 

Corporate Debt 

Covered Bonds 

Certificates 

 of Deposit 

Other Asset-Backed 

Other 

Total 

Percent 

 of Total 

AAA 

AA 

A 

BBB 

NOT RATED 

TOTAL 

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2020 

 $ 

 — 

 1.0 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 $ 

90.0 

 $ 

 — 

 3.0 

319.8 

 3.8 

3,184.6 

 — 

1,337.4 

279.1 

 — 

 — 

677.0 

 — 

 — 

 — 

6,630.6 

305.1 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 1.1 

 — 

48.8 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

807.2 

 — 

 — 

454.6 

 $ 

90.0 

 2.1 

 3.0 

8,336.6 

588.0 

3,184.6 

807.2 

3,648.0 

677.0 

454.6 

 $ 

6,869.1 

 $ 

2,674.6 

 $ 

6,935.7 

 $ 

49.9 

 $ 

1,261.8 

 $ 

17,791.1 

 39 % 

 15 % 

 39 % 

 — % 

   7 % 

 100 % 

Sub-Sovereign, 

Supranational 

and 

Non-U.S. 

Agency Bonds 

2,590.9 

1,057.1 

Credit quality indicators are metrics that provide information regarding the relative credit risk of debt securities. Northern 
Trust maintains a high quality debt securities portfolio, with 93% of the held to maturity portfolio at December 31, 2020 
comprised of securities rated A or higher. The remaining held to maturity debt securities portfolio was comprised of 7% 
not rated by Moody’s Investors Service, Standard and Poor’s, or Fitch Ratings. Securities not explicitly rated were grouped 
where possible under the credit rating of the issuer of the security. 

Investment Security Gains and Losses. Proceeds of $879.9 million, $1.2 billion, and $307.3 million in 2020, 2019, and 
2018, respectively, from the sale of debt securities resulted in the following gains and losses shown in the following table. 

TABLE 66: INVESTMENT SECURITY GAINS AND LOSSES 

(In Millions) 

Gross 

Realized 

 Debt 

Securities Gains 

Gross 

Realized 

 Debt 

Securities Losses 

Changes 

 in 

Other-Than-Temporary 

Impairment 

Losses

(1) 

 Net 

Investment 

Security 

(Losses) Gains 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

 3.4 

 $ 

(3.8) 

 — 

(0.4) 

 $ 

2019 

 2.4 

 $ 

(3.5) 

(0.3) 

(1.4) 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

2018 

 1.5 

(2.0) 

(0.5) 

(1.0) 

(1) 

Other-than-temporary 

impairment 

losses 

relate 

 to 

certain 

Community 

Reinvestment 

 Act 

(CRA) 

eligible 

held 

 to 

maturity 

debt securities. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  113 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 5 – Securities Purchased Under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase 

Northern Trust participates in the repurchase agreement market as a relatively low cost alternative for short-term funding. 
Securities  purchased  under  agreements  to  resell  and  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  are  accounted  for  as 
collateralized financings and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold plus accrued interest. To 
minimize any potential credit risk associated with these transactions, the fair value of the securities purchased or sold is 
monitored,  limits  are  set  on  exposure  with  counterparties,  and  the  financial  condition  of  counterparties  is  regularly 
assessed.  It  is  Northern  Trust’s  policy  to  take  possession,  either  directly  or  via  third-party  custodians,  of  securities 
purchased under agreements to resell. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are held by the counterparty until the 
repurchase. 

The following tables summarize information related to Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell and Securities 

Sold under Agreements to Repurchase. 

TABLE 67: SECURITIES PURCHASED UNDER AGREEMENTS TO RESELL 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Balance 
Average 
Average 
Maximum 

 at 
Balance 
Interest 

December 31 
During 
 Rate 
Month-End 

Earned 
Balance 

the Year 

During 

the Year 

During 

the Year 

TABLE 68: SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Balance 
Average 
Average 
Maximum 

 at 
Balance 
Interest 

December 31 
During 
 Rate 
Month-End 

the Year 
During 

Paid 
Balance 

the Year 

During 

the Year 

2020 

2019 

 $ 

1,596.5 
1,253.1 

 $ 

707.8 
835.0 

0.31 % 

2.10 % 

 $ 

2,055.6 

 $ 

1,290.0 

2020 

39.8 
218.3 
0.47 % 
269.8 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

2019 

489.7 
339.0 

1.89 % 

 $ 

489.7 

TABLE  69:  REPURCHASE  AGREEMENTS  ACCOUNTED  FOR  AS  SECURED  BORROWINGS  

REMAINING 

CONTRACTUAL 

MATURITY 

 OF 

AGREEMENTS 

THE 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

 U.S. 
and 
Treasury 
Total Borrowings 
Gross 
 of 
related 
Amounts 

Amount 

Agency Securities 

 $ 

Recognized 
 to 

agreements 

Liabilities 

for 
included 

Repurchase 
 Note 28 
 in 

 not 

Agreements 

 in 

 Note 28 

OVERNIGHT 

AND CONTINUOUS 

December 

 31, 2020 

December 

 31, 2019 

 $ 

39.8 
39.8 
39.8 
 — 

489.7 
489.7 
489.7 
 — 

114  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 6 – Loans and Leases 

Amounts outstanding for Loans and Leases, by segment and class, are shown in the following table. During the first quarter 
of  2020,  the  Corporation  implemented  a  change  in  the  classification  of  certain  loans  and  leases  to  specific  segments  to 
enhance the consistency of its reporting across various regulatory regimes. As a result, the loan and lease balances as of 
December  31,  2019  below  have  been  adjusted  to  conform  to  the  presentation  for  periods  ended  after  such  date.  The 
adjustments generally reflect reclassification of loans from the commercial real estate class to commercial and institutional, 
residential real estate, and private client classes. There was no impact on total Loans and Leases previously reported. 

TABLE 70: LOANS AND LEASES 

(In Millions) 

Commercial 

Commercial 

and Institutional 

Commercial 

 Real Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Lease 

Financing, net 

Other 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential 

 Real Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Other 

Total Personal 

Total 

Loans 

and Leases 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

 $ 

10,058.3 

 $ 

3,558.4 

1,345.7 

11.4 

288.2 

9,091.1 

3,104.3 

1,576.3 

65.6 

164.0 

15,262.0 

14,001.3 

11,815.1 

6,035.7 

597.9 

49.0 

18,497.7 

 $ 

33,759.7 

 $ 

11,071.4 

6,095.0 

174.8 

67.1 

17,408.3 

31,409.6 

Residential real estate loans consist of traditional first lien mortgages and equity credit lines that generally require a loan-
to-collateral value ratio of no more than 65% to 80% at inception. Northern Trust’s equity credit line products generally 
have draw periods of up to 10 years and a balloon payment of any outstanding balance is due at maturity. Payments are 
interest-only with variable interest rates. Northern Trust does not offer equity credit lines that include an option to convert 
the  outstanding  balance  to  an  amortizing  payment  loan.  As  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  equity  credit  lines  totaled 
$304.4 million and $448.5 million, respectively, and equity credit lines for which first liens were held by Northern Trust 
represented 97% and 97%, respectively, of the total equity credit lines as of those dates. 

Included  within  the  non-U.S.,  commercial-other,  and  personal-other  classes  are  short  duration  advances,  primarily 
related  to  the  processing  of  custodied  client  investments,  totaling  $1.1  billion  at  each  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019. 
Demand deposit overdrafts reclassified as loan balances totaled $26.4 million and $90.4 million at December 31, 2020 and 
2019, respectively. 

As of December 31, 2020, there were no loans or leases classified as held for sale. As of December 31, 2019, there 
were no loans and $53.6 million of leases, respectively, classified as held for sale related to the decision to sell substantially 
all of the lease portfolio. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES  TO  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS 

The  components  of  the  net  investment  in  direct  finance  and  leveraged  leases  are  as  follows: 

TABLE  71:  DIRECT  FINANCE  AND  LEVERAGED  LEASES 

(In Millions) 

Direct 

Finance Leases 

Lease Receivable 

Residual Value 

Initial 

Direct Costs 

Unearned Income 

Investment 

 in 

Direct 

Finance Leases 

Leveraged Leases 

 Net 

Rental Receivable 

Residual Value 

Unearned Income 

Investment 

 in 

Leveraged Leases 

Lease 

Financing, net 

DECEMBER 31,

2020 

2019 

 $

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

11.8 

 — 

(0.4)   

11.4 

11.4 

 $ 

 $ 

 1.5 

21.3 

 0.2 

 — 

23.0 

19.1 

33.1 

(9.6) 

42.6 

65.6 

Paycheck   Protection   Program.   In   response   to   the   COVID-19   pandemic,   Northern   Trust   became   a   lender   under   the  
Paycheck   Protection   Program,   as   amended   (PPP),   which   was   created   by   the   Coronavirus   Aid,   Relief,   and   Economic  
Security  (CARES)  Act  and  is  administered  by  the  U.S.  Small  Business  Administration  (SBA).  Loans  issued  under  the  PPP  
are  funded  by  Northern  Trust  directly  to  participating  borrowers.  The  PPP  loans  are  guaranteed  by  the  SBA  and  borrowers  
are  eligible  to  apply  for  PPP  loan  forgiveness  for  up  to  the  full  principal  amount  and  accrued  interest  of  the  PPP  loan.  

To  the  extent  a  borrower  uses  PPP  loan  proceeds  to  cover  eligible  costs  and  has  met  all  other  SBA  loan  forgiveness  
requirements,  the  SBA  will  determine  loan  forgiveness  under  the  CARES  Act  and  will  pay  to  Northern  Trust  the  eligible  
PPP   loan   forgiven   amount,   which   will  be  credited   to   the  borrower’s   loan   to   repay   or   pay   down   the  PPP   loan.   The  SBA  
forgiveness  portal  opened  on  August  10,  2020  and  Northern  Trust’s  vendor  portal  opened  on  September  11,  2020  to  begin  
processing  the  PPP  loan  forgiveness  applications.  When  Northern  Trust  submits  forgiveness  applications  to  the  SBA,  the  
SBA   will   have   at   least   90   days   to   respond   as   to   the   approval   or   denial   of   such   application.   41   PPP   loan   forgiveness  
applications  went  through  the  forgiveness  process  as  of  December  31,  2020,  and  36  of  those  loans,  totaling  $6.7  million,  
were  fully  forgiven  by  the  SBA  as  of  such  date. 

As   of   December   31,   2020,   Northern   Trust   had   1,087   outstanding   loans   totaling   $207.1   million   under   the   PPP   in   its  
commercial  and  institutional  portfolio  with  an  average  loan  balance  of  $0.2  million.  For  its  origination  efforts,  Northern  
Trust  received  approximately  $2.6  million  in  SBA  fees,  net  of  service  charges,  as  of  December  31,  2020. 

Northern   Trust   accounts   for   loans   originated   under   the   PPP   as   loan   receivables   in   accordance   with   Accounting  
Standards   Codification   (ASC)   310   and   recognizes   such   loans   at   the   principal   amount   less   the   net   amount   of   loan  
origination  fees.  PPP  loans  are  reported  in  Total  Loans  and  Leases  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets. 

The  SBA  provides  a  100%  guarantee  on  PPP  loans  covering  principal  and  interest.  Northern  Trust  considers  the  risk  
mitigating  effects  of  these  guarantees,  and  accounts  for  them  as  a  credit  enhancement  embedded  in  the  contract.  As  a  result,  
no  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  measured  for  Northern  Trust’s  exposure  under  the  PPP.  

Credit  Quality  Indicators.  Credit  quality  indicators  are  statistics,  measurements  or  other  metrics  that  provide  information  
regarding  the  relative  credit  risk  of  loans  and  leases.  Northern  Trust  utilizes  a  variety  of  credit  quality  indicators  to  assess  
the  credit  risk  of  loans  and  leases  at  the  segment,  class,  and  individual  credit  exposure  levels. 

As  part  of  its  credit  process,  Northern  Trust  utilizes  an  internal  borrower  risk  rating  system  to  support  identification,  
approval,  and  monitoring  of  credit  risk.  Borrower  risk  ratings  are  used  in  credit  underwriting  and  management  reporting.  
Risk  ratings  are  used  for  ranking  the  credit  risk  of  borrowers  and  the  probability  of  their  default.  Each  borrower  is  rated  
using  one  of  a  number  of  ratings  models,  which  consider  both  quantitative  and  qualitative  factors.  The  ratings  models  vary  
among  classes  of  loans  and  leases  in  order  to  capture  the  unique  risk  characteristics  inherent  within  each  particular  type  of  
credit   exposure.   Provided   below   are   the   more   significant   performance   indicator   attributes   considered   within   Northern  
Trust’s  borrower  rating  models,  by  loan  and  lease  class. 

116  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

•  Commercial  and  Institutional:  leverage,  profit  margin,  liquidity,  asset  size  and  capital  levels; 
•  Commercial  Real  Estate:  debt  service  coverage,  loan-to-value  ratio,  leasing  status  and  guarantor  support; 
•  Lease  Financing  and  Commercial-Other:  leverage,  profit  margin,  liquidity,  asset  size  and  capital  levels; 
•  Non-U.S.:  leverage,  profit  margin,  liquidity,  return  on  assets  and  capital  levels; 
•  Residential  Real  Estate:  payment  history,  credit  bureau  scores  and  loan-to-value  ratio; 
Private  Client:  cash-flow-to-debt  and  net  worth  ratios,  leverage  and  liquidity;  and 
• 
Personal-Other:  cash-flow-to-debt  and  net  worth  ratios. 
• 

While  the  criteria  vary  by  model,  the  objective  is  for  the  borrower  ratings  to  be  consistent  in  both  the  measurement  and  
ranking  of  risk.  Each  model  is  calibrated  to  a  master  rating  scale  to  support  this  consistency.  Ratings  for  borrowers  not  in  
default  range  from  “1”  for  the  strongest  credits  to  “7”  for  the  weakest  non-defaulted  credits.  Ratings  of  “8”  or  “9”  are  used  
for   defaulted   borrowers.   Borrower   risk   ratings   are   monitored   and   are   revised   when   events   or   circumstances   indicate   a  
change  is  required.  Risk  ratings  are  generally  validated  at  least  annually. 

Loan  and  lease  segment  and  class  balances  as  of  December  31,  2020  are  provided  in  the  following  table,  segregated  by  
borrower  ratings  into  “1  to  3,”  “4  to  5”  and  “6  to  9”  (watch  list  and  nonaccrual  status)  categories  by  year  of  origination  at  
amortized  cost  basis.  Loans  that  are  held  for  investment  are  reported  at  the  principal  amount  outstanding,  net  of  unearned  
income. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  117 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 72: CREDIT QUALITY INDICATOR AT AMORTIZED COST BASIS BY ORIGINATION YEAR 

DECEMBER 31, 2020

(In Millions) 

Commercial 

Commercial 

and Institutional 

 Risk Rating: 

TERM 

LOANS 

AND LEASES 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2017 

2016 

PRIOR 

REVOLVING 
LOANS 

REVOLVING LOANS

CONVERTED 

 TO 

TERM LOANS 

TOTAL 

$  

663.8  $  
793.4 
34.3 
1,491.5 

546.0  $  
505.1 
119.8 
1,170.9 

 $ 

204.6 
354.1 
37.3 
596.0 

 $ 

96.0 
405.4 
42.8 
544.2 

 $ 

396.0 
134.6 
23.0 
553.6 

 $ 

448.8 
167.3 
 6.0 
622.1 

 $ 

3,742.4 
1,238.7 
61.1  
5,042.2  

406.3 
703.1 
15.3 
1,124.7 

109.2 
811.8 
55.2 
976.2 

27.6 
332.7 
32.0 
392.3 

36.5  
107.4  
25.8  
169.7  

11.8 
184.5 
 — 
196.3 

555.2 
313.1 
 — 
868.3 

16.8 
 0.7 
23.1 
40.6 

 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

 — 
2.0  
—  
2.0  

—  
—  

11.1  
—  
—  
11.1  

—  
—  

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 

99.4 
382.8 
12.2 
494.4 

 — 
157.9 
 — 
157.9 

11.4 
11.4 

124.3  
60.4  
—  
184.7  

78.5  
39.2  
146.3  
264.0  

—  
—  

81.7  
206.5  
288.2  
  3,772.7  

—  
—  
—  
  2,187.7  

—  
—  
—  
990.3  

—  
—  
—  
725.0  

 — 
 — 
 — 
749.9 

 — 
 — 
 — 
1,285.8 

—  
—  
—  
5,490.9  

 5.5 
32.3 
 — 
37.8 

 $ 

6,103.1 
3,630.9 
324.3 
10,058.3 

 8.7 
11.4 
 — 
20.1 

823.8 
2,594.1 
140.5 
3,558.4 

 — 
 1.8 
 — 
 1.8 

 — 
 — 

661.6 
514.7 
169.4 
1,345.7 

11.4 
11.4 

 — 
 — 
 — 
59.7 

81.7  
206.5  
288.2  
 15,262.0  

668.6  
492.1  
6.0  
  1,166.7  

  1,554.3  
854.6  
15.3  
  2,424.2  

23.3  
12.7  
—  
36.0  

273.7  
479.9  
0.5  
754.1  

317.4  
359.5  
8.3  
685.2  

14.9  
26.0  
—  
40.9  

51.7  
117.3  
22.1  
191.1  

42.9  
115.8  
0.7  
159.4  

—  
11.8  
—  
11.8  

60.4  
60.4  
3.2  
124.0  

109.9  
163.2  
0.5  
273.6  

—  
0.5  
—  
0.5  

10.2 
77.5 
—  
87.7  

136.1 
77.5  
—  
213.6  

5,392.8  
3,564.7  
63.7  
9,021.2  

47.9 
207.3 
1.5  
256.7  

  6,641.4  
  5,076.7  
97.0  
 11,815.1  

205.1  
209.7  
1.9  
416.7  

627.8  
896.5  
94.8  
  1,619.1  

—  
0.5  
—  
0.5  

1.8  
7.9  
0.3  
10.0  

152.8  
273.1  
22.5  
448.4  

275.6  
217.5  
—  
493.1  

1.7  
7.4  
—  
9.1  

  3,011.9  
  2,879.8  
144.0  
  6,035.7  

—  
5.1  
—  
5.1  

315.6  
282.0  
0.3  
597.9  

 1 
 4 
 6 

 to 
 to 
 to 

 3 Category 
 5 Category 
 9 Category 
Total Commercial  

and Institutional 

Commercial 

 Real Estate 

 Risk Rating: 

 1 
 4 
 6 

 to 
 to 
 to 

 3 Category 
 5 Category 
Category 
 9 

Total Commercial  Real  Estate 

Non-U.S. 

 Risk Rating: 

 1 
 4 
6  

 to 
 to 
 to 

 3 Category 
 5 Category 
 9 Category 

Total  Non-U.S. 

Lease 

Financing, net 

 Risk Rating: 

4  

 to 

 5 Category 
Total  Lease  Financing,  net 

Other 

 Risk Rating: 

 3 Category 
 5 Category 

1  
4  

 to 
 to 
Total  Other 
Total  Commercial 
Personal 

Private  Client 
 Risk Rating: 

1  
4  
6  

 to 
 to 
 to 

 3 Category 
 5 Category 
 9 Category  

Total  Private  Client 
Residential  Real  Estate 

Risk  Rating: 

1  to  3  Category 
4  to  5  Category 
6  to  9  Category  

Total  Residential  Real  Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Risk  Rating: 

1  to  3  Category 
4  to  5  Category 
6  to  9  Category  

Total  Non-U.S. 

Other 

Risk  Rating: 

1  to  3  Category 
4  to  5  Category 

Total  Other 

34.6  
14.4  
49.0  
  3,675.9  
$  7,448.6   $  3,667.9   $  1,352.6   $  1,123.1   $  1,254.8   $  3,128.5   $   15,453.6   $  

—  
—  
—  
  1,480.2  

—  
—  
—  
  1,842.7  

—  
—  
—  
9,962.7  

—  
—  
—  
504.9  

—  
—  
—  
398.1  

—  
—  
—  
362.3  

—  
—  
—  
270.9  
330.6  

34.6  
14.4  
49.0  
 18,497.7  
$33,759.7 

Total  Personal 
Total  Loans  and  Leases 
Loans   and   leases   in   the   “1   to   3”   category   are   expected   to   exhibit   minimal   to   modest   probabilities   of   default   and   are  
characterized  by  borrowers  having  the  strongest  financial  qualities,  including  above  average  financial  flexibility,  cash  flows  

118  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

and capital levels. Borrowers assigned these ratings are anticipated to experience very little to moderate financial pressure 
in adverse down-cycle scenarios. As a result of these characteristics, borrowers within this category exhibit a minimal to 
modest likelihood of loss. 

Loans and leases in the “4 to 5” category are expected to exhibit moderate to acceptable probabilities of default and are 
characterized by borrowers with less financial flexibility than those in the “1 to 3” category. Cash flows and capital levels 
are generally sufficient to allow for borrowers to meet current requirements, but have fewer financial resources to manage 
through  economic  downturns.  As  a  result  of  these  characteristics,  borrowers  within  this  category  exhibit  a  moderate 
likelihood of loss. 

Loans and leases in the watch list category have elevated credit risk profiles that are monitored through internal watch 
lists,  and  consist  of  credits  with  borrower  ratings  of  “6  to  9.”  These  credits,  which  include  all  nonaccrual  credits,  are 
expected  to  exhibit  minimally  acceptable  probabilities  of  default,  elevated  risk  of  default,  or  are  currently  in  default. 
Borrowers associated with these risk profiles that are not currently in default have limited financial flexibility. Cash flows 
and  capital  levels  range  from  acceptable  to  potentially  insufficient  to  meet  current  requirements,  particularly  in  adverse 
down  cycle  scenarios.  As  a  result  of  these  characteristics,  borrowers  in  this  category  exhibit  an  elevated  to  probable 
likelihood of loss. 

For credit quality indicator information that was required under the former provisions of ASC Topic 310, please refer 
to  Note  6,  “Loans  and  Leases”  included  under  Item  8,  “Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data”  in  the  Annual 
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

Past  Due  Status.  Past  due  status  is  based  on  the  length  of  time  from  the  contractual  due  date  a  principal  or  interest 
payment  has  been  past  due.  For  disclosure  purposes,  loans  and  leases  that  are  29  days  past  due  or  less  are  reported  as 
current. 

The following table provides balances and delinquency status of accrual and nonaccrual loans and leases by segment 

and class, as well as the other real estate owned and nonaccrual asset balances, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

TABLE 73: DELINQUENCY STATUS 

ACCRUAL 

CURRENT 

 30 – 
 59 DAYS 
PAST DUE 

 60 – 
 89 DAYS 
PAST DUE 

 90 DAYS 
 OR MORE 
PAST DUE 

TOTAL 

ACCRUAL  NONACCRUAL 

TOTAL LOANS 
AND LEASES 

NONACCRUAL 
 NO 
 WITH 
ALLOWANCE 

(In Millions) 

December 

 31, 2020 

Commercial 

Commercial 
Institutional 

and 

Commercial 

 Real Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Lease 

Financing, net 

Other 

 $ 

9,877.0 

 $ 

153.7 

 $ 

 1.2 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

10,031.9 

 $ 

26.4 

 $ 

10,058.3 

 $ 

3,516.2 

1,345.7 

11.4 

288.2 

 2.0 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 —  

 — 

3,518.2 

1,345.7 

11.4 

288.2 

40.2 

 — 

 — 

 — 

3,558.4 

1,345.7 

11.4 

288.2 

 — 

  15,195.4  

66.6 

15,262.0 

Total Commercial 

15,038.5 

155.7 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential 

 Real Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Other 

Total  Personal 

11,765.4 

5,946.0 

596.7 

49.0 

18,357.1 

29.1 

23.5 

 1.2 

—  

53.8  

 7.8 

  11,812.2  

 1.1 

—  

— 

5,973.5  

597.9  

49.0  

12.8  

8.9  

  18,432.6  

Total  

Loans 

and Leases 

 $ 

33,395.6  $  

209.5   $  

14.0  

 $ 

8.9   $   33,628.0  

Other  

Real  

Estate Owned 

 $ 

 $ 

Total  

Nonaccrual  Assets 

 $ 

 2.9 

62.2 

 — 

 — 

65.1 

11,815.1 

6,035.7 

597.9 

49.0 

18,497.7 

131.7  $  

33,759.7  $  

 0.7 

132.4 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

1.2  

9.9  

2.9  

—  

—  

 9.1 

32.3 

 — 

 — 

 — 

41.4 

 2.9 

53.8 

—  

—  

56.7  

98.1  

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  119 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(In Millions) 

December 

 31, 2019 

Commercial 

Commercial 
Institutional 

and 

Commercial 

 Real Estate 

Non-U.S. 

Lease 

Financing, net 

Other 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential 

 Real Estate 

Non-U.S 

Other 

Total Personal 

ACCRUAL 

CURRENT 

 30 – 
 59 DAYS 
PAST DUE 

 60 – 
 89 DAYS 
PAST DUE 

 90 DAYS 
 OR MORE 
PAST DUE 

TOTAL 

ACCRUAL  NONACCRUAL 

TOTAL LOANS 
AND LEASES 

NONACCRUAL 
 NO 
 WITH 
ALLOWANCE 

 $ 

9,068.3 

 $ 

 4.1  $  

 9.9 

 $ 

 1.2 

 $ 

9,083.5 

 $ 

 7.6 

 $ 

9,091.1 

 $ 

3,089.6 

1,576.3 

65.6 

164.0 

13,963.8 

11,027.9 

5,997.7 

174.1 

67.1 

17,266.8 

 2.3 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 6.4 

33.2 

19.8 

 0.2 

 — 

53.2 

4.1  

 — 

 — 

 — 

4.7  

 — 

 — 

 — 

3,100.7  

1,576.3 

65.6 

164.0 

 3.6 

 — 

 — 

 — 

3,104.3 

1,576.3 

65.6 

164.0 

14.0 

 5.9 

13,990.1 

11.2 

14,001.3 

 9.5 

 4.9 

 — 

 — 

 0.3 

 1.2 

 — 

 — 

11,070.9 

6,023.6 

174.3 

67.1 

14.4 

 1.5 

17,335.9 

 0.5 

71.4 

 0.5 

 — 

72.4 

11,071.4 

6,095.0 

174.8 

67.1 

17,408.3 

 0.8 

 2.4 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 3.2 

 0.5 

66.4 

 0.5 

 — 

67.4 

70.6 

Total 

Loans 

and Leases 

 $ 

31,230.6 

 $ 

59.6 

 $ 

28.4  $  

 7.4  $  

31,326.0  $  

83.6 

 $ 

31,409.6 

 $ 

Other 

 Real 

Estate Owned 

$  

Total 

Nonaccrual Assets 

$  

 3.2 

86.8 

Interest income that would have been recorded for nonaccrual loans and leases in accordance with their original terms was 
$4.6 million in 2020, $7.3 million in 2019, and $8.0 million in 2018. 

Collateral  Dependent  Financial  Assets.  A  financial  asset  is  collateral-dependent  when  the  borrower  is  experiencing 
financial difficulty and repayment is expected to be provided substantially through the sale or operation of the collateral. 
Most of Northern Trust’s collateral dependent credit exposure relates to its residential real estate portfolio for which the 
collateral  is  usually  the  underlying  real  estate  property.  For  collateral  dependent  financial  assets,  it  is  Northern  Trust’s 
policy to reserve or charge-off the difference between the amortized cost basis of the loan and the value of the collateral. 
The  collateral  dependent  financial  asset  balance  as  of  December  31,  2020  was  immaterial  to  Northern  Trust’s  financial 
statements. 

Nonaccrual  Loans  and  Troubled  Debt  Restructurings  (TDRs).  A  loan  that  has  been  modified  as  a  concession  by 
Northern  Trust  or  a  bankruptcy  court  resulting  from  the  debtor’s  financial  difficulties  is  referred  to  as  a  troubled  debt 
restructuring  (TDR).  Included  within  nonaccrual  loans  were  $38.9  million  and  $54.9  million  of  nonaccrual  TDRs  and 
$29.3  million  and  $27.7  million  of  accrual  TDRs  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  There  were  $10.4 
million and $8.2 million of aggregate undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit at December 31, 2020 and 
2019, respectively, issued to borrowers with TDR modifications of loans. 

120  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table provides, by segment and class, the number of TDR modifications of loans and leases during the years 
ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, and the recorded investments and unpaid principal balances as of December 31, 2020 
and 2019. 

TABLE 74: TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

December 

 31, 2020 

Commercial 

Commercial 

and Institutional 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Residential 

 Real Estate 

Total Personal 

Total 

Loans 

and Leases 

Note: 

Period-end 

balances 

reflect 

 all 

paydowns 

and 

charge-offs 

during 

the year. 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

December 

 31, 2019 

Commercial 

Commercial 

and Institutional 

Commercial 

 Real Estate 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Residential 

 Real Estate 

Total Personal 

Total 

Loans 

and Leases 

NUMBER OF 
LOANS AND 
LEASES 

RECORDED 
INVESTMENT 

UNPAID 
PRINCIPAL 
BALANCE 

 $ 

 3 

 3 

 22 

 22 

24.3 

 $ 

24.3 

16.2 

16.2 

 25 

 $ 

40.5 

 $ 

24.5 

24.5 

16.7 

16.7 

41.2 

NUMBER OF 
LOANS AND 
LEASES 

RECORDED 
INVESTMENT 

UNPAID 
PRINCIPAL 
BALANCE 

 $ 

 1 

 2 

 3 

 45 

 45 

 7.5 

 $ 

 — 

 7.5 

37.4 

37.4 

 48 

 $ 

44.9 

 $ 

 8.8 

 — 

 8.8 

38.8 

38.8 

47.6 

Note: Period-end balances reflect all paydowns and charge-offs during the year. 

TDR  modifications  involve  extensions  of  term,  deferrals  of  principal,  interest  rate  concessions,  and  other  modifications. 
Other  modifications  typically  reflect  other  nonstandard  terms  which  Northern  Trust  would  not  offer  in  non-troubled 
situations. 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  the  TDR  modifications  of  loans  within  residential  real  estate  were 
primarily  extensions  of  term,  other  modifications,  deferrals  of  principal,  and  interest  rate  concessions.  During  the  year 
ended December 31, 2020, TDR modifications of loans within commercial and institutional were other modifications and 
extensions of term. 

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  the  TDR  modifications  of  loans  within  residential  real  estate  were 
primarily  other  modifications,  extensions  of  term,  deferrals  of  principal,  and  interest  rate  concessions.  During  the  year 
ended  December  31,  2019,  TDR  modifications  of  loans  within  commercial  and  institutional  and  commercial  real  estate 
were other modifications, extensions of term, and deferrals of principal. 

There were zero loans or leases TDR modifications during the previous twelve-month period which subsequently had 

a payment default during the year ended December 31, 2020. 

There were five loans or leases TDR modifications during the previous twelve-month period which subsequently had a 
payment  default  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019.  The  total  recorded  investment  for  these  loans  was 
approximately $5.8 million and the unpaid principal balance for these loans was approximately $6.1 million. 

Northern  Trust  may  obtain  physical  possession  of  real  estate  via  foreclosure  on  an  in-substance  repossession.  As  of 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, Northern Trust held foreclosed real estate properties with a carrying value of $0.7 million 
and $3.2 million, respectively, as a result of obtaining physical possession. In addition, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 
Northern  Trust  had  loans  with  a  carrying  value  of  $7.9  million  and  $18.1  million,  respectively,  for  which  formal 
foreclosure proceedings were in process. 

TDR Relief — COVID-19. Due to the economic environment arising from the COVID-19 pandemic, there have been two 
forms of relief provided for classifying loans as TDRs: the Interagency Guidance (as defined below) and the CARES Act. 

Various  banking  regulators,  including  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System,  the  Federal  Deposit 
Insurance Corporation, the National Credit Union Administration, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  121 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Consumer  Financial  Protection  Bureau,  have  issued  guidance  in  the  April  7,  2020  Interagency  Statement  on  Loan 
Modifications and Reporting for Financial Institutions Working with Customers Affected by the Coronavirus (revised) on 
loan  modification  treatment  (Interagency  Guidance)  pursuant  to  which  financial  institutions  can  apply  ASC  310-40 
Receivables  –  Troubled  Debt  Restructurings  by  Creditors.  In  accordance  with  the  Interagency  Guidance,  a  loan 
modification is not considered a TDR if the modification is related to COVID-19; the borrower had been current (not more 
than 29 days past due) when the modification program was implemented; and the modification includes payment deferrals 
for not more than 6 months. 

Under section 4013 of the CARES Act, relief provided to lenders exempting certain loan modifications which would 
otherwise be classified as TDRs from such classification applies for loans that were not more than 30 days past due as of 
December  31,  2019.  The  TDR  relief  under  the  CARES  Act  applies  to  COVID-19-related  modifications  that  were  made 
from  March  1,  2020  until  the  earlier  of  (a)  January  1,  2022  (this  date  was  updated  from  December  31,  2020,  after  the 
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 was enacted on December 27, 2020) or (b) 60 days from the date the COVID-19 
national emergency officially ends. 

Financial institutions may account for eligible loan modifications under the Interagency Guidance and/or the CARES 
Act. Northern Trust has elected to apply both the CARES Act and the Interagency Guidance, as applicable, in providing 
borrowers with loan modification relief in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. All other types of modifications which do 
not  meet  the  CARES  Act  or  Interagency  Guidance  requirements  continue  to  be  governed  by  existing  regulations  and 
accounting policies. 

The  following  tables  provide,  by  segment  and  class,  the  number  of  total  COVID-19-related  loan  modifications 
including the loan volume and deferred principal and interest balances as of December 31, 2020, for which Northern Trust 
applied  an  exemption  from  TDR  classification  that  are  in  active  deferral  (loans  currently  in  the  deferral  period)  or 
completed deferral (loans that returned to their regular payment schedule). 

TABLE 75: COVID-19 LOAN MODIFICATIONS NOT CONSIDERED TDRS IN ACTIVE DEFERRAL STATUS 

($ In Millions) 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential Real Estate 

Total Personal 

Total Loans 

NUMBER OF COVID-19 
RELATED MODIFICATIONS 

LOAN VOLUME 

DEFERRED PRINCIPAL 
AMOUNT 

DEFERRED INTEREST 
AMOUNT 

DECEMBER 31, 2020 

1 $

1

2 $

8 $ 

21 

29  $ 

31  $ 

6.0  $ 

0.7 

6.7  $ 

8.9  $ 

5.1 

14.0  $ 

20.7  $ 

— $ 

— 

— $ 

0.1  $ 

0.1 

0.2  $ 

0.2  $ 

— 

— 

— 

0.1 

0.1 

0.2 

0.2 

TABLE  76:  COVID-19  LOAN  MODIFICATIONS  NOT  CONSIDERED  TDRS  THAT  HAVE  COMPLETED  DEFERRAL 

($ In Millions) 

Commercial 

Commercial and Institutional 

Commercial Real Estate 

Total Commercial 

Personal 

Private Client 

Residential Real Estate 

Total Personal 

Total Loans 

NUMBER OF COVID-19
RELATED MODIFICATIONS 

LOAN VOLUME 

DEFERRED PRINCIPAL
AMOUNT 

DEFERRED INTEREST
AMOUNT 

DECEMBER  31,  2020 

99  $ 

97 

196  $ 

27  $ 

412 

439  $ 

635  $ 

249.3  $ 

467.8 

717.1  $ 

171.9  $ 

182.7 

354.6  $ 

1,071.7  $ 

0.1  $ 

— 

0.1  $ 

— $ 

1.6 

1.6  $ 

1.7  $ 

2.2 

3.2 

5.4 

1.1 

2.2 

3.3 

8.7 

Not  included  in  the  table  above  are  57  loans  with  a  previous  $63.0  million  loan  balance  that  had  been  granted  payment 
deferrals but have since paid off. 

122  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Northern Trust continues to accrue and recognize interest income during the loan deferral period, and hence has not moved 
these loans to nonaccrual or reported them as past due. Further, these loan balances continue to be assessed on a collective 
basis for purposes of measuring an allowance for expected credit losses. 

Note 7 – Allowance for Credit Losses 

During the first quarter of 2020, the Corporation implemented a change in the classification of certain loans and leases to 
specific segments to enhance the consistency of its reporting across various regulatory regimes. The allowance for credit 
losses as of and prior to December 31, 2019 remains unadjusted, as the impact of the reclassification on the allowance was 
immaterial. 

The Corporation adopted Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses: 
Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (ASU 2016-13) on January 1, 2020, which significantly changed 
the way impairment of financial instruments is recognized by requiring immediate recognition of estimated credit losses 
expected  to  occur  over  the  remaining  life  of  financial  instruments.  An  opening  balance  sheet  adjustment  related  to  the 
adoption of ASU 2016-13 resulted in an increase to the allowance for credit losses of $13.7 million, with a corresponding 
adjustment to decrease retained earnings by $10.1 million, net of tax. 

Allowance  and  Provision  for  Credit  Losses.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  —  which  represents  management’s  best 
estimate  of  lifetime  expected  credit  losses  related  to  various  portfolios  subject  to  credit  risk,  off-balance  sheet  credit 
exposures,  and  specific  borrower  relationships  —  is  determined  by  management  through  a  disciplined  credit  review 
process. Northern Trust measures expected credit losses of financial assets with similar risk characteristics on a collective 
basis. A financial asset is measured individually if it does not share similar risk characteristics with other financial assets 
and the related allowance is determined through an individual evaluation. 

Management’s estimates utilized in establishing an appropriate level of allowance for credit losses are not dependent 
on any single assumption. In determining an appropriate allowance level, management evaluates numerous variables, many 
of which are interrelated or dependent on other assumptions and estimates, and takes into consideration past events, current 
conditions  and  reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts.  Northern  Trust  employs  multiple  scenarios  over  a  reasonable  and 
supportable period of currently two years to project future conditions. For periods beyond the reasonable and supportable 
period, Northern Trust reverts to its own historical loss experiences on a straight-line basis over four quarters. The primary 
forecast, consistent with Northern Trust’s economic outlook publications, assumes continued economic recovery from the 
challenges  of  COVID-19,  with  steady  growth  and  a  falling  unemployment  rate  over  the  forecast  horizon.  An  alternative 
scenario is also considered, which contemplates a resurgence of the virus, causing a double-dip recession. 

The  results  of  the  credit  reserve  estimation  methodology  are  reviewed  quarterly  by  Northern  Trust’s  Credit  Loss 
Reserve  Committee,  which  receives  input  from  Credit  Risk  Management,  Treasury,  Corporate  Finance,  the  Economic 
Research  group,  and  each  of  Northern  Trust’s  business  units.  The  Credit  Loss  Reserve  Committee  determines  the 
probability  weights  applied  to  each  forecast  approved  by  Northern  Trust’s  Macroeconomic  Scenario  Development 
Committee, and also reviews and approves qualitative adjustments to the collective allowance in line with Northern Trust’s 
qualitative adjustment framework. 

The following table provides information regarding changes in the total allowance for credit losses. 

TABLE 77: CHANGES IN THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES 

LOANS 

AND 
LEASES 

UNDRAWN 
LOAN 
COMMITMENTS 
STANDBY 
 OF CREDIT 

AND 

LETTERS 

2020 

DEBT 
SECURITIES 
 TO 
HELD 
MATURITY 

OTHER 
FINANCIAL 
ASSETS 

(In Millions) 

Balance 

 at 

 End 

 of 

Prior Period 

 $ 

Cumulative 

Effect Adjustment 

Balance 

 at 

Beginning 

 of Period 

Charge-Offs 

Recoveries 

 Net 

Recoveries (Charge-Offs) 

Provision 

for 

Credit Losses 

Balance 

 at 

 End 

 of Period 

104.5  $  

(2.2)   

102.3 

(9.7)   

 6.5 

(3.2)   

91.6 

 $ 

190.7 

 $ 

19.9 

 $ 

 —  $ 

 —  $ 

 8.9 

28.8 

 — 

 —  

 — 

32.3 

61.1 

 $ 

 6.6 

 6.6 

 — 

 —  

 — 

 0.7 

 7.3 

 $ 

 0.4 

 0.4 

 — 

 —  

 — 

 0.4 

 0.8  $  

TOTAL 

124.4 

13.7 

138.1 

(9.7) 

 6.5 

(3.2) 

125.0 

259.9 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  123 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

2019 

(In Millions) 

Balance 

 at 

Beginning 

 of Period 

Charge-Offs 

Recoveries 

 Net 

Recoveries (Charge-Offs) 

Provision 

for 

Credit Losses 

Balance 

 at 

 End 

 of Period 

 $ 

 $ 

LOANS 

AND LEASES 

AND 

STANDBY 

UNDRAWN 

LOAN 

COMMITMENTS 
 OF CREDIT 

LETTERS 

112.6 

 $ 

(6.5)   

 7.2 

 0.7 

(8.8)   

104.5 

 $ 

25.6  $  

 — 

 — 

 — 

(5.7)   

19.9  $  

2018 

(In Millions) 

LOANS 

AND 

LEASES 

AND 

STANDBY 

UNDRAWN 

LOAN 

COMMITMENTS 
 OF CREDIT 

LETTERS 

Balance 

 at 

Beginning 

 of Period 

 $ 

Charge-Offs 

Recoveries 

 Net 

Recoveries (Charge-Offs) 

Provision 

for 

Credit Losses 

Balance 

 at 

 End 

 of Period 

 $ 

131.2 

 $ 

(10.1)   

 9.0 

(1.1)   

(17.5)   

112.6 

 $ 

22.6  $  

 — 

 — 

 — 

 3.0 

25.6  $  

TOTAL 

138.2 

(6.5) 

 7.2 

 0.7 

(14.5) 

124.4 

TOTAL 

153.8 

(10.1) 

 9.0 

(1.1) 

(14.5) 

138.2 

The current-year provision primarily reflected an increase in the reserve evaluated on a collective basis. The increase in the 
collective  basis  reserve  was  primarily  driven  by  current  and  projected  economic  conditions  and  downgrades  in  the 
portfolio, both resulting from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and related market and economic impacts, with increases 
primarily in the commercial and institutional and commercial real estate portfolios. 

For  credit  exposure  and  the  associated  allowance  related  to  fee  receivables,  please  refer  to  Note  18,  “Revenue  from 
Contracts  with  Clients.”  For  information  related  to  the  allowance  for  debt  securities  available  for  sale,  please  refer  to 
Note 4, “Securities.” For all other financial assets recognized at amortized cost, which include Cash and Due from Banks, 
Other Central Bank Deposits, Interest Bearing Deposits with Banks, Federal Funds Sold, and Other Assets, please refer to 
the Allowance for Other Financial Assets section within this footnote. 

Allowance  for  the  Loan  and  Lease  Portfolio.  The  following  table  provides  information  regarding  changes  in  the  total 
allowance for credit losses, including undrawn loan commitments and standby letters of credit, by segment. 

TABLE 78: CHANGES IN THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES RELATED TO LOANS AND LEASES 

LOANS 

AND LEASES 

2020 

UNDRAWN 

LOAN 

COMMITMENTS 

AND 

STANDBY 

LETTERS 

 OF CREDIT 

(In Millions) 

COMMERCIAL 

PERSONAL 

TOTAL 

COMMERCIAL 

PERSONAL 

TOTAL 

Balance 

 at 

 End 

 of 

Prior Period 

 $ 

58.1 

 $ 

Cumulative 

Effect Adjustment 

Balance 

 at 

Beginning 

 of Period 

Charge-Offs 

Recoveries 

 Net 

Recoveries 

(Charge-Offs) 

Provision 

for 

Credit Losses 

(5.9)   

52.2 

(6.3)   

 2.4 

(3.9)   

93.9 

Balance at  End  

 of Period 

$  

142.2 

 $ 

46.4 

 $ 

 3.7 

50.1 

(3.4)   

 4.1 

 0.7 

(2.3)    

48.5 

 $ 

104.5 

 $ 

(2.2)   

102.3 

(9.7)   

 6.5 

(3.2)   

91.6  

190.7 

 $ 

15.8 

 $ 

11.9 

27.7  

 — 

 — 

 — 

29.9 

57.6 

 $ 

 4.1 

 $ 

(3.0)   

 1.1 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 2.4 

 3.5 

 $ 

19.9 

 8.9 

28.8 

 — 

 — 

 — 

32.3 

61.1 

124  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

LOANS AND  LEASES 

2019 

UNDRAWN 

LOAN 

COMMITMENTS 

AND 

LETTERS 

 OF CREDIT 

(In Millions) 

COMMERCIAL 

PERSONAL 

TOTAL 

COMMERCIAL 

PERSONAL 

Balance 

 at 

Beginning 

 of Period 

 $ 

Charge-Offs 

Recoveries 

 Net 

Recoveries (Charge-Offs) 

Provision 

for 

Credit Losses 

57.6 

 $ 

(3.0)   

 0.9 

(2.1)   

 2.6 

Balance  

 at 

 End of  Period 

 $ 

58.1 

 $ 

55.0 

 $ 

(3.5)   

 6.3 

 2.8 

(11.4)   

46.4  

 $ 

112.6 

 $ 

(6.5)   

 7.2 

 0.7 

(8.8)   

104.5  $  

2018 

21.1 

 $ 

 4.5 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

 — 

(5.3)   

15.8 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

 — 

(0.4)   

 4.1 

 $ 

STANDBY 

TOTAL 

25.6 

 — 

 — 

 — 

(5.7) 

19.9 

(In Millions) 

COMMERCIAL 

PERSONAL 

TOTAL 

COMMERCIAL 

PERSONAL 

LOANS 

AND LEASES 

UNDRAWN 

LOAN 

COMMITMENTS 

AND 

LETTERS 

 OF CREDIT 

Balance 

 at 

Beginning 

 of Period 

 $ 

Charge-Offs 

Recoveries 

 Net 

Recoveries (Charge-Offs) 

Provision 

for 

Credit Losses 

Balance 

 at 

 End 

 of Period 

 $ 

63.5 

 $ 

(0.9)   

 1.7 

 0.8 

(6.7)   

57.6 

 $ 

67.7 

 $ 

(9.2)   

 7.3 

(1.9)   

(10.8)   

131.2 

 $ 

(10.1)   

 9.0 

(1.1)   

(17.5)   

 — 

 — 

 —  

 3.8 

55.0  

 $ 

112.6  $  

21.1 

 $ 

17.3 

 $ 

 5.3 

 $ 

STANDBY 

TOTAL 

22.6 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 3.0 

25.6 

 — 

 — 

 —  

(0.8)   

 4.5 

 $ 

The  increase  to  the  allowance  for  both  loans  and  leases  and  undrawn  loan  commitments  and  standby  letters  of  credit  for  
2020   was   primarily   due   to   an   increase   in   the   reserve   evaluated   on   a   collective   basis   driven   by   current   and   projected  
economic  conditions  and  downgrades  in  the  portfolio,  both  resulting  from  the  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic  and  related  
market  and  economic  impacts.  The  largest  increases  were  in  the  commercial  and  institutional  and  commercial  real  estate  
portfolios   for   the   allowance   for   loans   and   leases   and   the   commercial   and   institutional   portfolio   for   the   allowance   for  
undrawn  loan  commitments  and  standby  letters  of  credit. 

The   following   table   provides   information   regarding   the   recorded   investments   in   loans   and   leases   and   the   allowance   for  
credit   losses   for   loans   and   leases   and   undrawn   loan   commitments   and   standby   letters   of   credit   by   segment   as   of  
December  31,  2020  and  2019. 

TABLE  79:  RECORDED  INVESTMENTS  IN  LOANS  AND  LEASES 

(In Millions) 

Loans 

and Leases 

Evaluated 

 on 

 an 

Individual Basis 

Evaluated 

 on   a 

Collective Basis 

Total 

Loans 

and Leases 

Allowance 

for 

Credit 

Losses 

 on Credit  Exposures 

Evaluated 

 on 

 an 

Individual Basis 

Evaluated 

 on   a 

Collective Basis 

Allowance Assigned  

 to 

Loans and  Leases 

Allowance 
Letters  

for 
 of Credit 

Undrawn Loan  

Commitments 

and 

Standby

Evaluated  

 on 

 an 

Individual Basis 

Evaluated on    a Collective  Basis 

Allowance  
Standby 

Letters 

 of Credit 

Assigned 

 to Undrawn  

Loan Commitments  and 

Total 
Loan  

Allowance  Assigned  
Commitments 

and 

 to Loans  and  
Letters 

Standby 

Leases  and  
 of Credit 

Undrawn

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

COMMERCIAL  PERSONAL 

TOTAL  COMMERCIAL  PERSONAL 

TOTAL 

 $ 

66.6 

 $ 

65.1 

 $ 

131.7 

 $ 

10.4 

 $ 

81.8 

 $ 

92.2 

15,195.4 

18,432.6 

33,628.0 

13,990.9 

17,326.5 

31,317.4 

15,262.0 

18,497.7 

33,759.7 

14,001.3 

17,408.3 

31,409.6 

 8.8 

133.4 

142.2 

 1.6 

56.0  

57.6  

0.3  

48.2 

48.5 

 — 

 3.5 

 3.5 

 9.1 

181.6 

190.7 

 1.6 

59.5  

61.1  

 3.4 

54.7 

58.1  

1.9  

13.9  

15.8 

 1.6 

44.8 

46.4 

 — 

 4.1 

 4.1 

 5.0 

99.5 

104.5  

1.9  

18.0  

19.9 

$  

199.8  

 $ 

52.0  $  

251.8  

 $ 

73.9 

 $ 

50.5   $  

124.4 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  125 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Allowance  for  Debt  Securities  Held  to  Maturity  Securities  Portfolio.  The  following  table  provides  information 
regarding changes in the total allowance for credit losses for debt securities held to maturity during 2020. 

TABLE 80: CHANGES IN THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES RELATED TO DEBT SECURITIES HELD TO MATURITY 

(In Millions) 

CORPORATE 
DEBT 

NON-U.S. 
GOVERNMENT 

2020 

SUB-SOVEREIGN, 
SUPERNATIONAL, 
NON-U.S. 
AGENCY BONDS 

AND 

COVERED 
BONDS 

OTHER 

TOTAL 

Balance 

 at 

 End 

 of 

Prior Period 

 $

 —  $ 

 —  $ 

 —  $

 —  $

— 

 $

Cumulative  

Effect Adjustment 

Balance 

 at 

Beginning of  Period 

Provision 

for Credit  Losses 

Balance 

 at 

 End 

 of Period 

 0.8 

 0.8 

 — 

 $ 

 0.8 

 $ 

 0.3 

 0.3 

(0.1)   

 0.2 

 $ 

 0.9 

 0.9 

 0.3 

 — 

 — 

 0.1 

4.6  

4.6  

0.4  

 1.2 

 $ 

 0.1 

 $ 

5.0  

 $ 

 — 

 6.6 

 6.6 

 0.7 

 7.3 

Prior  to  the  adoption  of  ASU  2016-13,  Northern  Trust  recognized  $4.4  million  of  cumulative  Other-Than-Temporary-
Impairment  (OTTI)  losses  on  the  debt  securities  classified  as  other  as  of  December  31,  2019.  For  debt  securities  with 
previous OTTI losses recorded, Northern Trust applied ASU 2016-13 on a prospective basis whereby the amortized cost 
basis  of  the  impaired  security  remains  unchanged  immediately  before  and  after  adopting  ASU  2016-13.  The  allowance 
recorded at January 1, 2020 for debt securities held to maturity equals the difference between the calculated expected loss 
and  the  amount  of  OTTI  loss  previously  recorded  and  represents  the  cumulative  effect  adjustment  required  upon  the 
adoption of ASU 2016-13. 

The  allowance  attributable  to  debt  securities  held  to  maturity  for  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2020  was 
primarily due to the reserve evaluated on a collective basis driven by current and projected economic conditions resulting 
from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and related market and economic impacts. 

Allowance for Other Financial Assets. The allowance for Other Financial Assets consists of the allowance for Cash and 
Due  from  Banks,  Other  Central  Bank  Deposits,  Interest  Bearing  Deposits  with  Banks,  Federal  Funds  Sold,  and  Other 
Assets. Northern Trust’s portfolio is composed mostly of institutions within the “1 to 3” internal borrower rating category 
and  expected  to  exhibit  minimal  to  modest  likelihood  of  loss.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  related  to  Other  Financial 
Assets was $0.8 million as of December 31, 2020. 

Accrued  Interest.  Northern  Trust  elected  not  to  measure  an  allowance  for  credit  losses  for  accrued  interest  receivables 
related to its loan and securities portfolios as its policy is to write-off uncollectible accrued interest receivable balances in a 
timely manner. The following table provides the amount of accrued interest excluded from the amortized cost basis of the 
following portfolios. 

TABLE 81: ACCRUED INTEREST 

(In Millions) 

Loans 

and Leases 

 Debt Securities 

 Held 

 to Maturity 

Available 

for Sale 

Other 

Financial Assets 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

55.3 

 $ 

73.8 

 $ 

106.3 

 1.4 

 $ 

84.5 

82.3 

119.0 

14.7 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

The  amount  of  accrued  interest  reversed  through  interest  income  for  loans  and  leases  was  immaterial  and  there  was  no 
accrued interest reversed through interest income related to any other financial assets during 2020. 

Note 8 – Concentrations of Credit Risk 

Concentrations of credit risk exist if a number of borrowers or other counterparties are engaged in similar activities and 
have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected 
by  changes  in  economic  or  other  conditions.  The  fact  that  a  credit  exposure  falls  into  one  of  these  groups  does  not 
necessarily indicate that the credit has a higher than normal degree of credit risk. These groups are: banks and bank holding 
companies, residential real estate, and commercial real estate. 

126  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Banks and Bank Holding Companies. At December 31, 2020, on-balance sheet credit risk to banks and bank holding 
companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., consisted primarily of Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks of $4.4 billion, demand 
balances maintained at correspondent banks of $4.3 billion, and Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell of $1.6 
billion. At December 31, 2019, on-balance sheet credit risk to banks and bank holding companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., 
consisted primarily of Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks of $4.9 billion, demand balances maintained at correspondent 
banks of $4.3 billion, Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell of $707.8 million, and Federal Funds Sold of $5.0 
million. Credit risk associated with U.S. and non-U.S. banks and bank holding companies deemed to be counterparties by 
Credit  Risk  Management  is  managed  by  the  Capital  Markets  Credit  Committee.  Credit  limits  are  established  through  a 
review  process  that  includes  an  internally-prepared  financial  analysis,  use  of  an  internal  risk  rating  system  and 
consideration of external ratings from rating agencies. Northern Trust places deposits with banks that have strong internal 
and external credit ratings and the average life to maturity of deposits with banks is maintained on a short-term basis in 
order to respond quickly to changing credit conditions. 

Residential Real Estate. Residential real estate loans totaled $6.0 billion at December 31, 2020 and 2019, representing 
19%  and  20%,  respectively,  of  total  U.S.  loans  and  leases.  Residential  real  estate  loans  consist  of  traditional  first  lien 
mortgages and equity credit lines, which generally require a loan-to-collateral value ratio of no more than 65% to 80% at 
inception.  Revaluations  of  supporting  collateral  are  obtained  upon  refinancing  or  default  or  when  otherwise  considered 
warranted. Collateral revaluations for mortgages are performed by independent third parties. Of the $6.0 billion residential 
real estate loans at December 31, 2020, $1.6 billion were in Florida, $1.3 billion were in California, and $894.9 million 
were in the greater Chicago area, with the remainder distributed throughout the other geographic regions within the U.S. 
served  by  Northern  Trust.  Legally  binding  undrawn  commitments  to  extend  residential  real  estate  credit,  which  are 
primarily equity credit lines, totaled $676.1 million and $714.2 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Commercial Real Estate. In managing its credit exposure, management has defined a commercial real estate loan as 
one where: (1) the borrower’s principal business activity is the acquisition or the development of real estate for commercial 
purposes; (2) the principal collateral is real estate held for commercial purposes, and loan repayment is expected to flow 
from the operation of the property; or (3) the loan repayment is expected to flow from the sale or refinance of real estate as 
a normal and ongoing part of the business. Unsecured lines of credit to firms or individuals engaged in commercial real 
estate endeavors are included without regard to the use of loan proceeds. The commercial real estate portfolio consists of 
commercial  mortgages  and  construction,  acquisition  and  development  loans  extended  primarily  to  experienced  investors 
well known to Northern Trust. Underwriting standards generally reflect conservative loan-to-value ratios and debt service 
coverage  requirements.  Recourse  to  borrowers  through  guarantees  is  also  commonly  required.  Commercial  mortgage 
financing  is  provided  for  the  acquisition  or  refinancing  of  income-producing  properties.  Cash  flows  from  the  properties 
generally are sufficient to amortize the loan. These loans are primarily located in the California, Illinois, Florida, Texas, 
and New York markets. Construction, acquisition and development loans provide financing for commercial real estate prior 
to rental income stabilization. The intent is generally that the borrower will sell the project or refinance the loan through a 
commercial mortgage with Northern Trust or another financial institution upon completion. 

The table below provides additional detail regarding commercial real estate loan types. During the first quarter of 2020, the 
Corporation  implemented  a  change  in  the  classification  of  certain  loans  and  leases  to  specific  segments  to  enhance  the 
consistency of its reporting across various regulatory regimes. As a result, commercial real estate balances as of December 
31,  2019  below  have  been  adjusted  to  conform  to  the  presentation  for  periods  ended  after  such  date.  The  adjustments 
generally reflect reclassification of loans from the commercial real estate class to commercial and institutional, residential 
real estate, and private client classes. There was no impact on total Loans and Leases previously reported. 

TABLE 82: COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE LOANS 

(In Millions) 

Commercial Mortgages 

Office 

Apartment/ Multi-family 

Retail 

Industrial/ Warehouse 

Other 

Total 

Commercial Mortgages 

Construction, 

Acquisition 

and 

Development Loans 

Total 

Commercial 

 Real 

Estate Loans 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

 $ 

831.3 

 $ 

906.8 

561.3 

344.2 

409.9 

3,053.5 

504.9 

 $ 

3,558.4 

 $ 

754.3 

646.5 

573.3 

278.0 

420.1 

2,672.2 

432.1 

3,104.3 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  127 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 9 – Buildings and Equipment 

A summary of Buildings and Equipment is presented in the following table. 

TABLE 83: BUILDINGS AND EQUIPMENT 

(In Millions) 

Land 

and Improvements 

Buildings 

Equipment 

Leasehold Improvements 

Total 

Buildings 

and Equipment 

(In Millions) 

Land 

and Improvements 

Buildings 

Equipment 

Leasehold Improvements 

Total 

Buildings 

and Equipment 

ORIGINAL 
COST 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 
ACCUMULATED 
DEPRECIATION 

 NET BOOK 
VALUE 

 $ 

14.5 

 $ 

 0.5 

 $ 

257.8 

816.4 

523.9 

163.0 

596.8 

337.4 

 $ 

1,612.6 

 $ 

1,097.7 

 $ 

14.0 

94.8 

219.6 

186.5 

514.9 

ORIGINAL 
COST 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 
ACCUMULATED 
DEPRECIATION 

 NET BOOK 
VALUE 

 $ 

14.5 

 $ 

 0.5 

 $ 

305.8 

731.0 

416.1 

156.0 

521.5 

306.1 

 $ 

1,467.4 

 $ 

984.1 

 $ 

14.0 

149.8 

209.5 

110.0 

483.3 

The charge for depreciation amounted to $116.5 million in 2020, $103.2 million in 2019, and $108.6 million in 2018 on the 
consolidated statements of income. 

Note 10 – Lease Commitments 

At December 31, 2020, Northern Trust was obligated under a number of non-cancelable operating leases, primarily for real 
estate. Certain leases contain rent escalation clauses based on market indices, renewal option clauses calling for increased 
rentals,  and  rental  payments  based  on  usage.  There  are  no  restrictions  imposed  by  any  lease  agreement  regarding  the 
payment of dividends, debt financing or Northern Trust entering into further lease agreements. 

The components of lease costs for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows. 

TABLE 84: LEASE COST COMPONENTS 

(In Millions) 

Operating 

Lease Cost 

Variable 

Lease Cost 

Sublease Income 

Total 

Lease Cost 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

 $ 

 $ 

119.4 

 $ 

32.7 

(4.8)   

147.3 

 $ 

102.2 

38.7 

(6.6) 

134.3 

128  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The following table presents a maturity analysis of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2020. 

TABLE 85: MATURITY OF LEASE LIABILITIES 

(In Millions) 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

Later Years 

Total 

Lease Payments 

Less: 

Imputed Interest 

Present 

Value 

 of 

Lease Liabilities 

MATURITY 

 OF 

LEASE 
LIABILITIES 

 $ 

 $ 

99.1 

92.6 

85.6 

74.7 

77.0 

372.5 

801.5 

(100.9) 

700.6 

As of December 31, 2020, Northern Trust had commitments for operating leases in addition to the above that have not yet 
commenced  for  approximately  $32.3  million.  These  operating  leases  are  for  the  use  of  office  space  with  lease  terms 
between 10 and 15 years and are expected to commence during the first half of 2021. 

Northern Trust uses its incremental borrowing rate to determine the present value of lease payments for operating leases. 
Operating lease right-of-use (ROU) assets and lease liabilities may include options to extend or terminate the lease only 
when it is reasonably certain that Northern Trust will exercise that option. Northern Trust elects not to separate lease and 
non-lease components of a contract for its real estate leases. The location and amount of ROU assets and lease liabilities 
recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are presented in the following table. 

TABLE 86: LOCATION AND AMOUNT OF LEASE ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

(In Millions) 

Assets 

Operating 

Lease 

Right-of-Use Asset 

Liabilities 

Operating 

Lease Liability 

LOCATION 
AND 

LEASE 

 OF 

LEASE 
LIABILITIES 
BALANCE SHEET 

ASSETS 
 ON 

THE 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

Other Assets 

Other Liabilities 

 $ 

 $ 

560.5 

 $ 

491.6 

700.6 

 $ 

603.1 

The weighted-average remaining lease term and weighted-average discount rate applied to leases as of December 31, 2020 
and 2019 were as follows: 

TABLE 87: WEIGHTED-AVERAGE REMAINING LEASE TERM AND DISCOUNT RATE 

Operating Leases 

Weighted-Average 

Remaining 

Lease Term 

Weighted-Average 

Discount Rate 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

10.0 years 

 2.5 % 

 9.2 years 

 3.0 % 

The following table provides supplemental cash flow information related to leases for the years ended December 31, 2020 
and 2019. 

TABLE 88: SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION 

(In Millions) 

Supplemental cash flow information 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities - operating cash flows 

Supplemental non-cash information 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities 

DECEMBER 31, 2020  DECEMBER 31, 2019 

$ 

$ 

107.9  $ 

164.8  $ 

101.2 

108.3 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  129 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 11 – Goodwill and Other Intangibles 

Goodwill. Changes by reporting segment in the carrying amount of Goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 
2019, including the effect of foreign exchange rates on non-U.S. dollar denominated balances, were as follows. 

TABLE 89: GOODWILL 

(In Millions) 

Balance 

 at 

December 

 31, 2018 

Goodwill Acquired 

Foreign 

Exchange Rates 

Balance 

 at 

December 

 31, 2019 

Foreign 

Exchange Rates 

Balance 

 at 

December 

 31, 2020 

CORPORATE 
 & 
INSTITUTIONAL 
SERVICES 

WEALTH 
MANAGEMENT 

598.2 

 $ 

71.1 

 $ 

23.5 

 4.0 

625.7 

 $ 

10.3 

636.0 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

71.1 

 $ 

 0.1 

71.2 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

TOTAL 

669.3 

23.5 

 4.0 

696.8 

10.4 

707.2 

The  goodwill  impairment  test  is  performed  at  least  annually  at  the  reporting-unit  level.  The  Corporation  has 
determined its reporting units for this purpose to be Corporate & Institutional Services and Wealth Management. Goodwill 
was  tested  for  impairment  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020  using  a  quantitative  assessment  in  which  the  estimated  fair 
values of the reporting units are compared to their carrying values. Impairment is deemed to exist if the carrying value of a 
reporting  unit  exceeds  its  estimated  fair  value.  Based  upon  the  quantitative  assessments,  there  were  no  impairments  to 
goodwill in 2020. 

Other  Intangible  Assets  Subject  to  Amortization.  The  gross  carrying  amount  and  accumulated  amortization  of  other 
intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows. 

TABLE 90: OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

(In Millions) 

Gross 

Carrying Amount 

Less: 

Accumulated Amortization 

 Net 

Book Value 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

221.3 

 $ 

108.7 

112.6 

 $ 

2019 

207.2 

86.6 

120.6 

 $ 

 $ 

Other intangible assets consist primarily of the value of acquired client relationships and are included in Other Assets on 
the consolidated balance sheets. Amortization expense related to other intangible assets was $16.9 million, $16.6 million, 
and $17.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Amortization for the years 2021, 
2022, 2023, 2024, and 2025 is estimated to be $15.1 million, $10.5 million, $10.2 million, $10.1 million, and $9.5 million 
respectively. 

In the third quarter of 2019, Northern Trust completed its acquisition of Belvedere Advisors LLC, a provider of digital 
investment  advisory  and  asset  management  services.  The  purchase  price  recorded  in  connection  with  the  closing  of  the 
acquisition, which is subject to certain performance-related adjustments over a five-year period after the acquisition date, 
totaled  $17.6  million  inclusive  of  contingent  consideration.  Goodwill  and  developed  technology  associated  with  the 
transaction totaled $9.3 million and $8.3 million, respectively. 

In the first quarter of 2019, Northern Trust completed the purchase accounting related to its acquisition of BEx LLC, a 
provider  of  foreign  exchange  software  solutions.  The  purchase  price  recorded  in  connection  with  the  closing  of  the 
acquisition totaled $37.9 million. Goodwill and developed technology associated with the acquisition totaled $12.5 million 
and $25.0 million, respectively. 

Capitalized  Software.  The  gross  carrying  amount  and  accumulated  amortization  of  capitalized  software  as  of 
December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows. 

TABLE 91: CAPITALIZED SOFTWARE 

(In Millions) 

Gross 

Carrying Amount 

Less: 

Accumulated Amortization 

 Net 

Book Value 

130  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

4,337.4 

 $ 

2,744.5 

1,592.9 

 $ 

2019 

3,885.2 

2,377.9 

1,507.3 

 $ 

 $ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Capitalized software, which is included in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheet, consists primarily of purchased 
software,  software  licenses,  and  allowable  internal  costs,  including  compensation  relating  to  software  developed  for 
internal  use.  Fees  paid  for  the  use  of  software  licenses  that  are  not  hosted  by  Northern  Trust  are  expensed  as  incurred. 
Amortization expense, which is included in Equipment and Software on the consolidated statements of income, amounted 
to $366.9 million in 2020, $339.1 million in 2019, and $334.9 million in 2018. 

Note 12 – Deposits 

The  following  table  provides  the  scheduled  maturity  of  total  time  deposits  in  denominations  of  $250,000  or  greater  at 
December 31, 2020. 

TABLE 92: REMAINING MATURITY OF TIME DEPOSITS $250,000 OR MORE 

(In Millions) 

 1 

 Year 

 or Less 

 Over 

 1 

 Year 

 to 

 2 Years 

 Over 

 2 

Years 

 to 

 3 Years 

 Over 

 3 

Years 

 to 

 4 Years 

 Over 

 4 

Years 

 to 

 5 Years 

 Over 

 5 Years 

Total 

 U.S. OFFICE 

NON-U.S. OFFICES 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

CERTIFICATES 

 OF DEPOSIT 

OTHER TIME 

TOTAL 

 $ 

 $ 

660.2 

 $ 

36.1 

 3.1 

 1.2 

 0.3 

 0.5 

205.4 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

701.4 

 $ 

205.4 

 $ 

865.6 

36.1 

 3.1 

 1.2 

 0.3 

 0.5 

906.8 

As  of  December  31,  2019,  there  were  $1.7  billion  of  time  deposits  in  denominations  of  $250,000  or  greater,  of  which 
$711.4 million were Certificates of Deposit and $1.0 billion were non-U.S. 

Note 13 – Senior Notes and Long-Term Debt 

Senior Notes. A summary of Senior Notes outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019 is presented in the following table. 

TABLE 93: SENIOR NOTES 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Corporation-Senior Notes

(1)

Fixed 

 Rate 

 Due 

 Nov. 2020

(2)

Fixed 

 Rate 

 Due 

 Aug. 2021

(2)

Fixed 

 Rate 

 Due 

 Aug. 2022

(2)

Fixed 

 Rate 

 Due 

 Aug. 

2028

(3)(4) 

Fixed 

 Rate 

 Due 

 May 

2029

(3)(4) 

Fixed  

 Rate 

 Due 

 May 

2030

(3)(4) 

DECEMBER 31, 

RATE 

2020 

2019 

3.45 % 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

3.375 

2.375 

3.65 

3.15 

1.95 

499.8 

499.6 

584.4 

567.9 

970.7 

499.9 

499.4 

499.4 

547.2 

527.1 

 — 

Total 

Senior Notes 

$

3,122.4 $

2,573.0

(1) As of December 31, 2020, debt issuance costs of $3.4 million are included as a direct deduction from the carrying amount and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life 
of the Note. 
(2) Not redeemable prior to maturity. 
(3) Redeemable within three months of maturity. 
(4)  Interest rate swap contracts were entered into to modify the interest expense from fixed rates to floating rates. The swaps are recorded as fair value hedges and increases in 
the carrying values of senior notes outstanding of $130.7 million and $77.1 million were recorded as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. See further detail in Note 
27, “Derivative Financial Instruments.” 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  131 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Long-Term  Debt.  A  summary  of  Long-Term  Debt  outstanding  at  December  31,  2020  and  2019  is  presented  in  the 
following table. 

TABLE 94: LONG-TERM DEBT 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Corporation-Subordinated Debt

(1)

Fixed 

 Rate 

Notes 

 due 

 Oct. 

(2)(3) 

2025

Fixed-to-Floating 

 Rate 

Notes 

 due 

Total 

Long-Term Debt 

 May 

2032

(4)

Long-Term 

 Debt 

Qualifying 

 as 

Risk-Based Capital 

DECEMBER 31, 

RATE 

2020 

2019 

3.95 

% 

 $ 

3.375 

 $ 

 $ 

839.8 

 $ 

349.5 

1,189.3 

949.7 

 $ 

 $ 

798.7 

349.4 

1,148.1 

1,099.5 

(1)  As of December 31, 2020, debt issuance costs of $1.1 million are included as a direct deduction from the carrying amount and amortized on a straight-line basis over the life 
of the Note. 
(2) Not redeemable prior to maturity. 
(3)  Interest rate swap contracts were entered into to modify the interest expense from fixed rates to floating rates. The swaps are recorded as fair value hedges and increases in 
the carrying values of the subordinated notes outstanding of $90.8 million and $49.8 million were recorded as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. See further detail 
in Note 27, “Derivative Financial Instruments.” 
(4)  The subordinated notes will bear interest from the date they were issued to, but excluding, May 8, 2027, at an annual rate of 3.375%, payable semi-annually in arrears. 
From, and including, May 8, 2027, the subordinated notes will bear interest at an annual rate equal to three-month LIBOR plus 1.131%, payable quarterly in arrears. The 
subordinated notes are unsecured and may be redeemed, in whole but not in part, on, and only on, May 8, 2027, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of 
the subordinated notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, up to but excluding the redemption date. 

Note 14 – Floating Rate Capital Debt 

In  January  1997,  the  Corporation  issued  $150  million  of  Floating  Rate  Capital  Securities,  Series  A,  through  a  statutory 
business  trust  wholly  owned  by  the  Corporation  (NTC  Capital  I).  In  April  1997,  the  Corporation  also  issued,  through  a 
separate wholly owned statutory business trust (NTC Capital II), $120 million of Floating Rate Capital Securities, Series B. 
The sole assets of the trusts are subordinated debentures of Northern Trust Corporation that have the same interest rates and 
maturity  dates  as  the  corresponding  distribution  rates  and  redemption  dates  of  the  Floating  Rate  Capital  Securities.  The 
Series A securities were issued at a discount to yield 60.5 basis points above the three-month London Interbank Offered 
Rate (LIBOR) and are due January 15, 2027. The Series B securities were issued at a discount to yield 67.9 basis points 
above the three-month LIBOR and are due April 15, 2027. 

Under  the  provisions  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act,  the  regulatory  capital 
treatment  of  these  securities  is  required  to  be  phased  out  over  a  period  that  began  on  January  1,  2013.  In  2020,  20%  of 
these securities was eligible for Tier 2 capital treatment, declining at an incremental 10% a year until they are fully phased 
out in 2022. 

The  Corporation  has  fully,  irrevocably  and  unconditionally  guaranteed  all  payments  due  on  the  Series  A  and  B 
securities.  The  holders  of  the  Series  A  and  B  securities  are  entitled  to  receive  preferential  cumulative  cash  distributions 
quarterly  in  arrears  (based  on  the  liquidation  amount  of  $1,000  per  security)  at  an  interest  rate  equal  to  the  rate  on  the 
corresponding subordinated debentures. The interest rate on the Series A and Series B securities is equal to three-month 
LIBOR plus 0.52% and 0.59%, respectively. Subject to certain exceptions, the Corporation has the right to defer payment 
of  interest  on  the  subordinated  debentures  at  any  time  or  from  time  to  time  for  a  period  not  exceeding  20  consecutive 
quarterly periods provided that no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity date. If interest is deferred on 
the subordinated debentures, distributions on the Series A and B securities will also be deferred and the Corporation will 
not be permitted, subject to certain exceptions, to pay or declare any cash distributions with respect to the Corporation’s 
capital stock or debt securities that rank the same as or junior to the subordinated debentures, until all past due distributions 
are  paid.  The  subordinated  debentures  are  unsecured  and  subordinated  to  substantially  all  of  the  Corporation’s  existing 
indebtedness. 

The Corporation has the right to redeem the Series A and Series B subordinated debentures, in whole or in part, at a 
price equal to the principal amount plus accrued and unpaid interest. The following table summarizes the book values of 
the outstanding subordinated debentures as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

TABLE 95: SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES 

(In Millions) 

 NTC 

Capital   I 

Subordinated 

Debentures 

 due 

January 

 15, 2027 

 NTC 

Capital 

 II 

Subordinated 

Debentures 

 due 

 April 

 15, 2027 

Total 

Subordinated Debentures 

132  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

154.3 

 $ 

123.5 

277.8 

 $ 

2019 

154.3 

123.4 

277.7 

 $ 

 $ 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 15 – Stockholders’ Equity 

Preferred Stock. The Corporation is authorized to issue 10 million shares of preferred stock without par value. The Board 
of  Directors  is  authorized  to  fix  the  particular  designations,  preferences  and  relative,  participating,  optional  and  other 
special rights and qualifications, limitations or restrictions for each series of preferred stock issued. 

As  of  December  31,  2020,  5,000  shares  of  Series  D  Non-Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  (the  “Series  D 
Preferred  Stock”)  and  16,000  shares  of  Series  E  Non-Cumulative  Perpetual  Preferred  Stock  (the  “Series  E  Preferred 
Stock”) were outstanding. 

Series D Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2020, the Corporation had issued and outstanding 500,000 depositary 
shares,  each  representing  a  1/100th  ownership  interest  in  a  share  of  Series  D  Preferred  Stock,  issued  in  August  2016. 
Equity related to Series D Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $493.5 million. Shares of the Series D 
Preferred Stock have no par value and a liquidation preference of $100,000 (equivalent to $1,000 per depositary share). 

Dividends  on  the  Series  D  Preferred  Stock,  which  are  not  mandatory,  accrue  and  are  payable  on  the  liquidation 
preference amount, on a non-cumulative basis, at a rate per annum equal to (i) 4.60% from the original issue date of the 
Series  D  Preferred  Stock  to  but  excluding  October  1,  2026;  and  (ii)  a  floating  rate  equal  to  Three-Month  LIBOR  plus 
3.202%  from  and  including  October  1,  2026.  Fixed  rate  dividends  are  payable  in  arrears  on  the  first  day  of  April  and 
October of each year, through and including October 1, 2026, and floating rate dividends will be payable in arrears on the 
first day of January, April, July and October of each year, commencing on January 1, 2027. 

The Series D Preferred Stock has no maturity date and is redeemable at the Corporation’s option in whole, or in part, 
on any dividend payment date on or after October 1, 2026. The Series D Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Corporation’s 
option in whole, but not in part, including prior to October 1, 2026, within 90 days of a regulatory capital treatment event, 
as described in the Series D Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation. 

Shares of the Series D Preferred Stock rank senior to the Corporation’s common stock, and will rank at least equally 
with  any  other  series  of  preferred  stock  it  may  issue  (except  for  any  senior  series  that  may  be  issued  with  the  requisite 
consent of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock) and all other parity stock, with respect to the payment of dividends 
and distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. 

Series E Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2020, the Corporation had issued and outstanding 16 million depositary 
shares, each representing 1/1,000th ownership interest in a share of Series E Preferred Stock, issued in November 2019. On 
January 2, 2020, the proceeds from the Series E Preferred Stock were used to fund the redemption of all outstanding shares 
of the Corporation’s Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock. Equity related to Series E Preferred Stock as of 
December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $391.4 million, which represents the net aggregate proceeds from the public offering of 
the  depositary  shares.  Shares  of  the  Series  E  Preferred  Stock  have  no  par  value  and  a  liquidation  preference  of  $25,000 
(equivalent to $25 per depositary share). 

Dividends  on  the  Series  E  Preferred  Stock,  which  are  not  mandatory,  accrue  and  are  payable  on  the  liquidation 
preference amount, on a non-cumulative basis, quarterly in arrears on the first day of January, April, July and October of 
each year, at a rate per annum equal to 4.70%. On October 20, 2020, the Corporation declared a cash dividend of $293.75 
per share of Series E Preferred Stock payable on January 1, 2021, to stockholders of record as of December 15, 2020. 

The Series E Preferred Stock has no maturity date and is redeemable at the Corporation’s option in whole, or in part, 
on any dividend payment date on or after January 1, 2025. The Series E Preferred Stock is redeemable at the Corporation’s 
option in whole, but not in part, including prior to January 1, 2025, within 90 days of a regulatory capital treatment event, 
as described in the Series E Preferred Stock Certificate of Designation. 

Shares of the Series E Preferred Stock rank senior to the Corporation’s common stock, and will rank at least equally 
with  any  other  series  of  preferred  stock  it  may  issue  (except  for  any  senior  series  that  may  be  issued  with  the  requisite 
consent of the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock) and all other parity stock, with respect to the payment of dividends 
and distributions upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. 

Common Stock. In July 2018, the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase authorization to repurchase up to 
25.0 million shares of the Corporation’s common stock. Shares are repurchased by the Corporation to, among other things, 
manage the Corporation’s capital levels. Repurchased shares are used for general purposes, including the issuance of shares 
under  stock  option  and  other  incentive  plans.  The  repurchase  authorization  approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors  has  no 
expiration date. The Corporation suspended this program on March 16, 2020. Subsequent to the Corporation suspending its 
open-market  share  repurchase  program,  the  only  shares  repurchased  were  shares  of  common  stock  withheld  upon  the 
vesting of share-based compensation to satisfy tax withholding obligations. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the 
Corporation  repurchased  3,276,589  shares  of  common  stock,  including  532,713  shares  withheld  related  to  share-based 
compensation, at a total cost of $299.8 million. 

The  average  price  paid  per  share  for  common  stock  repurchased  in  2020,  2019,  and  2018  was  $91.49,  $93.40,  and 

$102.69, respectively. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  133 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Beginning in the second quarter of 2020, the Federal Reserve announced certain measures to ensure that large financial 
institutions,  including  Northern  Trust,  remain  resilient  despite  the  economic  uncertainty  resulting  from  the  ongoing 
COVID-19 pandemic. Specifically, for the third and fourth quarters of 2020, no share repurchases were permitted by these 
institutions and dividend payments were limited to the amount paid in the second quarter and could not exceed the payor’s 
average net income for the four preceding quarters. On December 18, 2020, the Federal Reserve again extended its capital 
distribution  limits  into  the  first  quarter  of  2021  with  certain  modifications,  which  include  continuing  to  limit  dividend 
payments based on recent income and limiting share repurchases based on recent income. During the first quarter of 2021, 
the Corporation restarted its share repurchase program in accordance with such limitations. 
An analysis of changes in the number of shares of common stock outstanding follows: 

TABLE 96: SHARES OF COMMON STOCK 

Balance 

 at 

January 1 

Incentive 

Plan 

and Awards 

Stock 

Options Exercised 

Treasury 

Stock Purchased 

Balance 

 at 

December 31 

2020 

2019 

2018 

209,709,046 

219,012,050 

226,126,674 

1,512,035 

344,686 

1,688,931 

786,931 

(3,276,589)   

(11,778,866)   

208,289,178 

209,709,046 

1,310,778 

575,662 

(9,001,064) 

219,012,050 

134  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note  16  –  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income  (Loss) 

The   following   tables   summarize   the   components   of   Accumulated   Other   Comprehensive   Income   (Loss)   (AOCI)   at  
December  31,  2020,  2019,  and  2018,  and  changes  during  the  years  then  ended. 

TABLE  97:  SUMMARY  OF  CHANGES  IN  ACCUMULATED  OTHER  COMPREHENSIVE  INCOME  (LOSS)  

(In Millions) 

 NET 
GAINS 
DEBT  
AVAILABLE 

UNREALIZED 
(LOSSES) ON 
SECURITIES 
FOR SALE(1)

 NET 

(LOSSES) 
CASH 
 ON 

UNREALIZED 
GAINS
FLOW 
HEDGES 

 NET 

FOREIGN 
CURRENCY 
ADJUSTMENT 

 NET 

PENSION 

AND 
OTHER 
POSTRETIREMENT 
BENEFIT 
ADJUSTMENTS 

TOTAL 

(1.8) 

 $ 

(342.2)  $  

(414.3) 

Balance 

 at 

December 

 31, 2017 

 $ 

Reclassification 

 of 

Certain 

 Tax 

Effects 

from AOCI   

 Net Change 

Balance 

 at 

December 

 31, 2018 

 Net Change 

Balance 

 at 

December 

 31, 2019 

 Net Change 

Balance 

 at 

December 

 31, 2020 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

(74.8) 

 $ 

(17.8)   

(22.3)   

(114.9) 

 $ 

228.9 

114.0 

 $ 

527.8 

641.8 

 $ 

 4.5 

 $ 

 0.9 

(1.4)   

 4.0 

 $ 

(7.7)   

(3.7) 

 $ 

 0.5 

47.5 

22.2 

67.9 

 $ 

49.9 

117.8 

 $ 

26.9 

(55.9)   

(12.6)   

(25.3) 

(14.1) 

(410.7)  $  

(453.7) 

(12.1)   

259.0 

(422.8) 

$  

(194.7) 

67.5 

622.7 

428.0 

(3.2) 

 $ 

144.7 

 $ 

(355.3)  $  

(1)  Includes  net  unrealized  gains  (losses)  on  debt  securities  transferred  from  available  for  sale  to  held  to  maturity  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2019,  and  2018. 

TABLE  98:  DETAILS  OF  CHANGES  IN  ACCUMULATED  OTHER  COMPREHENSIVE  INCOME  (LOSS)  

(In Millions) 

BEFORE 
TAX 

TAX 
EFFECT 

AFTER 
TAX 

BEFORE 
TAX 

TAX 
EFFECT 

AFTER 
TAX 

BEFORE 
TAX 

TAX 
EFFECT 

AFTER 
TAX 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Unrealized 
Available 

Gains 
for Sale 

(Losses) 

 on 

 Debt 

Securities

Unrealized 
Available 

Gains 
for Sale 

(Losses) 

 on 

 Debt 

Securities

 $ 

706.8  $  

(179.3) 

 $ 

527.5 

 $ 

306.1 

 $ 

(78.0)  $   228.1  

 $ 

(31.9)  

 $ 

 9.2 

 $ 

(22.7) 

Reclassification  
Included 

 in 

 Net Income(1)

Adjustment 

for 

Losses 

(Gains)

 0.4 

(0.1)   

 0.3 

 1.1 

(0.3)   

0.8  

 0.5 

(0.1)   

 0.4 

 Net Change 

 $ 

707.2  $  

(179.4) 

 $ 

527.8 

 $ 

307.2 

 $ 

(78.3)  $   228.9  

 $ 

(31.4)  

 $ 

 9.1  $  

(22.3) 

Unrealized 

(Losses) Gains  

 on 

Cash Flow  Hedges 

Foreign 

Exchange Contracts 

Interest  

 Rate Contracts 

$  

28.9  $  

(7.3)  

 $ 

21.6 

 $ 

14.9  $  

(3.7)  $  

11.2  

 $ 

70.5 

 $ 

(17.6)  $  

52.9  

 — 

 — 

 — 

 1.5 

(0.3)   

1.2  

(1.2)    

 0.3 

(0.9) 

Reclassification  
Included 

 in 

 Net Income(2)

Adjustment 

for 

(Gains) 

Losses

 Net Change 

Foreign  

Currency Adjustments 

(28.1)   

 7.0 

(21.1)    

(26.7)   

 6.6 

(20.1)   

(71.1)    

17.7 

(53.4) 

 $ 

 0.8  $  

(0.3) 

 $ 

 0.5 

 $ 

(10.3) 

 $ 

 2.6  $  

(7.7) 

 $ 

(1.8)  

 $ 

 0.4  $  

(1.4) 

Foreign Currency  

Translation Adjustments 

$  

169.1  $  

(8.3)  

 $ 

160.8 

 $ 

 6.4  $  

(1.6)  $  

4.8  

 $  (107.8)  

 $ 

 1.5  $  

(106.3) 

Long-Term  Intra-Entity  Foreign  
Transaction (Losses)  Gains 

Currency

2.1  

(0.5)    

 1.6 

(0.5)   

0.1  

(0.4)    

(1.8)    

 0.5 

(1.3)  

Net  Investment  Hedge  Gains  (Losses) 

(178.7)    

43.2  

(135.5)    

59.7  

(14.2)    

45.5  

173.0 

(43.2)   

129.8  

Net  Change 

$  

(7.5)   $  

34.4  

 $ 

26.9  $  

65.6   $  

(15.7)   $  

49.9   $  

63.4  $  

(41.2)   $  

22.2  

Pension 
Adjustments 

and Other  

Postretirement Benefit  

Net  Actuarial  (Losses)  Gains 

$  

47.4   $  

(12.3)   $  

35.1   $  

(36.8)   $  

7.9   $  

(28.9)   $  

(54.9)   $  

9.6   $  

(45.3)  

Reclassification  Adjustment  for  Losses  
Included  

(Gains)  

 in Net  Income(3)
 of 

 Net 

Amortization 

Actuarial Loss 

43.0 

(10.5)   

32.5 

22.4 

(5.4)   

17.0  

36.6 

(3.6)   

33.0 

Amortization 

 of 

Prior 

Net  Change 

Total 

 Net 

Change 

Service Cost 

(0.1)   

—  

(0.1)    

(0.2)   

 — 

(0.2)   

(0.3)    

 — 

(0.3) 

$  

90.3  $  

(22.8)  

 $ 

67.5 

$   790.8   $   (168.1)  

 $ 

622.7 

 $ 

 $ 

(14.6)  $  

2.5   $  

(12.1)  

 $ 

(18.6)  

 $ 

 6.0  $  

(12.6) 

347.9  $  

(88.9)  $   259.0  

 $ 

11.6  $  

(25.7)  $  

(14.1)  

(1)  The  before-tax  reclassification  adjustment  out  of  AOCI  related  to  the  realized  gains  (losses)  on  debt  securities  available  for  sale  is  recorded  in  Investment  Security  Gains  
(Losses),  net  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  income.
(2)  See  Note  27,  "Derivative  Financial  Instruments"  for  the  location  of  the  reclassification  adjustment  related  to  cash  flow  hedges. 
(3)   The   before-tax   reclassification   adjustment   out   of   AOCI   related   to   pension   and   other   postretirement   benefit   adjustments   is   recorded   in   Employee   Benefits   expense   on   the  
consolidated  statements  of  income. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  135 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 17 – Net Income per Common Share 

The computations of net income per common share are presented in the following table. 

TABLE 99: NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE 

 ($ 

 In 

Millions 

Except 

 Per 

Common 

Share Information) 

BASIC 

 NET 

INCOME 

PER 

COMMON SHARE 

Average 

Number 

 of 

Common 

Shares Outstanding 

 Net Income 

Less: 

Dividends 

 on 

Preferred Stock 

 Net 

Income 

Applicable 

 to 

Common Stock 

Less: 

Earnings 

Allocated 

 to 

Participating Securities 

Earnings 

Allocated 

 to 

Common 

Shares Outstanding 

Basic 

 Net 

Income 

 Per 

Common Share 

DILUTED 

 NET 

INCOME 

PER 

COMMON SHARE 

Average 

Number 

 of 

Common 

Shares Outstanding 

Plus 

Dilutive 

Effect 

 of 

Share-based Compensation 

Average 

Common 

and 

Potential 

Common Shares 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

208,319,412 

214,525,547 

223,148,335 

 $ 

1,209.3 

 $ 

1,492.2 

 $ 

1,556.4 

56.2 

1,153.1 

12.1 

46.4 

1,445.8 

16.9 

46.4 

1,510.0 

20.1 

 $ 

1,141.0 

 $ 

1,428.9 

 $ 

1,489.9 

5.48 

6.66 

6.68 

208,319,412 

214,525,547 

223,148,335 

688,574 

1,075,602 

1,339,991 

209,007,986 

215,601,149 

224,488,326 

Earnings 

Allocated 

 to 

Common 

and 

Potential 

Common Shares 

 $ 

1,141.1 

 $ 

1,428.9 

 $ 

1,490.0 

Diluted 

 Net 

Income 

 Per 

Common Share 

5.46 

6.63 

6.64 

Note: For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, there were no common stock equivalents excluded in the computation of diluted net income per share. 

Note 18 – Revenue from Contracts with Clients 

Trust,  Investment,  and  Other  Servicing  Fees.  Custody  and  fund  administration  income  is  comprised  of  revenues 
received  from  our  core  asset  servicing  business  for  providing  custody,  fund  administration,  and  middle-office-related 
services,  primarily  to  C&IS  clients.  Investment  management  and  advisory  income  contains  revenue  received  from 
providing  asset  management  and  related  services  to  Wealth  Management  and  C&IS  clients  and  to  Northern  Trust 
sponsored  funds.  Securities  lending  income  represents  revenues  generated  from  securities  lending  arrangements  that 
Northern  Trust  enters  into  as  agent,  mainly  with  C&IS  clients.  Other  income  largely  consists  of  revenues  received  from 
providing employee benefit, investment risk and analytic and other services to C&IS and Wealth Management clients. 

Other Noninterest Income. Treasury management income represents revenues received from providing cash and liquidity 
management services to C&IS and Wealth Management clients. The portion of Security Commissions and Trading Income 
that relates to revenue from contracts with clients is primarily comprised of commissions earned from providing securities 
brokerage  services  to  Wealth  Management  and  C&IS  clients.  The  portion  of  Other  Operating  Income  that  relates  to 
revenue  from  contracts  with  clients  is  mainly  comprised  of  service  fees  for  banking-related  services  provided  to  Wealth 
Management and C&IS clients. 

Performance  Obligations.  Clients  are  typically  charged  monthly  or  quarterly  in  arrears  based  on  the  fee  arrangement 
agreed to with each client; payment terms will vary depending on the client and services offered. 

Substantially  all  revenues  generated  from  contracts  with  clients  for  asset  servicing,  asset  management,  securities 
lending, treasury management and banking-related services are recognized on an accrual basis, over the period in which 
services are provided. The nature of Northern Trust’s performance obligations is to provide a series of distinct services in 
which the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits of the promised services as they are performed. Fee 
arrangements  are  mainly  comprised  of  variable  amounts  based  on  market  value  of  client  assets  managed  and  serviced, 
transaction  volumes,  number  of  accounts,  and  securities  lending  volume  and  spreads.  Revenue  is  recognized  using  the 
output method in an amount that reflects the consideration to which Northern Trust expects to be entitled in exchange for 
providing each month or quarter of service. For contracts with multiple performance obligations, revenue is allocated to 
each performance obligation based on the price agreed to with the client, representing its relative standalone selling price. 

Security brokerage revenue is primarily represented by securities commissions received in exchange of providing trade 
execution  related  services.  Control  is  transferred  at  a  point  in  time,  on  the  trade  date  of  the  transaction,  and  fees  are 
typically variable based on transaction volumes and security types. 

136  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Northern Trust’s contracts with its clients are typically open-ended arrangements and are therefore considered to have 
an original duration of less than one year. Northern Trust has elected the practical expedient to not disclose the value of 
remaining performance obligations for contracts with an original expected duration of one year or less. 

The following table presents revenues disaggregated by major revenue source. 

TABLE 100: REVENUE DISAGGREGATION 

(In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

Trust, 

Investment 

and 

Other 

Servicing Fees 

Custody 

and 

Fund Administration 

Investment 

Management 

and Advisory 

Securities Lending 

Other 

Total 

Trust, 

Investment 

and 

Other 

Servicing Fees 

Other 

Noninterest Income 

Foreign 

Exchange 

Trading Income 

Treasury 

Management Fees 

Security 

Commissions 

and 

Trading Income 

Other 

Operating Income 

Investment 

Security 

Gains 

(Losses), net 

Total 

Other 

Noninterest Income 

Total 

Noninterest Income 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

1,674.3 

 $ 

1,636.4 

 $ 

2,029.3 

88.3 

203.1 

1,930.6 

87.7 

197.4 

1,589.1 

1,862.6 

102.8 

199.2 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

3,995.0 

 $ 

3,852.1 

 $ 

3,753.7 

290.4 

 $ 

250.9 

 $ 

45.4 

133.2 

194.0 

(0.4) 

44.5 

103.6 

145.5 

(1.4) 

662.6 

4,657.6 

 $ 

 $ 

543.1 

4,395.2 

 $ 

 $ 

307.2 

51.8 

98.3 

127.5 

(1.0) 

583.8 

4,337.5 

On  the  consolidated  statements  of  income,  Trust,  Investment  and  Other  Servicing  Fees  and  Treasury  Management  Fees 
represent revenue from contracts with clients. For the year ended December 31, 2020, revenue from contracts with clients 
also includes $102.4 million of the $133.2 million total Security Commissions and Trading Income and $42.8 million of 
the  $194.0  million  total  Other  Operating  Income.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019,  revenue  from  contracts  with 
clients also includes $87.1 million of the $103.6 million total Security Commissions and Trading Income and $41.8 million 
of the $145.5 million total Other Operating Income. For the year ended December 31, 2018, revenue from contracts with 
clients also includes $86.7 million of the $98.3 million total Security Commissions and Trading Income and $44.0 million 
of the $127.5 million total Other Operating Income. 

Receivables Balances. The following table represents receivables balances from contracts with clients, which are included 
in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets, at December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

TABLE 101: CLIENT RECEIVABLES 

(In Millions) 

Trust 

Fees 

Receivable, net(1) 

Other 

Total 

Client Receivables 

(1)  

Trust 

Fees 

Receivable 

 is 

 net 

 of 

 a 

$7.2 

million 

and 

$5.6 

million 

fee 

receivable 

allowance 

 as 

 of 

December 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

819.3 

 $ 

116.5 

935.8 

 $ 

2019 

801.9 

101.1 

903.0 

 $ 

 $ 

 31, 

2020 

and 

2019, respectively. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  137 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
       
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 19 – Net Interest Income 

The components of Net Interest Income were as follows: 

TABLE 102: NET INTEREST INCOME 

(In Millions) 

Interest Income 

Loans 

and Leases 

Securities 

 – Taxable 
 – Non-Taxable(1)

Interest-Bearing 

 Due 

from 

and 

Deposits 

Federal 

Reserve 

and 

Other 

Central 

Total 

Interest Income 

Interest Expense 

Deposits 

 with Banks(2)
Deposits 

Bank 

and Other 

Federal 

Funds Purchased 

Securities 

Sold 

under 

Agreements 

 to Repurchase 

Other Borrowings 

Senior Notes 

Long-Term Debt 

Floating 

 Rate 

Capital Debt 

Total 

Interest Expense 

 Net 

Interest Income 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

774.6 

 $ 

1,153.4 

 $ 

812.4 

 1.4 

22.4 

32.7 

1,070.7 

 3.8 

72.4 

199.6 

1,643.5 

 $ 

2,499.9 

 $ 

48.4 

 $ 

488.9 

 $ 

 2.2 

 1.0 

45.3 

72.7 

26.5 

 4.2 

25.9 

 6.4 

181.7 

72.6 

38.3 

 8.2 

1,098.8 

905.2 

 7.0 

70.0 

240.4 

2,321.4 

384.6 

50.3 

 7.8 

150.1 

53.4 

45.0 

 7.5 

200.3 

1,443.2 

 $ 

 $ 

822.0 

1,677.9 

 $ 

 $ 

698.7 

1,622.7 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

(1) Non-Taxable Securities represent securities that are exempt from U.S. federal income taxes. 
(2)  Interest-Bearing  Due  from  and  Deposits  with  Banks  includes  the  interest-bearing  component  of  Cash  and  Due  from  Banks  and  Interest-Bearing  Deposits  with  Banks  as 
presented on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Note 20 – Other Operating Income 

The components of Other Operating Income were as follows: 

TABLE 103: OTHER OPERATING INCOME 

(In Millions) 

Loan 

Service Fees 

Banking 

Service Fees 

Other Income 

Total 

Other 

Operating Income 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

52.5 

 $ 

46.1 

95.4 

2019 

48.0 

 $ 

45.6 

51.9 

2018 

48.9 

46.4 

32.2 

194.0 

 $ 

145.5 

 $ 

127.5 

 $ 

 $ 

Other  Operating  Income  in  2020  increased  from  2019,  primarily  due  to  higher  income  related  to  a  bank-owned  life 
insurance program implemented during 2019, a charge in the prior year related to the decision made to sell substantially all 
of the lease portfolio, and higher miscellaneous income. 

138  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 21 – Other Operating Expense 

The components of Other Operating Expense were as follows: 

TABLE 104: OTHER OPERATING EXPENSE 

(In Millions) 

Business Promotion 

Staff Related 

FDIC 

Insurance Premiums 

Other 

Intangibles Amortization 

Other Expenses 

Total 

Other 

Operating Expense 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

59.2 

 $ 

29.4 

11.8 

16.9 

229.4 

346.7 

 $ 

2019 

104.2 

 $ 

42.8 

 9.9 

16.6 

156.3 

329.8 

 $ 

2018 

98.3 

33.6 

27.4 

17.4 

153.9 

330.6 

 $ 

 $ 

Other Operating Expense in 2020 increased from 2019 primarily due to a $43.4 million charge related to a corporate action 
processing error as well as increases in mutual fund co-administration fees, partially offset by lower business promotion 
expense due to reduced business travel and lower staff-related expense. 

Note 22 – Income Taxes 

The following table reconciles the statutory federal tax rate with the effective tax rate for the periods presented below. 

TABLE 105: INCOME TAXES 

Statutory 

Federal 

 Tax Rate 

 Tax 

Exempt Income 

Foreign 

 Tax 

 Rate Differential 

Excess 

 Tax 

Benefit 

Related 

 to 

Share-Based Compensation 

 Tax Credits 

Reversal 

 of 

 Tax 

Benefits 

Previously 

Recognized through  Earnings 

State 

Taxes, net 

Impact 

 of 

 Tax 

 Cuts 

and 

Jobs Act 

Change 

 in 

Accounting Method 

Valuation Allowance 

Other 

Effective 

 Tax Rate 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

21.0 % 

2019 

21.0 % 

2018 

21.0 % 

(0.9) 

 0.7 

(0.6) 

(1.7) 

 1.6 

 3.2 

 — 

 — 

 1.6 

 0.8 

(0.6) 

 0.2 

(0.9) 

(1.0) 

 —

 2.8 

 — 

 — 

 1.5 

 0.2 

(0.4) 

(0.4) 

(0.9) 

(1.1) 

 — 

 3.4 

(0.2) 

(1.2) 

 — 

 0.3 

25.7 % 

23.2 % 

20.5 % 

Income  tax  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019  was  $418.3  million  and  $451.9  million, 
representing an effective tax rate of 25.7% and 23.2%, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the increase in 
the effective tax rate was primarily driven by $26.8 million of tax expense related to the reversal of tax benefits previously 
recognized through earnings and higher taxes payable on the income of the Corporation’s non-U.S. branches. 

For the year ended December 31, 2019, the provision for income taxes included an increase in the U.S. taxes payable 
on the income of the Corporation’s non-U.S. branches. This increase included a valuation allowance against deferred tax 
assets as management believes the foreign tax credit carryforward generated in 2019 will not be fully realized. 

For the year ended December 31, 2018, the provision for income taxes included income tax benefits recorded in 2018 
associated with the timing of tax deductions for software development-related expenses and the implementation of the Tax 
Cuts  and  Jobs  Act  (TCJA)  enacted  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017,  partially  offset  by  a  change  in  the  earnings  mix  in  tax 
jurisdictions in which the Corporation operates. 

For  tax  years  beginning  after  December  31,  2017,  the  TCJA  introduces  new  provisions  for  U.S.  taxation  of  certain 
Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI). Northern Trust has made the policy election to record any current year tax 
expense associated with GILTI in the period in which it is incurred. 

The Corporation files income tax returns in the U.S. federal, various state, and foreign jurisdictions. The Corporation is 
no longer subject to income tax examinations by U.S. federal authorities before 2013, U.S. state or local tax authorities for 
years before 2011, or non-U.S. tax authorities for years before 2013. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  139 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Included in Other Liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $22.4 million 
and  $25.3  million  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits,  respectively.  If  recognized,  the  amounts  would  reduce  2020  and  2019 
income tax expense by $20.7 million and $22.7 million, respectively. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount 
of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows. 

TABLE 106: UNRECOGNIZED TAX BENEFITS 

(In Millions) 

Balance 

 at 

January 1 

Additions 

for 

 Tax 

Positions 

Taken 

 in 

the 

Current Year 

Additions 

for 

 Tax 

Positions 

Taken 

 in 

Prior Years 

Reductions 

for 

 Tax 

Positions 

Taken 

 in 

Prior Years 

Reductions 

Resulting 

from 

Expiration 

 of Statutes 

Balance 

 at 

December 31 

 $ 

2020 

25.3 

 $ 

 0.9 

 0.4 

(4.2)   

 — 

2019 

21.9 

 $ 

 0.9 

 4.0 

(1.5)   

 — 

 $ 

22.4 

 $ 

25.3 

 $ 

2018 

27.7 

 0.5 

 1.7 

(7.8) 

(0.2) 

21.9 

It is possible that changes in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits could occur in the next 12 months due to changes 
in  judgment  related  to  recognition  or  measurement,  settlements  with  taxing  authorities,  or  expiration  of  statute  of 
limitations.  Management  does  not  believe  that  future  changes,  if  any,  would  have  a  material  effect  on  the  consolidated 
financial  position  or  liquidity  of  Northern  Trust,  although  they  could  have  a  material  effect  on  operating  results  for  a 
particular period. 

A provision for interest and penalties of $1.2 million, net of tax, was included in the Provision for Income Taxes for 
the year ended December 31, 2020. This compares to a benefit for interest and penalties of $1.3 million, net of tax, and a 
provision of $0.3 million, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of December 31, 
2020 and 2019, the liability for the potential payment of interest and penalties totaled $9.6 million and $8.4 million, net of 
tax, respectively. 

The components of the consolidated Provision for Income Taxes for each of the three years ended December 31 are 

as follows. 

TABLE 107: PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES 

(In Millions) 

Current 

 Tax Provision: 

Federal 

State 

Non-U.S. 

Total 

Deferred 

 Tax Provision: 

Federal 

State 

Non-U.S. 

Total 

Provision 

for 

Income Taxes 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

203.0 

 $ 

216.4 

 $ 

57.2 

141.7 

50.7 

150.5 

401.9 

 $ 

417.6 

 $ 

 8.8 

 $ 

16.5 

 $ 

 5.4 

 2.2 

16.4 

418.3 

 $ 

 $ 

16.5 

 1.3 

34.3 

451.9 

 $ 

 $ 

132.8 

95.4 

162.7 

390.9 

33.8 

(13.8) 

(9.5) 

10.5 

401.4 

In addition to the amounts shown above, tax charges and benefits have been recorded directly to Stockholders’ Equity for 
the following. 

TABLE 108: TAX CHARGES AND BENEFITS RECORDED DIRECTLY TO STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

(In Millions) 

 Tax 

Effect 

 of 

Other 

Comprehensive Income 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

 $ 

168.1 

 $ 

2019 

88.9 

 $ 

2018 

25.7 

Deferred  taxes  result  from  temporary  differences  between  the  amounts  reported  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements 
and the tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities have been computed as follows. 

140  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 109: NET DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES 

(In Millions) 

Deferred 

 Tax Liabilities: 

Lease Financing 

Software Development 

Accumulated Depreciation 

Compensation 

and Benefits 

State 

Taxes, net 

Other Liabilities 

Gross 

Deferred 

 Tax Liabilities 

Deferred 

 Tax Assets: 

Allowance 

for 

Credit Losses 

Other Assets 

Gross 

Deferred 

 Tax Assets 

Valuation Reserve 

Deferred 

 Tax 

Assets, 

 net 

 of 

Valuation Reserve 

 Net 

Deferred 

 Tax Liabilities 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

 $ 

 9.0 

 $ 

268.1 

99.7 

31.0 

67.4 

372.6 

847.8 

54.5 

139.8 

194.3 

(55.2) 

139.1 

 $ 

708.7 

 $ 

36.9 

249.4 

99.8 

 8.3 

66.4 

206.7 

667.5 

26.1 

147.0 

173.1 

(29.8) 

143.3 

524.2 

Northern Trust had various state net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. The income tax 
benefits  associated  with  these  loss  carryforwards  were  approximately  $0.5  million  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  $1.0 
million as of December 31, 2019. A valuation allowance related to the loss carryforwards of $0.5 million and $0.3 million 
was recorded at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, as management believes the net operating losses will not be 
fully realized. 

The  Corporation  generated  a  foreign  tax  credit  carryforward  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019, 
expiring  in  2030  and  2029,  respectively.  A  valuation  allowance  related  to  the  credit  carryforward  of  $25.3  million  and 
$29.5 million was recorded at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, as management believes the foreign tax credit 
carryforwards will not be fully realized. 

Note 23 – Employee Benefits 

The  Corporation  and  certain  of  its  subsidiaries  provide  various  benefit  programs,  including  defined  benefit  pension, 
postretirement  health  care,  and  defined  contribution  plans.  A  description  of  each  major  plan  and  related  disclosures  are 
provided below. 

Pension. A noncontributory qualified defined benefit pension plan covers substantially all U.S. employees of Northern 
Trust. Employees of certain European subsidiaries retain benefits in local defined benefit plans, although those plans are 
closed to new participants and to future benefit accruals. Employees continue to accrue benefits under the Swiss pension 
plan, which is accounted for as a defined benefit plan under U.S. GAAP. 

Northern Trust also maintains a noncontributory supplemental pension plan for participants whose retirement benefits 
under  the  U.S.  Qualified  Plan  are  expected  to  exceed  the  limits  imposed  by  federal  tax  law.  Northern  Trust  has  a 
nonqualified trust, referred to as a “Rabbi” Trust, used to hold assets designated for the funding of benefits in excess of 
those permitted in certain of its qualified retirement plans. This arrangement offers participants a degree of assurance for 
payment of benefits in excess of those permitted in the related qualified plans. As the “Rabbi” Trust assets remain subject 
to  the  claims  of  creditors  and  are  not  the  property  of  the  employees,  they  are  accounted  for  as  corporate  assets  and  are 
included in Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Total assets in the “Rabbi” Trust related to the nonqualified 
pension plan at December 31, 2020 and 2019 amounted to $137.5 million and $128.8 million, respectively. Contributions 
of $10.6 million and $3.0 million were made to the “Rabbi” Trust in 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

The  following  tables  set  forth  the  status,  amounts  included  in  AOCI,  and  net  periodic  pension  expense  of  the  U.S. 
Qualified  Plan,  Non-U.S.  Pension  Plans,  and  U.S.  Non-Qualified  Plan  for  2020,  2019,  and  2018.  Prior  service  costs  are 
being amortized on a straight-line basis over 11 years for the U.S. Qualified Plan and 10 years for the U.S. Non-Qualified 
Plan of which approximately one year was remaining as of December 31, 2020 for both the U.S. Qualified Plan and the 
U.S. Non-Qualified Plan. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  141 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE  110:  EMPLOYEE  BENEFIT  PLAN  STATUS  

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Accumulated 

Benefit Obligation 

Projected 

Benefit Obligation 

Plan 

Assets 

 at 

 Fair Value 

Funded 

Status 

 at 

December 31 

Weighted-Average Assumptions: 

Discount Rates 

 U.S. 

QUALIFIED PLAN 

NON-U.S. 

PENSION PLANS 

 U.S. 

NON-QUALIFIED PLAN 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

 $ 

1,312.9 

 $ 

1,470.6 

1,793.7 

 $ 

 $ 

1,181.9 

1,323.4 

1,601.2 

 $ 

 $ 

228.5 

236.1 

211.5 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

204.7 

211.1 

190.1 

139.8 

162.3 

 — 

 $ 

 $ 

131.5 

149.2 

 — 

 $ 

323.1 

 $ 

277.8 

 $ 

(24.6) 

 $ 

(21.0) 

 $ 

(162.3) 

 $ 

(149.2) 

2.75 % 

3.37 % 

0.93 % 

1.40 % 

2.45 % 

3.37 % 

 Rate 

 of 

Increase 

 in 

Compensation Level 

Expected 

Long-Term 

 Rate 

 of 

Return 

 on Assets 

4.97 

5.25 

4.97 

5.25 

1.50 

1.28 

1.50 

1.72 

4.97 

N/A 

4.97 

N/A 

TABLE  111:  AMOUNTS  INCLUDED  IN  ACCUMULATED  OTHER  COMPREHENSIVE  INCOME  

(In Millions) 

 Net 

Actuarial Loss 

Prior 

Service 

(Benefit) Cost 

Amount 

 in 

Gross 
Income 

Accumulated 

Other 

Comprehensive

Income 

 Tax Effect 

Amount 

 Net 
Income 

 in 

Accumulated 

Other 

Comprehensive

TABLE  112:  NET  PERIODIC  PENSION  EXPENSE  

 U.S. 

QUALIFIED PLAN 

NON-U.S. 

PENSION PLANS 

 U.S. 

NON-QUALIFIED PLAN 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

 $ 

332.4 

 $ 

426.7 

 $ 

49.0 

 $ 

46.5 

 $ 

96.3 

 $ 

(0.6)   

(1.0)   

331.8 

82.1 

425.7 

105.7 

 2.2 

51.2 

 6.4 

 3.0 

49.5 

 6.2 

 0.1 

96.4 

23.9 

2019 

82.5 

 0.2 

82.7 

20.4 

 $ 

249.7 

 $ 

320.0 

 $ 

44.8 

 $ 

43.3 

 $ 

72.5 

 $ 

62.3 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost 

Expected 

Return 

 on 

Plan Assets 

Settlement Expense 

Amortization: 

 Net 

Actuarial Loss 

Prior 

Service 

(Benefit) Cost 

 U.S. 

QUALIFIED PLAN 

NON-U.S. 

PENSION PLANS 

 U.S. 

NON-QUALIFIED PLAN 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

47.4 

 $ 

41.6 

 $ 

41.4 

 $ 

43.3 

(76.8) 

 — 

35.0 

(0.4) 

47.2 

(86.9) 

44.3 

(88.2) 

 —  

 — 

17.2 

(0.4) 

28.2 

(0.4) 

 1.9 

 2.9 

(3.1) 

 0.8 

 0.8 

 0.4 

 3.7 

 $ 

 $ 

 2.0 

 3.9 

(4.4) 

 — 

 0.6 

 0.3 

 2.4 

 $ 

 $ 

 1.7 

 4.0 

(4.4) 

 0.5 

 0.9 

 0.2 

 2.9 

 $ 

 4.6 

 4.8 

 — 

 — 

 7.0 

 0.2 

 $ 

 $ 

 4.1 

 5.8 

 — 

 —  

 5.6 

 0.2 

 4.3 

 5.3 

N/A 

 — 

 7.4 

 0.2 

 $ 

16.6 

 $ 

15.7 

 $ 

17.2 

 Net 

Periodic 

Pension Expense 

 $ 

48.5 

 $ 

18.7 

 $ 

25.3 

 $ 

Weighted-Average Assumptions: 

Discount Rates 

3.37 % 

4.47 % 

3.79 % 

1.40 % 

2.16 % 

2.08 % 

3.37 % 

4.47 % 

3.79 % 

 of 

 Rate 
Level 

Increase 

 in 

Compensation

4.97 

4.39 

4.39 

1.50 

1.75 

1.75 

4.97 

4.39 

4.39 

Expected 
Return 

 on Assets 

Long-Term 

 Rate 

 of

5.25 

6.00 

6.00 

1.72 

2.39 

2.61 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

The   components   of   net   periodic   pension   expense   are   included   in   Employee   Benefits   expense   on   the   consolidated  
statements  of  income. 

142  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE  113:  CHANGE  IN  PROJECTED  BENEFIT  OBLIGATION 

 U.S. 

QUALIFIED PLAN 

NON-U.S. 

PENSION PLANS 

 U.S. 

NON-QUALIFIED PLAN 

(In Millions) 

Beginning Balance 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost 

Employee Contributions 

Plan Amendment 

Actuarial 

Loss 

(Gain) 

Settlement 

Benefits Paid 

Foreign 

Exchange 

 Rate Changes 

2020 

2019 

2020 

2019 

2020 

 $ 

1,323.4 

 $ 

1,092.0 

 $ 

211.1 

 $ 

183.5 

 $ 

149.2 

 $ 

47.4 

43.3 

 — 

 — 

136.5 

 — 

(80.0)   

 — 

41.6 

47.2 

 — 

 — 

213.3 

 — 

(70.7)   

 — 

 1.9 

 2.9 

 0.6 

(0.5)   

19.1 

(5.4)   

(4.1)   

10.5 

 2.0 

 3.9 

 0.6 

(0.4)   

20.9 

 — 

(3.6)   

 4.2 

 4.6 

 4.8 

 — 

 — 

20.4 

 — 

(16.7)   

 — 

Ending Balance 

 $ 

1,470.6 

 $ 

1,323.4 

 $ 

236.1 

 $ 

211.1 

 $ 

162.3 

 $ 

2019 

135.6 

 4.1 

 5.8 

 — 

 — 

22.0 

 — 

(18.3) 

 — 

149.2 

Actuarial  losses  of  $176.0  million  and  $256.2  million  in  2020  and  2019,  respectively,  were  primarily  caused  by  decreases  
in  discount  rates. 

TABLE  114:  ESTIMATED  FUTURE  BENEFIT  PAYMENTS 

(In Millions) 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026-2030 

TABLE  115:  CHANGE  IN  PLAN  ASSETS  

 U.S. 

QUALIFIED PLAN 

NON-U.S.PENSION PLANS 

 U.S. 

NON-QUALIFIED PLAN 

 $ 

86.8 

 $ 

 4.4 

 $ 

88.9 

96.3 

96.4 

98.6 

495.5 

 4.3 

 4.8 

 5.0 

 5.0 

32.4 

18.0 

20.0 

18.2 

11.6 

12.7 

62.0 

 U.S. 

QUALIFIED PLAN 

NON-U.S 

PENSION PLANS 

(In Millions) 

2020 

2019 

2020 

 Fair 

Value 

 of 

Assets 

 at 

Beginning 

 of Period 

 $ 

1,601.2 

 $ 

1,380.1 

 $ 

190.1 

 $ 

Actual 

Return 

 on Assets 

Employer Contributions 

Employee Contributions 

Settlement 

Benefits Paid 

Foreign 

Exchange 

 Rate Changes 

 Fair 

Value 

 of 

Assets 

 at 

 End 

 of Period 

272.5 

291.8 

 — 

 — 

 — 

(80.0)   

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

(70.7)   

 — 

17.9 

 5.0 

 0.6 

(5.4)   

(4.1)   

 7.4 

 $ 

1,793.7 

 $ 

1,601.2 

 $ 

211.5 

 $ 

2019 

166.7 

18.6 

 3.1 

 0.6 

 — 

(3.6) 

 4.7 

190.1 

The  minimum  required  and  maximum  remaining  deductible  contributions  for  the  U.S.  Qualified  Plan  in  2021  are  estimated  
to  be  zero  and  $255.0  million,  respectively. 

During   2017,   the   investment   strategy   employed   for   Northern   Trust’s   U.S.   Qualified   Plan   was   changed   to   utilize   a  
dynamic  glide  path  based  on  a  set  of  pre-approved  asset  allocations  to  return-seeking  and  liability-hedging  assets  that  vary  
in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  Qualified  Plan’s  projected  benefit  obligation  funded  ratio.  In  2020,  the  glide  path  was  adjusted  
to  allow  for  a  greater  component  of  return-seeking  investments. 

In   general,   as   the   U.S.   Qualified   Plan’s   projected   benefit   obligation   funded   ratio   increases   beyond   an   established  
threshold,  the  U.S.  Qualified  Plan’s  allocation  to  liability-hedging  assets  will  increase  while  the  allocation  to  return-seeking  
assets  will  decrease.  Conversely,  a  decrease  in  the  U.S.  Qualified  Plan’s  projected  benefit  obligation  funded  ratio  beyond  
an   established   threshold   will   result   in   a   decrease   in   the   U.S.   Qualified   Plan’s   allocation   to   liability-hedging   assets   and  
increase   in   the   allocation   to   return-seeking   assets.   Liability-hedging   assets   include   U.S.   long   credit   bonds,   U.S.   long  
government  bonds,  and  a  custom  completion  strategy  used  to  hedge  more  closely  the  liability  duration  of  projected  plan  
benefits  with  bond  duration  across  all  durations.  Return-seeking  assets  include:  U.S.  equity,  international  developed  equity,  
emerging   markets   equity,   real   estate,   high   yield   bonds,   global   listed   infrastructure,   emerging   market   debt,   private   equity  
and  hedge  funds. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  143 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Northern Trust utilizes an asset/liability methodology to determine the investment policies that will best meet its short 
and  long-term  objectives.  The  process  is  performed  by  modeling  current  and  alternative  strategies  for  asset  allocation, 
funding policy and actuarial methods and assumptions. The financial modeling uses projections of expected capital market 
returns  and  expected  volatility  of  those  returns  to  determine  alternative  asset  mixes  having  the  greatest  probability  of 
meeting the U.S. Qualified Plan’s investment objectives. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of the 
U.S. Qualified Plan liabilities, funded status, and corporate financial condition. The intent of this strategy is to protect the 
U.S.  Qualified  Plan’s  healthy  funded  status  and  generate  returns,  which  in  combination  with  minimal  voluntary 
contributions are expected to outpace the U.S. Qualified Plan’s liability growth over the long run. 

The target allocation of the U.S. Qualified Plan assets had been adjusted in August 2020 and consists of 45% U.S. long 
credit bonds, 20% global equities (developed and emerging markets), 10% custom completion, 5% high yield bonds, 5% 
private equity, 4% emerging market debt, 4% global listed infrastructure, 4% private real estate, and 3% hedge funds. 

Global  equity  investments  include  common  stocks  that  are  listed  on  an  exchange  and  investments  in  commingled 
funds that invest primarily in publicly traded equities. Equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks 
and  divided  by  investment  style  and  market  capitalization.  Fixed  income  securities  held  include  U.S.  treasury  securities, 
corporate bonds, and investments in commingled funds that invest in a diversified blend of longer duration fixed income 
securities; the custom completion strategy uses U.S. treasury securities and interest rate futures (or similar instruments) to 
align more closely with the target hedge ratio across maturities. Diversifying investments, including private equity, hedge 
funds, private real estate, emerging market debt, high yield bonds, and global listed infrastructure, are used judiciously to 
enhance long-term returns while improving portfolio diversification. Private equity assets consist primarily of investments 
in limited partnerships that invest in individual companies in the form of non-public equity or non-public debt positions. 
Direct  or  co-investment  in  non-public  stock  by  the  U.S.  Qualified  Plan  is  prohibited.  The  U.S.  Qualified  Plan’s  private 
equity investments are limited to 20% of each of the total limited partnership or fund of funds and the maximum allowable 
loss cannot exceed the commitment amount. The U.S. Qualified Plan invests in one hedge fund of funds, which invests, 
either directly or indirectly, in diversified portfolios of funds or other pooled investment vehicles. 

Investments in private real estate, high yield bonds, emerging market debt, and global listed infrastructure are designed 

to provide income and added diversification. 

Derivatives may be used, depending on the nature of the asset class to which they relate, to gain market exposure in an 
efficient and timely manner, to hedge foreign currency exposure or interest rate risk, or to alter the duration of a portfolio. 
There were five derivatives held by the U.S. Qualified Plan at December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

Investment  risk  is  measured  and  monitored  on  an  ongoing  basis  through  monthly  liability  measurements,  periodic 
asset/liability  studies,  and  quarterly  investment  portfolio  reviews.  Standards  used  to  evaluate  the  U.S.  Qualified  Plan’s 
investment manager performance include, but are not limited to, the achievement of objectives, operation within guidelines 
and policy, and comparison against a relative benchmark. In addition, each manager of the investment funds held by the 
U.S. Qualified Plan is ranked against a universe of peers and compared to a relative benchmark. Total U.S. Qualified Plan 
performance  analysis  includes  an  analysis  of  the  market  environment,  asset  allocation  impact  on  performance,  risk  and 
return relative to other ERISA plans, and manager impacts upon U.S. Qualified Plan performance. 

The following describes the hierarchy of inputs used to measure fair value and the primary valuation methodologies 

used by Northern Trust for the U.S. Qualified Plan assets measured at fair value. 

Level 1 – Quoted, active market prices for identical assets or liabilities. The U.S. Qualified Plan’s Level 1 assets are 
comprised of a mutual fund and domestic common stocks. The U.S. Qualified Plan’s Level 1 investments that are exchange 
traded are valued at the closing price reported by the respective exchanges on the day of valuation. 

Level  2  –  Observable  inputs  other  than  Level  1  prices,  such  as  quoted  active  market  prices  for  similar  assets  or 
liabilities,  quoted  prices  for  identical  or  similar  assets  in  inactive  markets,  and  model-derived  valuations  in  which  all 
significant  inputs  are  observable  in  active  markets.  The  U.S.  Qualified  Plan’s  Level  2  assets  are  comprised  of  U.S. 
government obligations and collective trust funds. The investments in collective trust funds fair values are calculated on a 
scheduled basis using the closing market prices and accruals of securities in the funds (total value of the funds) divided by 
the number of fund shares currently issued and outstanding. Redemptions of the collective trust funds occur by contract at 
the respective fund’s redemption date net asset value (NAV). 

Level 3 – Valuation techniques in which one or more significant inputs are unobservable in the marketplace. The 

U.S. Qualified Plan did not hold Level 3 assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

Assets valued at fair value using NAV per share - The U.S. Qualified Plan’s assets valued at fair value using NAV 
per share include investments in private equity funds and a hedge fund, which invest in underlying groups of investment 
funds or other pooled investment vehicles that are selected by the respective funds’ investment managers. The investment 
funds and the underlying investments held by these investment funds are valued at fair value. In determining the fair value 
of  the  underlying  investments  of  each  fund,  the  fund’s  investment  manager  or  general  partner  takes  into  account  the 
estimated value reported by the underlying funds as well as any other considerations that may, in their judgment, increase 
or decrease such estimated value. The investments in the private equity funds and a hedge fund are considered to be long-

144  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

term investments. There are no capital withdrawal options related to the investments in the private equity funds. However, 
capital  is  occasionally  distributed  as  underlying  investments  are  sold.  It  is  estimated  that  the  current  private  equity 
investments  would  be  liquidated  over  1  year  to  8  years.  The  Plan’s  investment  in  the  hedge  fund  can  be  withdrawn 
quarterly, after a sixty days notice period. 

The U.S. Qualified Plan’s assets valued at fair value using NAV per share also include investments in real estate funds, 
which invest in real estate assets. The investment in properties by the real estate funds are carried at fair value, which is 
estimated  based  on  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  marketplace 
participants at the measurement date. The valuation plan for each real estate investment is subject to review on an annual 
basis which is based on either an external appraisal from appraisal firms or internal valuations prepared by the real estate 
fund’s investment advisor. The Plan’s investment in real estate funds are considered to be long-term investments and can 
be withdrawn quarterly to the extent the real estate funds have liquid assets, after a forty-five days notice period. 

As investments in the private equity funds, hedge fund, and real estate fund  are valued at fair value using NAV per 

share, they are not required to be categorized within the fair value hierarchy. 

While Northern Trust believes its valuation methods for U.S. Qualified Plan assets are appropriate and consistent with 
other  market  participants,  the  use  of  different  methodologies  or  assumptions  could  have  a  material  effect  on  the 
computation of the estimated fair values. 

The following table presents the fair values of Northern Trust’s U.S. Qualified Plan assets, by major asset category, 

and their level within the fair value hierarchy defined by GAAP as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

TABLE 116: FAIR VALUE OF U.S. QUALIFIED PLAN ASSETS 

(In Millions) 

Domestic Common Stock 

Domestic Corporate Bonds 

Foreign Corporate Bonds 

U.S. Government Obligations 

Non-U.S. Government Obligations 

Domestic Municipal and Provincial Bonds 

Foreign Municipal and Provincial Bonds 

Collective Trust Funds 

Mutual Funds 

Cash and Other 

DECEMBER 31, 2020 

LEVEL 1 

LEVEL 2 

LEVEL 3 

TOTAL 

$ 

13.5  $ 

—  $ 

—  $ 

— 

— 

2.9 

— 

— 

— 

— 

167.0 

7.5 

314.4 

43.6 

113.1 

22.9 

22.4 

0.3 

985.5 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

13.5 

314.4 

43.6 

116.0 

22.9 

22.4 

0.3 

985.5 

167.0 

7.5 

Total Assets at Fair Value in the Fair Value Hierarchy 

$ 

190.9  $ 

1,502.2  $ 

—  $ 

1,693.1 

Assets Valued at NAV per share 

Northern Trust Private Equity Funds 

Northern Trust Hedge Fund 

Real Estate Funds 

Total Assets at Fair Value 

20.3 

34.2 

46.1 

$ 

1,793.7 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  145 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(In Millions) 

Domestic 

Common Stock 

Domestic 

Corporate Bonds 

Foreign 

Corporate Bonds 

 U.S. 

Government Obligations 

Non-U.S. 

Government Obligations 

Domestic 

Municipal 

and 

Provincial Bonds 

Foreign 

Municipal 

and 

Provincial Bonds 

Collective 

Trust Funds 

Mutual Funds 

 Cash 

and Other 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

LEVEL 1 

LEVEL 2 

LEVEL 3 

TOTAL 

 $ 

12.3 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

112.8 

 2.6 

254.6 

45.0 

168.3 

18.8 

23.1 

 0.3 

866.6 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

12.3 

254.6 

45.0 

168.3 

18.8 

23.1 

 0.3 

866.6 

112.8 

 2.6 

Total 

Assets 

 at 

 Fair 

Value 

 in 

the 

 Fair 

Value 

Hierarchy 

 $ 

127.7 

 $ 

1,376.7 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

1,504.4 

Assets 

Valued 

 at 

NAV 

 per share 

Northern 

Trust 

Private 

Equity Funds 

Northern 

Trust 

Hedge Fund 

 Real 

Estate Funds 

Total 

Assets 

 at 

 Fair Value 

20.3 

30.2 

46.3 

 $ 

1,601.2 

A building block approach is employed for Northern Trust’s U.S. Qualified Plan in determining the long-term rate of return 
for  plan  assets.  Historical  markets  and  long-term  historical  relationships  between  equities,  fixed  income  and  other  asset 
classes are studied using the widely accepted capital market principle that assets with higher volatility generate a greater 
return over the long-run. Current market factors such as inflation expectations and interest rates are evaluated before long-
term  capital  market  assumptions  are  determined.  The  long-term  portfolio  rate  of  return  is  established  with  consideration 
given to diversification and rebalancing. The rate is reviewed against peer data and historical returns to verify the return is 
reasonable and appropriate. Based on this approach and the U.S. Qualified Plan’s target asset allocation, the expected long-
term rate of return on assets as of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s December 31, 2020 measurement date was set at 5.25%. 

Postretirement  Health  Care.  Northern  Trust  maintains  an  unfunded  postretirement  health  care  plan  under  which 
those employees who retire at age 55 or older under the provisions of the U.S. defined benefit plan and had attained 15 
years  of  service  as  of  December  31,  2011  may  be  eligible  for  subsidized  postretirement  health  care  coverage.  The 
provisions of this health care plan may be changed further at the discretion of Northern Trust, which also reserves the right 
to terminate these benefits at any time. 

Northern Trust changed the plan design of its post-retirement health care plan as of January 1, 2021, which resulted in 
the recognition of negative prior-service cost of $12.7 million at the time these changes were communicated to participants 
in August 2020. Concurrently, a further shift in population from active to inactive participants required an adjustment to 
the amortization period from the average remaining service period of active participants to the average life expectancy of 
the inactive participants. The change in plan design and amortization period resulted in a decrease of the benefit obligation 
and 2020 benefit expense at the time of recognition by $12.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively. Negative prior service 
costs are being amortized on a straight-line basis over 13.9 years. 

The  following  tables  set  forth  the  postretirement  health  care  plan  status  and  amounts  included  in  AOCI  at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, the net periodic postretirement benefit cost of the plan for 2020 and 2019, and the change in 
the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation during 2020 and 2019. 

TABLE 117: POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH CARE PLAN STATUS 

(In Millions) 

Accumulated 

Postretirement 

Benefit 

Obligation 

 at 

Measurement Date: 

Retirees 

and Dependents 

Actives 

Eligible 

for Benefits 

 Net 

Postretirement 

Benefit Obligation 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

 $ 

 $ 

13.2 

 $ 

 2.5 

15.7 

 $ 

25.2 

 3.6 

28.8 

146  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE  118:  AMOUNTS  INCLUDED  IN  ACCUMULATED  OTHER  COMPREHENSIVE  INCOME  

(In Millions) 

 Net 

Actuarial 

(Gain) 

Loss 

Prior 

Service Cost 

Gross 

Amount 

 in 

Accumulated 

Other 

Comprehensive Income 

Income 

 Tax Effect 

 $ 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

(4.9) 

 $ 

(12.4)   

(17.3)   

(4.3)   

 Net 

Amount 

 in 

Accumulated 

Other 

Comprehensive Income 

 $ 

(13.0) 

 $ 

TABLE  119:  NET  PERIODIC  POSTRETIREMENT  EXPENSE  (BENEFIT)  

(In Millions) 

Service Cost 
Interest Cost 
Expected 
Amortization 

Return 

 on 

Plan Assets 

 Net Gain 
Prior 
Periodic 

Service Benefit 

 Net 

Postretirement Expense 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

 $

 $ 

 $ 

2020 
 — 
 0.7 
 — 

(0.6)   
(0.3)   
 $ 
(0.2) 

2019 

 —  $ 
 1.2 
 —  

(1.1)   
 —  
 $ 
 0.1 

2019 

(5.4) 

 — 

(5.4) 

(1.4) 

(4.0) 

2018 
 — 
 1.3 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 1.3 

TABLE  120:  CHANGE  IN  ACCUMULATED  POSTRETIREMENT  BENEFIT  OBLIGATION  

(In Millions) 

Beginning Balance 

Service Cost 

Interest Cost 

Plan Amendment 

Actuarial  

Loss (Gain) 

 Net 

Claims Paid 

Ending Balance 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

 $ 

 $ 

2020 

28.8 

 $ 

 — 

 0.7 

(12.7)   

(0.1)   

(1.0)   

15.7 

 $ 

2019 

28.1 

 — 

 1.2 

 — 

 0.2 

(0.7) 

28.8 

Northern  Trust  uses  the  aggregate  Pri-2012  mortality  table  with  a  2012  base  year  and  proposed  future  improvements  under  
scale   MP-2020,   as   released   by   the   Society   of   Actuaries   in   October   2020.   The   assumption   for   future   mortality  
improvements  was  updated  at  December  31,  2020  from  the  prior  year’s  improvement  scale  MP-2019. 

TABLE  121:  ESTIMATED  FUTURE  BENEFIT  PAYMENTS  

(In Millions) 

2021 

2022 

2023 

2024 

2025 

2026-2030 

TOTAL 
POSTRETIREMENT 
MEDICAL 
BENEFITS 

 $ 

 1.7 

 1.5 

 1.4 

 1.3 

 1.2 

 5.1 

weighted average discount rate used in determining the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 2.16% at
The 
December  31,  2020,  and  3.37%  at  December  31,  2019.  For  measurement  purposes,  a  5.75%  annual  increase  in  the  cost  of  
pre-age   65   medical   benefits   and   post-age   65   medical   benefits   were   assumed   for   2020.   For   drug   claims,   a   7.50%   annual  
increase  in  cost  was  assumed  for  2020.  These  rates  are  both  assumed  to  gradually  decrease  until  they  reach  4.50%  in  2027.  
The  health  care  cost  trend  rate  assumption  has  an  effect  on  the  amounts  reported. 

Defined   Contribution   Plans.   The  Corporation   and   its   subsidiaries   maintain   various   defined   contribution   plans   covering  
substantially  all  employees.  The  Corporation’s  contribution  to  the  U.S.  plan  and  to  certain  European-based  plans  includes  a  

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  147 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

matching component. The expense associated with defined contribution plans is charged to Employee Benefits and totaled 
$62.9 million in 2020, $57.6 million in 2019, and $54.4 million in 2018. 

Note 24 – Share-Based Compensation Plans 

Northern  Trust  recognizes  expense  for  the  grant-date  fair  value  of  share-based  compensation  granted  to  employees  and 
non-employee directors. 

Total compensation expense for share-based payment arrangements to employees and the associated tax impacts were 

as follows for the periods presented. 

TABLE 122: TOTAL COMPENSATION EXPENSE FOR SHARE-BASED PAYMENT ARRANGEMENTS TO EMPLOYEES 

(In Millions) 

Restricted 

Stock 

 Unit Awards 

Stock Options 

Performance 

Stock Units 

Total 

Share-Based 

Compensation Expense 

 Tax 

Benefits Recognized 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

78.1 

 $ 

 0.5 

12.8 

91.4 

22.9 

 $ 

 $ 

2019 

81.4 

 $ 

 1.4 

25.1 

107.9 

26.7 

 $ 

 $ 

2018 

96.3 

 2.6 

32.0 

130.9 

32.5 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

As  of  December  31,  2020,  there  was  $70.8  million  of  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  unvested  share-based 
compensation arrangements granted under the Corporation’s share-based compensation plans. That cost is expected to be 
recognized as expense over a weighted-average period of approximately two years. 

The Northern Trust Corporation 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan (2017 Plan) is administered by the Compensation and 
Benefits Committee (Committee) of the Board of Directors. All employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries and all 
directors of the Corporation are eligible to receive awards under the 2017 Plan. The 2017 Plan provides for the grant of 
non-qualified and incentive stock options; tandem and free-standing stock appreciation rights; stock awards in the form of 
restricted stock, restricted stock units and other stock awards; and performance awards. 

Beginning with grants made on February 21, 2017 under the Northern Trust Corporation 2012 Stock Plan (2012 Plan), 
restricted stock unit and performance stock unit grants continue to vest in accordance with the original terms of the award if 
the applicable employee retires after satisfying applicable age and service requirements. For all applicable periods, stock 
option grants continue to vest in accordance with the original terms of the award if the employee meets applicable age and 
service requirements upon separation from service. 

Grants are outstanding under the 2017 Plan, the 2012 Plan, and the Amended and Restated Northern Trust Corporation 
2002 Stock Plan (2002 Plan). The 2017 Plan was approved by stockholders in April 2017. Upon approval of the 2017 Plan, 
no  additional  shares  have  been  or  will  be  granted  under  the  2012  Plan  or  2002  Plan.  The  total  number  of  shares  of  the 
Corporation’s  common  stock  authorized  for  issuance  under  the  2017  Plan  is  20,000,000  plus  shares  forfeited  under  the 
2012 Plan and 2002 Plan. As of December 31, 2020, shares available for future grant under the 2017 Plan, including shares 
forfeited under the 2012 Plan and 2002 Plan, totaled 17,168,019. 

The  following  describes  Northern  Trust’s  share-based  payment  arrangements  and  applies  to  awards  under  the  2017 

Plan, 2012 Plan and the 2002 Plan, as applicable. 

Stock Options. Stock options consist of options to purchase common stock at prices not less than 100% of the fair 
value thereof on the date the options are granted. Options have a maximum 10 years life and generally vest and become 
exercisable in 1 year to 4 years after the date of grant. All options terminate at such time as determined by the Committee 
and as provided in the terms and conditions of the respective option grants. There were no options granted during the years 
ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. 

148  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  following  table  provides  information  about  stock  options  granted,  vested,  and  exercised  in  the  years  ended 

December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. 

TABLE 123: STOCK OPTIONS GRANTED, VESTED, AND EXERCISED 

(In 

Millions, 

Except 

 Per 

Share Information) 

Grant-Date 

 Fair 

Value 

 of 

Stock 

Options Vested 

Stock 

Options Exercised 

Intrinsic 

Value 

 as 

 of 

Exercise Date 

 Cash Received 

 Tax 

Deduction 

Benefits Realized 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

 $ 

2020 

 4.5 

 $ 

2019 

 6.6 

 $ 

13.6 

19.5 

13.4 

35.4 

44.0 

35.2 

2018 

 8.1 

28.5 

32.6 

27.7 

The following is a summary of changes in nonvested stock options for the year ended December 31, 2020. 

TABLE 124: CHANGES IN NONVESTED STOCK OPTIONS 

NONVESTED OPTIONS 

Nonvested 

 at 

December 

 31, 2019 

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited 

 or Cancelled 

Nonvested 

 at 

December 

 31, 2020 

WEIGHTED- AVERAGE 
GRANT-DATE 
VALUE 
PER SHARE 

FAIR 

17.45 

 — 

16.71 

 — 

19.18 

SHARES 

384,939 

 $ 

— 

(270,110)   

— 

114,829 

 $ 

A summary of the status of stock options at December 31, 2020, and changes during the year then ended, are presented in 
the following table. 

TABLE 125: STATUS OF STOCK OPTIONS AND CHANGES 

 ($ 

 In 

Millions 

Except 

 Per 

Share Information) 

Options 

Outstanding, 

December 

 31, 2019 

Granted 

Exercised 

Forfeited, 

Expired 

 or Cancelled 

Options 

Outstanding, 

December 

 31, 2020 

Options  

Exercisable, 

December 

 31, 2020 

SHARES 

1,696,936 

 $ 

 — 

(344,686)   

(2,325)   

1,349,925 

1,235,096 

 $ 

 $ 

WEIGHTED 

EXERCISE 

AVERAGE 
PRICE 
PER SHARE 

WEIGHTED 

AVERAGE 
REMAINING 
CONTRACTUAL 
TERM (YEARS) 

AGGREGATE 
INTRINSIC VALUE 

64.77 

 — 

56.65 

49.54 

66.87 

64.90 

3.3 

 $ 

3.2 

 $ 

35.5 

34.9 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards. Restricted stock unit awards may be granted to participants which entitle them to receive a 
payment  in  the  Corporation’s  common  stock  or  cash  and  such  other  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Committee  deems 
appropriate. Each restricted stock unit provides the recipient the opportunity to receive one share of stock for each stock 
unit that vests. The restricted stock units granted in 2020 predominately vest at a rate equal to 25% each year for four years 
on  the  anniversary  of  the  first  day  of  the  month  following  the  month  in  which  the  grant  date  falls.  Restricted  stock  unit 
grants totaled 772,848, 855,112, and 815,314, with weighted average grant-date fair values of $99.58, $91.89, and $103.74 
per  share,  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2019,  and  2018,  respectively.  The  total  fair  value  of  restricted  stock 
units  vested  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2019,  and  2018,  was  $100.2  million,  $89.3  million,  and  $66.4 
million, respectively. 

A  summary  of  the  status  of  outstanding  restricted  stock  unit  awards  at  December  31,  2020,  and  changes  during  the 

year then ended, is presented in the following table. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  149 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE 126: OUTSTANDING RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS 

($ In Millions) 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards Outstanding, December 31, 2019 

Granted 

Distributed 

Forfeited 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards Outstanding, December 31, 2020 

Units Convertible, December 31, 2020 

NUMBER 

AGGREGATE 
INTRINSIC VALUE 

2,644,762  $ 

281.0 

772,848 

(1,245,412) 

(26,547) 

2,145,651  $ 

19,770  $ 

199.8 

1.8 

The following is a summary of nonvested restricted stock unit awards at December 31, 2020, and changes during the year 
then ended. 

TABLE 127: NONVESTED RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARDS 

NONVESTED RESTRICTED 
STOCK UNITS 

Nonvested 

 at 

December 

 31, 2019 

Granted 

Vested 

Forfeited 

Nonvested 

 at 

December 

 31, 2020 

NUMBER 

2,624,210 

 $ 

772,848 

(1,244,630)   

(26,547)   

2,125,881 

 $ 

WEIGHTED 

GRANT- DATE 

VALUE 

AVERAGE 
FAIR 
PER UNIT 

WEIGHTED 
REMAINING 

AVERAGE 
VESTING 
TERM (YEARS) 

1.7 

2.1 

87.26 

99.58 

80.46 

95.41 

95.61 

Performance Stock Units. Each performance stock unit provides the recipient the opportunity to receive one share of the 
Corporation’s common stock for each stock unit at the end of a three-year performance period. For performance stock unit 
awards  granted  in  2018  and  2019,  the  number  of  units  that  vest  are  subject  to  the  attainment  of  specified  performance 
targets  that  are  a  function  of  internal  return  on  equity  goals.  For  performance  stock  unit  awards  granted  in  2020,  the 
number of units that vest are subject to the attainment of specified performance targets that are a function of internal return 
on  equity  goals  and  relative  return  on  equity  performance  compared  to  a  performance  peer  group  of  companies.  For 
performance stock units outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and granted in 2018 or 2019, the number of such units that 
may vest ranges from 0% to 150% of the original award granted based on the attainment of the applicable 3-year average 
annual return on equity target. Distribution of the shares is then made after vesting. 

Performance stock unit grants totaled 205,847, 213,044, and 242,232 for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, 
and 2018, respectively, with weighted average grant-date fair values of $100.83, $93.00, and $104.72. Performance stock 
units  outstanding  at  target  level  performance  totaled  660,510,  667,741,  and  797,531  at  December  31,  2020,  2019,  and 
2018,  respectively.  Performance  stock  units  had  aggregate  intrinsic  values  of  $61.5  million,  $70.9  million,  and  $66.7 
million,  and  weighted  average  remaining  vesting  terms  of  1.0  year  each  at  December  31,  2020,  2019,  and  2018, 
respectively. 

Non-employee Director Stock Awards. Stock units with total values of $1.5 million (20,148 units), $1.3 million (14,232 
units),  and  $1.2  million  (11,363  units)  were  granted  to  non-employee  directors  in  2020,  2019,  and  2018,  respectively, 
which  vest  or  vested  on  the  date  of  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Corporation’s  stockholders  in  the  following  years.  Total 
expense recognized on these grants was $1.6 million, $1.4 million, and $1.3 million in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. 
Stock units granted to non-employee directors do not have voting rights. Each stock unit entitles a director to one share of 
common stock at vesting, unless a director elects to defer receipt of the shares. Directors may elect to defer the payment of 
their  annual  stock  unit  grant  and  cash-based  compensation  until  termination  of  services  as  director.  Deferred  cash 
compensation  is  converted  into  stock  units  representing  shares  of  common  stock  of  the  Corporation.  Distributions  of 
deferred stock units are made in stock. For compensation deferred prior to January 1, 2018, distributions of the stock unit 
accounts that relate to cash-based compensation are made in cash based on the fair value of the stock units at the time of 
distribution. For compensation deferred on or after January 1, 2018, distributions of the stock unit accounts that relate to 
cash-based compensation are made in stock. 

150  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 25 – Cash-Based Compensation Plans 

Various  incentive  plans  provide  for  cash  incentives  and  bonuses  to  selected  employees  based  upon  accomplishment 
of corporate net income objectives, goals of the reporting segments and support functions, and individual performance. The 
provision  for  awards  under  these  plans  is  charged  to  Compensation  expense  and  totaled  $296.2  million  in  2020,  $326.1 
million in 2019, and $326.5 million in 2018. 

Note 26 – Commitments and Contingent Liabilities 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments, Guarantees and Other Commitments. Northern Trust, in the normal course 
of  business,  enters  into  various  types  of  commitments  and  issues  letters  of  credit  to  meet  the  liquidity  and  credit 
enhancement  needs  of  its  clients.  The  contractual  amounts  of  these  instruments  represent  the  potential  credit  exposure 
should the instrument be fully drawn upon and the client default. To control the credit risk associated with entering into 
commitments and issuing letters of credit, Northern Trust subjects such activities to the same credit quality and monitoring 
controls as its lending activities. 

The  following  table  provides  details  of  Northern  Trust's  off-balance  sheet  financial  instruments  as  of  December  31, 

2020 and 2019. 

TABLE 128: SUMMARY OF OFF-BALANCE SHEET FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

 ONE 
YEAR 
 AND LESS 

OVER 

 ONE 
YEAR 

TOTAL 

 ONE 
YEAR 
AND LESS 

OVER 

 ONE 
YEAR 

TOTAL 

Undrawn 

Commitments 

 to 

Extend Credit(1)

 $ 

11,260.5 

 $ 

17,678.0 

 $ 

28,938.5 

 $ 

7,500.2 

 $ 

16,906.0 

 $ 

24,406.2 

Standby 

Letters 

 of 

Credit 

and 

Financial Guarantees(2)

Commercial 

Letters 

 of Credit 

Custody 

Securities 

 Lent 

 with Indemnification 

1,228.1 

54.6 

157,478.0 

763.5 

 — 

 — 

1,991.6 

54.6 

1,567.6 

32.3 

157,478.0 

138,085.9 

845.9 

 — 

 — 

2,413.5 

32.3 

138,085.9 

Total 

Off-Balance 

Sheet 

Financial Instruments 

 $ 

170,021.2 

 $ 

18,441.5 

 $ 

188,462.7 

 $ 

147,186.0 

 $ 

17,751.9 

 $ 

164,937.9 

(1) These amounts exclude $384.7 million and $243.6 million of commitments participated to others at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 
(2)  These amounts include $24.2 million and $44.5 million of standby letters of credit secured by cash deposits or participated to others as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 
respectively. 

Undrawn Commitments to Extend Credit generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. Since a 
significant  portion  of  the  commitments  are  expected  to  expire  without  being  drawn  upon,  the  total  commitment  amount 
does not necessarily represent future loans or liquidity requirements. 

Standby  Letters  of  Credit  obligate  Northern  Trust  to  meet  certain  financial  obligations  of  its  clients,  if,  under  the 
contractual terms of the agreement, the clients are unable to do so. These instruments are primarily issued to support public 
and  private  financial  commitments,  including  commercial  paper,  bond  financing,  initial  margin  requirements  on  futures 
exchanges, and similar transactions. Northern Trust is obligated to meet the entire financial obligation of these agreements 
and in certain cases is able to recover the amounts paid through recourse against collateral received or other participants. 

Financial  Guarantees  are  issued  by  Northern  Trust  to  guarantee  the  performance  of  a  client  to  a  third  party  under 

certain arrangements. 

Commercial Letters of Credit are instruments issued by Northern Trust on behalf of its clients that authorize a third 
party (the beneficiary) to draw drafts up to a stipulated amount under the specified terms and conditions of the agreement 
and other similar instruments. Commercial letters of credit are issued primarily to facilitate international trade. 

Custody  Securities  Lent  with  Indemnification  involves  Northern  Trust  lending  securities  owned  by  clients  to 
borrowers  who  are  reviewed  and  approved  by  the  Northern  Trust  Capital  Markets  Credit  Committee,  as  part  of  its 
securities custody activities and at the direction of its clients. In connection with these activities, Northern Trust has issued 
indemnifications to certain clients against certain losses that are a direct result of a borrower’s failure to return securities 
when  due,  should  the  value  of  such  securities  exceed  the  value  of  the  collateral  required  to  be  posted.  Borrowers  are 
required to collateralize fully securities received with cash or marketable securities. As securities are loaned, collateral is 
maintained at a minimum 100% of the fair value of the securities plus accrued interest. The collateral is revalued on a daily 
basis. The amount of securities loaned as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 subject to indemnification was $157.5 billion 
and $138.1 billion, respectively. Because of the credit quality of the borrowers and the requirement to fully collateralize 
securities  borrowed,  management  believes  that  the  exposure  to  credit  loss  from  this  activity  is  not  significant  and  no 
liability was recorded at December 31, 2020, or 2019 related to these indemnifications. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  151 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Legal Proceedings. In the normal course of business, the Corporation and its subsidiaries are routinely defendants in 
or  parties  to  pending  and  threatened  legal  actions,  and  are  subject  to  regulatory  examinations,  information-gathering 
requests,  investigations,  and  proceedings,  both  formal  and  informal.  In  certain  legal  actions,  claims  for  substantial 
monetary damages are asserted. In regulatory matters, claims for disgorgement, restitution, penalties and/or other remedial 
actions or sanctions may be sought. 

Based  on  current  knowledge,  after  consultation  with  legal  counsel  and  after  taking  into  account  current  accruals, 
management  does  not  believe  that  losses,  fines  or  penalties,  if  any,  arising  from  pending  litigation  or  threatened  legal 
actions or regulatory matters either individually or in the aggregate, after giving effect to applicable reserves and insurance 
coverage will have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of the Corporation, although 
such matters could have a material adverse effect on the Corporation’s operating results for a particular period. 

Under GAAP, (i) an event is “probable” if the “future event or events are likely to occur”; (ii) an event is “reasonably 
possible” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is more than remote but less than likely”; and (iii) an event 
is “remote” if “the chance of the future event or events occurring is slight.” 

The outcome of litigation and regulatory matters is inherently difficult to predict and/or the range of loss often cannot 
be  reasonably  estimated,  particularly  for  matters  that  (i)  will  be  decided  by  a  jury,  (ii)  are  in  early  stages,  (iii)  involve 
uncertainty  as  to  the  likelihood  of  a  class  being  certified  or  the  ultimate  size  of  the  class,  (iv)  are  subject  to  appeals  or 
motions, (v) involve significant factual issues to be resolved, including with respect to the amount of damages, (vi) do not 
specify the amount of damages sought or (vii) seek very large damages based on novel and complex damage and liability 
legal theories. Accordingly, the Corporation cannot reasonably estimate the eventual outcome of these pending matters, the 
timing of their ultimate resolution or what the eventual loss, fines or penalties, if any, related to each pending matter will 
be. 

In  accordance  with  applicable  accounting  guidance,  the  Corporation  records  accruals  for  litigation  and  regulatory 
matters  when  those  matters  present  loss  contingencies  that  are  both  probable  and  reasonably  estimable.  When  loss 
contingencies  are  not  both  probable  and  reasonably  estimable,  the  Corporation  does  not  record  accruals.  No  material 
accruals have been recorded for pending litigation or threatened legal actions or regulatory matters. 

For  a  limited  number  of  matters  for  which  a  loss  is  reasonably  possible  in  future  periods,  whether  in  excess  of  an 
accrued  liability  or  where  there  is  no  accrued  liability,  the  Corporation  is  able  to  estimate  a  range  of  possible  loss.  As 
of December 31, 2020, the Corporation has estimated the range of reasonably possible loss for these matters to be from 
zero  to  approximately  $20  million  in  the  aggregate.  The  Corporation’s  estimate  with  respect  to  the  aggregate  range  of 
reasonably possible loss is based upon currently available information and is subject to significant judgment and a variety 
of assumptions and known and unknown uncertainties. The matters underlying the estimated range will change from time 
to time, and actual results may vary significantly from the current estimate. 

In certain other pending matters, there may be a range of reasonably possible loss (including reasonably possible loss 
in excess of amounts accrued) that cannot be reasonably estimated for the reasons described above. Such matters are not 
included in the estimated range of reasonably possible loss discussed above. 

In 2015, Northern Trust Fiduciary Services (Guernsey) Limited (NTFS), an indirect subsidiary of the Corporation, was 
charged  by  a  French  investigating  magistrate  judge  with  complicity  in  estate  tax  fraud  in  connection  with  the 
administration of two trusts for which it serves as trustee. Charges also were brought against a number of other persons and 
entities  related  to  this  matter.  In  2017,  a  French  court  found  no  estate  tax  fraud  had  occurred  and  NTFS  and  all  other 
persons and entities charged were acquitted. The Public Prosecutor’s Office of France appealed the court decision and in 
June 2018 a French appellate court issued its opinion on the matter, acquitting all persons and entities charged, including 
NTFS. In January 2021, the Cour de Cassation, the highest court in France, reversed the June 2018 appellate court ruling, 
requiring a re-trial at the appellate court level. The re-trial proceedings in the appellate court have not yet been scheduled. 
As trustee, NTFS provided no tax advice and had no involvement in the preparation or filing of the challenged estate tax 
filings. 

Visa  Class  B  Common  Shares.  Northern  Trust,  as  a  member  of  Visa  U.S.A.  Inc.  (Visa  U.S.A.)  and  in  connection 
with the 2007 restructuring of Visa U.S.A. and its affiliates and the 2008 initial public offering of Visa Inc. (Visa), received 
certain Visa Class B common shares. The Visa Class B common shares are subject to certain selling restrictions until the 
final  resolution  of  certain  litigation  related  to  interchange  fees  involving  Visa  (the  covered  litigation),  at  which  time  the 
shares are convertible into Visa Class A common shares based on a conversion rate dependent upon the ultimate cost of 
resolving the covered litigation. On June 28, 2018, and September 27, 2019, Visa deposited an additional $600 million and 
$300 million, respectively, into an escrow account previously established with respect to the covered litigation. As a result 
of the additional contributions to the escrow account, the rate at which Visa Class B common shares will convert into Visa 
Class A common shares was reduced. 

In  September  2018,  Visa  reached  a  proposed  class  settlement  agreement  covering  damage  claims  but  not  injunctive 
relief claims regarding the covered litigation. In December 2019, the district court granted final approval for the proposed 
class settlement agreement. Certain merchants have opted out of the class settlement and are pursuing claims separately, 

152  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

while other merchants have appealed the approval order granted by the district court. The ultimate resolution of the covered 
litigation, the timing for removal of the selling restrictions on the Visa Class B common shares and the rate at which such 
shares will ultimately convert into Visa Class A common shares are uncertain. 

In June 2016 and 2015, Northern Trust recorded a $123.1 million and $99.9 million net gain on the sale of 1.1 million 
and 1.0 million of its Visa Class B common shares, respectively. These sales do not affect Northern Trust’s risk related to 
the  impact  of  the  covered  litigation  on  the  rate  at  which  such  shares  will  ultimately  convert  into  Visa  Class  A  common 
shares. Northern Trust continued to hold approximately 4.1 million Visa Class B common shares, which are recorded at 
their original cost basis of zero, as of both December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

Clearing and Settlement Organizations. The Bank is a participating member of various cash, securities, and foreign 
exchange clearing and settlement organizations. It participates in these organizations on behalf of its clients and on its own 
behalf  as  a  result  of  its  own  activities.  A  wide  variety  of  cash  and  securities  transactions  are  settled  through  these 
organizations,  including  those  involving  obligations  of  states  and  political  subdivisions,  asset-backed  securities, 
commercial paper, dollar placements, and securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association. 

As a result of its participation in cash, securities, and foreign exchange clearing and settlement organizations, the Bank 
could be responsible for a pro rata share of certain credit-related losses arising out of the clearing activities. The method in 
which  such  losses  would  be  shared  by  the  clearing  members  is  stipulated  in  each  clearing  organization’s  membership 
agreement. Credit exposure related to these agreements varies from day to day, primarily as a result of fluctuations in the 
volume  of  transactions  cleared  through  the  organizations.  At  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  we  have  not  recorded  any 
material  liabilities  under  these  arrangements.  Controls  related  to  these  clearing  transactions  are  closely  monitored  by 
management to protect the assets of Northern Trust and its clients. 

Note 27 – Derivative Financial Instruments 

Northern Trust is a party to various derivative financial instruments that are used in the normal course of business to meet 
the  needs  of  its  clients,  as  part  of  its  trading  activity  for  its  own  account;  and  as  part  of  its  risk  management  activities. 
These instruments may include foreign exchange contracts, interest rate contracts, total return swap contracts, and swaps 
related  to  the sale of  certain  Visa Class  B common  shares.  Please refer  to  Note 1,  “Summary  of  Significant Accounting 
Policies” for the significant accounting policies for derivative financial instruments. 

Foreign exchange contracts are agreements to exchange specific amounts of currencies at a future date, at a specified 
rate  of  exchange.  Foreign  exchange  contracts  are  entered  into  primarily  to  meet  the  foreign  exchange  needs  of  clients. 
Foreign  exchange  contracts  are  also  used  for  trading  and  risk  management  purposes.  For  risk  management  purposes, 
Northern  Trust  uses  foreign  exchange  contracts  to  reduce  its  exposure  to  changes  in  foreign  exchange  rates  relating  to 
certain  forecasted  non-functional  currency  denominated  revenue  and  expenditure  transactions,  foreign-currency-
denominated assets and liabilities, including debt securities and net investments in non-U.S. affiliates. 

Interest rate contracts include swap and option contracts. Interest rate swap contracts involve the exchange of fixed 
and  floating  rate  interest  payment  obligations  without  the  exchange  of  the  underlying  principal  amounts.  Northern  Trust 
enters  into  interest  rate  swap  contracts  with  its  clients  and  also  may  utilize  such  contracts  to  reduce  or  eliminate  the 
exposure to changes in the cash flows or fair value of hedged assets or liabilities due to changes in interest rates. Interest 
rate option contracts may include caps, floors, collars and swaptions, and provide for the transfer or reduction of interest 
rate risk, typically in exchange for a fee. Northern Trust enters into option contracts as a seller of interest rate protection to 
clients. Northern Trust receives a fee at the outset of the agreement for the assumption of the risk of an unfavorable change 
in  interest  rates.  This  assumed  interest  rate  risk  is  then  mitigated  by  entering  into  an  offsetting  position  with  an  outside 
counterparty. Northern Trust may also purchase or enter into option contracts for risk management purposes including to 
reduce the exposure to changes in the cash flows of hedged assets due to changes in interest rates. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  153 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  following  table  shows  the  notional  and  fair  values  of  all  derivative  financial  instruments  as  of  December  31,  2020  

and  2019.  

TABLE  129:  NOTIONAL  AND  FAIR  VALUES  OF  DERIVATIVE  FINANCIAL  INSTRUMENTS  

20.9  

 0.2 

11.5 

11.9 

44.5 

 0.7 

33.4 

34.1 

(In Millions) 

Derivatives 

Designated 

 as 

Hedging 

under GAAP 

Interest 

 Rate Contracts 

 Fair 

Value Hedges 

Cash 

Flow Hedges 

Foreign 

Exchange Contracts 

 Cash 

Flow Hedges 

 Net 

Investment Hedges 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

FAIR VALUE 

FAIR VALUE 

NOTIONAL 
VALUE 

ASSET(1) LIABILITY(2)

NOTIONAL 
VALUE 

ASSET(1)

LIABILITY(2)

 $ 

4,717.6 

 $ 

50.0 

6,554.4 

3,480.3 

 8.2 

 $ 

 0.1 

10.2 

 $ 

4,538.2 

 $ 

20.3 

 $ 

 — 

200.0 

 0.2 

15.4 

 0.1 

104.0 

207.7 

1,661.5 

2,873.8 

 8.5 

73.7 

Total 

Derivatives 

Designated 

 as 

Hedging 

under GAAP 

 $ 

14,802.3 

 $ 

23.8 

 $ 

321.9 

 $ 

9,273.5 

 $ 

102.7 

 $ 

Derivatives 

 Not 

Designated 

 as 

Hedging under  GAAP 

Non-Designated 

 Risk 

Management Derivatives 

Exchange Contracts 
Foreign 
Other Financial  Derivatives(3)

Total 

Non-Designated 

 Risk 

Management Derivatives 

Client-Related 

and 

Trading Derivatives 

 $ 

 $ 

67.7 

 $ 

745.4 

813.1 

 $ 

 0.1 

 $ 

 — 

 0.1 

$  

176.5 

 $ 

35.3 

640.3 

 0.1 

 $ 

35.4 

 $ 

816.8 

 $ 

 0.9 

 $ 

 — 

 0.9 

 $ 

Foreign 

Exchange Contracts 

Interest 

 Rate Contracts 

 $ 

320,563.4 

 $ 

4,245.1 

 $ 

4,410.7 

 $ 

291,533.6 

 $ 

3,151.7 

 $ 

3,158.1 

10,573.3 

289.2 

114.8 

8,976.8 

132.4 

76.3 

Total 

Client-Related 

and 

Trading Derivatives 

 $ 

331,136.7 

 $ 

4,534.3 

 $ 

4,525.5 

 $ 

300,510.4 

 $ 

3,284.1 

 $ 

3,234.4 

Derivatives 

Total 
GAAP 

 Not 

Designated 

 as 

Hedging 

under

Gross Derivatives 

Total 
Less: Netting(4)

Total 

Derivative 

Financial Instruments 

 $ 

 $ 

331,949.8 

346,752.1 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

4,534.4 

4,558.2 

 $ 

 $ 

4,560.9 

4,882.8 

 $ 

 $ 

301,327.2 

310,600.7 

3,507.8 

2,817.1 

1,050.4 

 $ 

2,065.7 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

3,285.0 

3,387.7 

 $ 

 $ 

2,338.0 

3,268.5 

3,313.0 

1,618.4 

1,049.7 

 $ 

1,694.6 

(1)  Derivative  assets  are  reported  in  Other  Assets  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets. 
(2)  Derivative  liabilities  are  reported  in  Other  Liabilities  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets. 
(3)  This  line  includes  swaps  related  to  sales  of  certain  Visa  Class  B  common  shares. 
(4)  See  further  detail  in  Note  28,  "Offsetting  of  Assets  and  Liabilities." 

Notional  amounts  of  derivative  financial  instruments  do  not  represent  credit  risk,  and  are  not  recorded  on  the  consolidated  
balance  sheets.  They  are  used  merely  to  express  the  volume  of  this  activity.  Northern  Trust’s  credit-related  risk  of  loss  is  
limited  to  the  positive  fair  value  of  the  derivative  instrument,  net  of  any  collateral  received,  which  is  significantly  less  than  
the  notional  amount. 

Hedging   Derivative   Instruments   Designated   under   GAAP.   Northern   Trust   uses   derivative   instruments   to   hedge   its  
exposure   to   foreign   currency,   interest   rate,   and   equity   price.   Certain   hedging   relationships   are   formally   designated   and  
qualify   for   hedge   accounting   under   GAAP   as   fair   value,   cash   flow   or   net   investment   hedges.   Other   derivatives   that   are  
entered  into  for  risk  management  purposes  as  economic  hedges  are  not  formally  designated  as  hedges  and  changes  in  fair  
value  are  recognized  currently  in  Other  Operating  Income  within  the  consolidated  statements  of  income  (see  below  section  
“Derivative  Instruments  Not  Designated  as  Hedging  under  GAAP”). 

Fair  Value  Hedges.  Derivatives  are  designated  as  fair  value  hedges  to  limit  Northern  Trust’s  exposure  to  changes  in  the  
fair  value  of  assets  and  liabilities  due  to  movements  in  interest  rates. 

Cash  Flow  Hedges.  Derivatives  are  also  designated  as  cash  flow  hedges  in  order  to  minimize  the  variability  in  cash  flows  
of  earning  assets  or  forecasted  transactions  caused  by  movements  in  interest  or  foreign  exchange  rates.  

There  were  no  material  gains  or  losses  reclassified  into  earnings  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2019,  and  
2018  as  a  result  of  the  discontinuance  of  forecasted  transactions  that  were  no  longer  probable  of  occurring.  It  is  estimated  
that  net  losses  of  $3.2  million  and  $83.1  million  will  be  reclassified  into  net  income  within  the  next  twelve  months  relating  
to  cash  flow  hedges  of  foreign-currency-denominated  transactions  and  cash  flow  hedges  of  foreign-currency-denominated  
debt   securities,   respectively.   It   is   estimated   that   a   net   gain   of   $0.1   million   will   be   reclassified   into   net   income   upon   the  

154  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

receipt  of  interest  payments  on  earning  assets  within  the  next  twelve  months  relating  to  cash  flow  hedges  of  available  for  
sale  debt  securities.  As  of  December  31,  2020,  23  months  was  the  maximum  length  of  time  over  which  the  exposure  to  
variability  in  future  cash  flows  of  forecasted  foreign-currency-denominated  transactions  was  being  hedged. 

The  following  table  provides  fair  value  and  cash  flow  hedge  derivative  gains  and  losses  recognized  in  income  during  

the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2019  and  2018. 

TABLE  130:  LOCATION  AND  AMOUNT  OF  FAIR  VALUE  AND  CASH  FLOW  HEDGE  DERIVATIVE  GAINS  AND  LOSSES  RECORDED  
IN  INCOME  

(in Millions) 

INTEREST INCOME 

INTEREST EXPENSE 

OTHER 

OPERATING 
INCOME 

 For 

the 

 Year 

Ended 

December 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020 

2019 

2018 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Total 

amounts 

 on 

the 

consolidated 

statements 

 of income 

$1,643.5 

$2,499.9 

$2,321.4 

 $ 

200.3 

 $ 

822.0 

 $ 

698.7 

 $ 

194.0 

 $ 

145.5 

 $ 

127.5 

Gains 

(Losses) 

 on 

fair 

value 

hedges 

recognized on 

Interest 

 Rate Contracts 

Recognized 

 on derivatives 

Recognized 

 on 

hedged items 

Amounts 

related 

 to 

interest 

settlements 

 on derivatives 

(66.3) 

(95.9) 

13.9 

100.2 

99.4 

(9.5) 

66.3 

(13.2) 

95.9 

21.2 

(13.9) 

(100.2) 

(99.4)

17.8 

29.9 

 5.2 

 9.5 

 7.9 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 —

 —

 —

Total 

gains 

(losses) 

recognized 

 on 

fair 

value hedges 

 $ 

(13.2) 

 $ 

21.2 

 $ 

17.8 

 $ 

29.9 

 $ 

 5.2 

 $ 

 7.9 

 $

 — 

 $ 

 —

 $ 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

Gains 

(Losses) 

 on 

cash 

flow 

hedges 

recognized on 

Foreign 

Exchange Contracts 

gains 

 Net 
income 

(losses) 

reclassified 

from 

AOCI 

 to 

 net

Interest 

 Rate Contracts 

gains 

 Net 
income 

(losses) 

reclassified 

from 

AOCI 

 to 

 net

27.4 

26.4 

67.4 

 — 

 —

 — 

 0.2 

 0.8 

 3.9 

 0.5 

(0.5) 

(0.2) 

 — 

 —

 — 

 — 

 —

 — 

Total 
income 

gains 
 on 

(losses) 
cash 

flow hedges 

reclassified 

from 

AOCI 

 to 

 net

 $ 

27.9 

 $ 

25.9 

 $ 

67.2 

 $

 — 

 $ 

 —  $ 

 — 

 $ 

 0.2 

 $ 

 0.8 

 $ 

 3.9 

The   following   table   provides   the   impact   of   fair   value   hedge   accounting   on   the   carrying   value   of   the   designated   hedged  
items  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019. 

TABLE  131:  HEDGED  ITEMS  IN  FAIR  VALUE  HEDGES  

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

(In Millions) 

Available 

for 

Sale 

 Debt Securities(3)

Senior 

Notes 

and 

Long-Term 

Subordinated Debt 

Total 

CARRYING 

 OF 

THE 

VALUE 
HEDGED 
ITEMS 

CUMULATIVE 

ACCOUNTING 

HEDGE 
BASIS 
ADJUSTMENT(1)

CARRYING 

VALUE 
 OF 
HEDGED ITEMS 

THE 

CUMULATIVE 

ACCOUNTING 

HEDGE 
BASIS 
ADJUSTMENT(2)

 $ 

 $ 

2,075.1 

 $ 

2,745.1 

4,820.2 

 $ 

48.8 

 $ 

221.5 

270.3 

 $ 

2,981.0 

 $ 

1,748.5 

4,729.5 

 $ 

 3.3 

126.9 

130.2 

(1)   The   cumulative   hedge   accounting   basis   adjustment   includes   $10.4   million   related   to   discontinued   hedging   relationships   of   available   for   sale   debt   securities   as   of  
December  31,  2020.  There  are  no  amounts  related  to  discontinued  hedging  relationships  in  the  cumulative  hedge  accounting  basis  adjustment  of  senior  notes  and  long-term  
debt  as  of  December  31,  2020. 
(2)  The  cumulative  hedge  accounting  basis  adjustment  includes  $1.5  million  related  to  discontinued  hedging  relationships  of  available  for  sale  debt  securities  as  of  December  31,  
2019.   There   were   no   amounts   related   to   discontinued   hedging   relationships   in   the   cumulative   hedge   accounting   basis   adjustment   of   senior   notes   and   long-term   debt   as   of  
December  31,  2019. 
(3)  Carrying  value  represents  amortized  cost. 

Net  Investment  Hedges.  Certain  foreign  exchange  contracts  are  designated  as  net  investment  hedges  to  minimize  Northern  
Trust’s  exposure  to  variability  in  the  foreign  currency  translation  of  net  investments  in  non-U.S.  branches  and  subsidiaries.  
Net   investment   hedge   losses   of   $178.7   million   and   gains   of   $59.7   million   were   recognized   in   AOCI   related   to   foreign  
exchange  contracts  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively. 

Derivative  Instruments  Not  Designated  as  Hedging  under  GAAP.  Northern  Trust’s  derivative  instruments  that  are  not  
designated  as  hedging  under  GAAP  include  derivatives  for  purposes  of  client-related  and  trading  activities,  as  well  as  other  
risk   management   purposes.   These   activities   consist   principally   of   providing   foreign   exchange   services   to   clients   in  
connection  with  Northern  Trust’s  global  custody  business.  However,  in  the  normal  course  of  business,  Northern  Trust  also  
engages  in  trading  of  currencies  for  its  own  account. 

Non-designated   risk   management   derivatives   include   foreign   exchange   contracts   entered   into   to   manage   the   foreign  
currency   risk   of   non-U.S.-dollar-denominated   assets   and   liabilities,   the   net   investment   in   certain   non-U.S.   affiliates,  

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  155 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

commercial loans, and forecasted foreign-currency-denominated transactions. Swaps related to sales of certain Visa Class 
B  common  shares  were  entered  into  pursuant  to  which  Northern  Trust  retains  the  risks  associated  with  the  ultimate 
conversion of the Visa Class B common shares into Visa Class A common shares. Total return swaps are entered into to 
manage the equity price risk associated with certain investments. 

Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments not designated as hedges under GAAP are recognized currently in 
income. The following table provides the location and amount of gains and losses recorded on the consolidated statements 
of  income  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2019,  and  2018  for  derivative  instruments  not  designated  as  hedges 
under GAAP. 

TABLE 132: LOCATION AND AMOUNT OF GAINS AND LOSSES RECORDED IN INCOME FOR DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED 
AS HEDGING UNDER GAAP 

(In Millions) 

Non-designated 

risk 

management derivatives 

DERIVATIVE 

GAINS 

(LOSSES) 

LOCATION 

RECOGNIZED 

IN INCOME 

AMOUNT 

 OF 

DERIVATIVE 

(LOSSES)

RECOGNIZED 

GAINS 
IN INCOME 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Foreign 

Other 

Exchange Contracts 
Financial Derivatives(1)

Gains 

(Losses) 

from 

non-designated 

risk 

management derivatives 

Client-related 

and 

trading derivatives 

Foreign 

Exchange Contracts 

Interest 

 Rate Contracts 

Gains 

(Losses) 

from 

client-related 

and 

trading derivatives 

gains (losses)  

Total 
under GAAP 

from 

derivatives 

 not 

designated 

 as 

hedging

Other 

Operating 

Income 

Other 

Operating 

Income 

 $ 

 $ 

 6.4 

 $ 

(1.6) 

 $ 

(18.3) 

(20.0) 

(11.9) 

 $ 

(21.6) 

 $ 

(4.1) 

(19.2) 

(23.3) 

Foreign 

Exchange 

Trading Income 

 $ 

290.4 

 $ 

250.9 

 $ 

307.2 

Security  

Commissions 
Income 

and 

Trading

22.4 

12.9 

312.8 

 $ 

263.8 

 $ 

 7.7 

314.9 

300.9  

 $ 

242.2 

 $ 

291.6 

 $ 

 $ 

(1) 

This 

line 

includes 

swaps 

related 

 to 

the 

sale 

 of 

certain 

 Visa 

Class 

 B 

common 

shares 

and 

total 

return 

swap contracts. 

156  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note  28  –  Offsetting  of  Assets  and  Liabilities 

The   following   table   provides   information   regarding   the   offsetting   of   derivative   assets   and   of   securities   purchased   under  
agreements  to  resell  within  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019. 

TABLE  133:  OFFSETTING  OF  DERIVATIVE  ASSETS  AND  SECURITIES  PURCHASED  UNDER  AGREEMENTS  TO  RESELL  

293.5 

293.4 

 1.6 

588.5 

461.0 

1,049.5 

 — 

340.5 

148.0 

 1.0 

489.5 

543.4 

1,032.9 

 — 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

GROSS 
RECOGNIZED 
ASSETS 

OFFSET 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
 IN 
THE 
BALANCE 
SHEET(2) 

 NET 
PRESENTED 
THE 

AMOUNTS 
 IN 
BALANCE 
SHEET 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
OFFSET 
 IN 
BALANCE 
SHEET 

 NOT 
THE 

 NET 

AMOUNT(3)

(In Millions) 

Derivative Assets(1)
Foreign 
(OTC) 

Exchange 

Contracts 

 Over 

the 

Counter

 $ 

3,799.7 

 $ 

3,505.3 

 $ 

294.4 

 $ 

Interest 

 Rate 

Swaps OTC 

Interest 

 Rate 

Swaps 

Exchange Cleared 

Derivatives 

Total 
Arrangement 

Subject 

 to   a 

Master 

Netting

Derivatives 

Total 
Arrangement 

 Not 

Subject 

 to   a 

Master 

Netting

Total Derivatives 

295.9 

 1.6 

 2.5 

 —  

4,097.2 

3,507.8 

461.0 

4,558.2 

 — 

3,507.8 

293.4 

 1.6 

589.4 

461.0 

1,050.4 

 0.9 

 $ 

 — 

 —  

 0.9 

 — 

 0.9 

Securities 

Purchased 

under 

Agreements 

 to Resell 

 $ 

1,596.5 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

1,596.5 

 $ 

1,596.5 

 $ 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

GROSS 
RECOGNIZED 
ASSETS 

OFFSET 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
IN 
THE 
BALANCE 
SHEET(2)

 NET 
PRESENTED 
THE 

AMOUNTS 
IN 
BALANCE 
SHEET 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
OFFSET 
IN 
BALANCE 
SHEET 

 NOT 
THE 

 NET 

AMOUNT(3)

(In Millions) 
Derivative Assets(1)
Foreign 

Exchange 

Contracts OTC 

 $ 

2,691.1 

 $ 

2,334.1 

 $ 

357.0 

 $ 

16.5 

 $ 

Interest 

 Rate 

Swaps OTC 

Interest 

 Rate 

Swaps 

Exchange Cleared 

Derivatives 

Total 
Arrangement 

Subject 

 to   a 

Master 

Netting

Derivatives 

Total 
Arrangement 

 Not 

Subject 

 to   a 

Master 

Netting

Total Derivatives 

151.9 

 1.0 

 3.9 

 — 

2,844.0 

2,338.0 

543.7 

3,387.7 

 — 

2,338.0 

148.0 

 1.0 

506.0 

543.7 

1,049.7 

 — 

 — 

16.5 

 0.3 

16.8 

Securities 

Purchased 

under 

Agreements 

 to Resell 

 $ 

707.8 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

707.8 

 $ 

707.8 

 $ 

(1)   Derivative   assets   are   reported   in   Other   Assets   on   the   consolidated   balance   sheets.   Other   Assets   (excluding   derivative   assets)   totaled  $7.3   billion   and   $7.4   billion   as   of  
December  31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.
(2)  Including  cash  collateral  received  from  counterparties. 
(3)  Northern  Trust  did  not  possess  any  cash  collateral  that  was  not  offset  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  that  could  have  been  used  to  offset  the  net  amounts  presented  on  the  
consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  157 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The   following   table   provides   information   regarding   the   offsetting   of   derivative   liabilities   and   of   securities   sold   under  
agreements  to  repurchase  within  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019. 

TABLE  134:  OFFSETTING  OF  DERIVATIVE  LIABILITIES  AND  SECURITIES  SOLD  UNDER  AGREEMENTS  TO  REPURCHASE  

858.6 

26.5 

 — 

35.3 

920.4 

1,144.8 

2,065.2 

 — 

632.9 

39.4 

 0.7 

20.9 

693.9 

1,000.6 

1,694.5 

 — 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

GROSS 
RECOGNIZED 
LIABILITIES 

OFFSET 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
THE 
 IN 
BALANCE 
SHEET(2) 

 NET 
PRESENTED 
THE 

AMOUNTS 
 IN 
BALANCE 
SHEET 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
 IN 
OFFSET 
BALANCE 
SHEET 

 NOT 
THE 

NET 
AMOUNT(3)

(In Millions) 
Derivative Liabilities(1)
Exchange 

Foreign 

Contracts OTC 

 $ 

3,577.7 

 $ 

2,718.6 

 $ 

859.1 

 $ 

 0.5 

 $ 

Interest 

 Rate 

Swaps OTC 

Interest 

 Rate 

Swaps 

Exchange Cleared 

Other 

Financial Derivatives 

Derivatives 

Total 
Arrangement 

Subject 

 to   a 

Master 

Netting

Derivatives 

Total 
Arrangement 

 Not 

Subject 

 to   a 

Master 

Netting

Total Derivatives 

125.0 

 —  

35.3 

98.5 

 —  

 — 

26.5 

 —  

35.3 

3,738.0 

2,817.1 

920.9 

1,144.8 

4,882.8 

 — 

2,817.1 

1,144.8 

2,065.7 

 — 

 —  

 — 

 0.5 

 — 

 0.5 

Securities 

Sold 

under 

Agreements 

 to Repurchase 

 $ 

39.8 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

39.8 

 $ 

39.8 

 $ 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

GROSS 
RECOGNIZED 
LIABILITIES 

OFFSET 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
IN 
THE 
BALANCE 
SHEET(2)

 NET 
PRESENTED 
THE 

AMOUNTS 
IN 
BALANCE 
SHEET 

GROSS 
AMOUNTS 
OFFSET 
IN 
BALANCE 
SHEET 

 NOT 
THE 

NET 
AMOUNT(3)

(In Millions) 
Derivative Liabilities(1)
Exchange 

Foreign 

Contracts OTC 

 $ 

2,181.6 

 $ 

1,548.6 

 $ 

633.0 

 $ 

 0.1 

 $ 

Interest 

 Rate 

Swaps OTC 

Interest 

 Rate 

Swaps 

Exchange Cleared 

Other 

Financial Derivatives 

Derivatives 

Total 
Arrangement 

Subject 

 to   a 

Master 

Netting

Derivatives 

Total 
Arrangement 

 Not 

Subject 

 to   a 

Master 

Netting

Total Derivatives 

96.7 

 0.7 

33.4 

57.3 

 — 

12.5 

39.4 

 0.7 

20.9 

2,312.4 

1,618.4 

694.0 

1,000.6 

3,313.0 

 — 

1,618.4 

1,000.6 

1,694.6 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 0.1 

 — 

 0.1 

Securities 

Sold 

under 

Agreements 

 to Repurchase 

 $ 

489.7 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

489.7 

 $ 

489.7 

 $ 

(1)   Derivative   liabilities   are   reported   in   Other   Liabilities   on   the   consolidated   balance   sheets.   Other   Liabilities   (excluding   derivative   liabilities)   totaled  $3.5   billion  and   $3.1  
billion  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.
(2)  Including  cash  collateral  deposited  with  counterparties. 
(3)   Northern   Trust   did   not   place   any   cash   collateral   with   counterparties   that   was   not   offset   on   the   consolidated   balance   sheets   that   could   have   been   used   to   offset   the   net  
amounts  presented  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019. 

All  of  Northern  Trust’s  securities  sold  under  agreements  to  repurchase  (repurchase  agreements)  and  securities  purchased  
under   agreements   to   resell   (reverse   repurchase   agreements)   involve   the   transfer   of   financial   assets   in   exchange   for   cash  
subject  to  a  right  and  obligation  to  repurchase  those  assets  for  an  agreed  upon  amount.  In  the  event  of  a  repurchase  failure,  
the  cash  or  financial  assets  are  available  for  offset.  All  of  Northern  Trust’s  repurchase  agreements  and  reverse  repurchase  
agreements   are   subject   to   a   master   netting   arrangement,   which   sets   forth   the   rights   and   obligations   for   repurchase   and  
offset.  Under  the  master  netting  arrangement,  Northern  Trust  is  entitled  to  set  off  receivables  from  and  collateral  placed  
with  a  single  counterparty  against  obligations  owed  to  that  counterparty.  In  addition,  collateral  held  by  Northern  Trust  can  
be   offset   against   receivables   from   that   counterparty.   However,   Northern   Trust’s   repurchase   agreements   and   reverse  
repurchase  agreements  do  not  meet  the  requirements  to  net  under  GAAP.  

Derivative   asset   and   liability   positions   with   a   single   counterparty   can   be   offset   against   each   other   in   cases   where  
legally  enforceable  master  netting  arrangements  or  similar  agreements  exist.  Derivative  assets  and  liabilities  can  be  further  
offset   by   cash   collateral   received   from,   and   deposited   with,   the   transacting   counterparty.   The   basis   for   this   view   is   that,  
upon   termination   of   transactions   subject   to   a   master   netting   arrangement   or   similar   agreement,   the   individual   derivative  
receivables   do   not   represent   resources   to   which   general   creditors   have   rights   and   individual   derivative   payables   do   not  
represent  claims  that  are  equivalent  to  the  claims  of  general  creditors. 

Credit  risk  associated  with  derivative  instruments  relates  to  the  failure  of  the  counterparty  and  the  failure  of  Northern  
Trust  to  pay  based  on  the  contractual  terms  of  the  agreement,  and  is  generally  limited  to  the  unrealized  fair  value  gains  and  

158  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

losses on these instruments, net of any collateral received or deposited. The amount of credit risk will increase or decrease 
during the lives of the instruments as interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or equity prices fluctuate. Northern Trust’s risk 
is  controlled  by  limiting  such  activity  to  an  approved  list  of  counterparties  and  by  subjecting  such  activity  to  the  same 
credit and quality controls as are followed in lending and investment activities. Credit Support Annexes and other similar 
agreements  are  currently  in  place  with  a  number  of  Northern  Trust’s  counterparties  which  mitigate  the  aforementioned 
credit  risk  associated  with  derivative  activity  conducted  with  those  counterparties  by  requiring  that  significant  net 
unrealized fair value gains be supported by collateral placed with Northern Trust. 

Additional cash collateral received from and deposited with derivative counterparties totaling $111.0 million and $49.0 
million,  respectively,  as  of  December  31,  2020,  and  $196.3  million  and  $2.0  million,  respectively,  as  of  December  31, 
2019, was not offset against derivative assets and liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets as the amounts exceeded the 
net derivative positions with those counterparties. 

Certain  master  netting  arrangements  Northern  Trust  enters  into  with  derivative  counterparties  contain  credit  risk-
related contingent features in which the counterparty has the option to declare Northern Trust in default and accelerate cash 
settlement of net derivative liabilities with the counterparty in the event Northern Trust’s credit rating falls below specified 
levels.  The  aggregate  fair  value  of  all  derivative  instruments  with  credit-risk-related  contingent  features  that  were  in  a 
liability position was $1,648.2 million and $766.2 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Cash collateral 
amounts  deposited  with  derivative  counterparties  on  those  dates  included  $1,044.0  million  and  $327.1  million, 
respectively, posted against these liabilities, resulting in a net maximum amount of termination payments that could have 
been required at December 31, 2020 and 2019 of $604.2 million and $439.1 million, respectively. Accelerated settlement 
of these liabilities would not have a material effect on the consolidated financial position or liquidity of Northern Trust. 

Note 29 – Variable Interest Entities 

Variable  Interest  Entities  (VIEs)  are  defined  within  GAAP  as  entities  which  either  (1)  lack  sufficient  equity  at  risk  to 
permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support, (2) have equity investors that 
lack attributes typical of an equity investor, such as the ability to make significant decisions through voting rights affecting 
the entity’s operations, or the obligation to absorb expected losses or the right to receive residual returns of the entity, or (3) 
are  structured  with  voting  rights  that  are  disproportionate  to  the  equity  investor’s  obligation  to  absorb  losses  or  right  to 
receive returns, and substantially all of the activities are conducted on behalf of the holder of the equity investment at risk 
with disproportionately few voting rights. Investors that finance a VIE through debt or equity interests are variable interest 
holders  in  the  entity  and  the  variable  interest  holder,  if  any,  that  has  both  the  power  to  direct  the  activities  that  most 
significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and, through its variable interest, the obligation to absorb losses or 
the right to receive returns that could potentially be significant to the entity is deemed to be the VIE’s primary beneficiary 
and is required to consolidate the VIE. 

Leveraged Leases. In leveraged leasing transactions, Northern Trust acts as lessor of the underlying asset subject to 
the lease and typically funds 20 - 30% of the asset’s cost via an equity ownership in a trust with the remaining 70 - 80% 
provided by third party non-recourse debt holders. In such transactions, the trusts, which are VIEs, are created to provide 
the lessee use of the property with substantially all of the rights and obligations of ownership. The lessee’s maintenance 
and operation of the leased property has a direct effect on the fair value of the underlying property, and the lessee also has 
the  ability  to  increase  the  benefits  it  can  receive  and  limit  the  losses  it  can  suffer  by  the  manner  in  which  it  uses  the 
property. As a result, Northern Trust has determined that it is not the primary beneficiary of the leveraged lease trust VIEs 
given it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the leveraged 
lease trust VIEs. 

Northern Trust’s maximum exposure to loss as a result of its involvement with leveraged lease trust VIEs is limited to 
the carrying amounts of its leveraged lease investments. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the carrying amounts of these 
investments,  which  are  included  in  Loans  and  Leases  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets,  were  $11.4  million  and  $42.6 
million,  respectively.  Northern  Trust’s  funding  requirements  relative  to  the  leveraged  lease  trust  VIEs  are  limited  to  its 
invested capital. Northern Trust has no other liquidity arrangements or obligations to purchase assets of the leveraged lease 
trust VIEs that would expose Northern Trust to a loss. 

Tax Credit Structures. Northern Trust invests in qualified affordable housing projects and community development 
entities  (collectively,  community  development  projects)  that  are  designed  to  generate  a  return  primarily  through  the 
realization  of  tax  credits.  The  community  development  projects  are  formed  as  limited  partnerships  and  limited  liability 
companies  in  which  Northern  Trust  invests  as  a  limited  partner/investor  member  through  equity  contributions.  The 
economic performance of the community development projects, some of which are VIEs, is subject to the performance of 
their  underlying  investment  and  their  ability  to  operate  in  compliance  with  the  rules  and  regulations  necessary  for  the 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  159 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

qualification  of  tax  credits  generated  by  equity  investments.  Northern  Trust  has  determined  that  it  is  not  the  primary 
beneficiary of any community development project VIEs as it lacks the power to direct the activities that most significantly 
impact the economic performance of the underlying investments or to affect their ability to operate in compliance with the 
rules and regulations necessary for the qualification of tax credits generated by equity investments. This power is held by 
the general partners and managing members who exercise full and exclusive control of the operations of the community 
development project VIEs. 

Northern  Trust’s  maximum  exposure  to  loss  as  a  result  of  its  involvement  with  community  development  projects  is 
limited  to  the  carrying  amounts  of  its  investments,  including  any  undrawn  commitments.  As  of  December  31,  2020  and 
2019, the carrying amounts of these investments in community development projects that generate tax credits, included in 
Other Assets on the consolidated balance sheets, totaled $919.6 million and $749.3 million, respectively, of which $874.0 
million and $700.3 million are VIEs as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 
liabilities  related  to  unfunded  commitments  on  investments  in  tax  credit  community  development  projects,  included  in 
Other  Liabilities  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets,  totaled  $351.6  million  and  $376.2  million,  respectively,  of  which 
$335.9  million  and  $354.3  million  related  to  undrawn  commitments  on  VIEs  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively. 

Northern Trust’s funding requirements are limited to its invested capital and undrawn commitments for future equity 
contributions. Northern Trust has no exposure to loss from liquidity arrangements and no obligation to purchase assets of 
the community development projects. 

Tax  credits  and  other  tax  benefits  attributable  to  community  development  projects  totaled  $78.9  million  and  $67.4 

million, respectively, as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. 

Investment  Funds.  Northern  Trust  acts  as  asset  manager  for  various  funds  in  which  clients  of  Northern  Trust  are 
investors. As an asset manager of funds, Northern Trust earns a competitively priced fee that is based on assets managed 
and varies with each fund’s investment objective. Based on its analysis, Northern Trust has determined that it is not the 
primary beneficiary of these VIEs under GAAP. 

Some of the funds for which Northern Trust acts as asset manager comply or operate in accordance with requirements 
that  are  similar  to  those  in  Rule  2a-7  of  the  Investment  Company  Act  of  1940  for  registered  money  market  funds  and 
therefore  the  funds  are  exempt  from  the  consolidation  requirements  in  ASC  810-10.  Northern  Trust  voluntarily  waived 
$36.4  million  of  money  market  mutual  fund  fees  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  related  to  the  low-interest-rate 
environment and certain competitive factors. Northern Trust did not waive any money market mutual fund fees for the year 
ended  December  31,  2019.  Northern  Trust  does  not  have  any  contractual  obligations  to  provide  financial  support  to  the 
funds.  Any  potential  future  support  of  the  funds  will  be  at  the  discretion  of  Northern  Trust  after  an  evaluation  of  the 
specific facts and circumstances. 

Periodically,  Northern  Trust  makes  seed  capital  investments  to  certain  funds.  As  of  December  31,  2020,  Northern 
Trust  had  no  seed  capital  investments  and  no  unfunded  commitments  related  to  seed  capital  investments.  As  of 
December 31, 2019, Northern Trust had $112.0 million of investments valued using net asset value per share and included 
in Other Assets and had no unfunded commitments related to seed capital investments. 

160  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note  30  –  Pledged  and  Restricted  Assets 

Certain  of  Northern  Trust’s  subsidiaries,  as  required  or  permitted  by  law,  pledge  assets  to  secure  public  and  trust  deposits,  
repurchase  agreements  and  borrowings,  as  well  as  for  other  purposes,  including  support  for  securities  settlement,  primarily  
related  to  client  activities,  and  for  derivative  contracts.  

The  following  table  presents  Northern  Trust’s  pledged  assets. 

TABLE  135:  TYPE  OF  PLEDGED  ASSETS 

(In Billions) 

Securities 

Obligations 

 of 

States 

and 

Political Subdivisions 

Government 

Sponsored 

Agency 

and 

Other Securities 

Loans 

Total 

Pledged Assets 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

 2.9 

 $ 

32.5 

12.1 

47.5 

 $ 

2019 

 1.0 

33.4 

 7.7 

42.1 

 $ 

 $ 

Collateral  required  for  these  purposes  totaled  $5.7  billion  and  $8.5  billion  at  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  
The  following  table  presents  the  available  for  sale  debt  securities  pledged  as  collateral  that  are  included  in  pledged  assets.  

TABLE  136:  FAIR  VALUE  OF  AVAILABLE  FOR  SALE  DEBT  SECURITIES  INCLUDED  IN  PLEDGED  ASSETS 

SECURITIES 

SOLD 
 TO REPURCHASE 

UNDER 

AGREEMENTS 

DERIVATIVE CONTRACTS 

(In Millions) 

 Debt Securities 

Available 

for Sale 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

 $ 

33.0 

 $ 

487.1 

 $ 

27.1 

 $ 

14.4 

The  secured  parties  to  these  transactions  have  the  right  to  repledge  or  sell  the  securities  as  it  relates  to  $33.5  million  

and  $487.2  million  of  the  pledged  collateral  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively. 

Northern  Trust  accepts  financial  assets  as  collateral  that  it  is  and  is  not  permitted  to  repledge  or  sell.  The  collateral  is  
generally  obtained  under  certain  reverse  repurchase  agreements  and  derivative  contracts.  The  following  table  presents  the  
fair  value  of  securities  accepted  as  collateral.  There  was  no  repledged  or  sold  collateral  at  December  31,  2020  or  2019. 

TABLE  137:  ACCEPTED  COLLATERAL  

(In Millions) 

Collateral 

that 

 may 

 be 

repledged 

 or sold 

Reverse 

repurchase agreements 

Derivative contracts 

Collateral 

that 

 may 

 not 

 be 

repledged 

 or sold 

Reverse 

repurchase agreements 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

 $ 

2020 

1,179.8 

 $ 

 0.9 

2019 

707.8 

16.8 

500.0 

 — 

Deposits  maintained  to  meet  Federal  Reserve  Bank  reserve  requirements  averaged  $0.4  billion  in  2020  as  compared  to  
$1.5  billion  in  2019.  As  a  result  of  the  economic  environment  arising  from  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  the  Federal  Reserve  
reduced  the  reserve  requirement  to  zero  percent  on  March  26,  2020. 

Note  31  –  Restrictions  on  Subsidiary  Dividends  and  Loans  or  Advances 

Various  federal  and  state  statutory  provisions  limit  the  amount  of  dividends  the  Bank  can  pay  to  the  Corporation  without  
regulatory  approval.  Approval  of  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  is  required  for  payment  of  any  dividend  by  a  state-chartered  
bank  that  is  a  member  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  if  the  total  of  all  dividends  declared  by  the  bank  in  any  calendar  year  
would   exceed   the   total   of   its   retained   net   income   (as   defined   by   regulatory   agencies)   for   that   year   combined   with   its  
retained  net  income  for  the  preceding  two  years.  In  addition,  a  state  member  bank  may  not  pay  a  dividend  in  an  amount  
greater  than  its  “undivided  profits,”  as  defined,  without  regulatory  and  stockholder  approval. 

Under  Illinois  law,  an  Illinois  state  bank,  prior  to  paying  a  dividend,  must  carry  over  to  surplus  at  least  one-tenth  of  its  
net  profits  since  the  date  of  the  declaration  of  the  last  preceding  dividend,  until  the  bank’s  surplus  is  equal  to  its  capital.  In  

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  161 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

addition,  an  Illinois  state  bank  may  not  pay  any  dividend  in  an  amount  greater  than  its  net  profits  then  on  hand,  after 
deduction of losses and bad debts (defined as debts due to a state bank on which interest is past due and unpaid for a period 
of six months or more, unless the same are well secured and in the process of collection). 

The  Bank  is  also  prohibited  under  federal  law  from  paying  any  dividends  if  the  Bank  is  undercapitalized  or  if  the 
payment of the dividends would cause the Bank to become undercapitalized. In addition, the federal regulatory agencies 
are authorized to prohibit a bank or bank holding company from engaging in an unsafe or unsound banking practice. The 
payment  of  dividends  could,  depending  on  the  financial  condition  of  the  Bank,  be  deemed  to  constitute  an  unsafe  or 
unsound  practice.  The  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection  Act  and  Basel  III  impose  additional 
restrictions  on  the  ability  of  banking  institutions  to  pay  dividends  (e.g.,  the  Corporation  may  pay  dividends  only  in 
accordance with the capital plan rules and capital adequacy standards of the Federal Reserve). 

Under  federal  law,  financial  transactions  by  the  Bank,  the  Corporation’s  insured  banking  subsidiary,  with  the 
Corporation  and  its  affiliates  that  are  in  the  form  of  loans  or  extensions  of  credit,  investments,  guarantees,  derivative 
transactions, repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions or purchases of assets, are restricted. These transactions 
must be on terms and conditions that are, or in good faith would be, offered to non-affiliated companies (i.e. on terms not 
less favorable to the Bank than market terms). Further, extensions of credit must be secured fully with qualifying collateral 
and are limited to 10% of the Bank’s capital and surplus for transactions with a single affiliate and to 20% of the Bank’s 
capital  and  surplus  with  all  affiliates.  Other  state  and  federal  laws  may  limit  the  transfer  of  funds  by  the  Corporation’s 
banking subsidiaries to the Corporation and certain of its affiliates. 

Note 32 – Reporting Segments and Related Information 

Segment Information. Northern Trust is organized around its two client-focused reporting segments: C&IS and Wealth 
Management. Asset management and related services are provided to C&IS and Wealth Management clients primarily by 
the Asset Management business. The revenue and expenses of Asset Management and certain other support functions are 
allocated fully to C&IS and Wealth Management. 

Reporting  segment  financial  information,  presented  on  an  internal  management-reporting  basis,  is  determined  by 
accounting systems used to allocate revenue and expense to each segment, and incorporates processes for allocating assets, 
liabilities,  equity  and  the  applicable  interest  income  and  expense  utilizing  a  funds  transfer  pricing  (FTP)  methodology. 
Under the methodology, assets and liabilities receive a funding charge or credit that considers interest rate risk, liquidity 
risk,  and  other  product  characteristics  on  an  instrument  level.  Equity  is  allocated  to  the  reporting  segments  based  on  a 
variety of factors including, but not limited to, risk, regulatory considerations, and internal metrics. Allocations of capital 
and certain corporate expense may not be representative of levels that would be required if the segments were independent 
entities. The accounting policies used for management reporting are consistent with those described in Note 1, “Summary 
of Significant Accounting Policies.” Transfers of income and expense items are recorded at cost; there is no consolidated 
profit or loss on sales or transfers between reporting segments. Northern Trust’s presentations are not necessarily consistent 
with similar information for other financial institutions. 

Effective January 1, 2019, Northern Trust implemented several enhancements to its FTP methodology, including the 
allocation  of  contingent  liquidity  charges  to  C&IS  and  Wealth  Management  client  instruments  and  products.  These 
methodology enhancements affect the results of each reporting segment. Due to the lack of historical information, segment 
results for periods ended prior to January 1, 2019 have not been revised to reflect the methodology enhancements. 

Also effective January 1, 2019, revenues, expenses and average assets are allocated to C&IS and Wealth Management 
with  the  exception  of  non-recurring  activities  such  as  certain  costs  associated  with  acquisitions,  divestitures,  litigation, 
restructuring, and tax adjustments not directly attributable to a specific reporting segment. 

For  reporting  periods  ended  prior  to  January  1,  2019,  income  and  expense  associated  with  the  wholesale  funding 
activities and investment portfolios of the Corporation and the Bank, as well as certain corporate-based expense, executive-
level  compensation  and  nonrecurring  items,  were  not  allocated  to  C&IS  and  Wealth  Management,  and  were  reported  in 
Treasury and Other. 

Reporting segment results are subject to reclassification when organizational changes are made. The results are also 
subject  to  refinements  in  revenue  and  expense  allocation  methodologies,  which  are  typically  reflected  on  a  prospective 
basis. 

The following tables reflect the earnings contribution and average assets of Northern Trust’s reporting segments for 

the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018. 

162  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE  138:  CORPORATE  &  INSTITUTIONAL  SERVICES  RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

Trust, 

Investment 

and 

Other 

Servicing Fees 

Foreign 

Exchange 

Trading Income 

Other 

Noninterest Income 

Total 

Noninterest Income 

Interest Income(1)

 Net 
Revenue(1)

Provision 

for 

Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Income 

before 

Provision 

for 

(1) 

Income Taxes
(1) 

Income Taxes

 Net Income 

Percentage 

 of 

Consolidated 

 Net Income 

Average Assets 

(1)  Non-GAAP  financial  measures  stated  on  an  FTE  basis.  

TABLE  139:  WEALTH  MANAGEMENT  RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS  

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

Trust, 

Investment 

and 

Other 

Servicing Fees 

Foreign 

Exchange 

Trading Income 

Other 

Noninterest Income 

Total 

Noninterest Income 

Interest Income(1)

 Net 
Revenue(1)

Provision 

for 

Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Income 

before 

Provision 

for 

(1) 

Income Taxes
(1) 

Income Taxes

 Net Income 

Percentage 

 of 

Consolidated 

 Net Income 

Average Assets 

(1)  Non-GAAP  financial  measures  stated  on  an  FTE  basis.  

TABLE  140:  TREASURY  AND  OTHER  RESULTS  OF  OPERATIONS  

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

2,321.6 

 $ 

2,211.5 

 $ 

2,173.1 

276.3 

222.5 

2,820.4 

665.5 

3,485.9 

38.1 

2,752.7 

695.1 

174.4 

520.7 

 $ 

232.2 

178.2 

2,621.9 

918.7 

3,540.6 

 1.9 

2,605.5 

933.2 

219.4 

 $ 

713.8 

 $ 

233.4 

183.0 

2,589.5 

992.2 

3,581.7 

 1.9 

2,421.4 

1,158.4 

255.3 

903.1 

 43 % 

 48 % 

 58 % 

 $ 

104,790.6 

 $ 

87,557.1 

 $ 

82,996.5 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

1,673.4 

 $ 

1,640.6 

 $ 

1,580.6 

14.1 

168.0 

1,855.5 

812.1 

2,667.6 

86.9 

1,559.7 

1,021.0 

291.8 

729.2 

 $ 

18.7 

131.1 

1,790.4 

792.0 

2,582.4 

(16.4) 

1,531.6 

1,067.2 

271.1 

 $ 

796.1 

 $ 

 4.2 

102.7 

1,687.5 

816.5 

2,504.0 

(16.4) 

1,460.0 

1,060.4 

262.1 

798.3 

 60 % 

 53 % 

 51 % 

 $ 

32,020.5 

 $ 

29,994.3 

 $ 

26,163.7 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

Noninterest Income 
Income(1)

Interest 

 Net 
Revenue(1)

Noninterest Expense 

Income 

(Loss) 

before 

Income Taxes

(1) 

Provision 

(Benefit) 

for 

Income Taxes

(1) 

 Net Income 

Percentage 

 of 

Consolidated 

 Net Income 

Average Assets 

(1)  Non-GAAP  financial  measures  stated  on  an  FTE  basis.  

 $ 

$  

 $ 

(18.3) 

 $ 

(17.1) 

 $ 

 — 

(18.3) 

35.8 

(54.1) 

(13.5) 

 — 

(17.1) 

 6.4 

(23.5) 

(5.8) 

(40.6) 

 $ 

(17.7) 

 $ 

60.5 

(144.8) 

(84.3) 

135.5 

(219.8) 

(74.8) 

(145.0) 

(3)% 

 — 

$  

(1)% 

(9)% 

 — 

$  

13,786.4 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  163 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE  141:  CONSOLIDATED  FINANCIAL  INFORMATION  

(In Millions) 

Noninterest Income 

Trust, 

Investment 

and 

Other 

Servicing Fees 

Foreign 

Exchange 

Trading Income 

Other 

Noninterest Income 

Total 

Noninterest Income 

Interest Income(1)

 Net 
Revenue(1)

Provision 

for 

Credit Losses 

Noninterest Expense 

Income 

before 

Provision 

for 

(1) 

Income Taxes
(1) 

Income Taxes

 Net Income 

Average Assets 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

3,995.0 

 $ 

3,852.1 

 $ 

3,753.7 

290.4 

372.2 

4,657.6 

1,477.6 

6,135.2 

125.0 

4,348.2 

1,662.0 

452.7 

1,209.3 

136,811.1 

 $ 

 $ 

250.9 

292.2 

4,395.2 

1,710.7 

6,105.9 

307.2 

276.6 

4,337.5 

1,663.9 

6,001.4 

(14.5)   

(14.5) 

4,143.5 

1,976.9 

484.7 

1,492.2 

117,551.4 

 $ 

 $ 

4,016.9 

1,999.0 

442.6 

1,556.4 

122,946.6 

 $ 

 $ 

(1)   Non-GAAP  financial  measures  stated  on  an  FTE  basis.  The  consolidated  figures  include  $34.4  million,  $32.8  million,  and  $41.2  million,  of  FTE  adjustments  for  2020,  2019,  
and  2018,  respectively. 

Further   discussion   of   reporting   segment   results   is   provided   within   the   “Reporting   Segments   and   Related   Information”  
section  of  Item  7,  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations.” 

Geographic  Area  Information.  Northern  Trust’s  non-U.S.  activities  are  primarily  related  to  its  asset  servicing,  asset  
management,  foreign  exchange,  cash  management,  and  commercial  banking  businesses.  The  operations  of  Northern  Trust  
are  managed  on  a  reporting  segment  basis  and  include  components  of  both  U.S  and  non-U.S.  source  income  and  assets.  
Non-U.S.  source  income  and  assets  are  not  separately  identified  in  Northern  Trust’s  internal  management  reporting  system.  
However,   Northern   Trust   is   required   to   disclose   non-U.S.   activities   based   on   the   domicile   of   the   customer.   Due   to   the  
complex  and  integrated  nature  of  Northern  Trust’s  activities,  it  is  difficult  to  segregate  with  precision  revenues,  expenses  
and  assets  between  U.S.  and  non-U.S.-domiciled  customers.  Therefore,  certain  subjective  estimates  and  assumptions  have  
been  made  to  allocate  revenues,  expenses  and  assets  between  U.S.  and  non-U.S.  operations. 

For  purposes  of  this  disclosure,  all  foreign  exchange  trading  income  has  been  allocated  to  non-U.S.  operations.  Interest  
expense   is   allocated   to   non-U.S.   operations   based   on   specifically   matched   or   pooled   funding.   Allocations   of   indirect  
noninterest  expenses,  when  made,  are  based  on  various  methods  such  as  time,  space,  and  number  of  employees. 

The   following   table   summarizes   Northern   Trust’s   performance   based   on   the   allocation   process   described   above  

without  regard  to  guarantors  or  the  location  of  collateral. 

TABLE  142:  DISTRIBUTION  OF  TOTAL  ASSETS  AND  OPERATING  PERFORMANCE  

(In Millions) 

2020 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Total 

2019 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Total 

2018 

Non-U.S. 

U.S. 

Total 

TOTAL ASSETS 

TOTAL 
REVENUE(1) 

INCOME BEFORE 
INCOME TAXES 

 NET INCOME 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

38,393.8 

 $ 

131,610.1 

170,003.9 

 $ 

27,888.6 

 $ 

108,939.8 

136,828.4 

 $ 

32,712.9 

 $ 

99,499.6 

132,212.5 

 $ 

1,737.6 

 $ 

4,363.2 

6,100.8 

 $ 

1,889.5 

 $ 

4,183.6 

6,073.1 

 $ 

2,018.1 

 $ 

3,942.1 

5,960.2 

 $ 

404.0 

 $ 

1,223.6 

1,627.6 

 $ 

600.0 

 $ 

1,344.1 

1,944.1 

 $ 

786.4 

 $ 

1,171.4 

1,957.8 

 $ 

302.6 

906.7 

1,209.3 

451.0 

1,041.2 

1,492.2 

625.7 

930.7 

1,556.4 

(1)  Total  revenue  is  comprised  of  net  interest  income  and  noninterest  income. 

164  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Note 33 – Regulatory Capital Requirements 

Northern Trust Corporation and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal 
bank regulatory authorities. Under these requirements, banks must maintain specific risk-based and leverage ratios in order 
to be classified as “well-capitalized.” The regulatory capital requirements impose certain restrictions upon banks that meet 
minimum  capital  requirements  but  are  not  “well-capitalized”  and  obligate  the  federal  bank  regulatory  authorities  to  take 
“prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not maintain such minimum ratios. Such prompt corrective action 
could have a direct material effect on a bank’s financial statements. 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Bank had capital ratios above the levels required for classification as a “well-
capitalized” institution and had not received any regulatory notification of a lower classification. As a result of the stress 
test results published by the Federal Reserve on June 25, 2020, Northern Trust’s stress capital buffer requirement for the 
2020 Capital Plan cycle was set at 2.5%. The 2020 stress capital buffer became effective October 1, 2020, and results in a 
common equity tier 1 capital ratio minimum requirement of 7.0%. 

Additionally, Northern Trust’s subsidiary banks located outside the U.S. are subject to regulatory capital requirements 
in  the  jurisdictions  in  which  they  operate.  As  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  Northern  Trust’s  non-U.S.  banking 
subsidiaries  had  capital  ratios  above  their  specified  minimum  requirements.  There  were  no  conditions  or  events  since 
December  31,  2020,  that  management  believes  have  adversely  affected  the  capital  categorization  of  any  Northern  Trust 
subsidiary bank. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  165 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

The  following  table  provides  capital  ratios  for  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  determined  by  Basel  III  phased  in 

requirements. 

TABLE 143: RISK-BASED AND LEVERAGE CAPITAL AMOUNTS AND RATIOS 

 ($ 

 In Millions) 

Common 

Equity 

 Tier   1 Capital 

Northern 

Trust Corporation 

 The 

Northern 

Trust Company 

Minimum 

 to 

qualify 

 as well-capitalized: 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2020 

DECEMBER 

 31, 2019 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

STANDARDIZED 
APPROACH 

ADVANCED 
APPROACH 

BALANCE 

RATIO  BALANCE 

RATIO  BALANCE 

RATIO  BALANCE 

RATIO 

 $ 

9,962.2 

12.8 % 

 $ 

9,962.2 

13.4 % 

 $ 

8,898.7 

12.7 % 

 $ 

8,898.7 

13.2 % 

10,003.3 

13.0 

10,003.3 

13.8 

8,476.0 

12.3 

8,476.0 

13.0 

Northern 

Trust Corporation 

 The 

Northern 

Trust Company 

N/A 

4,994.4  

N/A 

 6.5 

N/A 

4,717.1 

N/A 

 6.5 

N/A 

4,472.0 

N/A 

 6.5 

N/A 

4,230.0 

N/A 

 6.5 

 Tier 

 1 Capital 

Northern 

Trust Corporation 

 The 

Northern 

Trust Company 

  10,822.2  

  10,003.3  

13.9 

13.0 

10,822.2 

10,003.3 

14.5 

13.8 

10,152.0 

8,476.0 

Minimum 

 to 

qualify 

 as well-capitalized: 

Northern 

Trust Corporation 

 The 

Northern 

Trust Company 

Total Capital 

Northern 

Trust Corporation 

 The 

Northern 

Trust Company 

Minimum 

 to 

qualify 

 as well-capitalized: 

Northern 

Trust Corporation 

 The 

Northern 

Trust Company 

 Tier 

 1 Leverage 

Northern 

Trust Corporation 

 The 

Northern 

Trust Company 

Minimum 

 to 

qualify 

 as well-capitalized: 

Northern 

Trust Corporation 

 The 
Supplementary Leverage(1)

Northern 

Trust Company 

Northern 

Trust Corporation 

 The 

Northern 

Trust Company 

Minimum 

 to 

qualify 

 as well-capitalized: 

Northern 

Trust Corporation 

 The 

Northern 

Trust Company 

4,659.7  

6,147.0  

  12,085.7  

  11,123.1  

7,766.2  

7,683.7  

  10,822.2  

10,003.3 

N/A 

7,105.0  

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

 6.0 

 8.0 

15.6 

14.5 

10.0 

10.0 

 7.6 

 7.0 

N/A 

 5.0 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

4,467.6 

5,805.6 

11,825.8 

10,863.3 

7,446.0 

7,257.0 

10,822.2 

10,003.3 

 6.0 

 8.0 

15.9 

15.0 

10.0 

10.0 

 7.6 

 7.0 

4,205.3 

5,504.0 

11,456.7 

9,610.4 

7,008.8 

6,880.1 

10,152.0 

8,476.0 

N/A 

7,105.0 

N/A 

 5.0 

N/A 

5,835.4  

10,822.2 

10,003.3 

N/A 

3,883.4 

 8.6 

 7.7 

N/A 

 3.0 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

14.5 

12.3 

 6.0 

 8.0 

16.3 

14.0 

10.0 

10.0 

 8.7 

 7.3 

N/A 

 5.0 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

N/A 

10,152.0 

8,476.0 

4,051.6 

5,206.2 

11,332.3 

9,486.0 

6,752.7 

6,507.7 

10,152.0 

8,476.0 

N/A 

5,835.4 

10,152.0 

8,476.0 

N/A 

3,983.6 

15.0 

13.0 

 6.0 

 8.0 

16.8 

14.6 

10.0 

10.0 

 8.7 

 7.3 

N/A 

 5.0 

 7.6 

 6.4 

N/A 

 3.0 

(1)  In November 2019, the Federal Reserve and other U.S. federal banking agencies adopted a final rule that established a deduction for central bank deposits from the total 
leverage exposures of custodial banking organizations, including Northern Trust Corporation and The Northern Trust Company, equal to the lesser of (i) the total amount of 
funds the custodial banking organization and its consolidated subsidiaries have on deposit at qualifying central banks and (ii) the total amount of client funds on deposit at the 
custodial banking organization that are linked to fiduciary or custodial and safekeeping accounts. The rule became effective on April 1, 2020. 

Further,  on  April  1,  2020,  the  Federal  Reserve  issued  an  interim  final  rule  that  requires  bank  holding  companies,  including  Northern  Trust  Corporation,  to  deduct,  on  a 
temporary basis, deposits with the Federal Reserve and investments in U.S. Treasury securities from their total leverage exposure. The U.S. Treasury securities deduction is 
applied in addition to the central bank deposits relief referred to above. This rule became effective on April 1, 2020 and will remain in effect through the first quarter of 2021. 
On May 15, 2020, the U.S. federal banking agencies released an interim final rule that permits insured depository institutions of bank holding companies also to temporarily 
exclude deposits with the Federal Reserve and investments in U.S. Treasury securities from their total leverage exposure. The Northern Trust Company did not elect to take this 
deduction. 

The supplementary leverage ratios at December 31, 2020 for the Northern Trust Corporation and The Northern Trust Company reflect the impact of these final rules. 

The U.S. banking agencies’ capital rules are based on the Basel III framework. Under the Basel III framework, these 
rules  are  currently  being  phased  in,  and  will  come  into  full  effect  by  January  1,  2022.  Northern  Trust  Corporation’s 
remaining elements of the rules subject to the phase in requirements are not material to regulatory capital ratios. 

Under the final Basel III rules, the Corporation and the Bank are required to calculate and publicly disclose risk-based 
capital ratios using two methodologies: an advanced approach and a standardized approach. Under the advanced approach, 
credit risk weighted assets (RWA) are based on internal credit models and parameters. Additionally, the advanced approach 
incorporates  operational  risk  RWA.  Under  the  standardized  approach,  RWA  are  based  on  supervisory  prescribed  risk 
weights that are primarily dependent on counterparty type and asset class. 

166  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

Pursuant to the Federal Reserve Board's implementation in the final Basel III rules of a provision of the Dodd-Frank 
Act,  the  capital  adequacy  of  the  Corporation  and  the  Bank  is  assessed  based  on  the  lower  of  the  advanced  approach  or 
standardized approach capital ratios. 

Note 34 – Northern Trust Corporation (Corporation only) 

Condensed financial information is presented in the following tables. Investments in wholly-owned subsidiaries are carried 
on the equity method of accounting. 

TABLE 144: CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS 

(In Millions) 

ASSETS 

Cash on Deposit with Subsidiary Bank 

Advances to Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries  – Banks 

Investments in Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries – Banks 

– Nonbank 

Other Assets 

Total Assets 

LIABILITIES 

Senior Notes 

Long Term Debt 

Floating Rate Capital Debt 

Other Liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Preferred Stock 

Common Stock 

Additional Paid-in Capital 

Retained Earnings 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

Treasury Stock 

Total Stockholders’ Equity 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

$ 

2,516.0  $ 

2,670.0 

10,799.9 

172.8 

900.9 

2,559.1 

2,370.0 

9,349.8 

163.0 

1,444.7 

17,059.6  $ 

15,886.6 

$ 

$ 

3,122.4  $ 

1,189.3 

277.8 

781.8 

5,371.3 

884.9 

408.6 

963.6 

12,207.7 

428.0 

(3,204.5) 

11,688.3 

2,573.0 

1,148.1 

277.7 

796.8 

4,795.6 

1,273.4 

408.6 

1,013.1 

11,656.7 

(194.7) 

(3,066.1) 

11,091.0 

15,886.6 

$ 

17,059.6  $ 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  167 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

TABLE  145:  CONDENSED  STATEMENTS  OF  INCOME  

(In Millions) 

OPERATING INCOME 

Dividends 

 – 

Bank Subsidiaries 

 – 

Nonbank Subsidiaries 

Intercompany 

Interest 

and 

Other Charges 

Interest 

and 

Other Income 

Total 

Operating Income 

OPERATING EXPENSES 

Interest Expense 

Other 

Operating Expenses 

Total 

Operating Expenses 

Income 

before 

Income 

Taxes 

and 

Equity 

 in 

Undistributed 

 Net 

Income 

 of Subsidiaries 

Benefit 

for 

Income Taxes 

Income 

before 

Equity 

 in 

Undistributed 

 Net 

Income 

 of Subsidiaries 

Equity 

 in 

Undistributed 

 Net 

Income 

 of 

Subsidiaries   – Banks 

 – Nonbank 

 Net Income 

Preferred 

Stock Dividends 

 Net 

Income 

Applicable 

 to 

Common Stock 

TABLE  146:  CONDENSED  STATEMENTS  OF  CASH  FLOWS 

(In Millions) 

CASH 

FLOWS 

FROM 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

 Net Income 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

900.0 

 $ 

2,024.1 

 $ 

1,200.9 

 — 

46.5 

19.1 

965.6 

104.2 

26.2 

130.4 

835.2 

28.2 

863.4 

326.0 

19.9 

 0.4 

115.1 

20.2 

 — 

91.9 

(8.7) 

2,159.8 

1,284.1 

121.6 

28.6 

150.2 

2,009.6 

24.3 

2,033.9 

(559.9)   

18.2 

97.3 

17.0 

114.3 

1,169.8 

24.6 

1,194.4 

336.7 

25.3 

 $ 

 $ 

1,209.3 

 $ 

1,492.2 

 $ 

1,556.4 

56.2 

46.4 

46.4 

1,153.1 

 $ 

1,445.8 

 $ 

1,510.0 

FOR 

THE 

YEAR 

ENDED 

DECEMBER 31, 

2020 

2019 

2018 

 $ 

1,209.3 

 $ 

1,492.2 

 $ 

1,556.4 

Adjustments 

 to 

Reconcile 

 Net 

Income 

 to 

 Net 

 Cash 

Provided 

 by 

Operating Activities 

Equity 

 in 

Undistributed 

 Net 

Income 

 of Subsidiaries 

Change 

 in 

Prepaid Expenses 

Change 

 in 

Accrued 

Income Taxes 

Other 

Operating 

Activities, net 

 Net 

 Cash 

Provided 

 by 

Operating Activities 

CASH 

FLOWS 

FROM 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

Proceeds 

from 

Sale, 

Maturity 

and 

Redemption 

 of 

 Debt 

Securities 

 – 

Available 

for Sale 

Investments 

 in 

and 

Advances 

 to 

Subsidiaries, net 

Acquisition 

 of   a 

Business, 

 Net 

 of 

 Cash Received 

Other 

Investing 

Activities, net 

 Net 

 Cash 

(Used 

in) 

Provided 

 by 

Investing Activities 

CASH 

FLOWS 

FROM 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Proceeds 

from 

Senior Notes 

Repayments 

 of 

Senior Notes 

Redemption 

 of 

Preferred 

Stock   

- Series C 

Proceeds 

from 

Issuance 

 of 

Preferred 

Stock   

- Series E 

Treasury 

Stock Purchased 

 Net 

Proceeds 

from 

Stock Options 

 Cash 

Dividends 

Paid 

 on 

Common Stock 

 Cash 

Dividends 

Paid 

 on 

Preferred Stock 

Other 

Financing 

Activities, net 

 Net 

 Cash 

(Used 

In) 

Provided 

 by 

Financing Activities 

 Net 

Change 

 in 

 Cash 

 on 

Deposit 

 with 

Subsidiary Bank 

 Cash 

 on 

 Cash 

 on 

Deposit 

 with 

Subsidiary 

Bank 

Deposit 

 with 

Subsidiary 

Bank 

 at 

Beginning 

 of Year 

 at 

 End 

 of Year 

168  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

(345.9)   

398.5 

 3.7 

300.3 

1,565.9 

 — 

(800.0)   

 — 

 1.8 

(798.2)   

993.2 

(508.6)   

(400.0)   

 — 

541.7 

(400.4)   

114.1 

141.9 

1,889.5 

 — 

540.0 

 — 

 3.7 

543.7 

(362.0) 

(0.6) 

(141.8) 

125.6 

1,177.6 

 1.0 

(436.5) 

(31.2) 

(3.1) 

(469.8) 

498.0 

497.9 

 —  

 —  

392.5 

(299.8)   

(1,100.2)   

19.5 

(584.6)   

(45.9)   

15.4 

(810.8)   

(43.1)   

2,559.1 

44.0 

(529.7)   

(46.4)   

 0.9 

(740.9)   

1,692.3 

866.8 

 $ 

2,516.0 

 $ 

2,559.1 

 $ 

 — 

 — 

 — 

(924.3) 

32.6 

(405.4) 

(46.4) 

 2.1 

(843.5) 

(135.7) 

1,002.5 

866.8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                            
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
ITEM   9   –   CHANGES   IN   AND   DISAGREEMENTS   WITH   ACCOUNTANTS   ON   ACCOUNTING   AND  
FINANCIAL  DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM  9A  –  CONTROLS  AND  PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures 
As  of  December  31,  2020,  the  Corporation’s  management,  with  the  participation  of  the  Corporation’s  Chief  Executive 
Officer and Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) that are designed to ensure that information required to 
be  disclosed  by  the  Corporation  in  the  reports  that  it  files  or  submits  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed, 
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Based on such evaluation, such 
officers have concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, the Corporation’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective. 

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
Management  of  the  Corporation  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act)  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  to  the 
Corporation’s  management  and  Board  of  Directors  regarding  the  preparation  of  reliable  published  financial  statements. 
This internal control includes monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies identified. 

Management assessed the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on 
the  criteria  for  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  described  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework 
(2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  Based  on  this  assessment, 
management concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, the Corporation maintained effective internal control over financial 
reporting.  Additionally,  KPMG  LLP,  the  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  that  audited  the  Corporation’s 
consolidated  financial  statements  as  of,  and  for  the  year  ended,  December  31,  2020,  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on 
Form  10-K,  has  issued  an  attestation  report  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Corporation’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting as of December 31, 2020. 

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
There have been no changes in the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the 
evaluation required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act during the last fiscal quarter that have materially 
affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  169 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

TO THE STOCKHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION: 

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 
We have audited Northern Trust Corporation’s and subsidiaries’ (the Corporation) internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. In our opinion, the Corporation maintained, in all 
material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020, based on criteria established 
in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway 
Commission. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States)  (PCAOB),  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  the  Corporation  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  related 
consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the 
years  in  the  three-year  period  ended  December  31,  2020,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively,  the  consolidated  financial 
statements),  and  our  report  dated  February  23,  2021  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  those  consolidated  financial 
statements. 

Basis for Opinion 
The Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its 
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s 
Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Corporation’s 
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB 
and are required to be independent with respect to the Corporation in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and 
the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform 
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in 
all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and 
operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included  performing  such  other 
procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our 
opinion. 

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with 
generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and 
procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded 
as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and 
that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and 
directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 
FEBRUARY 23, 2021 

170  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
ITEM  9B  –  OTHER  INFORMATION 

Not applicable. 

PART  III 

ITEM  10  –  DIRECTORS,  EXECUTIVE  OFFICERS  AND  CORPORATE  GOVERNANCE 

The  information  called  for  by  this  item  is  incorporated  by  reference  to  “Supplemental  Item  –  Information  About  Our 
Executive Officers” in Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as well as the following sections of the Corporation’s 
definitive Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders: “Item 1 – Election of Directors,” “Information 
about the Nominees for Director,” “Security Ownership by Directors and Executive Officers,” “Corporate Governance – 
Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics,”  “Corporate  Governance  –  Director  Nominations  and  Qualifications  and  Proxy 
Access,” “Board and Board Committee Information – Audit Committee” and “Board and Board Committee Information – 
Board Committees.” 

ITEM  11  –  EXECUTIVE  COMPENSATION 

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” 
“Compensation and Benefits Committee Report,” “Executive Compensation,” and “Director Compensation” sections of the 
Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

ITEM   12   –   SECURITY   OWNERSHIP   OF   CERTAIN   BENEFICIAL   OWNERS   AND   MANAGEMENT   AND  
RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS 

The information called for by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the “Security Ownership by Directors and 
Executive  Officers,”  “Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners,”  and  “Equity  Compensation  Plan  Information” 
sections of the Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

ITEM   13   –   CERTAIN   RELATIONSHIPS   AND   RELATED   TRANSACTIONS,   AND   DIRECTOR  
INDEPENDENCE 

The  information  called  for  by  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  “Board  and  Board  Committee 
Information,”  “Corporate  Governance  –  Director  Independence”  and  the  “Corporate  Governance  –  Related  Person 
Transactions  Policy”  sections  of  the  Corporation’s  definitive  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2021  Annual  Meeting  of 
Stockholders. 

ITEM  14  –  PRINCIPAL  ACCOUNTANT  FEES  AND  SERVICES 

The  information  called  for  by  this  item  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  the  “Audit  Matters”  section  of  the 
Corporation’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  171 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
PART  IV 

ITEM  15  –  EXHIBITS  AND  FINANCIAL  STATEMENT  SCHEDULES 

ITEM  15(a)(1)  AND  (2)  –  NORTHERN  TRUST  CORPORATION  AND  SUBSIDIARIES  LIST  OF  FINANCIAL 
STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

The following financial statements of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data,” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated herein by reference. 

For Northern Trust Corporation and Subsidiaries: 

Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2020 and 2019 

Consolidated Statements of Income - Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income - Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity - Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Financial statement schedules have been omitted for the reason that they are not required or are not applicable. 

The Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) of the Corporation included in Item 7, “Management's Discussion and Analysis 
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 15(a)(3) – EXHIBITS 

Exhibit 
Number 

Description 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

3.4 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

Restated 
 by 

reference 

Certificate 
 to 

 of 
Exhibit 

Incorporation 
 3.1 

the 

 to 

 of 

Northern 

Corporation’s 

Trust 
Current 

Corporation, 
Report 

 as 
Form 

 on 

amended 
filed 
8-K 

 to 
date 
 April 

(incorporated 
 19, 2006). 

herein

 of 

Certificate 
Corporation, 
Current 

Report 

dated 
 on 

Designation 
August 

Form 

8-K 

Series 
2016 

 of 
 4, 
filed 

(incorporated 
 8, 2016). 

August 

 D 

Non-Cumulative 

herein 

 by 

Perpetual 
reference 

Preferred 
 to 

Exhibit 

Stock 
 3.1 

 of 

Northern 

Trust 
Corporation’s 

 to 

the 

 of 

Certificate 
Corporation, 
Current 

Report 

Designation 
October 
8-K 
Form 

dated 
 on 

 of 
 31, 
filed 

November 

 5, 2019). 

Series 
2019 

 E 

Non-Cumulative 
herein 

(incorporated 

Perpetual 
 by 

reference 

Preferred 

 to 

Exhibit 

Stock 
 3.1 

 of 

Northern 

Trust 
Corporation’s 

 to 

the 

By-laws  of  Northern  Trust  Corporation,  as  amended  February  19,  2019  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  
Exhibit  3.1  to  the  Corporation’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  February  19,  2019). 

Deposit  Agreement,  dated  August  8,  2016,  among  Northern  Trust  Corporation,  Wells  Fargo  Bank,  N.A.,  as  
depositary  (which,  effective  February  1,  2018,  was  succeeded  by  Equiniti  Trust  Company),  and  the  holders  
from  time  to  time  of  the  depositary  receipts  described  therein  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  to  the  
Corporation’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  August  8,  2016). 

Deposit  Agreement,  dated  November  5,  2019,  among  Northern  Trust  Corporation,  Equiniti  Trust  Company,  
as  depositary,  and  the  holders  from  time  to  time  of  the  depositary  receipts  described  therein  (incorporated  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  4.2  to  the  Corporation’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  November  5,  2019). 

Description  of  securities  registered  pursuant  to  Section  12  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  

Certain  instruments  defining  the  rights  of  the  holders  of  long-term  debt  of  the  Corporation  and  certain  of  its  
subsidiaries,  none  of  which  authorize  a  total  amount  of  indebtedness  in  excess  of  10%  of  the  total  assets  of  
the  Corporation  and  its  subsidiaries  on  a  consolidated  basis,  have  not  been  filed  as  exhibits.  The  Corporation  
hereby  agrees  to  furnish  a  copy  of  any  of  these  agreements  to  the  SEC  upon  request. 

172  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 
10.1** 

(i)** 

(ii)** 

10.2** 

10.3** 

(i)** 

(ii)** 

10.4** 

10.5** 

10.6** 

(i)** 

(ii)** 

Description 
Deferred  Compensation  Plans  Trust  Agreement,  dated  May  11,  1998,  between  Northern  Trust  Corporation 
and  Harris  Trust  and  Savings  Bank  as  Trustee  (which,  effective  August  31,  1999,  was  succeeded  by  U.S. 
Trust Company, N.A., which effective June 1, 2009, was succeeded by Evercore Trust Company, N.A., and, 
which, effective October 19, 2017, was succeeded by Newport Trust Company) regarding the Supplemental 
Employee Stock Ownership Plan for Employees of The Northern Trust Company, the Supplemental Thrift-
Incentive  Plan  for  Employees  of  The  Northern  Trust  Company,  the  Supplemental  Pension  Plan  for 
Employees  of  The  Northern  Trust  Company,  and  the  Northern  Trust  Corporation  Deferred  Compensation 
Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(iv) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
for the quarter ended June 30, 1998). 

Amendment, dated August 31, 1999 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(vi) to the Corporation’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1999). 

Second  Amendment,  dated  as  of  May  16,  2000  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(v)  to  the 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2000). 

Northern  Trust  Corporation  Supplemental  Employee  Stock  Ownership  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated 
effective  as  of  January  1,  2008  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(vi)  to  the  Corporation’s 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008). 

Northern  Trust  Corporation  Supplemental  Thrift-Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated  effective  as  of 
January 1, 2008 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(vii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008). 

Amendment  Number  One,  dated  October  29,  2009  and  effective  January  1,  2010  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10(vi)(1)  to  the  Corporation’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  fiscal  year  ended 
December 31, 2009). 

Amendment  Number  Two,  dated  August  6,  2015  and  effective  January  1,  2015  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Corporation’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended 
September 30, 2015). 

Northern Trust Corporation Supplemental Pension Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(viii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008). 

Northern Trust Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective as of November 
1, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended December 31, 2017). 

Amended  and  Restated  Northern  Trust  Corporation  2002  Stock  Plan,  effective  as  of  January  1,  2008 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(xiv) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008). 

Form  of  2011  Executive  Stock  Option  Terms  and  Conditions  (incorporated  herein  by  reference 
Exhibit 10(v) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011). 

to 

Form  of  2012  Executive  Stock  Option  Award  Terms  and  Conditions  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.7(xix) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 
2011). 

10.7** 

Northern  Trust  Corporation  2012  Stock  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 
Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 19, 2012). 

(i)** 

(ii)** 

(iii)** 

(iv)** 

Form  of  Director  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(iii) 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012). 

to  the 

Form  of  Director  Prorated  Stock  Agreement  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(iv)  to  the 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012). 

Form  of  New  Director  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10(v)  to  the 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012). 

Form  of  2012  Executive  Stock  Option  Terms  and  Conditions  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10(i) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012). 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  173 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
Exhibit 
Number 
(v)** 

(vi)** 

(vii)** 

(viii)** 

10.8** 

10.9** 

10.10** 

10.11** 

10.12** 

10.13** 

10.14** 

10.15** 

(i)** 

(ii)** 

(iii)** 

(iv)** 

(v)** 

(vi)** 

(vii)** 

(viii)** 

Description 
Form  of  2013  Executive  Stock  Option  Terms  and  Conditions  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.7(xii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 
2012). 

Form  of  2014  Executive  Stock  Option  Terms  and  Conditions  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.7(xi) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 
2013). 

Form of 2017 Stock Option Award Terms and Conditions, as amended (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.7(x) to the Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017). 

Form  of  2017  Stock  Unit  Award  Terms  and  Conditions,  as  amended  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.7(xi) to the Corporation's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017). 

Northern Trust Corporation Management Performance Plan, as amended and restated effective October 16, 
2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(viii) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2012). 

Northern Trust Corporation 1997 Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10(xix) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 
1998). 

Northern Trust Corporation 1997 Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors, as amended and
restated effective as of July 15, 2014 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2014). 

Northern  Trust  Corporation  2018  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  for  Non-Employee  Directors  (incorporated 
herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.11  to  the  Corporation's  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended 
December 31, 2017). 

Northern Trust Corporation Key Officer Change in Control Severance Plan (incorporated herein by reference 
to Exhibit 10.2 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 28, 2017). 

Northern Trust Corporation Executive Change in Control Severance Plan (incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 28, 2017). 

Form  of  Non-Solicitation  Agreement  and  Confidentiality  Agreement  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10(iii) to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009). 

Northern  Trust  Corporation  2017  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit 
10.1 to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 26, 2017). 

Form  of  Director  Stock  Unit  Agreement  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.10 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017). 

to  the 

Form of Director Stock Unit Agreement (prorated) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2017). 

Form  of  2018  Performance  Stock  Unit  Award  Terms  and  Conditions  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.3 to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018). 

Form  of  2019  Performance  Stock  Unit  Award  Terms  and  Conditions  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2019). 

Form  of  2020  Performance  Stock  Unit  Award  Terms  and  Conditions  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.1 to the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2020). 

Form of 2018 Stock Unit Award Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to 
the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018). 

Form of 2019 Stock Unit Award Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to 
the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2019). 

Form of 2020 Stock Unit Award Terms and Conditions (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to 
the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2020). 

174  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
Exhibit 
Number 
10.16** 

(i)** 

(ii)** 

Description 
Northern Trust Corporation Executive Financial Consulting and Tax Preparation Services Plan, as amended 
and  restated  effective  January  1,  2008  (which,  effective  October  1,  2018,  was  renamed  the  Northern  Trust 
Corporation Wealth Planning and Tax Consulting Services Plan) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit
10 (xxxiii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007). 

First Amendment, dated and effective October 3, 2017 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18(i) 
to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019). 

Second  Amendment,  dated  September  27,  2019  and  effective  October  1,  2018  (incorporated  herein  by
reference to Exhibit 10.18(ii) to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2019). 

10.17** 

Northern Trust Corporation Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan, as amended. 

10.18** 

Northern Partners Incentive Plan, as amended and restated on February 16, 2021. 

10.19** 

10.20** 

Letter  Agreement  with  Frederick  H.  Waddell,  dated  January  23,  2019  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to 
Exhibit 10.26 to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018). 

The  Northern  Trust  Company  Death  Benefit  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  to  the 
Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2019). 

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

21 

23 

31.1 

31.2 

32 

101 

Amendment  Number  One  to  The  Northern  Trust  Company  Death  Benefit  Plan,  dated  July  11,  2019  and 
effective May 17, 2019. 

Amendment  Number  Two  to  The  Northern  Trust  Company  Death  Benefit  Plan,  dated  July  29,  2019  and 
effective May 17, 2019. 

Amendment Number Three to The Northern Trust Company Death Benefit Plan, dated March 18, 2020 and 
effective May 17, 2019. 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of CEO Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of CFO Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certifications of CEO and CFO Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of 
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Includes the following financial and related information from the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, formatted in Inline Extensible Business Reporting Language 
(iXBRL):  (i)  the  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  (ii)  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Income,  (iii)  the 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Comprehensive  Income,  (iv)  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Changes  in 
Stockholders’  Equity,  (v)  the  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows,  and  (vi)  Notes  to  Consolidated 
Financial Statements. 

104 

The cover page from this Annual Report on Form 10-K, formatted in Inline XBRL. 

** Indicates a management contract or a compensatory plan or agreement. 

ITEM  16  –  FORM  10-K  SUMMARY 

None. 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  175 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  the  Registrant  has  
duly  caused  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized. 

Date:  February  23,  2021  

Northern  Trust  Corporation 

(Registrant) 

By: 

/s/      Michael  G.  O’Grady 
Michael  G.  O’Grady 
Chairman,  President,  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  has  
been  signed  below  by  the  following  persons  on  behalf  of  the  Registrant  and  in  the  capacities  and  on  the  date  indicated. 

Signature 

Capacity 

/s/      Michael  G.  O'Grady 
Michael  G.  O’Grady 

/s/      Jason  J.  Tyler 
Jason  J.  Tyler 

/s/      Lauren  Allnutt 
Lauren  Allnutt 

/s/      Linda  Walker  Bynoe 
Linda  Walker  Bynoe 

/s/      Susan  Crown 
Susan  Crown 

/s/      Dean  M.  Harrison 
Dean  M.  Harrison 

/s/      Jay  L.  Henderson 
Jay  L.  Henderson 

/s/  Marcy  S.  Klevorn 
Marcy  S.  Klevorn 

/s/  Siddharth  N.  (Bobby)  Mehta 
Siddharth  N.  (Bobby)  Mehta 

176  2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation 

Chairman,  President,  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 
(Principal  Executive  Officer) 

Executive  Vice  President  and  Chief  Financial  Officer 
(Principal  Financial  Officer) 

Executive  Vice  President  and  Controller 
(Principal  Accounting  Officer) 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

   
 
 
   
 
 
 
/s/      Jose  Luis  Prado 
Jose  Luis  Prado 

/s/      Thomas  E.  Richards 
Thomas  E.  Richards 

/s/      Martin  P.  Slark 
Martin  P.  Slark 

/s/      David  H.B.  Smith,  Jr. 
David  H.B.  Smith,  Jr. 

/s/      Donald  Thompson 
Donald  Thompson 

/s/      Charles  A.  Tribbett,  III 
Charles  A.  Tribbett,  III 

Date:  February  23,  2021  

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

2020 Annual Report | Northern Trust Corporation  177 

 
 
   
 
 
   
Exhibit 31.1 

Certification of CEO Pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

I, Michael G. O’Grady, certify that: 

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 of Northern Trust Corporation; 

1. 
2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 
(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made 
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on 
such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the 
equivalent functions): 
(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report  financial 
information; and 

(b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 23, 2021 

/s/  Michael G. O’Grady 
Michael G. O’Grady 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

Certification of CFO Pursuant to 
Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

I, Jason J. Tyler, certify that: 

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 of Northern Trust Corporation; 

1. 
2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact 
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with 
respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in 
this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act 
Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 
(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our 
supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its  consolidated  subsidiaries,  is  made 
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed 
under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

(c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on 
such evaluation; and 

(d)  Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the 
registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial 
reporting,  to  the  registrant’s  auditors  and  the  audit  committee  of  the  registrant’s  board  of  directors  (or  persons  performing  the 
equivalent functions): 
(a)  All  significant  deficiencies  and  material  weaknesses  in  the  design  or  operation  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting 
which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant’s  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report  financial 
information; and 

(b)  Any  fraud,  whether  or  not  material,  that  involves  management  or  other  employees  who  have  a  significant  role  in  the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  February 23, 2021 

/s/  Jason J. Tyler 
Jason J. Tyler 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32 

Certifications of CEO and CFO Pursuant to 
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

In  connection  with  the  Annual  Report  of  Northern  Trust  Corporation  (the  “Corporation”)  on  Form  10-K  for  the  period  ended 
December 31, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), Michael G. O’Grady, as 
Chief  Executive  Officer  of  the  Corporation,  and  Jason  J.  Tyler,  as  Chief  Financial  Officer  of  the  Corporation,  each  hereby  certifies, 
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to the best of his knowledge, 
that: 
(1)  The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 
(2)  The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of 

the Corporation. 

/s/  Michael G. O’Grady 
Michael G. O’Grady 

Chief Executive Officer 

(Principal Executive Officer) 
February 23, 2021 

/s/  Jason J. Tyler 
Jason J. Tyler 

Chief Financial Officer 

(Principal Financial Officer) 
February 23, 2021 

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not be deemed filed by 
Northern Trust Corporation for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

Michael G. O’Grady 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 
Northern Trust Corporation 

Linda Walker Bynoe 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Telemat Limited LLC 
Project management and consulting firm 

Susan Crown 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
Owl Creek Partners, LLC 
Private equity firm 
Chairman and Founder 
Susan Crown Exchange Inc. 
Social investment organization 

Dean M. Harrison 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Northwestern Memorial HealthCare 
Primary teaching affiliate of Northwestern University 
Feinberg School of Medicine and parent corporation of 
Northwestern Memorial Hospital 

Jay L. Henderson 
Retired Vice Chairman, Client Service 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
Professional services firm 

Marcy S. Klevorn 
Retired Executive Vice President and President, 
Mobility 
Ford Motor Company 
Global automaker 

Siddharth N. (Bobby) Mehta 
Retired President and Chief Executive Officer 
TransUnion 
Global risk and information solutions provider 

Jose Luis Prado 
Chairman of the Board 
Tropicale Foods Group 

Manufacturer of frozen foods 
Vice Chairman 
Evans Food Group, Ltd. 
Global food company 

Thomas E. Richards 
Retired President and Chief Executive Officer 
CDW Corporation 
Provider of integrated information technology solutions 
in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom 

Martin P. Slark 
Retired Chief Executive Officer 
Molex LLC 
Manufacturer of electronic, electrical, and fiber optic 
interconnection products and systems 

David H. B. Smith Jr. 
Executive Vice President, Policy & Legal Affairs 
and General Counsel 
Mutual Fund Directors Forum 
Nonprofit membership organization for investment 
company directors 

Donald Thompson 
Founder and Chief Executive Officer 
Cleveland Avenue, LLC 
Food and beverage accelerator and investment company 
Retired President and Chief Executive Officer 
McDonald’s Corporation 
Global foodservice retailer 

Charles A. Tribbett III 
Vice Chairman 
Russell Reynolds Associates 
Global executive recruiting firm 

Advisory Director 

Lord Charles D. Powell of Bayswater KCMG 
Former private secretary and advisor on foreign affairs 
and defense to Prime Ministers Margaret Thatcher and 
John Major 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
MANAGEMENT GROUP 

Michael G. O’Grady 
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer 

Robert P. Browne 
Executive Vice President 
Chief Investment Officer 

Peter B. Cherecwich 
President – Corporate & Institutional Services 

Steven L. Fradkin 
President – Wealth Management 

Mark C. Gossett 
Executive Vice President 
Chief Risk Officer 

Susan C. Levy 
Executive Vice President 
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary 

Teresa A. Parker 
Executive Vice President 
President – Europe, Middle East and Africa 

Thomas A. South 
Executive Vice President 
Chief Information Officer 

Joyce M. St. Clair 
Executive Vice President 
Chief Human Resources Officer 

Shundrawn A. Thomas 
President – Asset Management 

Jason J. Tyler 
Executive Vice President 
Chief Financial Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
CORPORATE INFORMATION 

ANNUAL MEETING 
The 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders will be held on 
Tuesday, April 20, 2021, at 10:30 A.M. (Central Time). If 
you plan to attend the Annual Meeting, please review the 
information regarding attendance contained in the proxy 
statement relating to the Annual Meeting. 

STOCK LISTING 
The common stock of Northern Trust Corporation is 
traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the 
symbol “NTRS”. 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION 
Through our website at northerntrust.com, we make 
available free of charge our Annual Report on Form 10-
K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on 
Form 8-K, and all other reports and all amendments to 
those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) 
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after we file 
such material with, or furnish such material to, the SEC. 
The contents of our website, the website of the SEC or 
any other website referenced herein are not a part of this 
document. 

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT, REGISTRAR, 

AND DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT 
EQ Shareowner Services 
1110 Centre Pointe Curve, Suite 101 
Mendota Heights, MN 55120 
General Phone Number: 1-800-468-9716 
Internet Site: shareowneronline.com 

INVESTOR RELATIONS 
Please direct Investor Relations inquiries to: 
Mark M. Bette, Senior Vice President, at 
312-444-2301 or mark_bette@ntrs.com; or 
Kelly M. Lernihan, Vice President, at 
312-444-7214 or km235@ntrs.com. 

NORTHERNTRUST.COM 
Information about the Corporation, including financial
performance and products and services, is available on
Northern Trust’s website at northerntrust.com. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
C O N S O L I D A T E D F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

2020 

2019 

PERCENT CHANGE1

For the Year Ended December 31 ($ in millions)

Revenues (Fully Taxable Equivalent Basis2)
Net Income
Dividends Declared on Common Stock 
Dividends Declared on Preferred Stock3

Per Common Share 

Net Income — Basic
Net Income — Diluted
Cash Dividends Declared per Common Share 
Book Value — End of Period
Market Value — End of Period

At Year-End ($ in millions) 

Earning Assets
Total Assets 
Deposits 
Stockholders’ Equity 

Average Balances ($ in millions) 

Earning Assets
Total Assets 
Deposits 
Stockholders’ Equity 

Client Assets at Year-End ($ in billions) 

Assets Under Custody / Administration
Assets Under Custody
     Global Custody Assets 
Assets Under Management

Financial Ratios and Metrics 

Return on Average Common Equity 
Return on Average Assets 
Dividend Payout Ratio 
Net Interest Margin (Fully Taxable Equivalent Basis2)

$ 

$ 

6,135.2 
1,209.3 
592.0 
56.2 

5.48 
5.46 
2.80 
51.87 
93.14 

$  158,531.6
170,003.9 
143,878.0
11,688.3

$  124,132.9 
136,811.1 
108,511.1
11,192.6 

$ 

14,532.5 
11,262.8 
7,424.5 
1,405.3 

$ 

$ 

6,105.9 
1,492.2 
565.9 
46.4 

6.66 
6.63 
2.60 
46.82 
106.24 

$  125,236.6 
136,828.4
109,120.6 
11,091.0 

$  107,109.4 
117,551.4 
89,786.0 
10,648.4

$  12,050.4 
9,233.5 
5,894.6 
1,231.3 

11.2% 
0.88 
51.3 
1.19 

14.9%
1.27
39.2
1.60

—%

(19)
5
21

(18)%
(18)
8
11
(12)

27%
24
32
5

16%
16
21
5

21%
22
26
14

CAPITAL RATIOS

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital 
Tier 1 Capital 
Total Capital 
Tier 1 Leverage
Supplementary Leverage 

DECEMBER 31, 2020

DECEMBER 31, 2019

Standardized
Approach

Advanced
Approach

Standardized
Approach

Advanced
Approach

12.8% 
13.9
15.6
7.6 
N/A

13.4% 
14.5
15.9
7.6 
8.6

12.7% 
14.5
16.3
8.7
N/A

13.2%
15.0
16.8
8.7
7.6 

1 Percentage change calculations are based on actual balances rather than the rounded amounts presented.

2  Revenues and Net Interest Margin are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis, a non-generally accepted accounting principle financial measure that facilitates the analysis of asset yields.  

A reconciliation of these measures prepared in accordance with GAAP to those presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis is available in the enclosed Annual Report on Form 10-K for the

year ended December 31, 2020.

3  Dividends on Preferred Stock in 2020 includes $11.5 million related to the difference between the redemption amount of the Corporation’s Series C Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock,  

which was redeemed in the first quarter of 2020, and its carrying value.

The 2020 Northern Trust Corporation Annual Report is printed on 10% recycled paper  

made from fiber sourced from well-managed forests and is independently certified to the  

Forest Stewardship Council®(FSC) standards.

Northern 
 Trust

Annual Report on Form 10-K

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020

NORTHERN TRUST CORPORATION

50 SOUTH LA SALLE STREET \ CHICAGO, ILLINOIS 60603

N O RT H E R N T RU ST. CO M